i

i

ee EE ne RA Ts a EN FI FRYE ON UES Re Fe

aa i A pt eae

- eer

MEMOIRS

OF THE

AMERICAN ACADEMY

OF

ARTS AND SCIENCES.

ei

VOL. IIL—PART 1.97

Mo,..Bot.... Garden pe
1897.

a ee

CAMBRIDGE,
PRINTED BY HILLIARD AND METCALF.
1809.

ADVERTISEMENT.

AT the time of presenting to the Public this first part of the third volume,
it may not be improper to observe, that the Academy refer the business of pub-
lishing their Memoirs to a Committee, which for some years past has been chos-
en annually for this purpose ;—that the Academy have declared in their Stat-
utes, and notice of it has been given in their preceding volumes, that they
*¢ will never give their judgment or opinion upon any literary performance pre-
sented to them, but allow it to rest upon its own merit, and the credit of its au-
thor ;”—that the Committee, while exercising their diseretiona'y p power with-
in proper limits in ma King « eelcction from papers on the files of the Academy
and printing the same, do not subject themselves to any part of that responsibil-
ity fora paper, which the Academy has so properly permitted to rest on the
author ;—that the publication of a paper may be expedient on the ground of the
utility, importance, or singularity of the subject, or the advantageous manner of
treating it, without involving or justifying the inference, that the Committee be-
lieve every fact; related, to be true, every step in the reasoning accurate, every
conclusion just, or every hypothesis probable.

CONTENTS.

et: ED
AGE,
I. Observations of the comet 2 1807, by Nathaniel Bowditch, ran
FA. Ae . e s * > e ° 1

II. Observations on the total eclipse of the sun, fune 16, 1806, made at
Salem, by Nathaniel Bowditch, a.m. ¥.A. As ure oF Fen

II. Addition to the memoir on _ the og eolibes. of Fune. 6, 1806, dy
nee “- sat ¥ ‘ é 93

ly. relies of Napier’s rule for soloing the cases of right-angled:
spheric trigonometry to several cases of oblique-angled spheric trig-
onametry, by Nathaniel Bowditch, A.M. F.A.As = - 33

V. Two tables of the varieties in the first and second cases of oblique
spherics, inclosea in a letter to the Hon. Fohn Davis, Esq. Recording.
Secretary of the American ae * Arts and ‘Sciences, by Wil-
liam Croswell, A.Me . oe Re 8 . . 38-

VI. Remarks on the construction of the common scale-beam, with a de--
scription of the new gold standard beam, invented by the auther,
Benjamin Dearborn, FiAcAy - ‘ — ‘ ; 40~

VIL. A proposal for adjusting a new scale to the mercurial thermometer,
znclosed in a letter to the late Rev. President Willard, dated August
1789, by Edward A. Holyoke, M.D. F.AsAs 51-

VIII. An account of the springs and wells on the peninsula of Boston, with -
an attempt to explain the manner, in which they are supplied ; ina ~
letter tothe Hon. F:hn Davis, Esq. Recording secretary of the Amer-

tan Academy of Aris and Sciences ; by Fohn Lathrop, DiDe Freche ST

vi : CONTENTS.
; : PAGE
IX. On the origin and formation of ice islands and their dangerous effects
in navigation ; pointing cut a certain and easy method of timely fore-
warning seamen of their approach, even in the darkest night ; by A.
fothergill, M.D. F.R.S. APS. KC. 69

X. Lffects of lightning on several persons in the house of Samuel Cary,
Esq. of Chelsea, August 2,1799 ; in a letter to the Hon. Fohn Davis,
Esq. Recording Secretary of the American —- of Arts and Sci-
ences ; by ohn Lathrop, D.D. F.AsA. ‘ ° 82

XI. Effects of lightning on the house of Capt. Daniel Merry, and several
other houses in the vicinity, on the evening of the 11th af May 1805 ;
in a letter to the Hon. Fohn Davis, Esq. Recording Secretary of the
American geademyof. Aris and Sciences ; by Fohn Lathrop, D.D.FeAsAs 86

ik ete tm

RIL. Effects of lightning on the house of the 1 unde]
in Maine, August 17, 1807 ; in a letter to the Rev. Dr. Eliot ; by .
the Rev. Silas Moody am. . . ° 92

XIII. Effects of lightning on the house of Capt. Thomas nie in Ports-
mouth, New Hampshire; in a letter to the Rev. Dr. Lliot ; by the
Rev. Timothy Alden, jun. a.m. s.t.8. : : : ° 93

XIV. Experiments respecting dew, intended to ascertain whether dew is
the descent of vapour daring the night, or the perspiration of the
earth, or of plants ; or whether it is not the effect of condensation ;

by Noah Webster, Esq. FAsA. . . . ° 95

ev. Silas Moody AvU)L

XV. Account of rain, &c. that fell in Charlestown, Massachusetts in ten
years ; by Foseph Barrell, Esq. ° ° ‘ . 104

XVI. Account of meteorological observations, made in Georgia and Sous
Garolina ; by Abiel Holmes, DD. FeAsA. : . . 107

XVII. Meteorological observations at Grove Plantation, five miles south of
Natchez ; by Winthrop Sargent, Esq. . . : 113

XVIII. Abstract of meteorological sidascidiiins, made at SeeRneltingy

alk itd

CONTENTS» Vii

in the latitude of about 46° N, and longitude of about 84° 30! Ww;
jrom. August 1802 to April 1803, both inclusive; by Fosiah Dun-
ham, Esq. ‘ . °- . ° : 116 ©
XIX. Meteorological observations, made at Bowdoin College ; in a letter to 3
Mr. Levi Hedge, F. A. A. Tutor in Harvard College ; by Parker
Cleaveland, A.M. Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. 119

XX. The quantity of water (including the snow reduced to water), which
fell in Stow from 1792 to 1804; according to the observations of

the Rev. Fanathan Newell, Me . + : : 122
XXI. A curious phenomenon of vision; inaletterto . . '» by the Rev.
Peres Fobes, LL.D. FeAcAs agro ee Ete os 123
XXII. Hard water. Sg (ti ned b nici tne eT i Dil the pr -ocess for iokin
“the same ; by hi Rev. Daniel ahs F.AcA. ; . 125

XXIII. Mineralogical observations, made in the environs of Boston in the
years 1807 and 1808 ; inclosed in a letter.to the Hon. Fohn Davis
Esq. and by him communicated ; by S. Godon, ¥. A.A. : 127
XXIV. Account of fossil shells, with the author's reasons for attending to
the same ; ina letter to Levi Hedge, ¥.A.A. by Parker Cleaveland,
A.m. Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy in Bowdoin
College ° * . = . . . .- . ° . 155:
XXV. Account of pawpaw or cowry shells, found in Dorchester ; by Thad-
deus Mason Harris, A.M. ¥.A.A. . ; a » 159:
XXVIL. Observations on a singular natural production, in which one part ap-
pears to be a plantand the other an insect, accompanied with a speci-
men ; by the Rev. Manasseh Cutler, LL.D. F. A.A. °- “ 161
XXVII. Account of the writing or Dighton rock; in a letter to the Hon.
ohn Davis, Esq. Recording Secretary of the American Academy of
Arts and Sciences; by Mr, E. A. Kendal « Fe 165°

Vili CONTENTS.

: : ‘ PAGE
XXVIII. Account of a stone bust, supposed to be an Indian god; by Ezra
Stiles D.D. LL... late President of YaleCollege . «. 192

XXIX. Account of copper coins, found in Medford, Massachusetts ; ina let-
ter to the Hon. Fohn Quincy Adams, Esq. Corresponaing Secretary
of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences ; by the Rev. Thad-
deus Mason Harris, A.M. F.AsA. . é : . . 195

XXX. An attempt to explain the Inscription on Dighton rock ; in a letter to —
the Rev. Samuel Webber, p.v. by the Han. Fahn Davis, Esq. 1..D.
Fe As Ae * . ® ° ° . ae + 197

XXXI. Animadversions on the dangerous practice of sleeping on the damp

ground, and of exposure to the night air, particularly where the ani-
mal powers are diminished, illustrated on philosophical principles ; 3; ie

closed with a letter to Tar one DeeOR I nvandWallam Spooner,
map. FAA. by As Fothergill, M.D» FBS. FC. < a ~ 206—

ee ae a Mn eee er

OBSERVATIONS OF THE COMET OF 1807.
BY NATHANIEL BOWDITCH, a.m. & a.a.s.
er 7

THE first time I observed this comet was on the twenty fifth
day of September 1807, at seven o’clock in the evening, near the

foot of the constellation Virgo. I did not make any accurate esti-

mate of its place before the eighth of October, when I commenced
a series of observations, by measuring its distance from several of
the fixed stars, by a te ¥ instrument to \ Eeflection es Borda’s coi

sapere was made use of until the seventeenth hes of silat
ber, when the comet ceased to be visible to the naked eye. Not
having any instrument proper to continue the observations, or even
to keep sight of the comet for a much longer time, I applied to the
Reverend Doctor Prince, who was so-obliging as ——_ several cross
Wires, at equal distances from each other, in the diaphragm

cellent night-glass, having a vertical and huivisiendsl motion in a
stand ; nce ny Pepe the : semen,

between the seattle fixed star, near which it passed, more
accurately than we otherwise could have done, though not with that
degree of accuracy we could have wished. However, the observa-.
tions, imperfect as they were, answered the valuable purpose of
proving, that the elements of the orbit, calculated from the observa-
tions made with the circular instrument of reflection, gave the place
of the comet at the period of its disappearance ;

cA as will be perceived by the Mab:

ns of the comet of 1807.

servation of this kind, that we made, which will be given at the end
of this memoir.

The apparent motion of the comet was “ahoeaeing in a tas “es at
the average rate of about a degree per day. _ It passed in succession
through the constellations Mons Menalus, Serpens, Hercules, Lyra,
Cygnus, and Lacerta, and.on the thirtieth day of January 1808 was
_ near the extremity of the right hand of 4ndromeda. It had then the
appearance of a Nebula, and was so faint, as to be hardly visible
with the assistance of the night-glass._ After this time I was prevent-
ed by indisposition from. seeking for it.

In reducing the observations, made with the circular instrument,
allowance was made for the warentions ea the distances. during the
time elapsed between observir diflcrent stars, so as. to make
the distances eae to ‘ist same eee -This’e
tion Baas small was calculated with sufficient accuracy by sacar a
Proportional ‘part of the observed daily imcrease or decrease of dis-
tance. - iaceiens was made for refraction by adding to the observ-
ed distances a small correction, calculated by Shepherd’s’ “ Tudles
“for correcting the apparent distance of the Moon and Stars, ete.”
by taking twenty times the correction in the column “ Var,? corres.
ponding to the observed distances and altitudes ;* this being the yal-
uc for the mean temperature and density of the air. The Parallax
was so small, that it was neglected. The Aberration, which some-
times exceeded a minute, was found and applied to the calculated
longitudes and Jatitudes made use of in the last process for finding
the elements of the orbit. _ The longitudes were always counted

* This tabular correction is equal to the variation of the apparent distance of ati two hea- :
Perieneten <yrsnntnvae re ee me gispigcarc ee and is

nearly t th

Dessay jee ik faiecescd te oe deacon tee

Observations of the comet of 1807. 3

from the mean equinox. The right ascensions and declinations of
the stars, made use of in reducing the observations, were taken from
Zach’s catalogue, published in Vince’s Astronomy, and from Mas-
kelyne’s, published in his “ Requisite Tab a

Early in November I began to calculate the elements of the orbit
by the method given by La Place, in vol. i. book ii. § 37 of the “ Me-
canique Celeste.” For this purpose I made use of all the observa-
tions from the first appearance of the comet to the sixth of November,
as they are given in the table at the end of this article. | To render
this part of the calculation more simple, and to avoid divisions by frac-
tions of a day, I reduced all the seaervateies to seven —_ in ag
pina iby Rabe to the observed } | = ©

ether gee

the time of — and seven o hid

This correction was found sufficiently near for this purpose,’ by tak-
ing a proportional part of the daily variation of the comet in longi-
tude and latitude. The observations having been thus prepared, I
combined. them together in ten different examples, each one contain-
ing five observations. By the mean of these calculations I found, for
a first approximation, that. the time of passing the perihelion was Sep-
tember 20,.1807, and the perihelion distance 0°65636, the mean dis-
tance of the sun from the earth being estimated as unity.
__. These elements I afterward corrected by the method explained by
: La Place in the same section of his work. For this pur ose I made
choice of the observations of October 8, October 23, and November
6. From these I found, for a second approximation, that the correct.
ed time of passing the "perihelion was September 19d. 7h. mean time
“at Salem, and the perihelion distance 0°6645. These elements, with
the longitude of the node, the longitude « of the Apel gs and: srdeg in-
clination of the orbit to the eciiptic corres , Were publis!
‘the Salem Gazette of the tenth of November 1907: in on it was

4 Observations of the comet of 1807.

entioned, that these elements were very different from those of uaty:
of He known comets, published by De La Lande in‘his astronomy:
For a third approximation I combined the observations of October
and November in ten examples similar to the last, and thus procured

twenty equations like those given by La Place in vol. i. pag. 229,

‘* Mecanique Celeste.” From the mean of these the corrected ele-
ments were found as follow.

_ Perihelion distance 2ESH Mies BY Dae 6485
: kseroP beladagialdophathdieiy : pow Sep 18d): 12h.-
‘Place of the perihelion counted on the feo bp Qs. o 5 se | 15"

of the-cometis 287..960-30--4aa, Seay
icone of - ei node a N=8 26 36 29.

See ee aR até

Sone:

ecliptic... I=63 15 Sl.

ments were found in general not to differ more Sandee minutes = fron
the observations in September, October, and November. To obtain.

a greater degree of accuracy I made use of the following method.

I supposed the corrections to-be applied to the preceding elements:
to be represented by 0,002.d, 0,2.t, 10'.p, —10'.,—10'., which
would make the corrected elements sapeoaninad CREE

D+0,002:d
T +0,2 -¢
oe fe ee
‘N—10'+ 2
1—10'-%
and then calculated the values of d, t, p,m, and 7, in the following-
manner.

First supposition. Making u use of the elements D, T, P, N, and I,
I calculated to seconds by Taylor’s S logarithms, the geocentric longi-
tude and latitude of the comet for each of the observations contained
in the following table from October 8 to December 17. Denoting,

Observations of the comet of 1807. 5

any one of these longitudes or latitudes by L’ and the corresponding
observed longitude or latitude by L, I put L—L’=d.

Second Supposition. Making use of all the preceding elements €x-
cepting D, and increasing that by the quantity 0-002, I. recalculated
the same geocentric longitude or latitude and denoted it by L”, and
put L'—L’=/’.

‘Third Supposition. Making use of all the elements of the first sup-
position excepting T and increasing that by two tenths of a day, I re-
calculated the same geocentric longitude or latitude and. denoted it +BY
L”, and put L'—L” =/”.

Fourth. Supposition. ip use al all the elements of the first
supposition excepting P and i that by ten minutes, I recal
culated the same geocentric Torigitiide Por laithude : and denoted it by
Liv and then put L'—Liv =7”.

Fifth Supposition. Making use of all the elements of the first sup-
position excepting N and decreasing that by ten minutes, I recalculat-
ed the same uorpare sao or latitude and mernonigaca Ly and

then put L’'—Ly =/". 7

Siacth Supposition. inea-nbibaaadnsinnels first sup-
position excepting I and decreasing that by ten minutes, I sccaledlat
ed the same geocentric longitude or latitude and denoted it by Livi
and then put L’—Lvi =/* .

Each of the observed longitudes and latitudes by this means fur-
nished an equation of the following form between the sought quanti-
ties d, t, p, , i, upon the supposition, that the small variations of the
calculated longitudes and latitudes are exactly proportional to the cor-
responding variations of the elements of the orbit.

ol + dtl" + 41" + ppliv -ntir i |
Sea ae, RAPE, SEs comet we should procure six

~

ions of the comet of 1807.

eo ee than is necessary for finding the values
of d, t, p, m, 7, and determining the elements of the orbit.

Now it is evident that if the comet moved exactly in a parabola,
and the observations were perfectly correct, all these equations would
concur in giving nearly* the same values of d, t, p,m, and 7, but as
errors arising from those sources are unavoidable, the substitution of
the correct values of d, ¢, p, m, and i, in the equations will not gene-
rally make the second members equal too ; but will render them
equal to the combined effect of the errors of the observations and of
the parabolic hypothesis, and if we denote these errors by x), w@),
x), etc.f the equations will become of this form.f —

Oe. ‘ aioe © t41"” — n+lv +ith

at Ena ay . . s = not
exdpaetogel to the comvednontiir yareabicod of the claments of the «
fore the equations will not give exactly the same values of d, t, 1, m, and Z.
+ It may be necessary to observe, that the figures annexed to x do not signify
exponents of the powers of 2, as the quantities z(*), x(?), etc. are a inde-
pendent of each other.

__ 4 If the comet, during its appearance, had described so great an arch of its or-
bit, as to render it sensibly different from a parabola, we might calculate the ellip-
tical elements by introducing another term into the above equation. For if D be
the perihelion distance of the comet, U its angular distance from the perihelion,
calculated for the time of any of the observations by the parabolic hypothesis,
U-+<z the same angular distance calculated in the elliptical hypothesis,. “supposing
the perihelion distance of the comet, divided by its mean distance from the sun,
to be E, we should have by the rules, given by La Place i in the abovementioned
work,
Sine z = 7, E° tang. 3U- Sa: cox PUIG C08. 5 ‘}

8 STR RE eS eae would be.

pees aS ia Sts) Po.

By

Observations of the comet of 1807. 7
In this manner I calculated the equations, resulting from the twenty
eight observations, made from October 8 to December 17, and obtain-
ed the following system of equations A, of which the first twenty
eight were deduced from the observed longitudes and the rest from
the observed latitudes, the equations being arranged according to the
times ‘of observation, and the errors'in the observed longitudes count-
ed in the same order, being denoted by x), a(@).-,. a8), and
the errors in the observed latitudes by a(29), 2G... a6).
xe(?) 815+ dp 2+t4129 + P4239 +n—234 +74 38
w(?) = 317 +d— 1°t4138- pt242 n—248"i-— 88
x(2) = —319+d— det+145 + p4+244 n—262+i-—- 98 .
x(4) =—623+d— B64 * PA DAR 2 N29 te BA
x4) == 214198 $4249 P4249 dia i+ 21
w(S) = 329" d 414" 24207 -p4246 n—448-i— 76
oo 7) =—-827 +d $17 + 14208 +p4242 n—467-2+ 16
w(#) S—324+d426+ 14212 -p4240 n—485 *i—164
“() =—321° C45t : t3Aa ees N—505* i—116
By these rules we might calculate the true anomaly and distance of the comet
from the sun, and thence deduce the geocentric longitude and latitude for each of
the observations, supposing the elements D, T, P, N; I, to be the same, as in the
first supposition, and E to be a very small quantity, as for example ;34- Then,
denoting any one of these longitudes or latitudes by Lvii, and putting L \ a LViie=
ivi and E=qho) We must add to the above value of 2(*) the term vie. By this
means the system on equations: A,B, C, etc. would contain terms depending on e,
and it would be necessary to make another assumption similar to the four first,
made use of in the above sereeeone, which would furnish another equation, by
means of which e might b inated, and the equation reduced to the same form
as the system —— which the alue of pmight be found as above, The observa-
tions of thiscomet accorded so well with a parabolic. hypothesis, that the differenc-
es between the calculated and true places were within the limits of the errors of
the observations ; therefore I did not attempt to calculate the elliptical orbit.

?

wo(29)== —318 + d440-14215+p+231 n—526+1— 71.
x(* 2314 * d448* 14215 + p4225 n—547+-i+ 86
x(19)=—308 *d457 *t+214°p4+218 n—567-i— 278
ve(1 $= —304 * d467°t+4213°p4211 n—589+i— 158.
2e(44)=!— 1 99 +d 4202+ 24157 - p4+108* n—789+i— 413
x(45)=—140+ d4262 *t4119° p+ 59°n—851°i + 385
ac( 28 )= —122*d4280-t+ 99°p+ 37+*n—876°2-+4 120
x(1T)=— 95 + d4305 t+ 81°p+ 16°n—895 *i— 304
(18) —— 14°d4378 +t 12+p— 55*n—955°7--1081
x(t9)= 47 +d4429°t— 40° p—105 + n—987 i+ 775
x(2°)= 187 *°d4533 °t—165 -p—217 - n—1033+7-4. 268
Ohne nent aden t-—240 * p—280 + n—1045+7-4. 164
x{*3}e=. b= 28.2 * ne a 757

x(#3)= 509° .d4726*t—483 - p—464>2—

x(24)= §42°d+742-t—520°p—489° n—1007-i- 238

xe(28)= 582+ d-761 + (562° p—517 >n—992 +14 614
x(2%)= 690+ d4804+t—676 *p—587-n—029-i+ 47
w(27)= 724° d4813 + t—713 *p—609 -n—905 141628
x(2®)= 944-d4789 t—1006-p—716+n—496 i+ 69
x(#%)= 226°d4957° t—336 "p—2i4- n+ 43 +i— 180
x(2°)= 237-d4950- t—337° *p—212- n+ 41 i 838"

x(32)= 247° * d4945 ° t—339 “p—2i1- n+ 393 301. ;

x(S*)= 258+d4933 + t—341- p—209n4 38-i— 143
x($$)= 333+d4865 + t-—361 * p—2 208 - ne 28 i— 262 —
(4) = 349 +d4849 + £367 * p—210 +n a7 i 197
x(25)S 359° d4839- t—372 *p—211 °n-++ 27 +i— 386
Catt 366 * 04831 +1374 *p—212 n+ 27 i— 180
x(37)= 375+ d4+824 -t—378+ p—213+n+ 28-i— 98

x(38)= 383 -d4814* 2-382 +p—215* n+} 29%—~ 127

‘x(3%)= 390+ d4804-1—386 p—217-n4 28%— 92°

x(4°)= 397° d4794-t—391 *p—220°n4 SLi 74

(A)

Rs eee a Le re a Te ee

CGS Ree eee gee MR ee In. eee eee Pe ee eee re ee
.

Observations of the comet of 1807. 2
se(41)=403 + d4784 + t—395 » p—223+n+ 32+:—108
w(47)=463 * d4+702*t—435 + p—241+n4 74°14244 ©
x(48)=476 > d4671 + t—447 > p—245+n4 97+i—294
v(4*)=478 + d4659* 14.51» p—246+n+4106 + i—197

“x(49)=483+ 04651 + 2454+ p—246 + na-115 +i 4413
x(49)=491 +d4617 *t—464 * p— 246+ +4146 *i—803
x(47)=493 * d4593 + 1468 + p—242 +4170 + i—200

“On(49) 3488 + 04.541 +1468 + p—229-n 4293-1177

ve(4°)=484 + d4.516 * 1466 » p—-220 + n4.252 +74. 287
(6° \=477 A450 * t-—464'* p21 + n4.267°14.424 —
w(51)=447 + d4428 + t—440 ants 76° i xt Bae $66) ns
x($*)=436+ pclnlsec 34+ p—167 + N4355 *7- _
x($ 3)=2427* d4397* (496 - e157 « aaarer 1—143
se(§ 4)=395 *d4351 + t—398 - p—123 + n4412+i—589
x(** )=384 *d4338 « t—387 » p—111 *n4425 +i—1082
x(§ ©) = 206 * d4167 + t—219 + p+ 56+n+4+539+i—229

Having obtained these equations it remained to deduce from them
the values of the unknown quantities d, t, p, n,and i. The method,
I thought most advisable to pursue for this purpose, is founded on
the following assumed principles.

1, That the sum of all the positive errors in the calculated longi-
tudes should be equal to the sum of the negative ones. That is in
symbols 0 apa Bilin se ee ?

eC )tx(*)+x(5) .. + +2(8)}=0, j

2. That the sum ofall the positive errors in the calculated latitudes
should be equal to the sum of the negative ones. That is,

w(#?)-px($)4x(81) 2. 4x(68)=0.

3. That the sum of all the positive sictdhak Gc apuased wit
in the observations made in October should asses a ee
the negative ones. Thatis,

= nants -* _(39)=0.

10 ations of the comet of 1807

4. That the sum of the positive errors in the observed latitudes in
the observations made in October should be equal to the sum of the
negative ones. That is,

x(2*)4x($°4(81)... x(42)=0.

5. The four preceding eqiting having been fulfilled, ‘the fifth is
that the sum of all the errors in the longitudes and latitudes taken pos-
itively should be a minimum.

In applying the four first of these conditions to the inane of equa-
tions A, they furnished four equations between d, ¢, p, n, i, by means
of which I exterminated d, ¢, n,i from the equations A. | Thus the
equations ~(*)-++«(#)4x() . +. +(55)=0, found by Kaige a
equations x(*)+~(*). + ton ®=0 and x(#*)w(#*)... --x(4*)=0,* gives
for the sum of all the €quations~,-.....

O= 11030 * d+27248 *t—12941 “p—66.8 n—15086 “E4742
by dividing by—27248, z

O=—0°40480 * d—#40'47498 * p4+0*24398 +n

| +0°55366*i—0-02723. (1)
By multiplying this equation successively by the coefficients of ¢ in
_ the equations A, I obtained a system of equations B, in which the co-
eflicients of ¢ were equal and of a contrary sign to those of the system
A, and by adding together the corresponding equations of the systems
A and B, I obtained the equations C independent of ¢, of this form :
x)= —316 +d+130 * p4+239> earch EE i+38

x(?)=—317* d-¢138" rae: na 24 988 eee)
&e. &e.
The sum of the first twenty eight of these equations gives, in putting
x@)ta() ++ te *)=0, . as

-..* T took the sum of the two equations instead of the second of them from the
circumstance of having previously calculated the sum ofall the equations A,

eT ee ee et ee ee

wie i, 5 a lank i

Observations of the comet of 1807. lk

O= —3368 * d4+2284*p+1011 * n—14683 * 144424,
and by dividing by 14683

O= —0'22944 - d+0°15555 *p+006885 *m—i+0°30130 (2).
By multiplying this equation successively by the coefficients of i in
the equations C, and adding these new equations to the corresponding
ones of the system C, I obtained the system of equations D independ-
ent of ¢ and i of this form :

~2e( 2) = —263 +d 494+ 4923 *n— 32
2o(?)=—260 *a499+p4225+n—163 nah D)
gb kb 2,

- The sum of the first thirteen of otk ledaame gives in puting

ali i ree $9 CSOs ME EE vs 5 are
P+2766 - nN—2609,

ari iF fividing. by 3027.
O= —d-+40°58044 + p40°91378+n—0'86191. (3)
By multiplying this equation successively by the coefficients of d
in the equations D, and adding these new equations to the correspond-
ing ones of the system D, er SBaere ig corend

d,t,andi, a ee
x(1}=—59 “p—t7 + n4195
#(2)=—52* p13 +n4 61 ae

e equati ns from the tia i and putting
x(3*)-p2(3°).. perce I obtained this equation
0=580 * p—1164* 7-941,
and by dividing by 1164 =
0=0-49828 + p—n-4.0°80842. (4)
This equation being multiplied rig by the coefficients of
in the equations E, and added to the corresponding ones of that
system, produced the equations F.

12 Observations of the comet of 1807+

x(4)=—67 + p+i8t

x(*)=—58°p+ 50

x(§)=—51 p+ 36 (F)

a(4)=—49 =p 45°

&e. &e.

These equations are of the same form as those given by La Place

in vol. ii, pag. 135 of his “ Mecanique Celeste,” and the value of p,
which will render the sum of the errors taken positively a minimum,
may be found by the method explained in that part of his work. In’
the first place the coefficients of the term must be rendered positive
by changing the signs of all the terms of the equation when necessary.
Then the equations must be arranged according to the magnitudes of
the quotients found by,,dividing the constant term cinta each equation by
the coefficient of p, due regard being had. to the signs: “Phe
equations must be arranged according to the Be of the terms

181 50 |
LE , = etc. In this manner I procured the system of equa-

tions G.

—2z(5) = 1p—104 x(4%)= 75-p— 52
x(**)= 8-p—738 z(*) = 12p— 2
—z(*?)= 8p—370 —x(30)= 56pt+ 8

| —2("))= 17*p—683 mn b( 59) = 10g FS
(88) 15 ‘p—510 x(41)= 28-p4 14
pe @(*7)= 4p—134 0 x (8 8)= SOp+ 17
x(#*)= 18:p—227 pan?) 8O*Dy 44
—a(**)= 2p (81a A8p+ 78
x(**)= 21-p—9293 x(37)= 26°p4. 51
—«(77)=101-p—1050 07° )=241-p4475

z(*%)= 10-~— 86 2 eae 83*p4235
wr 284) = 15-p—129 | side Se p4116 ett

SEPT See TT ee ee ee ee gTO eee

Yi; Se tae ee a ee Ne eee See Se ee

Be al i a

‘Observations of the comet of 1807. 13

a(31)= 35-p—244 x(7) = 14*p4. 79
x(13)= 39:p—258 —x(2%)= 88+ p4522
x(i*)= 80p~—493 —x(?*)= 42+p4291
a(*) = 22*~—105 ax(4°)= 29° p4+203
2(33)= 42-p—148 x(49)= 68° p+489 (G)
—2z(?) = 67-p—181 —x(25)= 2994313
x(*) = 26p— 68 x(48)= 73° p+835
_x(?°)= 49:p—103 . -w(4?)= 26° p4+325 .
x(34)== 16:p— 32 . —x(48)= 7 p+i02
—x(3*)= 39p— 75 (22) 22+p4327
= a(?*)= 55p— 72 —x($4)= 17-p 4426
(88) 24p— 25 a(4#)= 16-ppssd
Ba 32 p— 30 a8 ime ~x( *)s 14*°p4909 aaa
— ey = ‘58p— 50
—2(2°)= 66p— St uy! Slee

—z(*) = 51p— 36
The sum of all the coefficients of f in these equations is 2211, which
.put=F. The sum of the first thirty of the coefficients is 1062, which
is less than 3 F, and by adding the next coefficient the sum becomes
1137, which is greater than } F, hence by the rule given by La Place 3
the value of p, which will render the sum of the errors x(?), (*), &e,
taken Be pOSve 2 a minimum will be found by putting the second mem.

ber of the thirty - inst f the « uation (G)e equal to ( 0; that i is, 75 ‘p—
52 60, which gives ete By substituting this value i in the equa-

tions marked (4), (3), (2), (1), we successively obtain. as

_N=0°49828-p-+0°80842=1°-154, :

" d=0°58044" p+0°91 378*n—0°86191=0° 595.

i= —0°22944-d40°15555-p+0-06885-n+40°30130=0°352.

t= —0-40480-d-40°47493 ‘P+0°24398-n40°55366:-—0°02703=0°537.
These values being substituted in the preceding expressior te :
ements of the orbit, they become |

3

14 Observations of the comet of 1807.»
D-+0:002 ».d = 064969
T-+0-2 + t = Sep. 18d. 6074
P+10'* p = 98 19 0 11"
a cis *2=8 26 24 57
I—10'- =63. 942
These would be i true elements depending on the ecto laid
down if the variations of the calculated geocentric longitudes and lati-
tudes were strictly proportional to the variations of the elements
0°002d, 0°2°t, &c. but as this is not the case, it was necessary to re-
peat in part the operation to make the calculations agree exactly with
those principles, _ For this purpose I made use of the approximate
values of the elements last found, instead of D, T, P, N, and I, and
recalculated the values of / as in the first Suppose and thus obtain-
ed new values of the constant terms of the equatio A, instead of
438, —88, etc. These new terms arranged i in the oir of the equa-
tions are 126, 0, —10, 1, 93, —12, 76, —108, —66, —28, 122, —248,
—137, —490, 261, 25, —466, 860, 507, —102, —251, 316,356,
—346, 14, —607, 960, —643, 4, —48, —112, 46, —77, —20, —212,
—11, 68, 35, 62, 224, 37, 346,—206,—-114, 495,—727,—-127,—101,
369, 510, 683, 224, —9, —426, —907, —115, and by substituting
them in the equations A, and making the cor pondir
the constant terms of the equations B, C, D, ‘etc. a new system of
equations G was obtained, and by operating on them in the same man-
ner as before I found that the value of ps which would render the sum
of the errors x(*), a(*), &e. a minimum, would be had by putting
75°p+2=0, whence p=—0-027, which, substituted in the equations
(4), (3), (2), (1), deduced from these last calculations, will give n=—_
0011, d=—0-036, i=—0°025, t=0°0013. Consequently the cor-
rections of the fast found, elements are 0-002'd-—=—0'00007, 0,2t= -

Observations of the comet of 1807. ays
6:00026, 10°p=—16", —10°n=6", —10'i=15". ‘These correc
tions being applied to those elements produce the following

Correct elements of the orbit of the comet.
Ppahetiah distance 0°64962. The mean distance of the earth from
= the sun being denoted by unity. ;
Hime of passing the perihelion September 18,60766, or Sep. 18d. 14h.
35’ 2" mean time at Salem, corresponding to Sep. 18d.
19h. 18’ 34” mean time at Greenwich.
Longitude of the Ascending Node : ~ 8s 26°25" 3”
Place of the Perihelion counted on the orbit of the comet 9 059 55
Inclination of the orbit tothe is edipiie ROS Ip BERET OS 54

Mitese Pemeats I caleulatd the geocentric rake age — latitudes
contained in the Hectiete: | Table.

[) Mean ume of ob- |] Observed| Calculated | _ _ [Observed |Caicular- | 9. - ©
servation at Sa-|| Jongitude.| longitude. | Difference. ssn: fs lat. | Difference.
em. _ é : ih ea oe | £
AERA ARR RS CP ae ee 7 Wy
SEG Sep.26 a a aes fe Oe eee a ge « Sette “5 12:
Oct. 5 B12 34||7-13-40°36] 7-13°40°32] 0 4 25-44°21/23-4 .
| 716" 4:41 2 17/127- 7 638! —O 7
bias fi ee AV 3° fom 1 1] 128° 12°54128- 13°39 +045
= *A1°2117.17°42°37| 7-17-42: —0- 1]/29-18°11]29°20 shai dilie,
, 1b-6°49°54]|7- 18-32-49) 7-18°32°36| —0'13)/30°26°5 rey Ie
erage " ? - H re ; aor. “9
22°6°54°40) 7°
23 6°27°56
2462512
25714-15118" 1
“* 26°6°36°35118" 2°2!
27-624 5lis- 3 22-12]
"28-6362 is 430-12!
: |. Sums? | 48-95. =8'39 a kl, Sam Ce
Nov. 6-811 ails ts 36-15 8:15+44: He : ss 14 of A
10°6°27°37 718 21 24-46 S21-246471 401 “|{55°38°29)35-40-27 tise
ae T16°211 O| 8°22°56°22) +7°22 56°22: 22°46156°14 3 — 8 10
14°6°28 2 eae ey 8 27°45°38 “veadler st 37°53 57°50" 5|412 12

23°38" 6 5;
28°8°27°30

29°6°52°48
30.7°24°27
Dec. 3°7°27: 0

17°6°26°30

ry

| .
ts

Bela $0

9°14 14° 6
9°23°57-23
9° 25°50 10)
$3275 59°27
10° 3°53°49
10° 6°18-16
10°29°31 47

|

—8"53))58°44°99

- 15

912° 7-44
9°14" 8°23
9°24" 2°53
9°25°55°30
9°27°58°47

58°46°42
60°24 O
61> 3°59
61°22°11
62°26" 7
62°33°45

AO°AN: IN

10° 4° 3°32)

Va SU ov

2/62°52°20

10*..6: 1:53
10°29°42°16
Sums.

re 37° 4]
+10-29 aajen ar: 12+32,

59-37—59°30||

6i"iT" 4

62°53° Of

+ 213-

52° 325 2° |

The first innate in 1 this table was made at Nantucket by Mr.
W. Folger jun, the second at Cambridge by Professor Farrar and Mr.I.
Nichols, the rest are those I made at Salem by a circle of reflection,
The observed and eis coe of the comet in ets and
Oniaber agrees, peneral ae

arose in great measure from the difficulty of observing with a circle,
when the comet was very faint, the moon near the full or the weather
very damp.

The last time I saw the comet was on the 30th of January, 1808, at
8h. 49’ 10" mean time at Salem. _ I estimated roughly its longitude to
be about Os. 15° 12’ and its latitude 47°22’N. The longitude calcu-
lated by ‘the above elements was Os. 15° 22’ and the latitude 47° 3’
N. The differences are within the limits of the errors of this ooserya-

tion.

oe

I did not attempt to investigate the etptical o orbit of the comet ; for
I found that if its mean distance from the sun was sixty times as great
as that of the earth, and the other elements the same as in the parabolic
orbit, the differences between the heliocentric places, calculated in the
elliptical and in the parabolic orbit, from September to the middle of
November, rarely cxeceted four minutes ; so that it would have been

si

eR

ip Si

sa i is

ie aig = Cae

b
+s

bp2)

Sena —— i f iy a TF i gat BeskEY : ai fe ree ote Fi BO:
se rer “Gp EAR? : mi ra 22 SN ee AP if i % a # wer he

ae ee et :
Sa SA eee eae
‘i goo Sen's
Pes eyed ee Oe

Msi

OBSERVATIONS

TOTAL ECLIPSE OF THE SUN JUNE 16, 1806, MADE AT SALEM,
By NATHANIEL BOWDITCH, a.m. et a. a. s-
; ED 3 GD 2 a
‘Tue chronometer made use of in observing this eclipse
had been kept going for that purpose nearly seven months, during

which time it moved with great regularity, losing about 1} second per
day. Great pains were taken to regulate it on the day of the eclipse

by correspo ding altitudes of f. the — gbserved in ‘the Sete

lite made by Jones, furnished with spirit levels to piste it Faria to
the horizon, and a quadrant of altitude graduated to minutes, to which
was attached a telescope with cross wires, having a magnifying pow-
er of about twenty times. Five sets of altitudes of the sun were ob-
served in the morning from 6h. 41m. 21s. to 7h. 23m. 38s. each set
contained six observations of the lower, and six of the upper, limb.
In the afternoon from 4h. 36m. 27s. to 5h. 20m. 47s. seven similar sets
were observed. Before and after each set the index error of the quad-
rant was found by observing several times the difference. between ze-
ro on the limb and on the nonius, when the spirit level attached to the
telescope was horizontal, and taking the mean of the observations. By
the mean of all these observations the time of apparent noon by the
chronometer was found to be 12h. 2m. 10s.8, and as the mean time
of apparent noon on that day was 12h. Om. 6s.8, the chronometer was
2m. 4s. too fast for mean time atnoon. The eclipse happened so near
to noon, that it was thought unnecessary to apply a correction for the

a eae: eee Se Te ee

Observations on the eclipse of the sun, June 16, 1806. 19

daily retardation of 14 seconds, as that correction did 1 not exceed a sixth
of a second. Ski
_ On the day of the Soke the ra AIS was Paes fine, scarce-
ly a cloud being visible in any part of the heavens. _I made prepara-
tions for the observation in the garden adjoini ig the house, in which
I reside, near the northern part of Summer street, Salem.» ‘Having
been disappointed in procuring a telescope of a large magnifying pow-
er, I was obliged to make use of that attached to my theodolite, which
gave versie vision, though its magnifying power was small.
An assistant seated near “me, who counted the seconds from the
chyonometcr, ‘and thus — me to mark aie so enc A
slcingtinkteteshbe atts tb ERE ere ang ‘Or oe adit had hata
aff the ayaa had atisttg increased ; after which I examined the
second and minute hands of the chronometer and took every precau-
tion to prevent mistakes. Four or five minutes before the commence-
ment of the eclipse I began to observe that part of the sun’s limb,
where the first contact was expected to take place, and at 10h. 8’ 28”
by the chronometer I observed the first impression on the limb. - In
two seconds the indentation of the limb was quite perceptible. ‘As
prediees advanced" there did not appear to be so great a diminution
ght _ oo aaphaadee aeamale oo GP therstin-was
nearly covered — rkness | fe

covered. 5 Ss Na ok ale se ea ind usar
itaneously, that it seemed as if there could not have been’ mis
take Ob seS6d inthis phase. The whole of the moon was then seen
nded by a luminous appearance of considerable extent, such as

ally been taken notice of in total eclipses of the sun. This

20 Observations on the eclipse of the sin, June 16, 1806.

light with a crepuscular brightness round the horizon prevented. the
darkness from being great during the time that the sun’s surface was
wholly covered. ‘The degree of light can be estimated by the num-
ber of stars visible to the naked eye. Those I took notice of were
Capella, Aldebaran, Sirius, Procyon, the three bright stars in the belt
of Orion, and the star « in its shoulder. Venus and Mars were also vis-
ible. A candle had been provided to assist in reading off the seconds
from the chronometer, but it was not found necessary in the garden,
though it would have been in the house adjoining. As the time drew
near for observing the end ee I took notice that there
was a visible increase of light in the atmosphere: for
onds before any part of the sun’s limb was ‘visible in. the telescope,
but at 1ih. 32m..18s..by the chronometer the Jight burst forth with
great splendor. This I noted as the time of the end of the'total:dark-
ness. After this the light appeared to increase much faster than it
had decreased, and im a short time it wasas light as in a.common
cloudy day. The end of the eclipse, observed with the same precau-
tion as the other phases, was found to be at 12h. 52m. 46s. by. the
chronometer.

If the times shown. by the. chron ; be corrected. for its error
=k A’, we shall have the shia tiene of the observations as. follow. »

. Fa aad
Beginning of the eclipse my ew Sane te culpa 10 ; 6 24
Beginning of total darknessss.. 0. 3 5. 2 25 26
End of total darkness . . . «es BO eee
End of the eclipse fi (ose wel ta vac tad a aoe
Duration of the eclipse . . . . . , Sih habe
Duration of total darkness cease Sisk Yh a8

Observations on the eclipse of the sun, June 16, 18065 21

‘The latitude of the place of observation* was found to be 42° 33’
30” by the mean of three hundred and twenty altitudes of the sun, ob-
served when within a few minutes of the meridian by a circle of reflec-
tion, on the 7th, 8th, 9th, 12th, 14th, b5th, and 17th of October 1805.
This latitude, ih age maa coils figuiresof Hiv eaith,

SU | 4 g the 0 eee the 75 oe BO ‘ ey ob
330 part of snclintintacet becomes 49°99! AUN. The longitude of the
Place oft epereation is about — me east ieee Caney Universi-

ty, i pe ae ‘. , ae eee

P thad
WIP OLA VALIUIIS

Goi: Sialoms-ten: Bosee hight Hones "iaih car agiachettnaniibas
schiaeieeesiails aman ee
pera te ee oe Hence, if we estimate

ae

of Cambr: be 4h. . Pwest from Prccawich, apron:
bly to She gree of the late President Willard in vol. i, of the
Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, the longi-
tude of the place of observation will be 4h. 43m. 32s. west from Green.
wich, or 4h. 52m. 51s. west from Paris. This time being added to
the times of observation at Salem gave the corresponding times at Pa-
ris, with which I calculated the following elements by the tables in the
third edition of La Lande’s astronomy, decreasing the moon’s horizon-
tal parallax four seconds to make it conform to the new tables of Burg.

eesoses

= The place “2 megegeene was observed was in the garden adjoining Es-
sex Bank in Market-street » about an eighth of a mile to the eastward of the
place where the idanniamaites was rege and the eclipse observed.

_+ This is conformable to La Lande’s tables. La Place, in his “ Mecanique Celes-
te,” vol. ii, p. 150, calculated, from the observed lengths of pendulums in different
latitudes, that the ellipticity was=1,; but in this calculation a small mi “was
made in the coefficient of y, in the tenth of his equations x Peter ought to have
been ‘60340, instead of -57624. Thiserrort alt is +145 which
does not differ much from +3,, calculated froin ts of the lunar equations, in vol-
ume iii, pages 282 and 285 of the same work. This last estimate agrees nearly
with that made use of in the above calculations,

22

©’s long. from the + aati 2°

©’s horizontal para

©’s semidiameter —Teraiaton 3” 5
©’s horary motion

Avge obliquity of the ecliptic
d’s rom the apparent equinox)

)’s horary motion 2 the® in Jone:
ral

D’sp arallax—©’ sp
Parallax in longitude ()}—© )
Parrallax in latitude ¢ ») —o)

Observations on the eclipse of the sun, June 16, 1806.

Beginning of |Beginning of to-| End of total End of the
eclipse. tal darkness arkness eclipse.
St Ft yy So. 7 0. 4a Soo 7
2°24 41° 2 3/2°24-44°11* 012°24°44°22° 4/2°24°47°34° 6
8 5 a ¥ 8° 8:
15°42° 5 15:42 § 15°42° § 15°42" 5
2°23°15 2.23°15 2°23°15 2°23°15
23°27°50 23°27°50 23°27°50 23°27°50
2°23°49-28° 8)2°24°37°47° 712°24°40°43° 812°25°29°58° 3
24°34" 4 20° 6° 5 19°50° 3 15°17. 3
60° 9: 0 60°10" 4 60°10" 5 60°12" 0
16°39" 7 16°41° 4 16°41" 4 16°41° 7
36*39'92 36°41°77 36°41°89 36°43°72
S232 3°23°62 3°23'62 3'23°95
34° 16°77 34°18°62 34°18°7 34°20: 57
60° 0 5 60° 1: 9 60° 2° 0 ie ee
19°44 2) +4 553° 1) OS" OF Of =e 9°57" 9
—22°27 9] ~—20* O 2} — 55° uz oo” 5

Now if the latitude of the moon by the rr be aaopaied to be
the €eliptic: conjunction. at, Salem_wi

11h. $7’ 20:3 by the mean of all the ono “This will be i in-

creased only 04, by decreasing the latitude 6-9, which appears to be

necessary from the observations at Rutland, Pawlet, &c. as given by.

Doctor Williams and others. _

‘I shall continue this subject in another memoir.

correct, the mean time of

nS epee Par OR Paes ele

eae et Se ee

ff ae. ao Ys
= ne

eee ee ee eee ee ke eee oe
Ls ws =e : u

ADDITION

TO THE

MEMOIR ON THE SOLAR ECLIPSE OF JUNE 16, 1806,
Bry NATHANIEL BOWDITCH, a.m. et 4.a.s.

ee 5

i

Since the communication of my observations of the solar

eclipse of June 16, 1806, I have endeavored to procure the observa-

tions made in New-England on the northern and southern limits of
the total darkness in order to deduce from them the true latitud - of the:
time of the eclipti sevorthe'San and Moon.
The only POBsePations I have vet been able to obtain are those made
at Pawlet in Vermont, on the northern limit of the shadow, and at
Tarpaulin-Cove, Nashewena, Martha’s Vineyard, and Falmouth on the
southern limit. — .
The observations at Pawlet were made by Captain Potter and pub-
lished a few days after by Doctor Williams. At the time of the ; great-
est obscuration Captain Potter observed “ that the light of the Sun
“ instantly ceased for a moment or second of time, and as instantane-
“ ously appeared.” The place where this observation was made is
about 40 rods south of the northern boundary of Pawlet, in the lati-
tude of about 43° 24’ N, (or 43° 12’ 33” reduced to the centre) and in
the longitude of from 50” to 66” in time west of the place in Rutland,
where Doctor Williams observed the eclipse; this place by his obser-
vations is in the longitude of 4h. 51’ 53” W from Greenwich, as will
be shown in the course of this memoir, therefore Pawlet is nearly in
the longitude of 4h. 52’ 51” W from Greenwich. With this latitude _
and longitude and making use of the elements in the former part of
this memoir as found in the tables of the third edition of La Lande’s

*

ee 4

24, Observations on the eclipse of the sun, June 16, 1806

Astronomy, supposing the error of the lunar tables to be in longitude
— 25" 5, and in latitude —6"-8,* E found the mean time of the least appa-
rent aeaice of the centres of thesun and moon at Pawlet wasat 11h,14’ 4”
The > °s parallax —©’s parallax, m longitude was then +7’ 53”-86, in lat-
itude —21'A""72; the moon’s apparent semidiameter 16’ 41:18; the
sun’s semidiameter 15’ cae 5, being the same during the whole of the
eclipse. Inestimating idiameters I supenerd the rea tode-

PR ate + 3 bet bd ow + 2h. St a
gis. Pua choke LEI ALU "5

pe SD these being the iecheg made use of by La Lande,
in-his Tables. .'The error that might arise in calculating the moon’s.
latitude at the ecliptic conjunction, from an error in the ésth vak..
ues of the semiciameters of the sun and moon, will in general be Se
ated. by taking the mean. of an equal ber of observations on the
northern and southern limits. of the total ‘darkness _and the error that
might arise in the calculated time of the ecliptic conjunction will be,
nearly obviated, by taking the mean of the times deduced. from. the
beginning and end of the eclipse, or from the beginning and end. of
the total darkness. From the preceding data I found that the least
distance of the centres of the sun and moon according to the tables
thus corrected was 58-28, and the difference of their -semidiameters
58°68. — The difference of these numbers 0” “4, is nearly the addition.
al correction to be applied to the latitude, making the whole correc-
tion ger This is the ly norton, shar ation I could pro-
cure: :

icone tome by Mr. D. Leslie of New-Bed. 2
ford, » he remarks that the Eclipse was observed to be total at Tarpau-
lin-Cove, “the duration being at least one minute,” and at the north-

* These nambers were obtained - by a first approximation, and they will be
es to Maven meaaly ith the: trve Ls given in this memoir.

Ter ts ;

eS

Observations on the eclipse of the sun, June \6, 1806. 25

east part of the Island of Nashewena five miles W S W from Tar-
rae Cove, “the Eclipse was not total but the lucid part was very
“small and of a circular form and appeared very much Saga
“ suddenly changing its place round the south limb of the moon.”
By comparing the latitudes and longitudes of these places as given by
Mr. Leslie with those marked on two well executed and apparently
accurate asa of ee ¢ Elizabeth rama &e. saree By. nee? it

: ff gon pps ation, that the mean time of the least ap-
parent distance of the centres of the sun and moon at ‘Tarpaulin-Cove
was lth. 28’ 32”. The D’s s parallax—O’s. parallax, in a longi itude
+e 26"-93, in latitude—18" 5 ie 7, hs antag ae
eter 16 41". ae ;
stn in half’a minu appa a
of the Re ae of re sun Paar moon vhs 02. | "Hea if 9
ciation of the total darkness at heel So's Lah exactly.

arent semi-
$ ve seid Sa ee

corrected as before Ga the Penn a = moon > A aan. the:
latitude —6 —6"'8) was 5958. The difference betwepa, thie: supetninans
is im, which sar the additional. corre

26 Observations on the eclipse of the sun, une 16, 1806.

two numbers ; that is, by 1 115. So that this error of 60” in the du-
ration would only cause an error ‘of 1” 15 in the latitude. By a simi-
lar calculation the mean time of the least apparent distance of the cen-
tres of the sun and moon at Nashewena was 11h. 27'57. The D s
parallax—9’ s parallax, in longitude +5’ 34-01, in latitude—18’50”°68, |
the moon’s apparent semidiameter 16’ 41’-51. Hence the least appa-
rent distance of the centres of the sun and moon by the tables corrected
as above was 61-34, the apparent difference of the semidiameters
was 59”-01 : the difference, 2"-3, being added. to 68, gives
nearly the limit of the correction of latitude —9” ‘1. That is, the cor-
rection to be subtracted from the latitude given by the tables must. be
se Ase 2. 1. pecause ‘a atte did not apport to be total. This

2 ae

ion 'at Rt eee pets _ gr. =

Mr. Leslie also informed me that the eclipse v was observed at Pee
tha’s Vineyard by several persons on the point called West-Chop,
about half a mile from the extremity of the point, at which place the
total darkness continued about a minute ; and at the distance of a mile
and a quarter south of this place the eclipse was not total. By the
above charts the latitude of the former point is 41° 28’ 10” N (reduced
Al® 16' 47"); the latter 41° 26’ 55” N (reduced 41° 15’ 32”); and the
longitude 4h. 42m. 16s. W from Greenwich. From these data I
found, by calculations similar to the foregoing, that the mean time of
the least apparent distance of the sun and moon was at 11h. 29m. 37s ;
and at the first place the >’s parallax—®’s parallax in longitude ' was
+5" 14""-32, in latitude —18' 50".31; the moon’s apparent semidiame-
ter 16’ 41’54, the apparent motion of the moon from the sun in half a
minute of time 11:58, and the apparent difference of the semidiame-
ters of the sun and moon 59”°04. Hence, if the duration of total
darkness was one: minute, the least distance of the centres of the sun
and moon would be ¥59°04\*—11°58)’=57"-89. The distance at

= se Peis ee

Shit pantie hed. od ans Ls. 2 ae Ll od oe ae oe eee a Le dae pi le a ee ee i eos =
sy a pits Mes aS le ia, ae Pow arte si ? ;

Observations on the eclipse of the sun, June 16, 1806. 27

that time by the tables, corrected in longitude and latitude as in the
above calculations, was 59”°79. The difference between this and
57°89 is 1"°9, which is nearly the additional correction to be applied
to the latitude of the moon, making the whole correction —8""7. At
the southern. place of observation the D’s parallax —9’s parallax in
longitude was +5’ 14°49, in latitude —18' 49”°10, and the moon’s ap-
parent semidiameter 16’ 4154. Hence the least apparent distance
of the centres of the sun and moon, by the tables, corrected as above,
was 61"0. The apparent difference of their semidiameters, was 59-04.
The difference of these ‘numbers, 1-96, “being added to 6”-8 gives
nearly the limit of the error of the. aha i oo A that is,
the corection to be subtracted from the latitude given by the

an 8” 76, beca because the eres was not total. This

.
Ly

must
Bt ea da

agrees with (aera observation just calculated, which made the
correction —8""7,_ This quantity will be taken for ‘didabasil
tion deduced from the observations at the Vineyard. .

From the observations made at lapidiis and. crmmeniae to

it of the shadow at Wood's Hole v was s at the sea shore in white de of
41° 33’, or 41°.33’ 30’. By comparing the situation PP
ae gust sess rit the aboipprationsd charts of te Edebeth Isl-

seats B,

wich. Hence I find that the 1 mean time of the least apparent distance
of the sun and moon was 11h. 29’ 32”. The 3’s parallax—®’s paral-
lax, in longitude +5’ 14”-80, in latitude —18’ 55"-30, and the moon’s
apparent semidiameter 16’ 41-52. cate tribicha sit follows: oe

ba? ares

—_ * : “pe
Ai wate isco, erie
dees} ok £ 0S Seu ee Tt Thee res gd ‘baoa a

28 Observations on the eclipse of the sun, June, 16, 1806.

as the error in latitude deduced from the observations at the southern
Renee the shadow.

The eclipse was not total at Nantucket in the latitude of A 1° 15’ 82”
N and in the longitude of 4h. 40'0” W from Greenwich, as was ob-
served by Mr. Walter Folger jun. The only deduction I have made
from this observation is, that the error in the tabular latitude was less
than 20”. =

By taking the mean of the error in latitude determined at the north-
ern limit, namely —7""2, and that at the southern limit —6”-6, we
have the error of the tables in latitude as determined by the mean of
all the observations —6""9. The quantity thus determined is (as was.
before sgbgerved) a of any error in the estimated values of

the of the sun and moon. Now in the former part of
: aie weer ‘was showil that it 11h. 30" 14” mean time at Salem, the
moon’s latitude by the tables was 19’ 50-3 N, and the horary decrease
of jatitude corresponding to the middle time between 11h. 30’ 14” and
the conjunction, 11h. 37’ 20"7, was 3’23"-63. Hence at the time of
the conjunction the latitude by the tables was 19’ 26’"2, and asthe cor-
rection obtained above was —6’*9, the true latitude at the time of
the ecliptic conjunction was by these observations 19’ 193. This
jatitude will be made use of in the rest of this memoir, in calculating
several observations made in this country.

OBSERVATIONS AT SALEM.

~ FROM the calculations before made on the observations at Salem
we may easily deduce from the observed beginning y» Mean time-
and end of the eclipse, that the: reNe cinco Uh. 37’ 1972
wasat—. - - - Ni
And by the Sa RR tS ate it Bk otc, ee
Poe mee ee eae eee ll 37 20°7
ecliptic conjunction at Salem . ,

Ce Pee ee eo ee ae Pe ee ee

ee ae
. \

et aa ae ae ene ee Slr re ee ree ere se le ee
ce oa eT ene i 3

Observations on the eclipse of the sun, June 16, 1806. 29

-~In making the preceding calculations it was supposed that Salem
was inthe longitude of 4h. 43’ 32” W from Greenwich. Hence it would
follow that the ecliptic conjunction at Greenwich was at 4h. 20’ 52".7
mean. time, or 4h. 20” 45’*9 apparent time ; and as Paris is 9’ 18*8
east of Greenwich, the ecliptic conjunction at Paris would be at 4h.
30’ 11’"5 mean time, or 4h. 30’ 4’°7 apparent time. These times may
be liable to an error of 4” or 5” from the uncertainty in the eee of
a from which that of Salem is deduced.

~ It was found in the former part of these calculations that at 11h. 30’
14" mean time at Salem, the longitude of the sun, as given by the ta-
bles in the third edition of La Lande oe ena ME Ah A,
rary Moon in n longitude, Porrespendiae shihcinil

dle time between 11h. 30’ 14” and the ecliptic conjunction, 36’ 41-97.
Hence at the conjunction the tabular longitude of the sun was 2s, 24°
44 39-4, and that of the moon 2s. 24° 45’ 4’°8; so that, if the solar ta-
bles were correct, the nioon’s tabular longitude was foa.gsreat by 25’°4.

error of the moon’s longitude will be 25". 10-5 57 4:
BL ‘3 OBSERVATIONS AT RUTLAND.

THE: observations «t R an

who observed the beguriete er esedipareiiaas: 12” apparent time,
and the end at 12h. 37’ Su ‘¢ apparent time. The eclipse was not total,

oo’: Tr. et Be Lt. } Yes oi ree op

si.
git error-0’-7, mention-
Ph a egg eee cee ‘ 1 “s, ak ob tanh Lee é " ‘
£uU ily oo eee “> 5 ‘ cme fs pat Wit Fock “Pate

+ In maine er a public papers this was printed by mistake 12h. 32/517.
Ser0tt to Klocack Wiliams trae Shit der nian ad tthe Oa

Gazette of June | 21, 1806, whe eh ee ee Te
si wa if bg tee ottecan* és
dintiness printed ai . : ge pei
» § igh. 87'5 . . 7 - i thks eer es cusaqenoe mye =

80 Observations on the eclipse of the sur, June 16, 1806.

“ but at 11h. 11’47” apparent time the sun’s limb appeared to be re-
“ duced to a small circular thread, or rather like a very fine horn, the
“upper end of which broke into a drop and instantly disappeared.
“The lucid part of the sun evidently decreased till 11h. 16’ 52”. ‘The
“ nosition of the lucid part at that time seemed to change suddenly to
“ the east, and in a few minutes appeared on that part of the sun, where
“ the eclipse began, and the light instantly increased before there was
“ any appearance to the eye of an increase of the lucid part.” . The
latitude of the place of observation was 43° 36’ N (reduced 43° 24’ 32”
N). The longitude made use of in calculating the parallaxes was Ah.
52! 32” W from Greenwich. The moon’s parallax minus the sun’s
parallax at the beginning of the eclipse was, in longitude +21 1 10”°2,
in latitude —23' 57-2. and at the end of the eclipse was in indangitude
gh 27-2, and in latitude —20' 36"-4. The. moon's iameter
the beginning was 16’ 39”-3, at the end 16’ 41”: “é Hence the t mean
time of the ecliptic conjunction at Rutland was 11h, 28’ 59”*7. This,’
subtracted from the mean time of the conjunction at Salem, 11h. 37’

20"-7, leaves the longitude of Rutland 8’ 21” W from Salem, or 4h. 51’
53” W from Greenwich.

It appears by calculation that the least apparent distance of the cen-
tres of the sun and moon at Rutland was at 11h. 15’ 36 36” mean time, and
that the eclipse would have been total if the error of the tables of the
moon’s latitude at the time of the conjunction had been +45, instead

—6'9, found by the other observations.

The observations made at Albany, Kinderhook, Philadelphia, Lan
caster, and Natches, were communicated by Mr. Ferrer to President
Webber, who politely furnished me with a copy, from which I have
deduged, the: longitudes of thove, piaats,: 8 iccbetberp calcula-

tions, _

~

Observations on the eclipse of the sun, June 16, 1806. $l

OBSERVATIONS AT ALBANY BY MR. S. DE WITT.
_ LATITUDE of place 42° 38" 39” N, reduced 42° 27'13" N. Lon-
gitude made use of in calculating the parallaxes 4h, 55’ 47 W from

OT ee SO eee Se eS ns Ne Pe a i ee eS ee ee
4 4 ’ ‘

Greenwich.
: Mean |)’s se-| D Spat —O” bd gc
time. |midia. | in long.
g h, th vial
Beginning of total darkness 11+ 8*12°6)16°41°2 4-9: 73 —20: 281
~ Ena of total darkness 1 113° 3°6)16°41°2,4-8: 1495 ]—

Heace the mean time ofthe ecliptic conjunction was

This, subtracted from the time of the conjunction at Salem,
Leaves the sciiits of Albany W from Salem
" Ma 1s S = ashe. we assess oad 45s ts Bae

me The eet or cherie eS x ai Pee
slats ws (econ NEW YORK.

“LATITUDE, of Kinderhook 42° 23’ 3” N, reduced 42° 11 37” N.
Longitude made use of in calculating the ae 4h. eat 1s" wo

pec re ogee
coe eieeeraes bo en One Ya Bi =: pw —O"s par.
ere ee Sr ae time D.| in a ‘ip Jat...;
eRe : tomes Bae mk
Beginning of the eclipse 49°37 ss 23" 46)
_ Beginning of total darkness iT; sali 16-4 1° 4 9 12° wae ae ys
_-End of total CRTEDESS File1229}1641° ih §-22- — 20° 645°”
: of the eclipse 033-45]16° ALSl— 6°44°6)—— 19°22) I
M ean time. —
eternal contacts was at 1th. 25’ Fite,
FS ah ti | contacts aes i 95 42
Ther mean of all I four observations gived ‘the SOnpe ‘conj. Wer eee 855k9'T
cans lahieiasidih Aiglht Adi sinier df: thetconjunctlon:'e Setetny SAP 87 20 7
Se ae 11 38 6
Re Keri e = oe St-W from Groconigh. ag Ral! 6

i all TTANT A’'T DITTIT ANTI Pur Ay BY MR. esa
* -_ “ - P. " hae ;

52 Observations on the eclipse of the sun, June 16, 1806.

. Mean} )’s -| )’s Dacre Gape-|
~ 9) i etime. })°S.D. | inlong. { in lat. |

fe ee i h. Widow“ eles t Sate
Beginning of the eclipse 9°40" 5|16°39°1)+25° beri
End of the eclipse 0:26" 14} 16°42" 1|— §°22°7|—~16°52°8}

[ean time.
Hence the ecliptic conjunction was at . ; 11h. 20’ 17.0
This, subtracted from the time of the con}. at Sater; i. 3 20°. 7
Leaves the longitude of Philadelphia W from Salem : i eps Ma 6
ae rege eee eer or W from Greenwich §-- 20 38 °F

OBSERVATIONS AT LANCASTER, PENNSYLVANIA, BY MR. A. ELLICOTT.

LATITUDE of Lancaster 40° 2’ 36” N, reduced 39° 51’ 18” N. ‘Longitude
made use of in calculating the parallaxes Sh. 5’ 23’ W from Greenwich: ~~

Mean] D’s >’ § par ae? 's par. |
time. | S.D. | in a | in lat. 5
sees | 5
4d
9°53°1 ito 6°38°s 613: rose
" bet 2116-42" 1] owen
j a oes . Mei me.
Hence the ecliptic conjunction was at Llh, 15’. 29/-Qa3%
‘This subtracted from the time of the conjunction at Salem 4h, 37.90%
Gives the es of Lancaster W from Salem 21 61 8

+ gy AS a faa SS 5. 3 3s-s

OBSERVATIONS AT NATCHES, BY MR. w. DUNBAR.

ae aler

LATITUDE of Natches 31° 27 48” N, reduced 31° 17/36” N, Longitude. :

ting the Main 6h. 5/31” W from Greenwich.

ee : Mean D’s D's par—O@’s par]
time. .| S.D. | inlong. | im lat. |

ih
Beginning of th ALP BO. ~ 2 ase> ie i bat =: aS; rida te db; idee : $3 if “ a ‘ 7 Z "
= of f the Eclipse as ee Se ee OE ear --42°43° 4119 44 0

= [40° 38°55}16'41-6}-+17-56-5|—10. 77] ”
es the ect neque was at . is 10h. ata 1304
This subtracted the ction at Salemi 11 37-20 7
Gives the foligittide of Widnes w from’ Salem <0) Te gx iy 69
+ 3 -.: + or W from Greenwich . ae 6.6 32 re
The Sbesralaey of Mr. Dunbar i is 9” east from the Castle of Natches, Hence.
the longitude of that Castleis — 6 § 41 $

1 have not yet been able to obtain any European observations of the Eclipse, to compare with
those mide in this country.

Sho eas eye, Brat waa

APPLICATION

OF NAPIER’S RULES FOR SOLVING THE CASES OF RIGHT-AN-
GLED SPHERIC TRIGONOMETRY TO SEVERAL CASES OF
OBLIQUE-ANGLED SPHERIC TRIGONOMETRY.

By NATHANIEL BOWDITCH, As M. et As As S.

—— oa

te na We ag whole of Right-

Ans Spleens vigvamnicty. ia xenced to two simple analogies or

Sameera: seme, fo een > be remembered, are much made

aticians. — | The object of the present memoir is to

point out a: ion in the expression of those rules} so that

they may fmelude the solutions of most of the cases of Oblique-Angled

Spheric bare ae in a more simple manner than in their original
form.

In every Right: Adipled Spheric. Triangle there are five circular.
parts 5 ‘namely, the two legs, the complement of the hypotenuse, and
the complements of the two oblique angled, ‘which are named adjacent
or opposite, according to their positions with respect to each other.
cae oe 2 abe

three parts join, wba, sahichin in the middle, is called the middle part:
if they do not join, two of them must, and the other part, which is sepa-
rate, is called the middle part, and the other two, opposite parts, as in
Fig. 1,2. Then, Fe ce eectee ant nat ta
geen by, Nepies, will become jet | ge

34 Abplication of Napier’s rules.

The method of applying these solutions to the various cases of

Right-Angled Spheric Trigonometry is very simple, and is explained
in several treatises of Trigonometry. .

To apply this method to Oblique- Angled - Siew Trigonometry
it is necessary to divide the triangle into two right-angled spheric tr-
angles by means of a perpendicular AP (Fig. 3) let fall from the point
A upon the opposite side BC : the perpendicular being so chosen as to
make two of the given things fall i in one of the right-angled triangles.*
Each triangle thus formed contains, as above, five circular parts, |
the perpendicular being counted and bearing the same name in each
of them: consequently the parts of each triangle similarly situated with
ees to sae Be Soa must have the same name. In every

Jblig eric ea rigonomery there are three parts

v care two of these parts
ini ee the pare ACP, ABP, eRe 4 situated with reapecctte each
other. To each of these must be joined the perpendicular AP, and there
will be three parts in each triangle, which are to be named middle, adja-

cent, or opposite, according to the above directions. Then the equations

for solving all the cases <a fught: Sage 3 and most of the cases of Ob-
a rn i. ae a Se ———-

PPh oe he ts of the a a Be ae
‘Sine m ait sep of the opposite parts. :
~ These Sissies when spend to Right- Angled Spheric Triangles

. Or in other words the perpendicula’

ought to be let fall from the end of o

given side and opposite to a given caieels. When this can be done in two different:

ways, that one is to be rejected, whieh makes the perpendicular a middle part.
Thus in Example 3 the perpendicular ought not to be let fall from the point B.
+ The cases excepted are where three sides or three angles are given; oF

where the question relates to two angles and their LS cages mete: It ened be prop a

er to observe, that it will be of considerable assistance in the above

rules to take notice of the circumstance, that the second intiart of mn words fan 7

“gent and cosine ave the same as the first letters of adjacent and opposite.

Application of Napier’s rules. (35

signify, as before, that the sine of the middle part is equal to the rectan-
gle of the tangents of the adjacent parts, or to the rectangle of the co-
sines of the opposite parts; but when applied to an Oblique- Angled
Triangle, they signify, that the sines of the middle parts’ are res-
pectively proportional to the tangents of the adjacent parts, or to the
cosines of the opposite parts of the same triangle ; observing, that the
perpendicular being common to both triangles APB, APC, and hav-
ing the same name in each of them cannot be made use of in the anal-

ogies, and must not therefore be counted as a middle part. This cir-
Pye can produce no embarrassment, because all the | cases
in wan ee Be teen may be solved without calcu

ie These "1 a2 for anne oe, cases of F Oblique Spherié etic
are easily deduced from those given by Lord Napier. For if es oe
M for the middle part, A for the adjacent part, and B for the «
part of the triangle APC (Fig. 3, 4, or 5), m, a, 6, for the correspond-
ing parts of the triangle APB, and P forthe perpendicular AP. Then,
if P is an adjacent part, we ‘shall have satis ad ameag wats Pex
= and tang. P= ae Sine m- bhai
Sine M i tang. Az sine m: tang. a; mh Pie an oppo pat, we

Seis M fc ees M_
shall have, cos: Poe F and cos- r= = 9 % He =

gts SF ot wy oust i‘ ar ae
sine m

Soap? Consequently sine M : eee sine m : 0s. Which are
the two propositions to be demonstrated. Jit}: 4 =
To illustrate these rules the following examples a are oe:
Examli2 higtet) scinee, niin
> Given AB, AC, and the angle C, to find BC, Fie. gt

ea ‘right-angled triangle ACP we have AC and Cv ar
may find PC by the rule, sine of middle part = ta

36 Application of Napier’s rules.
which gives(as in Fig. 2) sine (co.C)=tang. PCxtang.(co. AC), whence
tang. PC=cos. C x tang. AC. Thenin the triangles ABP, APC, we
have AB, AC and PC to find BP, and if to these we join the perpen.
dicular AP, we shall find, in the triangle APC, that the complement of
AC isthe middle part and PC an opposite part. The triangle ABP
is to be marked ina similar manner. Then the rule, Sine middle
part « cosines of the opposite parts, gives Sine (co. AC) :
PE-:2ssind{co: — cos. BP. — found BP we have a
= BPS PC? -7*

EXAMPLE 2. ae ee tig

Giyen BC, AC, and the angle C, to find AB. Fig. —

As in the last example w find. PC, thence BP — BC ¥ PC.
‘Then in i ‘APC, ABP we have AC, PC and PB to find
AB, which requires that the triangles should be marked. as in the last
example, and the rule
Sine middle part « cosines of Opposite parts, gives sine (co..AC) :
cos. PC :: sine (co. AB) : cos. BP, whence we obtain cos. PC :
cos. AC :: cos. BP; cos, AB.

paten 2
ae

EXAMPLE. 3

‘Given AC, ay aay find the angle B. Fig. 4. :
Find PC, PB, as in the preceding example, then the rule, sine mid-
dle part & tangents of ‘adjacent parts gives sine PC : Raxco C=

sine BP : tang. (co. B).

eee omen

EXAMPLE 4.

Gingn, the angles dnsindChaddbisaidesAC 40 GietiATs Fig. 5.
In the right angled triangle ACP we have AC and the angle C, ©
whence we may find the angle PAC by the rule, Sine middle part”
== 5 tangents adjacent parts, which gives, (as in fig. 1.) Sine (co, AC }

Application of Napier’s rules. 37

= tang. (co. C) x tang. (co. PAC), or cotang. PAC = cos. AC x
tang. C, whence we have BAP = BAC $ PAC. Then in the trian-
gles ABP, APC we have the angles PAC, BAP, and the side AC, to
find AB; and if to these we join the perpendicular AP we shall find, in
the triangle APC, that the complement of the angle PAC is the middle
part and the complement of AC is an adjacent part ; and the trian-
gle APB is to be marked ina similar manner. Whence -the rule,
Sine middle part « tangents adjacent parts, gives sine (co. PAC):
tang. (co, AC) :: sine (co. PAB) : tang. (co. AB). |

In the same manner we may proceed with any other oa
Seen See to cxaiude tha endicular from th a

epee

‘ing two ca cog question is ee two sides
and the ica angles of an oblique angled triangle, or where three
sides are given to find an angle. The first of these may be solved by :
te Soe rule that the sine of a side is proportional to the sine of its

opposite angle. Thus if AB, AC, and snipe given to find C, we
i gees sine B:: sine AB : sine C. ~ _ The case
where three sides are given includes that where nee sfigles are piver
by faking the supplementary triangle. The usual rule for finding one

gles fed Fare ot three ges AB, AC, BC are given, is by

Log. cos. }B=}x or sine Fee sie EAC tog nce, AB gon BC}
Both these excepted cases occur so frequently im practice that it be-
comes quite easy to remember the rules for solving them, and if to
these we join the rules of Napier, altered in the imantier- we have here
suggested, Bee ate cece eee ecessar

_- TWO TABLES

— rn
~~

OF THE VARIETIES IN THE FIRST AND SECOND CASES OF
OBLIQUE SPHERICS.

By WILLIAM CROSWELL, a. m.
—- rig a letter to the Honorable John Davis, Esq.
Se Sa 4 —

Of the —- in the first case of ob spherics, in het: are given
two sides, and an angle opposite to one of those sides

Cliven /|CGiv.sid

|Z

Side adjacent to given angle [Zop.adj.s)1
i | acute.

1| acute | acute jequal to opposite eside —
2| acute | acute fless than opposite side —
3} acute | acute ieee than opposite side
| 4| acute |greate pithan gaposiic © ot
a = 3 acute a an Se less 1an AD joe os
8| acute aan greater than 08 opp. side obtu:
9
10)

obtuse acute - less than
f obtuse obt ; than op opposite

111] obtuse | obtuse {equal to ‘opposite sid

412} obtuse | obtuse jgreater t si onieetiiet side

13! obtuse | mixed jobtuse ae than supp. opp. Si ide
14} obtuse | mixed {acute equal to supp. opposite side
15] obtuse | mixed jacute less than supp. opposite side
116] obtuse | mixed acute greater than supp: ed

Tt appears : : s above ove » that only four varieties in tl

ma iaewe ambiguous.

Let the sides be 114” 30’ and 56° 40’, and let the angle opposite to — :

114° 30’ be 125° 20’... The angle narra to 56° 40’ is found ida cal
culation to be 48° 31’, oF 1312 29

Robertson, from whom this €xample ake: eaeties dinteat
fection must be determined by construction.

This example belongs to the 15th variety in the Table, whence the |
angle concerned is found to be acute ; meh eaectons of the other
required parts are determined.

In constructing the ambiguous varieties, two triangles are odie
ed, equally agreeing with the example ; and the uncertainty continues

ik it TABLE

OF THE VARIETIES IN THE. ueasodn CASE OF OBLIQUE ee
IN WHICH ARE GIVEN TWO ANGLES, AND A SIDE OP
SITE TO ONE OF THOSE ANGLES. _

a

ies

ee gl a

id

jen

N ei cial 2 | Angle adjacent to nite

Cy He 23 a2 %
Le Torey ny seme ee
Z :
hey {car s sao
te Boe Te Ae a Sa:

gtk Sh Pe Sees
ih 9 ENE eee

_ rect, as every variety was decries Gi
constructions.

os ies
” La sth Sei be at

eae’ st diy

Angle

fe

a

high: Mies ate x , of ee
; Pees £3 22 a Apt gg Bee TS

= errs :

> nw lis ip: tl
ci ete A 0

tieie ne rt:
oes we atte:

tial us? ae ee

j weane 2 aes pee ff Bm: see ol ime. =

“REMARKS

ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE COMMON SCALE-BEAM, WITH
A DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW GOLD STANDARD
BEAM, INVENTED BY THE AUTHOR,

-. 5. Mr. BENJAMIN DEARBORN.
oo
‘THE common Slee Beant has a fixed centre of gravity at some
distance below the centre of motion ; by this construction the beam i is.
drawn to a level or horizontal postion) ; the € power, by which i it is thus:
influenced, is invariable, and is prop ) the weight of the bea
and the — the two centres 4 cena gist

* Ne sig

cra aon eerie as.

a, and the centre of gravity at or

in ck the p ‘power of gravity will “draw the centre 4, directly fog
the centre a, in the line cd. To turn the beam out of a level position, — rs
a power must jc —— aeeee to fo which draws it into a a level

ce = res of motion, the beam would turn with
iene Gifficulty if botli centres were in one. point, the beam would
stand in ‘any position, and turn with the utmost ease, but would not
vibrate. rae sens pares aren onte 4 ee
one end or the other of the beam would preponderate, as chance OF _

a eet

Dearborn’s gold standard Balance. 41

accident might direct. The preceding remarks principally concern
the ight beam; I shall next speak of the loaded beam.

The strength of a beam must be proportioned to the quantity it is
designed to draw; and if strong it must be heavy, and if heavy it
must turn with difficulty, on the construction above described, if no
measure be adopted as a corrective; and the only corrective I have
known applied, is a much greater evil to correct the smaller ; this I
shall endeavor to explain. Some workmen, finding the difficulty
attending the turning of a beam was nearly in proportion to the
weight of the beam, hs cs 28 weed, bone of suspension consider-

re of motion by the beam is made to turn
with e€ en loaded aire ‘weight, but loaded beyond this
cquidtity 3 it Foeedmnes what is vulgarly termed a dead beam; that is,
one scale or the other will preponderate and remain down; while the
same beam, if lightly loaded, will turn with difficulty. In either of
which extremes accuracy is not to be expected, the beam being fit
= ee, oy a meine quantity, a whch it will

_ Demonstration of the cause, which produces the effec
fee 8 ar : 2. 1 sie ;

dues ante points of suspension, FOO GE Wadeteen os tee
treme, to make the explanation more intelligible.) It is evident that
the points of suspension vibrate in arcs of the circle adg ec, of
which 4 is the centre ; that while the beam is level, the points d and
e are at equal horizontal distances from the centre, and that those
distances are equal to the co-sine of the angle ¢ 6 ¢ or the line 5/5
depress the point e to ¢, and the point d is raised to g ; the al
a ne radius, and th t of the

42 Dearborn’s gold standard Balance.

latter reduced to the co-sine of the angle g 6a; hence the falling arm
of the beam obtains the power of a longer lever, while the power of
that, which rises, is at the same moment reduced in a greater
proportion. As this inequality of power increases by multiplying
the weights in the scales, it follows that the beam operates very dif-
ferently when lightly or heavily loaded, and that it can be correct only
when the scales are loaded with that precise quantity, which shall
give a power to the longer lever but just inferior to the power of
gravity, which draws the beam toa level. It is further evident by
Fig. 8, that if the points of suspension were placed below the centre
of motion, the evil would be still greater, as the rising arm would
increase in eh) Mibu. He, other mould be Pied ; in this state a

pe ae ‘ate. <=
turns

points of suspension pie ee. coc ona xine ih ake centre of
motion, or not so far out of that line as that the beam will operate
differently with different weights. ¥et even in this construction a
natural evil arises, which cooperates with the first of the before men-
tioned artificial evils to obstruct the easy motion of a beam ; this if
shall next attempt to Geacribe- rn

“The. ‘natural evil, ab bove alluded to, is “the fexton. or bending of
the beam when considerably loaded, whereby the points. of sus-
pension are drawn downward below the centre of motion; - this
operates powerfully against the turning of the beam, and unites
its effect with the fixed centre of gravity, to prevent an easy motion;
hence arises the principal cause of the difficulty, with which a beam
turns when heavily loaded; not from the friction of the parts alone,
as is s commonly, though erroneously, supposed.

<cDlsennabeation. of ieecobinve fetitiers? aie
_IN the line m no, Fig. 8,2 is the cate of Snthnaie MoE

it ore f

Dearborn’s gold standard Balance. 45

the points of suspension, depressed below the horizontal line. As
the points vibrate in the arcs 7 s and ¢ u, the rising arm becomes the
increasing lever, while it moves from gq to 0, and the falling arm in
the same period, passing from fp to 7, is in more rapid progression
losing its power. Fig. 8, which is the reverse of Fig. % demon-
strates, that reversing the cause reverses the effect, as the falling arm
is gaining power in the first instance, and the rising arm i in this; yet
in both, the increase of power is proportioned to the increase of
weight, therefore the more a beam i is loaded, the greater. is this ob«
stacle to its turning, and with the oor: ed
by its own flexion. ibs

As no inflexible or nonelastic st substanc
‘beams must ever have t to eheonter ey inconveniences, arising from
the flexion of the bar, which I have termed a natural evil, as it can-
not be avoided. It may be successfully counteracted in the construc-
tion of a beam; but not by the method usually adopted, which is to
ee eS ae ee ey susceptible of flexion,
iitee wild wid beky ce fii Eee WW coo,
of Sense Ihe power, necessary for turning it to any given angle
on or ae Lage ie to the = of matter

beam, whi a ly Gerd: en ci fac Ce
Union Bank in Boston. The beam alone weighs nearly thirty
pounds | avoirdupoise, ay appears sufficiently strong for bear
without injury, at least ten times the quantity, for which it was
ordered ; he ean hay ples ae ome fi althongit

44, Dearborn’s gold standard Balance.

scales to hang upon, gave the index less motion, (notwithstanding
the beam was not loaded) than five grains at the same time gave to .
the index of my beam, while each of the scales was loaded with six
thousand pennyweights. This experiment was witnessed by the
cashier and some other gentlemen. One other inconvenience attend-
ing the common scale beam arises from the lateral vibrations, to
which it is subjected, by being suspended from above, as all swing-
upon its centre; but this I do not consider as an object of magni-
tude; yet it is of sufficient importance to be avoided, when it
may, especially where minute accuracy is required, as in sealing
weights, &c.*

-Tshall now attempt an explanation of the means, devised in the
construction of my Gold Standard Balance, for correcting or avoiding
the evils beforementioned. See Fig. 9.

The largest size, required in Banks, is calculated for sustaining a
weight in each scale, equal to a quantity of gold amounting to five
thousand dollars, or between nineteen and twenty pounds avoirdu-
sees The beam for'this purpose is some a ee oi

; = , ten ae atte and AS Ise Ulilehn edn
in each corner for ire it in a level position. Four columns rise
sufficiently high from the base for giving convenient ‘length ‘to the
—_ or ps of the seales 5 “two: of these stan

ni oe _

* It is. p r able ‘that ye the ‘want of this minute accuracy, arises pl
inequality OF Seacidiard Weights, which will discover itself to any one, who
shall take the trouble to make a comparative experiment. From the instanc-
s, in which I have compared, a doubt ‘has arisen in ‘my mind, whether
there are two sets of weights‘on the continent, exactly agreeing with each

Dearborn’s gold standard Balance. 45

each side, leaving in the centre a space of six inches for the motion
of the index, which extends downward from the beam. In this
space a lever is fixed for raising the beam with the scales and their
load. One end of this lever is raised, and supported when up, by a
bended lever and friction-wheel, the weight of the beam &c. pressing
on the centre of the first mentioned lever. The pedestals and capitals
of the columns are conformable to the Tuscan order of architecture,
and on the top of each pair is a brass plate screwed down by rods,
passing through the columns to the lower surface of the base. From
one of these plates to the other two semicircular brass arches ex-
‘enacourt, with a proper distance between them for the beam. &
the internal surface of each of these arches a perpendicular dove-tail
grooye is made, to guide the top of the parallel, by which the beam
is supported. This parallel consists of two similar parts, each of
which is formed by two rods of iron, unjted at top and bottom,
opening in the centre, and extending from the arches nearly to the
asi cig ‘sdhiabes steel is welded on the upper extremity, which; is
ollowed into an arch of a large circle, well tempered and polished ;
pep ernie of each part is riveted into an iron plate, at a distance
apart equal to the distance of the brass arches aboye; in the centre
seeping ge Beene ne 29 downward to the lever, on

ak ais am The axis of the beam rests in the
hollow at the top of the parallel, and its sharp edge is the only part,
which comes in contact we ete, ports, a eo ae

‘This is effected by_p

1, tha awsec sof the | ‘tom ri aie
oh De ae =

~ TS ee eee
. 7 eines thin ineatbonY:
“ F = a oe ic oi cieell ta aed = oO Be a 4 dite <li’ oO at vs
2 2D wie see “a rae a ee sh ae.

46 Dearborn’s gold standard Balance.

The principal peculiarity of the beam, consists in the manner of
forming and finishing the ends for suspending the scales. It resem-
bles the common swan-neck beam reversed; the extremities, which
are of steel, are wrought to a sharp edge, turning upward, exactly on
a line with the edge of the axis or centre of motion, and equidistant
from it. | To obtain exact equality in the distances the ends, after
being tempered, are made sharp by rubbing with an oil-stone, where-
by the length of either arm can be increased or diminished in the
smallest quantity required. For attaching scales to the beam, two
implements, termed pendants, are suspended on these sharp edges ;
they are thus formed. Between two parallel brass plates, about three
inches long, are inserted, at the upper end a steel cap, well tempered
and polished, and at the lower end, an iron plate, with a hole in the
centre. Through | this hole an eye-bolt is passed upward, and a
double nut is screwed on above the plate. By this construction the
suspension of the scales is so adjusted, that when let down, both will
rest on the table at the same instant, if the beam be level.’ The
pendants thus constructed, produce the least possible friction, as
thieir sides can touch the beam in no part, except a single point at
each extremity of the sharp edges which are much longer than
the thickness of the beam. Over the centre of the beam a small
weight, in the form of an antique vase, turns on an axis to-
ward. the right or left, and is adjusted by two screws; this is termed
an Equipoise, its design being to level the beam, when cither end
a have obtained a preponderance from unequal wearing of the

, Magnetic attraction* or other causes, some of which may

* Having noticed beams, which in time had lost their original equilibrium,
the eircumstance led to an inquiry into the causes of such variation, and suspect-
ing that one of them might be found in magnetic attraction, I sought conviction in
experiment. Upon approaching the north point of a magnetic needle with one

Dearborn’s gold standard Balance. 47

be inexplicable, as experience demonstrates that a beam, turning very
easily, and accurately adjusted, will in time lose its balance. The
index, which is an iron rod about eighteen inches long, and made
truly cylindrical, is screwed into the lower edge of the beam, and
well braced. Just below the extremity or point of the index, a Pale
let moves upon an axis, in such a manner, that when one end is
pressed down, the other rises against the end of the index, and stops
its vibrations. On this pallet a centre-line is marked, for determin-
ing the exact level of the beam ; and when the parts are thus far
completed, the centre of ‘grav ity must be Cao above the
+

termed a tc
“wee posrmaeee 2
eep it at any pow’ raiened ;

the ecm of the 1 motor may he such as the fancy suggests, but its
weight must be just sufficient to depress the centre of gravity a little
below the centre of motion, when placed near the lower end of the
index. Its proper place may be known by first raising it so high
that the beam will not vibrate, then move it lower by SE TN until
the beam vibrates with a slow motion. | In this ng

erie oe hick, that is 60 aay Ge atin oF the other will _prepon-

annie maitedsinghridch:tedbpeni scmne.aunce tanep) thé:serbadenanetpamag:
ful; on turning the other end of the beam, the needle was repelled with e
force. This power has probably Sr ntaenes ops the hon rig bic we
used in large scales.

os * * The term Motor signifies “amore” ter all Hecane he i
plemen » to which it is applied, moves the centre of gravity, and hereb Ps to
the beam its state of great sensibility or p iedipuisis nition. a alee

48 Dearborn’s gold standard Balance.

derate, and remain down. When the motor is too low, the oscilla-
tions of the beam are quickened, and it does not turn with the ease,
of which it is susceptible. The beneficial effects of the motor arise
from this cause. While the centre of gravity is below the centre of
motion, it tends to draw the beam to a level position. ‘The flexion
of the beam, by the power of the weights, has the same tendency,
as exemplified in Fig. 3. Hence éwo obstacles are to be surmounted,
whenever a beam is charged with weights sufficient to spring it
downward. Ifthe motor be raised, it raises the centre of gravity
above the centre of motion, and one of those two obstacles is not
only removed thereby, but is brought into a position to counteract
the other obstacle. A standard is fixed under each arm of the beam
to support it when at rest, and it should be let down upon those
supports, whenever the place of the motor is to be changed, or the
scales to be loaded or discharged. <A balance of this construction
turns with the ease, necessary for weighing the smallest pieces of coin
singly, and is almost equally susceptible when charged with six
thousand pennyweights in each scale.

A Gold Standard Balance of the foregoing description is distin-
guished as the higher style. The same principles have been applied
in the construction of another of equal size and accuracy, but less
expensive; this is denominated the /ower style, as it is inferior in
elegance and convenience. Another of the higher style has been made
upon a reduced scale for weighing gold, not exceeding the amount of
one thousand dollars at a draft. |

A Silver Standard Balance hasalso been made, for ascertaining the
exact number of dollars in any parcel, from five to one thousand.
This, if deserving the notice of the Academy, may form the subject
of a future communication.

Dearborn’s gold standard Balance. AD

Since writing the preceding remarks; an argument in fayor of the
common swan-neck beam has. induced me to add some observations
on that instrument. A hook, ‘suspended on the internal edge of a
circle, must touch one point only at the bottom of the circle, or must
touch more. If it touch but one point, it has not sufficient bearing for
retaining the sharp edge of the circle and the roundness of the hook,
suspended « on it. If it touch more points than one, its be
be distributed on the bottom of the circle and on parts, which are
higher than te bottom, An this case the shatp edge of the. cir-
cle scrapes the sides or che bation of the Wikies
extent of the angle, made is either. 08 of the oh be pipe 8S
motion. The Conaernieace, ‘which alin will be Bigs seen, on
examining beams of this construction, after being long i in use; either
the sharp edge of the circle is worn down, or a notch is cut in the
hook, embracing the edge of the circle, and preventing the freedom
of ponies ane Meceine not ancommen to find beams in daily,
a be sufficient for a beam, oety constructed = kept -
order.

Ifa description of an improved Hydrostatic Balance of simple
construction, for gold and silver coins, would be acceptable to
the Academy of Arts and Sciences, it shall be Peeeey ina fu.
ture communication. *

* The original communication, dated Boston; August 10, 1801, has beéa
tevised by the Author, a
Balance are described in the explanation, and represented in the plate. _ te

, 7 “ et ae a eee

Mo. Bot. Garden,
1897

50 Dearborn’s gold standard Balance.
REFERENCES.

aa, Fig. 9. The beam, raised to its pantion for use.

&6 The base.

ecc Three of the four adjusting screws in the base.

dddd The four supporting columns.

e The first lever, supporting on its centre the parallel AAA,

J The second or bended lever, forked, and holding a friction-
wheel to raise and support the first.

g g The two semicircular brass arches, between which the
beam vibrates,

Ahhh The parallel.

ti The pendants.

& The equipoise, regulated by the screws Lim.
an The index.

oo The brace of the index.
p The pallet.
g The motor.

_ ¥s Two supports for the beam, on which it rests, when not in
use. ‘

Vil. A PROPOSAL
FOR ADJUSTING A NEW SCALE TO THE MERCURIAL
THERMOMETER ;
Inclosed wn a letter, addressed to the late Rev. President Willard,
dated August, 1789.

By EDWARD A. HOLYOKE, ». p. A. A. S.
mem | EP |

IT is matter of much regret, that an instrument so useful,
so subservient to the purposes of philosophy, medicine, economy,
and the arts, and which is so. frequently employed, as the Thermom-
eter, should not hitherto have been furnished with a more natu-
ral, useful, and commodious Scale; as there is not any one in com-
_™mon use, that has fallen under my observation, that is not liable to
great objections, or which has been formed upon such natural and
philosophical principles, as might be wished, or as indeed might have
been expected, considering the many able hands it continually p
es through. These considerations led me to the following reflections,
and must apologize for their communication.

Fluids are the most convenient substances for forming Thermom-
eters ; all solids being found very inconvenient and unmanageable for
“common use. Now all Auids, fit for the purpose of a Thermometer,
are liable, by great degrees of cold, to be congealed, and so converted
into solids ; and can never therefore be a proper measure of any de-
gree of cold greater, than what will just reduce them to a solid state.
On the other hand, all such fluids are liable, by a certain degree of
heat, to be made to boil ; after or beyond which point they dilate in
an irregular and desultory manner, and cannot by any increase of heat
be made to expand much farther; but, instead of expanding, are

52 Dr. Holyoke’s new Scale

Conpertniianenennnns and if the vessel or tube, si aitepate

contained, be small and closed, as for thermometers they must be,
they aré subject to be burst ; or, if left open, the fluid by evaporation
is dissipated and lost. So that beyond this boiling point no fluid can
be a.measure of heat. Hence nature seems to have limited,.in the
most rigorous manner, the degrees of heat, which each individual flu-
id is apelin of ee when formed into.a thermometer.

These being bted facts, it follows, that the most natural point,
at whith to fix the zero, is precisely that, at which the fluid employed
just begins to lose its fluidity, and to put on the form ofa solid. And
the most natural point, at which to terminate the scale, is that, at which
it just begins to boil, or at which it ceases to-be a measure. |
pose it would occur to every one engaged in constructing anew scale.
But unhappily the fact, that mercury, the fluid best adapted ‘to .
thermometrical purposes, was capable of congelation, was unknown.
at the time, that Messrs. Fahrenheit and Reaumur adjusted their
scales to the thermometer ; otherwise it is probable they would have
proceeded upon a very different plan. ‘These two scales have been
for some time and still are the most approved and employed in Eu-
rope; the former in England and the more northern parts, and the
latter in France and perhaps the more southern. These are therefore,
I suppose, as little liable to. objections, as any. “But they both fall
much short of that perfection, which it were to be wished so useful

an instrument were possessed iat or as:the present improved state of
philosophy and philosophical instruments seems to demand.

Fahecshait hoginehisctale-stebiateat arbitrary manner, and un-
luckily has pitched upon a point by much too high; so that whenever
the cold is so great asto reduce the mercury below Oon his scale, which

happens every winter with us in North America, there is a necessity

Jor the mercurial Thermometer. 53

of prefixing the negative sign in our meteorological observations ; of
which there would not be the least occasion, if the scale heparin
ly adjusted. |

Reaumur has placed the zero of his scale at the point, at which
water just begins to freeze ;_ which is equal to 32° of Fahrenheit’s
scale. This appears more natural and philosophical indeed than Fah-
renheit’s ; because the point, at which water freezes, is a fixed point,
and easily and certainly determinable ; but is at the same time much
more inconvenient than his, as it is necessary to affix the sign + or —
to every degree noted down ; which is not only troublesome in itself,
but is a constant source of error. For. if the sign happen to be omit-
ted, when the degree to be noted is within a few, either above or be-
‘low zero, the notation is quite uncertain, and the error may be great.
But if the wrong sign be prefixed, it must be great. Nor is this all ;
._ the degrees on Reaumur’s scale, which are each equal to 2} of Fah-
renbeil! s, are by much too large. Too large even for the common

eteorological observations, which are far from. requiring
reates! ian accuracy. It would certainly be thought too
vague an expression to say, €. gr. + 15, or —16°, when the mercury
stands by 8 scale in the interval between those two degrees. And if.
the exp were conveyed in fractions (which is still increasing the
trouble), the parts of a degree must be estimated by the eye, which
seems too inaccurate a indie of determining: ; — when more
precision may be obtained by an easier one.

Of these two thermometers then, there cannot be ‘ineAtictaice
with ee this country, which to prefer ; Reaumur’s being so
very incomme dious for the reasons just mentioned. But Fahrenheit’s,
though more convenient, is certainly imperfect and needs alteration.

_ Iam fully sensible of the great inconvenience there is in intro-
ducing a new standard. So many observations have been made on

54 Dr. Holyoke’s new scale

peatisen cio ae and published to the world, not only by indi-
ials, but by all the literary societies in Europe ; and the mind of
the public is so inured to the scales hitherto in use, that it may per-

haps be impossible that an alteration should ever obtain, and come into.

general use. But as far as the considerations of greater ease and con-

venience, more precision, and a diminution of the sources of error,-

will justify an alteration ; so far we have reason for making the pro-
posal. The following is suggested for the consideration of the
learned, as a remedy for the above mentioned defects.

Let a thermometrical tube of a sufficient length, whose bore is
perfectly true and equable throughout, be properly filled with quick-
silver and hermetically sealed. Let this thermometer be placed, m
extremely cold weather, in a frigorific mixture, so as to congeal the
fluid ; and let the point, at which the quicksilver just begins to freeze,

be carefully marked upon the glass tube with adiamond. Let this be |

the beginning of the scale, and let 0 be marked upon it accordingly.
(See fig. 10.) Then let thethermometer be removed into fair water, and
let the point, to which the mercury rises in the tube, when the water just
begins to freeze, be marked uponthe tube. Nowas the points, at which
the mercury rises in these two cases respectively, are certainly and.

invariably determinable, and the distance between the freezing point —

of mercury and the freezing point of water, seems to be a natural and
convenient measure, by which to adjust all the other divisions of the
scale ; I would propose, that the freezing point of water be marked
on. the scale 100, and the space between 0 and 100 be divided into so
many equal parts or degrees. Or if it be impracticable and inconve-
nient to freeze the mercury soas to determine the point 0 in that way,
the scale may be adjusted, by first finding the freezing point of water,
and marking that 100, and then applying heat to the same water till it
boils, and marking the boiling point 350; then let the ay ae be-

cect ft “lam

BRS OF SG IO GF GES ES ALTE PIG RAS 4 TT SECC FORY

for the mercurial Thermometer. 53

tween 100 and 350 be divided into 250 equal parts or degrees ; and
let 100 of those degrees be set off downwards from the freezing
point, marked 100 on the scale ; and let that point be marked 0, which
will be as determinate and as exact, as if the same point were ad-
justed from the actual freezing of mercury ; provided the tube be of
an exactly equable bore throughout, and that mercury freezes at ex-
- actly 40° below 0, by Fahrenheit’s | scale ; which by the _exper-
iments made at Hudson’s Bay and reported in the philosophical trans-
actions, seems to be the truth, or at furthest within one degree of it.
Having thus found the two points, at which mercury and wa-
ter freeze, and. divided the interval into one hundred degrees,
let the scale then be continued on, in divisions of the same extent,
till. we arrive at the point, at which quicksilver boils. This point is
said to be 656 by Fahrenheit’s scale, which is equal by our new scale —
to 962,5. Here then the scale must terminate, as at this point mer-
cury loses its thermometrical capacity. |

One hundred degrees of the proposed scale will then be just equal
to 72 degrees of Fahrenheit, apd. es to 32 comes of a S
scale in extent.

The more noted points of the Thermometer will then stand as
follows, i in Mas ere aie scales.

oad

New scale. | Fahrenheit. | Reaumur.

Quicksilver freezes'at <ooe Aap peloop a 4 f+ $2)

Fahrenheit’s scale be ee 55,55 O — 14,2
Water freezes, and aioraiotee s scale begin 100 a To
sali " 191,66 98. } + 29,34

= as of wine boils - - - 291,7 +170 | + 61,28
ater boils - ot AEE 350 + 212 |+80 ~
Melted Tin fixes - .. - i 666,66 |. + 442 | + 182,22
Melted Lead fixes - oe 904,54 | +612 | + 257,77
Quicksilver and linseed oil boil - 962,5 | + 656 | + 277,33

A scale thus adjusted to a mercurial Thermometer is capable of
os tae degree of heat, of which mercury can be a meas-
"The divisions appear natural, and the degrees are so minute as

56 - Dr. Holyoke’s new scale Sc.

never, but on such occasions as require very great accuracy, to need
any subdivision, or the use of fractional parts. The notation will be
as sitiple and convenient, as the nature of things will admit, and. al-
ways direct and affirmative ; and cannot in any case call for the use of

either the negative or positive sign; and is therefore less apt to lead
-jnté any értor. So that it is hoped the proposed scale is free from all
the objections, to which those now in use are peace and i is more nat-
ural and philosophical.

To reduce a given degree of Fahrenheit’s scale to oi liveeresaiine:
ing degree in the preposed scale,

Add 40 to the given degree, multiply that sum by 100, and divide
the product by 72. The quotient will be the corresponding degree
by o our scale, if the riven a of Fahrenheit be above 0. But if
the given degree be below 0, or have the pealve | sign, then subtract
the given degree from 40, and proceed as above.

_To reduce a given degree of the proposed scale to its corespond ,
ing degree of Fahrenheit,

Multiply the given degree by 72, divide the product by 100, aid
subtract 40 from the quotient, the remainder is the degree of Fahren-
heit sought, to which the positive sign must be prefixed. But if the
quotient | be less than 40, then subtract it from 40, the remainder is the.
degree in whole numbers ; but if there be a fraction remaining in the »
division, that must be subtracted from the quotient, and the remainder —
will be correctly, the degree sought; to which the negative sign must
be prefixed.

_ But the readiest and most convenient mode of comparing any two
or more thermometers is by a juxtaposition of their scales.* ;

<cceeabvtanint semen gs has made some

benall ea ip = tis

In ign!

VIII. AN ACCOUNT

OF THE SPRINGS AND WELLS ON THE PENINSULA OF BOSTON,
WITH. AN ATTEMPT TO EXPLAIN THE MANNER IN
WHICH THEY ARE SUPPLIED:

ina letter t0 the Hon. John Davis, Esq. Recording Secretary of
the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

By JOHN LATHROP, p.m. Fi a. as
——aet EP a

: Boston, May 10, 1800.
SIR, ee eon
HAVING Sa plared so some tire hours in collecting materi-
als for a statistical account of the place in which I live, agreeably to
the plan of Sir John Sinclair, I scnd you the following account of
Springs and Wells, which afford the inhabitants a great supply of fresh
water,

Although the narrow limits of the ground, on which Boston is
built, do not admit of a river, or even a small brook, the Author of
nature, in his infinite wisdom and goodness, hath provided an ample

‘xcellent water, which may be peas obtained, and at little
: his supply is either from springs,
face, or from wells, which in some parts of dhe town are not more than
15 or 20 feet deep, although in other parts of the peninsula they are
sunk to the depth of 100 or 120 feet. .

The first writers of the history of New England tell us, Governor
Winthrop and his associates were invited to leave Charlestown,
and come over to Shawmut, by a Mr.. Sane who. inform-
ed them he had found “an excellent spring.” | WhatspringMr--
Blaxton had respect to - ageiiumapialalat ne itis probable

$8 Dr. Lathrop’s account of the springs and weils in Boston.

however it was the spring now to be seen on the westerly part of the
town, near the bay, which divides Boston from Cambridge.

In the early records of the town mention is made of the great
spring, which discharged its water into what is now called Spring
Lane, leading from Cornhill to Devonshire Street. The population
of the town made it necessary many years ago to cover up this spring,
the water of which now passes under ground and supplies many fam-
ilies, at a considerable distance from the place where it was open,
when “ our fathers drank thereof, with their children and their cattle.”
Springs and running streams have been found in many parts of the
peninsula, and some of them but a few feet from the surface, which
afford excellent water, and in great abundance.

In the history of the wells which oe been dug in various parts
of the town, there are ci tances to engage the attention of the natu-
ralist. Ina history of this sort, attention should be given to the strata,
through which the workmen pass ; the springs and currents of water,
which are opened ; the e/evation, to which the water rises ; the quality:

of the water, whether fresh or salt, hard or soft, sweet or fetid, clear or

foul; together with the ei — ee — history of aii

the waters which supply more time than I can
spare, and more knowledge than T possess, I will however relate
such things on the subject as I have observed ; others I hope will be-
stow more attention, and furnish a more perfect account.
~ The first well, to which T have given attention, is the one lately
dug on the southeasterly side of Beacon Hill, to accommodate the new
State House. This well is opened at the side of the hill, at a level of
about 35 feet from the top of the hill, and is 96 feet deep. The hill
rises 138 feet and 6 inches above the level of the sea, which surrounds
‘the peninsula.” The bottom of the well is therefore 7 feet and 6 inches
apove the level of the sea.

en

Dr. Lathrop’s account of the springs and wells in Boston. 59

The strata, as nearly as I could ascertain, are the following.

1, Mould and yellow earth : : : é
2. Yellow earth with sand ; . .

3. Yellow sand with small stones, slate and quartz

A. Fine gray sand . ‘ ;

5. Gray sand of a coarser sort, with _—_ stones
6. Fine, soft, yellow sand .. ;

tn (RRO. Kee ror
oO O10 OF aE

7. Gray sand with slate and quartz
8. Blue clay, with small stones of the same colour, oe very
little variation . 63 0
_ 9. Indurated clay, with larger stones, of the dee kind chief
iy one with ferruginous veins, and an incrustation of
calcareous matter, which effervesces with an acid RS,
10. A mixture of clay and gravel and water, with smooth
stones, like those commonly found on the sea shore, and
appear as if rubbed against cach other irs 2.0
96 0
‘No ss A was sit in any of the strata, an, the workmcp en-
tered on the last. After digging a foot, or a foot and a halt, in the last
stratum, the bottom became so soft, and the water came in so fast,
that the workmen were obliged to desist. The well was stoned and
finished.
_. Having ites informed, that the depth of water was different at dif-.
ferent times, I determined, if possible, to ascertain the fact, and satisfy
myself whether the ebb and flow agreed with the ebbing and flowing
of the sea. On the tenth of October, 1797, at low water I measured
and found 7 feet and 11 inches. ‘The next day at high water I meas-
ured, and found 8 feet and 11 inches; difference one foot. On the
twelfth, of July, 1798, at high water, and on the day before the change

\

60 Dr. Lathrop’s account of the springs and wells in Boston.

of the moon, I measured, and found 12 feet and 5 inches. It not be-
ing convenient to measure again exactly at low water, I measured
about an hour and a half after the tide began to come in, and found 11
feet and 9 inches ; difference 8 inches. These several trials afford suf-
ficient evidence, that the water rises and falls in this well, regularly
with the tides. As the bottom of the well is 7 feet and 6 inches above
the level of the sea, and the water is found to rise 12 feet and 5 inches,
its elevation may be about 20 feet above the level of the sea. The.
water wi = well is naPemmeuy soft: it assis no fetid geen or taste :

people who have access. to it. - —o

&
«7
a a
ee

The clay which is held in suspension gives the water a bluish cast, E i
but by dispelling the air, I found the sediment less, than fromthe wa-

ter of the wells in general which I have examined. ‘The faint efferves-.

cing of the sediment with an acid, showed the presence of a small quan-.

tity of calcareous matter.—By plunging a thermometer into a large =

bucket of water drawn from the well, I found the temperature, from: _ is

seyeral trials, to be between 48 and 50; varying not more than one and:
a half, with the extremes of heat and cold, in summer and winter.
‘The provision which the Author of nature has been pleased to:
make to ero the hills on the peninsula with water, and to raise it:
in some places to 75 or 80 feet above the level of the sea, is.to be:
acknowledged with gratitude. On the north, as well as on the south:
side of Beacon Hill, and on the range of high ground connected with.
it, many springs are found, at a little depth from the surface, and some
of them seem inexhaustible. Near the mansion house of the late
Governor Bowdoin is a spring of this sort. The well, I am informed,.
is about'lé feet deep. It is supplied with a spring, which comes in:
near the bottom, and has never failed in the driest seasons. The wa-
ter is ofan excellent quality. _It rises nearly to the top of the well >

ai |

Za
“¢
* 4

pati
.
4

Dr. Lathrop’s account of the. springs and wells in Boston, 61

and from the elevation of the ground, the water might be sent, in re-
freshing streams, to the greatest part of the town. ‘The comfort,
which the inhabitants might receive in the heat of summer, from
streams sent tothem from the hills, which the Author of nature hath
given us, not more for ornament than for use, would be very great ;
but while this comfort is quite at command, it has hitherto been neg-
lected. As advantages of high importance result, and may be caused
still farther to result from the hills, which are placed on this peninsu-
la, it is to be hoped, those hills will be regarded with a kind of religious.
‘respect, and that the municipal authority will never suffer pos vene-
rable heads to be brought low.. :
To give some account of the depths below, as ell as the heights
above the level of the sea, from whence water is taken for the supply
of the town, I will mention what I have been told, relating to some of

the deepest wells in the town.

An intelligent proprietor of the well made a few years since, near
the old fortification, at the southwesterly entrance from the neck, gave
me the following history of it—Where the ground was opened, the
elevation is not more than one foot, or one foot anda half, above the: sea,
at high pe. The well was made very large. After digging about
1 body of clay, the workmen prepared for boring. At the
depth of 108 or 110 feet, the auger was impeded by a hard substance.
This was no sooner broken through, and the auger taken out, than the
water was forced up with a loud noise, and rose to the top of the well.
After the first effort of the long confined elastic air was expended, the
water subsided about 6 feet from the surface, and there remains at all

seasons, ebbing and flowing a little, with the tides.
_ Observing a small pump, placed by the side of a large in GE
mioeswel, F ee “and

62 Dr. Lathrop’s account of the springs and wells in Boston.

and soft, and without any fetid smell or taste, after some time was
found to be less pleasant, and less fit for general us e. However, as it
rose so near the surface, curiosity led the proprietors to let down a proof
glass, to taste the water, and it was feund much better, when taken thus
from the top, than when pumped from the bottom of the well. Although
from the same fountain they did not take “ salt water and fresh,” in the
same well they found sqft water and hard, sweet water and fetid. The
small pump was then placed by the side of the large one, which, enter-
ing but a little way, took water fit for every use, and free from any un-
pleasant smell. Whether the water becomes unpleasant by a subtle
mephitick vapour, which finds its way into it, or by being covered up, —
as wells comuionly are, and thus deprived of oxygen from the atmos-.
s worthy of careful examination. I would just observe, the
proprietors of the well last mentioned were led to exercise great cau-
tion in carrying on the work, by an accident which happened very
near them a few years before. A few years before, an attempt was
made to dig a well about twenty rods to the east, near the sea. Hav-

ing dug about 60 feet in a body of clay, without finding water, prepa- ‘4

ration.was made in the usual way for boring ; and after passing about.
40 feet, in.the same body of clay, the auger was impeded with stone.
A few strokes with a drill broke through the slate covering, and the
water gushed up with such rapidity and force, that the workmen with
difficulty were saved from death. The water rose to the top of the

well and ran over for some time. ~The force was suchas to’ bring tip. 4 a |
a large quantity of fine sand, by which the ness filled up many feet. ree

The workmen left all their tools behind, which were buried in the
sand, and all their labour was lost. ‘The body of water, which is con-
stantly passing under the immense bed of clay, which is found in all

‘the low parts of the peninsula, and which forms the bason of the har- _

Dr. Lathrop’s account of the springs and wells in Boston. 63

bour, must have its source in the interiour, and is pushed on
with great force, from ponds and lakes in the elevated parts of the
country. Whenever vent is given to any of those subterranean
currents, the water will rise, if it have opportunity, to the leyg¢l of
its source.

But I must desist, having, I fear, taken up too much of your time ;:
although there is yet truth in the nn sufficient to engage the atten-
tion of the humble jnquirer..

With great respect and esteem,
I am, |
Su, |
_ your most ebedicht servant,
' JOHN LATHROP.
Hon. Joun Davis,.Esq.-

met) D>) a

SUPPLEMENT
TO THE FOREGOING COMMUNICATION.
Sees Boston, August 18, 1800.
DEAR SIR, :

THE force with which water is observed to rise in many of the
wells which have been dug in the low parts of the peninsula of Boston,
and the elevation which it holds in the wells on the hills, excite a
strong curiosity to find the sources of the springs, and to understand
the machinery, by which the water is forced so much above the level
of the sea. I now hazard a few thoughts on this part of iene
history of springs, which you will please to cage gpl a suppleme’
to the last communication on this subject. : Z

64 Dr. Lathrop’s account of the springs and wells in Boston.

On this peninsula there are what T shall take the liberty of calling,
the upper and the nether springs. ‘The upper springs are those which
are found in the-hills, and at a moderate distance from the surface, to-
gether with those which discharge their waters, at openings which they
have worked for themselves. The nether springs are those which
are found under a body of clay, from 80 to 120 feet deep.

We are now to inquire for the sources of the springs of both
kinds, which are found on the peninsula, and eye

sydeavour to account
for the height at which water rises in the wells. ~The sources, I be-
lieve, cannot be found on the peninsula. By the laws of hydrostatics,
water can rise in wells no higher than the reservoir. Some of the an-
cients supposed all springs and fountains of fresh water have their ori-
gin in the sea, and that in passing subterraneous ducts, the sea water
loses its saltness by percolation. But as sea water can be admitted
into the wells in Boston, only through veins of sand or gravel, it is not
conceivable, that in passing so short a distance, (in many places buta
few feet) it can lose all its saltness. But were that supposable, there
is an objection to the theory from the eee to which spring water
rises.
‘The sea can raise water only to its own level ; whereas the water
‘rises in some of the wells in Boston 75 or 80 feet above the level of
the sea. Were the hills on the peninsula high and large eneugh to
contain caverns in their bowels, or admit of basons, for ponds on their
tops, the quantities of water, received direct from the atmosphere,
might be sufficient to keep the springs at their foot always full. But
Beacon Hill, the highest of the three, is only 138 and a half feet, Its
shape is such, that the vapours which are attracted to it, and the rains |
which fall upon it, must run quickly down its steep sides to the sea
While the electric principle, which the upper strata possess, may be
continually attracting the surrounding vapours, the sands, of which

Dr. Lathrop’s account of the springs and wells in Boston, 65

those strata are composed, cannot retain the waters they imbibe, but
must discharge them either from the sides, or convey them to the
deep stratum of hard earth and clay, which is found in the centre of
the hill. As this stratum is very compact, and conforms, as all the oth-
ers do, to. the shape of the hill, the water, which is filtered through
the sands above, cannot enter it; but must pass down its convex sur-
face, without affording any supplies to the springs which are found
below it. No reservoir can be fouind in the hills, on the peninsula,
sufficient to raise water in the wells 75 or 80 feet above the level of
the sea. Nor i is it less difficult to find the sources of the lower springs,
without going to some distance. Under a stratum of clay, generally
more than 100 feet thick, which is found in all ‘the low parts of the
town, there are waters, ‘either in veins of sand and grayel, or in cur-
rents, passing continually to the sea. Whenever those veins or cur-
rents are opened by the spade or auger of the well digger, water is
forced up with violence, and in some cases flows over on the ground.
As reservoirs are not to be found on the peninsula, sufficient to
supply t the springs, and to raise the water in wells so much aboye the
sea, where shall we look for Ahent 5 is Gales we must look into the.
country. All the waters, which are collected in the mountains, and
elevated parts of the earth, are constantly pressing, towards the ocean,
The waters in the rivers make their way without much difficulty ;
while those immense bodies, which are confined in the great lakes,
and in ponds, some of which are many miles in circumference, are
- constantly pressing on the sides and seeking a passage in veins of sand
and gravel, which are found at different depths, and convey water
wherever their courses are directed. | oe
While we look to the mountains, some Fe ick rise “above “the
ordinary « course of the clouds, in every quarter of the world, as the Ori=
? sprees of PE. apd Dae the sources of the springs on our

66 Dr. Lathrop’s account of the spring's and wells in Boston.

peninsula may be found nearer home. The ponds at the northward,
at the west, and southward, have a sufficient elevation, and, as reser
voirs, contain quantities of water, sufficient to furnish innumerable
springs, between them and the sea. Let us suppose, that under
some pond, several miles from Boston, there is placed a stratum of
clay, which serves as a bason to prevent the water from sinking into
the earth, and that next to the stratum of clay there is placed a vein of
gravel, and over that clay again, or hard earth, (as we find strata com-
monly disposed) and we may conceive of a complete aqueduct, from
the pond to the sea. If the pond be very deep, veins of sand or grav-
el, between strata of clay, at different distances from the surface,
may furnish supplies for the springs on the elevated parts of the pen-
insula, as well as. for those whick are. found at. 100 or 120 feet under a
bed of clay.

In the drawing annexed, the pond and stratum of oat between
strata of clay, may be considered as one leg of an inverted syphon ;
the well dug in the side of the hill, and which just enters the vein of
gravel and water, may be considered as the other leg. The pressure
on the pond would raise the water in the well to the same level, if the
syphon was complete. But it is to be remembered, while a part of
the water is forced up the well, where the passage is easy, probably
much the greatest part, which comes from the source, is still carried
along in the vein of gravel. It is impossible for us to say why the wa-
ter holds a certain elevation, and rises no higher, while we are unac-
guainted with the degree of obstruction, which it meets with in its ori-
ginal course. Ifthe obstruction is great, so that. the water has very
little motion, where the vein is opened, it will rise high in the well ;
but if the passage. is comparatively easy, the depth of water in the well
will not be great. At a certain’elevation the water in the well will be
abalance for the pressure at the source, (allowing always for the force

Dr. Lathrop’s account of the springs and wells in Boston. 67

which is expended in pushing along that portion of the water, which
still keeps its original course). - Although the drawing is not perfect-
ly correct, it may serve in some measure to illustrate the theory of
springs, and the manner in which water is raised in them,

On the preceding principles we easily account for the ebbing and
flowing of the water in wells, near the sea, The pressure of the tide
against the mouths ef the subterranean aqueducts will prevent. for a
time the passage of the water ; of course the water will rise in the
wells, which are supplied by those aqueducts, ‘When the tide falls,
the water will fall in the wells, situated as now supposed,

Thus does the Almighty ' #6 send springs into. the yallies, which
* run among the hills : ‘they go. up by ‘the mountains, they go down
# by the vallies, unto the place which is appointed for them.”

With great consideration
Jam
your obedient ils servant,
— ee ae eee won Pbtadat Ral
Hon. Joux Davis, Esq. hee

Pe

68 Dr. — ‘accouirit of the springs and wells in Boston.

REFERENCES TO FIG. XI.

a A pond of fresh water several miles distant from Boston.
6666 Strata of earth, gravel, clay and gravel.
e Salt water between Boston and Cambridge.
d Beacon Hill. |
e Part of Long Wharf.
i) Wells of water, communicating with veins of gravel or sand at
different depths,
--- Small veins of sand or gravel, which convey water from larger
yeins to the surface of ee earth, and break out in springs.
os _ chiefy : slate. |

Sey ke SR ge

a

{X.

ON THE ORIGIN AND FORMATION OF ICE ISLANDS AND THEIR
DANGEROUS EFFECTS IN NAVIGATION,

— out a certain and easy method of timely forewarning seamen
of their approach, even in the darkest nights.

By A. FOTHERGILL, m. pb. F.r.s. a. P.s. &e,

——DIES DOCEAT<——
INTERIM “ CAUTELA NON NOGET.”

sate
AS” no pitlosophical Pere Prurtsaly written on the origin and
formation of ice islands has yet appeared, the subject may be consid-
ered in a great measure as untouched. The present attempt, with so
few materials, will doubtless be deemed as bold as it is novel. _It is
therefore not without diflfidence, that I venture to lay it before this
tearned society, whose candour, however, will plead for its imperfec-
tions. =
These enormous bodies are distinguished by mariners according
to their apparent magnitude into continents, islands, and fields of ice,
extending often to a vast distance, as far as the eye can reach from the
mast head ; some of which have been computed to be above a mile long
and 200 feet high above the surface of the water, which is considered
as only one fourteenth of their extent under water. How amazingly
great then must be the real bulk of such islands, or rather continents of
ice! They have been found within 36° or 37° south of the
equator, and 39° or 40° north. In the year 1805 from April to June
they occurred more frequently in the Atlantic Ocean, and particularly
near the banks of Newfoundland, than had ever beenremembered be-

70 Dr. Fothergill’s account of ice islands.

fore. The disasters occasioned by them among ships during the
above period were fully detailed in the public prints, and are still fresh
in remembrance, particularly those of the Jupiter, Capt. Law, from
London, in latitude 44° 20’ longitude 49°, and the Sally, Capt. Bigby,
latitude 42° 30’ longitude 50°, both of which vessels bilged and sunk,
with a considerable part of the crews! A British packet foundered,
and many other ships were greatly damaged by the ice. | From ob-
servation it appears, that during the spring of 1805 from latitude 40°
to 47° and from longitude 44° to 57° (a wide expanse of sea) the nav-
igation of the Atlantic was_peculiarly hazardous. The preceding
winter indeed had been uncommonly severe, and the cold weather ex-
tended more Steen aaa sto. she. sucreeding spring. Part of the en-
suing st er for a high degree of heat, be-
ing at times from 90° to 96° of Fahrenheits't thetNiowietir:

Respecting their origin the general opinion is, that iene grad-
ually formed by accumulations of ice within the arctic and antarctic
circles, and are carried by tides and currents to different latitudes,
But if they are found, as Erwin and others alledge, not only in the
Atlantic, but also in the Baltic, the Euxine, the Asiatic, and the Pa-
cific oceans, how can we suppose them capable of traversing such
temperate seas and warm regions, without undergoing a more speedy
liquefaction ?- Hence the frozen seas of the arctic aud antarétic cjr-
cles cannot be considered as the only sources where ice islands are
exclusively generated ; nor can the liquefaction of the polar ices ex-
plain the regular periodical return of the ti ides, as the Abbe St. Pierre.
fancied, when he vainly attempted to overturn the doctrine of solar
and lunar influence, established by the immortal Newton.

The origin of ice islands therefore still remains in obscurity, and
may possibly, at length, be found, where it was least suspected. If
it be true, accordin g to some late observations, that the temperature

Dr. Fothergill’s account of ice islands. 71

of the sea decreases from its surface downwards so far as has yet been
determined by the deepest soundings, where its coldness reaches the
freezing point even of salt water, is it not probable that, at greater
depths out of soundings it may be many degrees below the freezing
point, and that where congelation is constantly going on, these enor-
mous masses of ice may be gradually formed stratum super stratum,
‘attaching themselves to the bottom till, loosened by currents or tides,
they are detached, and being specifically lighter than water, like air
balloons increasing in buoyancy in proportion to the increase of their
surface, they will gradually rise, and at length rear their heads far
above the surface ? That here, floating in a warmer medium, with
their summits exposed to sun and rain, the parts above water, ac-
Gording to the degree of latitude and temperature of the season,
will gradually melt down to the water’s edge, while the mass below,
acquiring an increased specific gravity from the act of liquefaction
above, and from stones or gravel brought up from fete will sink to
the bottom ?

Ice islands are not seen any where within the vicinity of the gulph
stream for an obvious reason, viz. the superior warmth of its current.
Shallows, as Dr. Franklin first demonstrated, are of a colder tempera-
ture than deep water. Is not this owing to their vicinity to rocky or
earthy bottoms, which, being conductors, deprive the water of part of
its heat 2 May not similar conducting bodies at the bottom of the
deepest seas, which, for want of proper experiments, are wont to be
pronounced unfathomable, produce similar effects ? Thus the water
over the banks of Newfoundland at 46 fathoms is generally found at
47°, yet a thermometer immersed in the belly of a cod fish just
srought up marked 37°. This fact I had an opportunity of seeing
verified i in October 1803. But fishes being warmer than the medium
in which they live, this fish being 10° colder than the water at the

72 Dr. Fothergiil’s account of ice islands.

surface must have come from a much colder region below. Ina hot,
climate the surface of the sea was at 84°, while Capt. Ellis at the depth,
of 3000 feet marked the temperature at 53° and at 5,346 feet of line
out, he tells us, the temperature appeared the same, but there is rea-
son to believe such a vast weight of line must have floated the lead in
a horizontal direction and drawn him into a considerable error. For
Lord Mulgrave at the depth of 4,680 feet found the thermometer.
marked 26°, which is 6° below the freezing point of fresh water, and.
even one below that of the sea water itself.

By means of the marine bucket with valves accompanied with a.

thermometer as proposed by Dr. Hales, sea water may be taken up
at various depths and its temperature examined. That its ‘coldness

depths s has been ascertained, and well known to nay-
igators j in tropical seas in very. hot s€asons, where they draw it up for
the purpose of making a cold bath, and for cooling their liquors.

As the summits of lofty mountains, even in temperate climates, are
constantly covered with snow, and the atmosphere itself at the altitude
of less than four miles from the earth, although exposed to the direct
rays. of the sun, is DEvereneens the region of perpetual frost ; and as na-

ture pursuesa simplicity and uniformity in her operations, why may not.

the Gotta of oS Soe so fear removed from the influence of the so-
lar rays, be also, in certain latitudes, the seat of constant congelation ?
But the art of sounding, indeed, is still very imperfect, and the myste-
ries of the great deep remain to be explored by future researches. ©

Butit may be objected, that as the sea to a certain depth is warmer
than shallows, it must be uniformly so to the bottom in consequence

of the central heat of the earth ; otherwise whence proceed hot springs.

and volcanos? To which it may be replied, experiments have already

discovered very different temperatures at different depths, though the
temperature of the earth in the Pera mines is 52°, and has never

Cans po glee tein SPR aie a Ad el aking

Dr. Fothergill’s account of ice islands. rR

been found to exceed 53° that the most combustible materials con-
tained in the bowels of the earth impart no sensible heat to the neigh-
bouring strata till they are decomposed, and then probably may give
rise to warm springs. Nor does a mass of gunpowder emit any heat
till the moment of explosion. But effects of this nature are merely
local, transitory, and circumscribed.

Besides, the received notion of central fire is entirely hypothetical,
and apparently groundless, for hot and cold springs often issue from
the same hill, and volcanoes have been known to burst forth from
mountains covered with snow. The native heat oh the Fat and
ocean then seems to be derived from a more steady, ETT
dependent solely on the sun, whose enlivening rays cheer all n nature.

Were this source of heat totally withdrawn, all our rivers and the

ocean itself would probably soon be converted into ice. | Water by
the mere absence of a certain portion of heat assumes a solid, crystal-
line form. | Hence, by means of artificial cold, ice may be formed in

the hot regions 0 of sd torrid ig Sane also in n the frozen polar

* The Reltunled & cavern of Grace Dieu in Woaentone 146 feet ander pround,
presents a singular and curious phenomenon. Witbin it in summer ice is form-
ed in large quantities, and this ice diminishes at the approach of winter. “ The
air within,” says M. Cc. Cadet, “ did not feel colder to me, than that of the open at-
mosphere ; nor does the water, which filters into ‘it, freeze as it falls into a cavity,
formed below in the ice ; neither does the water seem very cold, when drank.”
As no natural philosopher has yet been able to explain this interesting phenome-
non, he conjectures that the abundant aqueous evaporation of the bushy trees;
with which it is surrounded, cooling the earth and air around the cavern during
summer, tends to produce this effect, till they drop their foliage, when the cooling
i deh of Hepes: ceases. He thinks it somewhat similar to the ae. of

a}. ah

in hot countries, by means of water
"Annales de Chimie 1808; p- 160.
10

74 Dr. Fothergill’s account of ice islands.

regions ice may be deemed by the natives water in its natural state,
and constituting a peculiar salt.

For according to the new chemistry, what is water, but a compound
of vital and inflammable gas ? Or, in other words, an oxyd of hydro- .
gen? By the act of congelation it undergoes a decomposition fresh
water losing its atmospheric and carbonic gas, and sea water its salt-
ness. That a mixture of hot and cold water has a strong tendency to
restore an equilibrium is readily allowed, because the colder particles
naturally fall downwards, while the warmer mount upwards ; but the
ocean, subjected to tides and currents, with conducting bodies inter-
posed at different depths and distances, must still be liable to consid-
erable variation in temperature, as has been fully ascertained ; a cir
cumstance of no small « ‘consequence to navigation, as will probably ap-
pear in the sequel.

These enormous masses of ice, during their gradual liquefaction
and evaporation,* powerfully absorb a large portion of caloric (the
principle of heat), while the copious exhalation, which ensues, meét-
ng. a frigid atmosphere, generates ibick. clouds and vapoum hence
piety pen Hs thes ocean to a great Piers a ea over
the banks of Newfoundland.

Final cause of ice islands.

Are these ‘mountains of ice then formed only to infest © the
ocean, impede navigation, and produce melancholy disasters? Are —
these stupendous operations of nature alone destitute of utility to ‘the

* That ice evaporates in the low temperature of 31° even in the night with he
N.E. wind to the amount of 110 grains in 9 hours appears from the experiments
of Mr. I. Dalton. See Nicholson's philosophical journal, yol, vii. p. 15+

Se ee ee ee a Se a ae eee z
mary ;

Dr. Fothergill’s account of ice islands. 79

human race, and presented to their astonished eyes only to create ter-
ror and surprize ?_ As no explanation of the final cause of these re-
markable phenomena has hitherto even been attempted, it perhaps may
be allowable in this place to offera few conjectures. In the present
chequered state of being, good and evil -are every where blended,
though the former is generally predominant. May we not suppose
then, that these apparent evils are designed for some useful or benefi-
cial purpose not yet discovered ? Or, as Pope expresses it, ‘ bles-
Sings in disguise ?” ‘That they are impediments to navigation cannot
be denied ; but it is no less certain, that by vigilance they may gene-

rally be evades and Gree esas shsnaiesesprevented sy: die attention

“As ee may be fendered useful to the prudent and enter-
prising, may not these grand obstacles serve to call forth the talents
and exertions of our naval commanders and brave seamen, and inure
them to encounter the dangers of the deep ? affording also hints for
improving navigation and the construction of ships destined to trav-
erse the Atlantic and other seas, where ice islands abound ? May not
the gradual liquefaction of such vast masses of ice, divested of salt,
add a large portion of fresh water to the ocean? And may not this oc-

casionally be necessary to the well being of fishes and other marine

animals, many of which at certain seasons delight to bask in fresh riy-
ers ? May not the melting ice by the action of the sun beams evolve

goes streams of vital air, and thus contribute to the salubrity of the

atmosphere ? Finally then, may not the formation of ice islands be
destined to the most important purposes, viz. the Beas,’ vigour, and

‘refreshment of the animal and vegetable creation ?

76 Dr. Fothergill’s account of’ ice islands.

grateful remedy in allaying thirst and rere: intemperate heat in
ardent and malignant fevers.

In Bengal ice is formed artificially, and rooms are cooled by the
continued evaporation of cloths, frequently sprinkled with water.
That the evaporation and liquefaction of ice islands may affect the tem-
perature of the adjacent climates to a great extent cannot be doubted.*
The variable winds waft the atmosphere that surrounds them far
and wide, diffusing cool breezes along the coasts of the inland coun-
tries. Hence the spring and part of the summer of 1805 was cool and
temperate, while the evaporation from the immense bodies of ice con-
tinued.t But after they were wholly dispersed, about the first of Ju-
ly fet hot as season Bugemamenced, and ay increased till the 10th, when
my 1 ter, in the shade, reached 96°, and continued vibrating
between 84° aa “90° till August 27, when it eee with a north-
east wind dropped to 75°.

mnco

Method of bar off the dangerous effects of ice islands.

Having already in a former work pointed out the chief causes of
shipwreck and the means of prevention,{ the present a being
postponed now justly claims a separate discussion. i

Whatever theory philosophers may adopt respecting the origin
of ice islands, the principal object of this memoir is to propose a few
smmple rules, by which seamen may be enabled to stéer clear of them.

1. In order to avoid eas in en voyages the ship ought to

* Thus the wind, which passes over the polar ices, renders Siberia the olka
of inhabited countries. Pennant’s Arctic Zoology, vol. i. p. 172.
+ Accordingly the spring proved propitious to vegetation, as the crops of grain
and herbage were allowed to be abundant, particularly through the Atlantic states.

¢ Prize essay on the preservation of shipwrecked mariners, second edition
London, 1800.

Dr. Fothergill’s account of ice islands. 7%

bear to the southward of latitude 39, and in southern voyages the re-
verse even to within 36 degrees of the equator. This being the saf-
est course, though at the expense of lengthening the voyage.

2. Ships destined to cross suspected seas, and particularly the banks
of Newfoundland, in dark nights and thick fogs, demand peculiar cir-
cumspection, not only respecting the danger of striking against ice isl-
ands, but of running foul of other ships ; and therefore ought to be
well supplied with lamps with refiectors, during their dark and haz-
ardous passage. The ship also ought to be uncommonly substantial,
and the parts most liable to be struck, fortified in the best manner pos-
sible with a body of woo) hair, oakum, or other elastic substance, to
enable the vessel to sustain with impunity, any sudden or unexpect-
ed shock. On clear Mehits the ice islands are distinguishable at a
considerable distance by gleams of light, reflected from their surface.

3. As the increased coldness of the water around ice islands de-
presses the thermometer, so the dense atmosphere above must raise
the barometer, it —— behoves commanders to have on board a set
of accurate b d thermomet » at least two of each sort,
and to Fat the anges as the sudden rising of the former and the
fall of the latter might, either by night or day, or during the thick-
est fog, forewarn them of their approach to fields or islands of ice.

If we contemplate ‘the dangers of navigation and the frequency
of shipwrecks, particularly in the Atlantic ocean, where ships are
sometimes surrounded by islands of ice, where rocks and shoals are
often unnoticed, or erroneously laid down in the marine charts, and
where the eddies and opposing current of the gulph stream, when en-
‘tered unawares, often render the passage from Europe to America
200g and perilous, or in the opposite course so rapid as to outstrip the
y reckoning, surely when all these circumstances are con-
Ki cannot too strongly recommend to all navigators the dili-

78 Dr. Fothergill’s account of we islands.

gent use of the thermometer, by which they may be timely forewarn-
ed of the approaching danger. It must be acknowledged however,
that there are two or three circumstances, which form an exception to
the general rule respecting the thermometer, which, when previously
understood, can scarcely occasion any embarrassment. 1. It fails in
rivers and capes. 2, Near sand banks, which rise considerably above
the surface of the water, and which, on being heated by the sunbeams,
impart an increased degree of warmth to the surrounding shoal wa-
ter, and consequently cause the mercury to rise contrary to its wont-
ed motion in soundings and shallow waters. 3. In marine currents,
which,. according to their course from warmer or colder climates,
may produce a sudden-and unexpected variation in the thermometer,
though perfectly just to its principle of action. In other cases it
marks the changes with the greatest accuracy. Thus the water out of
soundings is always 8° or 10° warmer than within soundings. ‘Thus
also, the current of the gulph stream, from its superior warmth, rais-
es the mercury from 16° to 24° higher than the adjacent water of the
coast.* Accordingly the water over the grand bank of Newfoundland,
from 3 its sepetor coldness, ——— the mereury from 12° to 15° low-

* This teaaabie siesta is Maetpulshable not city by its warmth, which it
retains in its course through the ocean for more than 330 leagues, almost to the
banks of Newfoundland, where its condensed vapour adds to the fogs of that
gloomy region. The weeds, brought down with it from its source in about 30
days, mark its course, and its water is never luminous i inthe night. The passage
from Europe to America is expedited by avoiding to stem its stream, but from
America to Europe by keeping in it. On this subject see Capt. Williams’ ex-
periments in three voyages across the Atlantic, who does not indeed appear to
have met with ice islands, as he only just slightly mentions them. But his exper

iments, conducted with such uncommon attention, seem worthy the imitation of all
navigators, and accordingly, in future,
‘sult.

I mean to avail myself of their general re-

‘

Dr. Fothergill’s account of ice islands. 79

ér than the adjacent deep water out of soundings. But the degree of
depression in the vicinity of ice islands, though a matter of importance,
which demands particular attention, seems to have been hitherto over-
looked. The sea water in general, in point of temperature, near the
surface, corresponds nearly with the temperature of the superin-
cumbent atmosphere, varying a few degrees higher or lower accord-
ing to climate and local circumstances,. in summer the air being
warmer than the sea, in winter the reverse ; but the condensation of the
atmosphere over mountains of ice, and its rarefaction over the gulph
stream cannot but sagen affect the eerie as we know the sud-
den change of temperats the water the tl ymeter. There-
fore in a matter of such Pikiskquence, mid where the five and prop-
erty of so many persons are so deeply concerned; we cannot too. ear-
nestly recommend to all navigators, particularly. in long and hazard-
ous voyages, the joint use of both imstruments, as a necessary part of
‘their nautical apparatus. That the temperature of the atmosphere and
of the ocean at the surface and at different. depths should be daily eXx-
amined by accurate experiments, and regularly noted in their journals.
Thus might these two simple instruments-be rendered subservi-
ent to the: re A oly of metcorology.and the theory of the

out rocks oer ae ice at a eeacratas hati fail, and where
neither lunar tables nor even the magnetic needle itself can convey
the smallest information.

Recapitulation and Leachate

From what has been advanced it would appear, that | ice islands
present a new and ample field of i ipquiry, which i is only a begi vinning

to be « Bak
2. That the origin, gees ales ite ae hith-

erto unknown, may now perhaps admit of a probable explanation, that
may excite others to complete the discovery-

e

80 3 Dr. Fothergill’s aceount of ice islands.

3. That the arctic regions alone give birth to ice islands, and
the liquefaction of the polar ices to the tides, as has been supposed,
seems highly improbable.

4, That the ice islands observed in the more temperate seas, where
the temperature decreases downwards, may originate where least ex-
pected, viz. at the bottom; especially where rocks and other con-
ducting bodies overspread the surface.

5. That the notion of central fire is groundless ; and that objec-
tions, drawn from it, or volcanoes, are alike inadmissible.

6. That ice in the open air evaporates even below the point of con-
gelation, and that evaporation generates cold and accumulates ice
in the curious cave of Grace Dieu most in summer.

7. That the evils, occasionally produced by ice islands, are com-
plained of, while their- beneficial effects on the animal and vegetable
creation have hitherto passed unnoticed.

8. That winds, blowing over them, temper the intense — of
summer in the adjacent climates.

9. That ice islands may be guarded against by vigilance, “art by
ships well constructed.

‘10. That the thermometer may be rnin ppomenenety useful
in pointing out the approach of rocks, shoals, and shores ; but par-
ticularly of ice islands a sme Gulph stream.

11. That the barometer may also gt ntribut - nad that these
instruments should jointly constitute a a pat “Of the nautical apparatus,
and daily observations be noted in the journals.

12. Finally, that by due attention to the above rules those danger-
ous obstacles to navigation may be detected, which elude the magnet-
ic needle and all other instruments; and thus might the art ot naviga-
tion be improved, science promoted, and many disasters prevented. -

' Dr. Fothergill’s account of ice islands. 8}
POSTSCRIPT.

SINCE writing the above, on being admonished that part of my
paper had been anticip:ted by M. Peron, I hastened to peruse his me-
_ moir,* which had till now escaped my knowledge, or I should cer-
tamly have noticed it. Much credit indeed is due to M. Peron’s
assiduity in marking the temperature of the ocean four times a day ;
but his assertion, that its temperature increases in approaching conti-
nents or islands, is diametrically opposite to what I-have observed,
and also to the experiments of Dr. Franklin and some of the ablest
English navigators. They had long before, with es care and ac-
curacy, explored the ocean to a far § preater. depth than M oe
discovered the increasing cold even t to Pde" fens pom of salt
water. But what. is Pasquier. neither they nor M. Peron have from

thence attempted to explain the formation of ice islands in temperate

climates, or their final cause, or, what is of much greater importance,
the best method of guarding vessels against their terrible effects, or
of pointing out their appenye) ia dat nigh: ae the peg pe ~

as. s highly oetiable, I find matenied in ™M. Pens s ‘memoir, , that 1 was
not discovered long before by the authors I hl? mentioned, and on
whose accuracy I have Sones see Adoy dation of

have ventured to advance. In which it ;

of my being anticipated by 5% he has been anticipated. by them ; ;
of which, however, this learned society, to whom I have the honor
to addres it, will judge. Should it be deemed unsuitable to their
designs in their ensuing volume, they will PsN to rope "eg nclosec
to the care of Mr. John Warder, Race st ae iladelphiaa

PCR a Ny m ll : Speed ieee Hi

Ce A

Xx. 4 EFFECTS

OF LIGHTNING ON SEVERAL PERSONS IN THE HOUSE OF SAM=
UEL CAREY ESQ. OF CHELSEA, AUGUST 2, 1799 ;

Ina letter to the Hon. John Davis, Esq. Recording Secretary of the
American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

By JOHN LATHROP, i We Ek. Ac
eS SS | fe:

THE morning was clear, the air moving gently from the south-
west, the thermometer at 75°. About 11 a. m.a thunder cloud ap-
peared in the : west, spctching, as it Tose, to the northand south. Be-
tween 12and 1 the cloud se . - One division passed over
Brooklyn, Roxbury, and poe townrds the sea; but the wind,
mitt. sa ers it over Boston with heavy ahandexy rain, and
hail. —

The thers division of the cloud was carried by the southwest wind
over Cambridge, Medford, Malden, and Lynn, approaching the sea

pices ma eee deh ‘in that region, shifting suddenly to-

the n Bk; rds Chelsea, discharging a plea
Staens seth Speed flashes “ lightning.

Mr. Carey, perceiving the approaching storm, called his labours
ers from the field before ths, rain | began. Three of his men went into
a cellar, 1 under the r part iy hoaises and were employed in
removing a q u antity. of potatoes, see! had lain in an arch through

the winter. While. thus occupied, an explosion took place, which —

forced one of the men forward to the ground; where he lay apparently
dead. The other two were forced in opposite directions ; one against
the wall, and the other against a board partition.

Dr. Lathrop’s.account of-the effects of lightning. 83

Mr. Carey, Mrs. Carey, one of their daughters, and a domestic or
two, were standing in the room directly over the cellar, where the
explosion took place. Mr. Carey was forced backward, to the floor;
Mrs. Carey was pressed down in an: opposite direction, experiencing
a severe stroke on her feet; her shoes at the same time were forced
off, and driven to the other side of the room. | Miss Carey experienc-
ed the same kind of stroke, but less severe. One of her shoes was
driven off as she fell upon the floor. Mrs. Carey, supposing her hus-
band was killed, exclaimed, ““O, my husband !” And attempting to
rise, exclaimed, “O, my-feet !” At this moment the two men, who
had been forced, the © one ee tbe eae and. re se bate the

and laid on a bed, w ines proper means were used to excite vital en-
ergy. ‘There were for some time hopeful appearances of recovery.
After the operation of an emetic and bleeding, the hopeful appear-
Snes: its “bad ite Pert. amorning ae

Sanne as sare as By Scart the "epee t ndeavoured to asce
direction of the charge. It is to be ee Mr. Cais s ihe
stands on a gravelly Spot of ground, ai. a ab bills on a orth, and,
flat ground, | n put tw

"years ago an iron > OL

fixed to the southwest Steanee and, passing down the end, entered
the ground near the place in the cellar, where the men received the
shock. No trace of the lightning ames tte sount, sxceet a a
the side of a a cedar tub, ake: that of ured, gun f powd > an a few

i“ ‘ts i oN, a

84, Dr. Lathrop’s account of the effects of lightning.
of the conductor, it would be reasonable to suppose, the charge came
dawn the rod, and, not finding moist ground, exploded, and produc-
ed the above related effects. But the wall near the foot of the rod had
no breach. The stones were forced out on the northerly side of the
wall ; the men being nearly betwecn the place of the breach and the
place, where the rod enters the ground.

In this case the probability is, that a portion of earth in the neigh.

bourhood was positive. When the cloud from the northeast came to

the striking distance, the electric matter, which had collected in great
force under the dry, gravelly stratum, burst forth. A part of the
charge, or whole of it perhaps, entered the cellar on the northerly
pee oe, out the stones and affecting the men, as above related.
ee then passed from the cellar by the best conducting sub-
stances it "eould find, in its way to the cloud. The violent conces-
sion of the air, by the explosion in the cellar, might be sufficient to
fling Mr. Carey and Mrs. Carey on the floor, and occasion the painful
sensation, which they and their daughter experienced in their feet, al-
though the charge might have taken the iron rod, which was not more
than three or four feet from the place; where the men were at work,
or have passed out at the cellar door.
Mr. Carey however fully believes the fire was from the cloud, and
exploded in the cellar ; where he thinks it was aided by inflammable

vapour. That the discharge was from the cloud, he says was evi-

dent to people, who saw it, and partic ularly to one of his sons, who:

was looking out at a northeast: upper chamber window. But I would —

query, Whether the motion of lightning be not too quick for any eye
to discover its direction, whether from the cloud, or the earth, Al
thougl: the stream generally, "if not always, appears to be from the
cloud, have we not reason to think there is an optical deception ?

Weenie: | CT semetes

Dr. Lathrop’s account of the effects of lightning. 85.
But if the discharge in this case was from the cloud, and entered
the earth not far from the house, not meeting with good conducting
matter, there might be what is called the returning stroke. The ex-
plosion, which on this supposition must have taken place, when the
charge left the bad conducting matter, and sought a stratum of cloud,
or a portion of earth in a negative state, might have produced all the
above effects. I mean however to relate facts, and leave it with oth.
ers, who have had more leisure to acquaint themselves with the laws
of SEPT to draw conclusions.

ee Serre JOHN LATHROP.
Hon. Joun Davis, Esq.

” ng a "
op 2 “ z
; pace Boia SANE see me
es *F te: a i ‘4 zn _ 4
be = cae Sa
pee
i agek Fr +2 ie ads be
sete OE So iy 2 es ‘ ees be oe i
, ear < . ra :
bal ee *f Bats, r #2 f pete be caer ot 3A 0 mat ate. oe Pipaay ap, : ¢ ta
= ‘<
m “t % ‘2

ee ome
e * 4 ; ‘ -: 2g ea" Mees iy eet Gott
faa an eH 2% te ae
se te on 4p ‘ ¢
otf + a ‘ } sep <i eee eo
9 Phd he
GS: ¥ * ios 7 :
Re ge Sig. ee doe ae Re En
at pe te 7 + hee 7 Satay aie
Lak | 2 fe cr wt et ee PS ts pity!
Pen

86 Sas ee ke,

-XI.__EFFECTS

48 2 ‘ : y x

OF LICHTNINCG ON THE HOUSE OF CAPT. DANIEL MERRY, AND

SEVERAL OTHER HOUSES IN THE VICINITY, ON THE
EVENING OF THE llth or May, 1805 ;

Ina letter to the Hon. John Davis, Esq. Recording Secretary op the ied
American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

By JOHN LATHROP, pv. p. Fa. 4.

=

a 2

THE wind had been fresh at the southward and west the great:

est part of the day, but the rain was not copious until the evening.
Between s six and seven 0 clock, the clouds were thick and the thunder — a

frequent ; Ent there were no uncommonly heavy discharges, until a-c8

little after seven. About a quarter after seven, there were two very -

heavy claps, the latter but a few seconds after the former. The ae

latter of the two claps now mentioned was so powerful, that many
people, at a distance from the place of explosion, felt the shock, and eo
supposed at the instant they were struck. ee
Some of the effects of this explosion are now to be related. eee
On the northeast side of the chimney of Capt. Daniel Merge
house, which is in ship street, a little distance from Hancock’s wharf,
there is a int beginning where the chiang appears above the 3
roof, and extending above two feet upw: d alme Sarit as the 4
poe! leaving: the top Stee The ae ‘Paiche mes near the
ey, the plate, and the summer, are shivered to. pieces ; the — :
wae ma shingles of the roof appearing to be burst upwards. The 2
expansion of air in the upper chamber, where the charge appears Ai
have entered, was such as to burst out almost all the glass windows
and several of the sashes were broken. Whether the charge came in;

Dr. Lathrop’s account of the effects of lightning. 87

or passed out at the breach now mentioned, is, and must remain prob-
lematical ; but in narrating the effects 1 will suppose this breach in
the chimney. was the place of entrance. Part of the fluid passed down
by the chimney to the next chamber, bursting off the wood work
from the masonry ; and from thence to the store below, and into the
cellar, leaving the marks of its passage all the way. In the second
chamber the fluid was divided; part of the charge passed down by
the chimney to the cellar in the nearest course, and part took a bell
_ wire, which it followed, making two right angles; then passing
through another chamber, and. down to the front TBR: where it burst
through the door into oe strect.

Mr. Murray’stho rated from Wass een Be tarts.
ward by a tate not more eden ett or nine inches. In the second
story of this house, which is occupied by Mr. Bullard, there is a
breach in the wall, nearly opposite to the chimney of Mr. Murray’s
house, and the wood work, from the breach down to the cellar, is, in
many places, Bacal, much a, |

pied | y Mr. Bullard, and the next at the

cadetinyrard, cere is a P pasmape way ef twelve or fourteen feet down a
wharf. Capt. Barns, who occupies this house, supposed from the
pemncataes eas that the house must have been struck ; but on €x-
tion no effects of the explosion could be found, except a small

bole: just under the cornice, over the fire place inthe chamber. Over
this fire place Capt. Barns had hung a picture of the late President
Washington, the frame of which was newly guilt and burnished. A
stream of fluid passed from the small hole above gee go to nae up-
per corner of the picture, which was just under it. Me the
al, and leaving a dusky appearance on the paper, it went off at the low-
er corner, eet, passing through a small hole into the breast
work ; and coming out again between the wood work and the stone

88 Dr. Lathrop’s account of the effects of lightning.

mantle, where it left a black mark or the paint, it passed down to the
iron tongs, which were by the side of the fire place. i
Capt. Barns’ house is joined on the north bya house belonging to
Capt. Jonathan Merry. A part of the charge took an oak post on the
top of. this house, which is shivered and split from top to bottom.
No mark however of the fluid is to be found from this post to the
lower part of ‘the house. In the kitchen, which is nearly under the
post above mentioned, there is a pump, which hasan iron handle.
Persons, who were in’the kitchen at the time, say, there appeared to be 2)
a stream of fire from the iron pump handle, which passed out at the
door, then open, and across the passage way, down Mr. Parson’s —
wharf, into the lower window of the opposite house. On examining — |
the house, into which the stream of fire appeared to enter, I found —
several places, where the wood work was shivered by the explosion. F
The good hand of providence is to be acknowledged in the won |
derful preservation of so many lives, which appear to have been in im:
minent danger ; several of whom were struck down, or forced toa —
considerable distance from the place, where they were standing: © ]
There were ten persons in the house of Daniel Merry, where the ex- :
plosion was the most terrible. Mrs. Howard, the daughter of Capt |
Merry, was in a chamber, where the whole breast work about the fire a
place was burst off, and a woman struck down with the force. Mrs. -
Howard was setting on a bed, and felt an extreme pressure and heat
but received no essential injury. 1 Was On the side of the room, ao
oPpoitE to where the ‘bell wire pores along ; this circumstance was : i
_probably much in ‘her favour. ‘She was the same night put to bed :
witha fine son. Mr. Howard was in the store, and but the moment mA
before | moved. from his writing desk, which was near the chimneys Tl
; The fluid pas wn just by the spot, where he was standing mo |
Tent before ; aad had he not moved, the probainltty is he would have at

Dr. Lathrop’s account of the effects of lightning. 89

been killed. It is to be observed; the bell wire, which conducted
a portion of this charge, so far as it continued, was melted, and a
great part of it consumed, leaving a black mark all along the paper,
over which it had been fixed. The people all say, the smoke was for
some time so thick they could scarcely discover any thing in the house
where they were; the smell from consumed, inflammable air, was
much like sulphur, and the smoke of gunpowder.

Several persons in the houses which were struck, and others in the
neighbouring houses, say they saw something like a ball of fire, which
appeared to descend and rise again in an instant. Whether the cloud
was positive at the time, or the earth, cannot be determined by any of
the effects. - The boards and shingles of the roof appeared indeed to
have been raised up by a force from beneath; but the splinters of
the oak post, on the top of capt. Jonathan Merry’s house, appeared as
if the force had entered at the top. I have been inclined to think,
very little evidence can be collected from the effects of lightning, to
prove which is fositive and which negative at the time of the explo-
sion, the earth or the clond. On the same trees, and the same build-
ings, we find splinters, and other effects, some of which look as if the
force was from the cloud, and some, as if from the earth.— When two
bodies, one positive and the other negative, approach to the striking
distance, the explosion may be like that of gunpowder, or the thun-
dering nitre, pressing the air in every direction, and rending those
solid bodies, which are not calculated to receive and conduct the
dreadful charge. The power of metal, to conduct this fire from the ar-
tillery of the skies, is evident in the case before us. Asmall wire, not
thicker than a common brass pin, carried that part of the charge along
in safety, which burst the door to pieces, | where this conductor ent dec

Although the wind was strong from the southward and west all
the day before, and all the night, the motion of the thunder was evi-

12

90 Dr. Lathrop’s account of the effects of lightning.

dently from east to west. The hardest thunder in Boston was
about a quarter past seven; at Providence the hardest was about
eight ; at Newhaven the severity of the storm came on about oné
in the morning, as appears from the account published soon after.
If it be a fact, that the thunder passed from east to west, while
the wind in the lower region of the atmosphere was in the oppo-

site direction, it will be natural to inquire for the cause. The
following thoughts occurred to me, which are humbly submit-

ted. ‘The wind, which had been many hours strong from the
south and west, must have puta large portion of the atmosphere
in motion towards the east. The re-action, not only condensed
the vapors in the eastern region, forming the clouds, which gave
plentiful showers of rain; but the same re-action, which the body of
the atmosphere, moving from the west, received from the opposing
body of the atmosphere at the east, must necessarily give a different
direction to the wind, probably turning the current upwards, where
there would be less resistance, and thus, in a higher region, forming a
current of air, from east to west. |The longer the wind below shall
continue to blow from the west, the farther, on the present supposi-
tion, must the upper current proceed from the east. While two such
currents of air continue, one below and the other above, carrying with
them all the materials for thunder, there will no doubt be frequent

explosions from clouds passing at no great distance from each other»

When certain tracts of cloud in the upper current are ina positive

state, the explosion will be toa negative state in the lower current.

When tracts of cloud in the lower current are positive with respect to

the earth, the discharge will be to the earth. _ When certain tracts of

the earth are positive with relation to the clouds above, the discharge

will be from the earth to the clouds.

Dr. Lathrop’s account of the effects of lightning. 91

Thus may we contemplate those astonishing displays of the pow-
er and wisdom of God, which without doubt are ordained for the
general good, while they amaze and terrify us, by their tremendous
effects.

Your most obedient servant,

JOHN LATHROP.

92. °

XIl.. EFFECTS.

OF LIGHTNING ON THE HOUSE OF THE REV. SILAS ROR di
IN ARUNDEL, IN MAINE, AuGuST 17, 180

In a letter to the Rev. John Eliot, D. Do. Fe Ae Ac
By Rev. SILAS MOODY, A.M.
mS 56 5 Ee

Arundel, August 17, 1807.
REV. SIR, go

I LEARN by the news papers, that the members of the Acade-

my of Arts and Sciences solicit communications respecting the meni

of lightning in certain places and circumstances.

Some years ago my house was struck with lightning at the ridge

pole ; it ran down the principal and corner post ; shattered the casing

of the post, and strewed the pieces over the bed, where a child lay
asleep, within eighteen inches, or two feet, of the post. I sat inaroom

adjoining, separated only bya thin partition. Hearing the child make

a noise, I immediately opened the door, found the room, where it lay,

filled with smoke of a sulphureous smell, caught the child in my arms,
carried it to an outer door for fresh air, awoke it (for it was still asleep)

a la le Dc rd a a

and could not perceive that it had received the least harm. The room a

was closely shut, and there was no fire place in it. Query, Whether _
the closeness of the room, or feathers in the bed as repellent, were
means, under the —— of a gracious God, of preserving the child
from injury.

The doors and windows in the room, where I sat, when the ie
ning struck, were shut; but there was a large, open fire place in it”
Some in the room felt great inconvenience from the shock, but ve
not _ stunned,

Your friend and servant,
SILAS MOODY. —

a a =

98

XIII. EFFECTS

OF LIGHTNING ON THE HOUSE OF CAPT, THOMAS MANNING,
IN PORTSMOUTH, NEW HAMPSHIRE 3

In a letter to the Rev. John Ekiot, p.d. F. As As
By Rev. TIMOTHY ALDEN, jun. a.m. s. xs.
ee
Portsmouth, N.H. 14 December, 1808.
REV. AND DEAR SIR, .

IT’ appears upon inquiry, that several persons have, at different
times, been killed by lightning in Portsmouth and its vicinity ; but,
in no instance, as I can learn, in a close room.

That the danger however from an electric explosion is as great in
a close, as in an open room, seems evident from the circumstances de-
tailed in the following narrative.

On Friday, in the afternoon of the twenty second of last May, the
north front of captain Thomas Manning’s dwelling house, near to Lib-
erty Bridge in this town, was considerably injured by lightning. Com- _
mencing at the northwest corner, the lightning tore off several feet of
the clapboards near the corner, between the eaves and lower story.
It then took a horizontal direction, just above the window frame, and .
entered the lower room, shivering the moulding, and starting, for sev-
eral feet, the plaistering of the planchment, contiguous toit. Be- |
tween the two front windows it burst off the boards, externally, and
the most of the plaistering, internally, from the planchment
to the floor; threw down a large looking glass, which was
broken, seemingly, into a thousand pieces; burnt a considerable
part of a muslin covering, which was drawn over the face of the glass;
and turned a table, which stood under it, upside down, casting it near-

94 Mr. Alden’s account of the effects of lightning.

ty into the middle of the room. A part of the fluid passed from the
moulding before mentioned, three or four feet, to the ornamental wood
work over the mantle piece, where it split off, about six feet from the
floor, a strip of several inches in length, threw down a small picture,
and greatly tarnished the gilding of an elegant sours frame, which
was fixed directly over the fire place.

The room, of which we speak, is remarkably tight. The wind
shutters, which are of the sliding kind, were all closed. The door
was bolted. The fire board, which is fitted very nicely to the jambs,
was in its place, previously to the tempest, but was thrown forward a

few inches by the percussion, and rested against the top of the andirons,
oa

which were not removed.

The members of the family, at home, were, providentially, ina

part of the house remote from the scene of destruction, and were not
aware of the injury done to the building, till informed by some of thei
neighbours. If they had been in the room, which was so greatly dam-
aged, at the time of this explosion, their lives, I think, must have
been in the most imminent danger.
Iam, reverend and dear sir,
your humble servant,

; Laer

TIMOTHY ALDEN, ipo

odes

95

XIV. EXPERIMENTS

RESPECTING DEW, INTENDED TO ASCERTAIN WHETHER DEW
IS THE DESCENT OF VAPOUR DURING THE NIGHT,OR —
THE PERSPIRATION OF THE EARTH, OR OF
PLANTS ; OR WHETHER IT IS NOT THE
EFFECT OF CONDENSATION.

By NOAH WEBSTER, Esq. Ff. 4. a.

at inde Sate

IN the summer of 1790, 1 sank three pieces of pone equal
weight; one I laid under a China saucer on the dry garden earth ;
another was laid on the dry Berclen earth in the open air; the third
was placed on green grass under cover. In the morning the paper,
which lay under cover, was covered with dew, as well as that, which
lay in open air ; and that, which was on dry earth, under the saucer,
was a little the heaviest. The dew on all of them was mostly on the
under side next the earth, and stood or rather hung in small globules.
The surface of the earth was dry, but as the season was rainy, the
earth just below the surface was moist. The result of these experi-
ments was, to prove dew to be the perspiration of the earth.

‘In July 1791 I made other experiments. The season was re-
markably dry, and the earth at and near the surface retained very lit-
tle moisture. I laid two China plates upon the dry surface of the
earth, and in the morning found no dew on either of them. Yet the
green vegetables about them were covered with a light dew. By this
I judged, that the moisture of the earth was exhausted to such a depth,
during the superior heat of the day, that no evaporation took place
during the night, when the air was cooler. To satisfy myself in this

96 Mr. Webster's experiments respecting dew.

being the same. I dug below the surface several inches, and turned | |

up earth moderately moist, over which I placed a China fruit plate.
It was ten o’ clock at night, when I did this ; yet in the morning the ~
under side of the plate was covered with dew, so that upon turning
it up on one side, seven or eight drops of water fell from it. This

served to confirm my opinion, that the reason why no dew appeared

on the plates, laid on the dry surface in the former experiment, was,
that the earth was so far exhausted by the extreme heat of the sun,
that the heat of the night would not carry on e

poration from a con-
siderable depth ; but when moist earth was placed at the surface, the
evaporation was copious. On the same night, [placed another plate —
over a fresh leaf of .a plant, the earth below being dry. In the mor
ning the dew was considerable upon the under. side of the plate, and
it was visible upon the leaf, more especially on that part of it, which
was a little removed from the earth. On that part of the leaf, which
was in contact with the earth, the dew was scarcely visible. 1 was
at a loss to determine from this experiment, whether the dew was per
spired from the earth or the plant ; nor could I account for the appeare
ance of more dew on that part of the leaf, which was a little raised
from the earth, than on the other. I had acs seaman
the under leaves of squashes, cucumbers, &c. were perfectly dry it
the morning, when the upper leaves, which were open to the skyy — 5
were covered with dew. And from repeated examinations I found, —
that both sides of the leaf were alike, either dry, or moist with dew»
When dew covered the upper side.of a leaf, it likewise covered the
under side, and when one side was dry, so was the other, ‘This fact
I believe to admit of few or no exceptions, and it deserves notice» ae
For if dew is the perspiration of the earth, which some think probable,
why should the under leaves next the earth be without dew, while
the upper leaves at the distance of one or two feet from the earth are

Mr. Webster's experiments respecting dew, 97

covered with dew? And even the under side of such leaves, as moist
as the upper side, when a direct ascent of ‘the vapor is intercepted
by the leaves below? I was led by these facts to suspect that dew
may be partly, if not wholly, the effect of condensation by cold.

The first experiment. indeed does not seem to favor the theory of
condensation; for the papers under cover, and the China vessels them-
selves were moist only on the under side, or side next the earth. Now
if dew is produced by the condensation of vapor, why should not the
upper side of a vessel, which is exposed to the external air, and thus
to a greater degree of cold, be the best condenser antl Gorse cau.
form the most dew ?* 2s

ond experime x “may Ge however ex-
plained upon this hypothesis. At the time this was made, a severe
drowth prevailed; the earth to a depth of five or six inches was al-
most totally exhausted of its moisture, and of course must have been
heated during the day to a very considerable degree. Being thus
heated and covered at sun set from the surrounding atmosphere, the
carth under the plate might retain warmth enough during the night | to
prevent any condensation.

- The third experiment differed from the second in two particu-
lars, viz. in that the moist earth from below was brought up
to the surface, and the plates were not laid over it until ten 0”
clock at night. ‘In this case, the atmosphere, which cools immedi-
ately after sun set, had access to the earth more than two hours later,
than in poner second experiment ; and cae this circumstance, with

* Some remarks hereafter may solve this difficulty. The vapae toider the
plates is supposed to perspire from the earth, during, the night, and a» be warmer;
: nere 5 if so,
ceil tes tard condensable. "The plates might not be cold enough condense
the cooler vapor above the gue a re =

98 Mr. Webster's experiments respecting dew.

the turning up of the moist and cool earth below the surface, render-’
ed the air under the plates cool enough to make them condensers.

The fourth experiment may possibly favor the same theory, on a
supposition, that a green leaf, which in summer is much cooler than
dry earth, is a good condenser of vapor, and the better condenser at
a little distance from the dry, warm earth, than near it, or in contact
with it, But there are many other facts, within every man’s obser-
vation, which strongly support the hypothesis, that dew is produced
by a condensation of surrounding vapor. The copious ‘moisture
upon the outside of vessels, filled with cold water in hot weather, 1 is
certainly the effect of condensation, and is no feeble confirmation. of
the hypothesis respecting dew. The hoar frost is merely frozen dew,
that is, vapor first condensed into water, and then frozen, or vapor
congealed without condensation. | This frost appears when the sur-
face of the earth is sealed with frost, and of course the vapor, from which
it is formed, cannot, at the time, perspire from the earth.

T have lately moved into a new house,* the plaistering of which
was not thoroughly dry, when I came into it. When I arose in the
morning, I observed a copious dew upon the glass windows of the Keep-
ing room, on the inside, The phenomena of this dew correspond ex-
actly with those of the ordinary dew upon the earth.

In the first place the moisture upon the windows, which were ex-
posed to the external air and the action of cold, was copious in clear
weather, and sometimes would collect in such quantities, as to run
down in drops. But at the same time glass within the room, as the
looking glass, and the face of the clock, was perfectly dry. This was
uniformly the fact for a number of nights successively. | Hence the
conclusion, that the exposure of the glass to the cold external air was

x Written in December, 1791.

Ne ee a ee a, Sa ee a eee ee eee

Mr. Webster's experiments respecting dew 99

necessary to render it a condenser. Otherwise it is difficult to assign
a‘reason why objects, in themselves equally cold with window glass,
should not have been equally moist. In the second place, that glass,
which was sheltered from the full effect of external air by outside
shutters, was also dry. So striking was this phenomenon, that when
one half of the external shutter was closed and the other half open,
the half of the window, which was covered with the shutter, was per-
fectly dry, and that, which was exposed to the open air, was covered
with a copious dew. And even when a single fold of the shutter was
left open the glass exposed was moist, and the remainder dry ; and

e contra, oe a single fold only 44 was Ch These = icteige

> . yy 2 ne a SOE eT eae

‘But eae Sten the uy was overcast with clouds tsi the
night, no moisture at all was visible on any part of the windows,
though exposed to the external air... This fact, which appeared two
or three mornings, but not in succession, as the sky was not clouded
any two or three nights in succession, certeqponds exactly with the
phenomenon, which is within every man’s observation, that a cloudy
night produces no dew. This appears to me one chabepaistsiifeenl:
and unaccountable phenomena respecting dew ; and the fact now re-
lated totally overthrows the common solution of the phenomenon.
The usual idea is, thatin cloudy nights the vapor all ascends, and |
therefore nore appears adhering to objects at or-near the earth, But
in the house, Iam speaking of, the dew on the windows in clear
weather proceeded from the damp walls, or inclosed air. _ Why should
the same appearance fail in cloudy weather? . The vapor could not

_ escape from tight rooms and ascend to the clouds; at least, as great

a:quantity must have been thrown from the walls, and must have float-
ed in the room in a cloudy night, as inaclear one. I suspect.the
reason for the phenomens, oth in he hose and in theo air, is,

cloud; nie the Sooner apealiainate is wanting, what-
overs may be the cause. I state facts from repeated and uniform ob-
servation ; but I dare not in this instance undertake to assign the
cause of their existence.

The foregoing facts were confirmed by the phenomenon, which
took place after the season was so far advanced, that the dew om
the windows would Beets except one night, when some frost
appeared on the glass, notwithstanding the sky was somewhat over-
cast. In all other respects the phenomena were the same. Wher-
ever the glass was exposed to the action of the external air, though
for a breadth of three inches only, there the inside of the glass was
covered with a thin frost. But wherever the outside shutters shield-
ed the glass, there was no frost or dew.

From these facts one is naturally led to conclude, that condensa-
tion is the principal, if net the sole cause of dew. If condensation
is the sole cause of dew, then it depends on the same principle as dis-

tillation, or the condensation of vapor in the worm of a still; as also —

on ‘the same principle, with the dew on the outside of vessels, filled
with cold water in a hot summer’s day. If so, the inquiry is, whether
acertain fied degree of cold, in the air or object condensing, be nec-
sary to form dew? Or whether the degree of cold be only compara-
tive, that is, in a certain proportion ‘to that‘of the vapor condensed?
From sueh observations, as bu neocon. able: to. make, baecuaingy
to believe the degree of cold comparative.

The water in the enirni xabeiofe common distilleries is taken’ foes
rivers, and not from wells. . This water is considerably warmed in the

tubs, yet is cold enough to condense the vapor, that rises from the

boiling fluid in the stills. But the same degree of cold would by no

means condense'the vapor of the atmosphere in the hottest summer’s

day. Yet cold water, fresh from a deep well: or spring, will ;con-
dense it rapidly.

Mr. Webster's experiments respecting dew. rok

remarked one morning in January, when the weather was very
cold, the mercury in Fahrenheit standing at 12° below 0, that when I
first rose, or about sun rise, the windows of my keeping room were
perfectly free from frost. Soon after, a large fire being kindled, the
glass of the windows was covered with a fine frost. This phenome-
non is commonly ascribed to human breath; if this solution is just,
it proves my supposition ; for the breath issuing from the lungs is
warmer than the air, and therefore more easily condensed. But this
- solution cannot be the justone; for the same phenomenon takes place,
when no person is inthe room. I rather ascribe it to the warmth
communicated to the air BA the ae Been bhsrons the vapor more
condensable.s = -

Every person must nv observed, that in extreme cold weather
the glass windows of cellars collect frost on the inside. In a series
of very cold weather in January 1792, I saw an instance of frost thus
collected ‘more than an inch thick. The vapor in the cellar, being
peste ‘warm, was of a temperature suitable for condensation.

~ Thave-a small room adjoining my office, which is kept ‘shuts in
whackemeré is a window opposite to a-chimney, at the distance 0:
eight or nine feet. There is no fire kept in this room, nor does any
person lodge in it ; “yet by micans of a fire in anadjoining room, which
communicates a degree of warmth to ‘the inclosed air, the vapor be-
comesseondensable, and in the morning this window is covered with
dew, when no such phenomenon is visible in rooms not thus warmed.

~ Every person must have noticed the frost, shooting in the form of
spicule through the snes —" leading from cellars into upper
and colder rooms. I ely warm vapor of the cellar, issu-

et then weather wotteet pa preempt meme

eli ik te Se

eerie: f

102 Mr. Webster's experiments respecting dew.

- We observe, that in hot. weather dew is perceivable long before
sunset. The laborer feels the moisture on his clothes and on’ the
grass, while the sun is above the horizon. _ But Iam doubtful wheth-
er the same phenomenon is observable in the morning, when the tem-
perature of the air is the same.» On the contrary, I suspect the dew
evaporates in the morning, with a temperature of the atmosphere, in
which vapor will condense in the afternoon. In the morning both the
air and the earth are cool ; and as soon as the sun begins to warm the —
air and earth, a small degree of evaporation is begun. But when the
earth has been heated almost to the temperature of blood, the water
near the surface partakes of the heat. Soon after the warmest part of
the day is bast, the Aono oh begins to cool, while the earth retains

the h ca

a, ae earth emits. a warm vapor; the atmosphere is cooled
to a; a,pondehser.’ - This is the distillation of nature ;. and thus dew is
formed. It seems to be the comparative coolness. of the atmosphere,
which renders the vapor condensable in the afternoon. This is the
case also in the evening ;_ the earth retaining its heat longer than the
air, and the warm vapor, constantly ascending into the cooler atmos-
phere, is speedily condensed... I suspect therefore, that a great por-
tion of the dew, which is formed during the night, is composed of par-
ticles, that proceed from the earth during the night. So far then dew
may be said tovise, and not fall, But it is the vapor in fact, which
rises, in an imperceptible form, as during the day ; but in the night
it is spe ene whereas in the day time it continues im-
perceptible.

einai Votimideail lead to a solution of the dificulty-be-
fore mentioned, viz. the appearance of dew on both sides of the upper
leaves. of plants, while none appeared on either side of the under leaves:

‘The upper leaves, being exposed to the direct action of the cold. ait,

Mr. Webster's experiments respecting dew, 103

were rendered condensers ; the lower leaves, being covered from the
air, and near the warm earth, might not be rendered cool enough for
that purpose.

After all, I would not speak with much confidence on these sub-
jects, nor suppose that I have offered satisfactory solutions of the sev-
eral phenomena. So far as J have stated facts, I trust my labors will
not be wholly useless. :

See eek ACCOUNT

OF RAIS, &c, THAT FELL AT CHARLESTOWN, MASSACHUSETTS, | ;
IN TEN YEARS. )

a ar

~~" >- "By JOSEPH BARRELL, Esq.

1792] 1793 alae B0l||average

3402 6
vr oe

7
engueey

Note. The rain gauge measures to;,1,, of an inch. It was in an elevated situ-
ation, about sixty feet above the level of high water, and so entirely detached, that
it could receive no rain, but what fell immediately over it. The rain was gene-
rally measured as soon as the weather was clear.

Account of rain, that fell in the year 1802. *

January 2669 June 1810 November 1660.
February 453 — July 2645 * December 3305
March 4820 August $790 a
April 1075 September 3050 34797

May 6300 October 3220 —

Mr, Barrell’s meteorological observations. 105

Account of snow from the year 1786 to the year 1802, both included.

1786 Sixteen snows this season; the first 21 Nov. 1785, the last
1 April; this last by far the most severe for the season.

1787 Twenty eight snows this season; the first 30 Oct. 1786, the
last 22 April.

1788 Eighteen snows this season; the first 7 Dec. 1787, the last 9
March.—There were a few flakes the 21st of April.

1789 Twenty three snows this season; the first 1 Dec. 1788, the last
1 April. — ; :

i790 Thirty two snows this season ; the first 3 Dec. 1789, the last
28 April; the last as severe as any in the season. Coldest day
this season 14 Feb. Glass 9° below 0.

1791 Twenty one snows this season ; the first 27 Nov. 1790, the last
19 March. Mem. Withinthirty miles of Boston the snow fell
over shoes the 27th of April. Coldest day in Feb. Glass at 4°.

1792 Eighteen snows this season; the first 23 Oct. the last 16 March.
Coldest day 22 Jan. Glass 8° below 0. Mem. The ice was
the eighth of an inch thick the 14th of April.

1793 Thirteen snows this season; the first 23 Nov. 1792, violent,
the last 21 March. Coldest day 26 Dec. Glass at 6°.

1794 Thirteen snows this season; the first 28 Oct. 1793, the last $3
March. Coldest*day 5 March. Glass at 1°. ‘The 17th of May
ice made considerably thick. This was said to have been
the coldest season known for many years.

1795 Sixteen snows this season ;_ the first 14 Nov. 1794, the last 16
March. The fifteenth snow was on the 14th of March, and as
severe a storm, as had been known for many years. Coldest
day 26 Feb. Glass at 2°.

14

106

Mr. Barrell’s meteorological observations.

1796 ‘Twenty four snows this season ; the first 14 Dec. 1795, the |

1798

1799:

1800

1801

1802

last 10 April. The twenty first snow was on the 17th of March,
the most severe in the season. Coldest day 24 Dec. Glass
4° below 0. -

Twenty five snows this season ; the first 24 Nov. 1796, the last
18 April. The two last, 13 and 18 April, very severe storms.
The last frost this season 15 May. Coldest days 21 and 28
Dec. Glass 2° below 0.

Twenty one snows this season ; the fists ll Nev, 1797, the last
17 April, a very severe storm, continued on the ground till the
18th at night. Coldest day 2 Feb. Glass 5° below 0. dem.
On the 19th of May there was a white frost. . |

Eighteen snows this season; the first 1 Nov. 1798, the last

12 May, a shower only. Coldest day 5Jan. Glass 11° below 0.
Eighteen snows this season ; the first 1 Dec. 1799, the last 23
March, a very severe storm, and much snow fell. Coldest day
29 Jan. Glass 6° below 0. Adem. A frost 2 May. Mem. From
the 3d of = to the 3d of May, just thirty days, there fell 934.
inches of rain.

Ten snows this season ;_ the first 11 1 Nov. 1800, the last 10 A-
pril, when the snow in the country fell very deep. This season
‘was so fine, that no extra cold was.attended to so as to be min«
uted.

Thirteen snows. this season ; the first 2 Dec. 180 1, the last 15:
April. There was a frost the 6th of May. Coldest day
Feb. - Glass 5° below 0. Mem. Ice made 2 inch the 29th
of April.

(J I have no way to measure the snow.

107

XVI. ACCOUNT

OF METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS, MADE IN GEORGIA AND
SOUTH CAROLINA.

By ABIEL HOLMES, p.p. Fr. a. a.

FROM meteorological observations, made during my residence
in Georgia, I respectfully offer to the acaprmy the following selec-
tions and results. For the imperfection of them, my ill health, my
absence from that country during the summer and autumnal months,
and the accident of breaking my thermometer, must be my apology.
Imperfect as they are, they give some general idea of the temperature
of the climate of Georgia, and are confirmatory of the accounts, which
have been published, of the temperature of Carolina. Ihave taken ~
the liberty to subjoin a few thermometrical observations, made at Sa-
vannah, in 1785, by Timothy Matlack Esq.* who fayoured me with
a copy of them. These, with some additional observations of other
literary men respecting the heat and cold of South Carolina, will, I
persuade myself, make some amends for the deficiency of my own
memoir.

Cambridge, 10 January, 1809.

Seeeeeetesesesee

* Formerly Secretary of the American aianiadh sine

108

Dr. Holmes’ metetrological observations.

Observations, made at Midway, in Georgia, thirty miles southwest-

wardly from Savannah. thermometer used was Fahren-

1787
Dec.

1788
Jan.

Feb.

1789
Dec.

Dec.

heit’s, exposed in a north shade.

6-4

Pak Remarks.
EaG |
is 3 ;
Winds generally N. W. Observationsfrom the 14th through
62|30 h
the month.

{Winds generally N. W. On the 6th the mercury was at 32°,
64|22| wind N. the’ground was frozen, and iceremained in the ditch-
/ |. | esallday. Observations for 10 days only in this month. i.

2U|Ubservations \uree days only. Lhermometer broken.
Winds generally N. W. and weather fair. “Latter part of the
76/28} month easterly winds, cloudy, and some rains Mercury at and
below 32° four days in this month. — =
Winds 5. W.and N. W. jonquils, jessamins, and woodbines.
481\26| in blossom. Mercury at and below 32° seven days in this,
2S So Ss ee eee
—— Winds N. W. and 8S. W. On the 23d the mercury rose to 819;.
821281 and-on the 17th and 18th it rose to 80°. Pie.
ookrr Winds southerly. Frost on the 4th, when the mercury was at.
80/31) 31°; but the weather generally mild, sometimes warm. ~
66] {Only one observation this month.
odlvo Winds southerly. ‘he mercury rose to 93° on the 28th and
29th ; and was at‘and above 90° four days in the month. ~
Winds generally S.&. Weather fair. eréury was at aud above
| 80° twenty days in thismonth. On the 2d I was at Sunbury,
96164 ‘where at 30” clock p. m. there was a violent thunder Storm, at-
: tended with hail. ‘Two white men and one negro were kill-
ed by lightning. The wind was at N.E. The mercury, at
2 0’ clock, at 84° ; at 3 o’clock, at 74°,
g6| |the highest ascent of the mercury im observations of nine days
1.) See gs
PGi: aR Ts ** om . “< a STN iia aT
Winds trom N. W.to N. EK. Observations begin at the 13th.
On the 19th the mercury fell to 28°; wind N. E. and faite
Great frost. Ice. Frost also on the 23d; mercury at 31°.
26

The mercury was at and above 32° four days in this month,
after the 13th. On the 31st a snow storm began five minutes:

before 8 A. mM. and continued until 11 ;. but did not whiten the
ground,

Dr. Holmes’ meteorological observations. 109

h. |. Remarks. |
1791 Winds generally N. W. Weather tair. ‘he mercury rose
Jan. 479)57 twice to 79°. It was at and below 32° eleven days in this
month. On the 31st pease were up in the garden.

Winds variable ; generally N. W. and S. W. | ‘The mercury
was at and below 32° three days in this month. On the 9th
Feb. {31)28) a luminous column in the south, rising from near the horizon
to an altitude of about 45°, continued 12 minutes, and gradu-
ally disappeared.
| |Winds chiefly peas Mercury was at 87” five days in this
month ; at and above 80°, thirteen days ; and below 32° two
8 days. On the 21st Steet ee cucumber vines ; mercury
March |87}31 °
at 33°; wind N. W. On the 3d there was an Aurora Bor-
} ealis, It appeared in the N. £. 15 minutes before 7 in the
evening, and continued until 10.
Winds variable ; chicily 5. W. Lhe mercury was at and above
90° six days in this month ; and from 80° to 90° 7 days.
{Winds principally N. E. irom the 7th to the 18th, with clouds
May ol 60 and rain. ‘The rest of the month chiefly S. W. ‘The mercu-
: ry rose twice to 97°; and was at and above 90° 13 days in
this month.
Winds — S.&. and S. On the iich the mercury was
93° at 1 o’clock Pp. wm ; and at 3fellto 67°. A heavy ciittter
June {99 87) shower ea ein this great and sudden change in the atmos-
phere. Observations from the ist to the 2ist, during which
= | Em the mercury vas at aad abave 90° ten days |

During seven winters, T never saw the ground Sitditsed with
snow ; but on the tenth of January, 1800, there fell at Savannah the
deepest snow, accompanied with the severest cold, ever remembered
in the lower parts of Georgia. By a letter from an _ intelligent
friend, dated Midway, 17 February, 1800, I was informed, that the
snow had been three feet deep in particular places, and from sixteen
to eighteen inches on a level. A sleet, the same winter, loaded the
trees with ice from Broad river (South Carolina) toward the Savan-
nah, a space of ten or fifteen miles, and made erat devastation 4 in the
forests..

110 Dr. Holmes’ meteorological observations.

Observations at Savannah, with Fahrenheit’s thermometer, in the
year 1785, by T. Matlack, Esq.

64 67 84 86 85 76 85] The wells in the town are from six-
83 84 86 84 82 81 76 | teen to eighteen feet deep, through a fine
81 85 78 74 84 84 89 | sand, and the water is 66 and 67°. This
82 84 86 84 92 91 85 | spring having been uncommonly cold, no
July heat in the air could, at the end of May,
82 85 76 74 80 82 84 | have raised that of the water cabbie? rn
90 | true medium heat of this country, w
BS 00 98 SS. Oe Oe Oey should think, may be fairly pia
89° 86 82 79 82 92 86] a 66°

N. B. The initial letters indicate the days of the ae the figures, the
highest ascent of the mercury. |

Lhermometrical observations, by Fahrenheit’s seale, in the shaded air, :
taken at Charleston, South Carolina. oe

1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759
h. val et sata L jh. i. |. 1. [ine 1. [h. 1. [h. 1. | lL. jh. 1. | rie

: t , ‘ i | 1 | |
"7791 1792) 1795 1794) 1795) 1796) 1797] 1798
Bre 891309 1134|92)29|89} :

i | aa s i {

Additional remarks.

The greatest range oe the mercury in 24 hours, according )- ay
to observations in Charleston, South Carolina, is said by 46
governor Drayton to |

Greatest range in Salem, according to Dr. Holyoke, Ai°

Difference between the greatest range at Charleston and Salem 5°

Dr. Holmes’ meteorological observations. Ill

The coldest day, according to my observation, was 2 Jan-
uary, 1791, when the mercury was at : +17"

The coldest, according to Dr. Holyoke, was 17 January, te 11

1786, and 23 January, 1792, when the mercury was at

Difference between extreme cold at Midway and Salem "98°

On the 23d of January, 1792, when the mercury fell to 11° below
the cypher at Salem, it fell to 20° at Montreal.* The difference
therefore between the extreme cold at Montreal and Midway is 37°.

Limited as the Mipway observations are, they probably reach
nearly to the eatremes of heat and cold in the climate, in which they
were made. In the eighteen years’ observations at Charleston, South
Carolina, it is observable, that the mercury at no time rose above 101°,
or fell below 17°; the greatest ascent being two degrees only above
my maximum of heat; and the greatest descent, in exact coincidence
with my maximum of cold. Drayton says however, that the mercury
has fallen as low as 13° in the lower country of South Carolina.

In the coolest summers of Carolina, it appears, that the mercury
reached 88°; and in eight years. (from 1791 to 1798) it never rose
above 93°, or fell below 17°. Hewatt} says, he has seen the - mercury
in Fahrenheit’s thermometer rise in the shade to 96° in the hottest,
and fall to 16° in the coolest season of the year. “ In 1788,” gov-
ernor Drayton says, “ it rose to 96°, which is the greatest heat we
know of since the year 1752. The difference therefore between our
coolest and warmest summers at this time may be supposed to range
between 89° and 96°; and the difference of our mildest and severest
winters between 17° and 34°.”

* Memoirs of Academy, ii. part 1, p. 118.

+ Author of the History of South Carolina and ewe ; Whose residence

' wasn Charleston.,

112 Dr. Holmes? meteorological observations.

Dr. Chalmers, who in 1766 published an account of the weather
and diseases of South Carolina, says, that in the remarkably hot sum-
mer of 1752 he exposed a thermometer, at the distance of five feet from
the ground, to the rays of the sun; andi in 15 minutes the mercury
rose to the utmost height of the instrument, which was graduated to
120 degrees only, and would have burst the vessel, had he not with.
drawn it. From experiments, which he made afterward, he judged
that the mercury would have risen 20 degrees higher.

‘The mean diurnal heat of the different seasons, Hewatt observes,
has been, upon the most careful observation, fixed at 64° in the spring,
79° in'summer, 72° in autumn, and 52° in winter; and the mean noc-.
turnal heat in those seasons, at 56° in spring, 75° in summer, 68° m
autumn, and 46° in winter. gpecouling to this estimate, the medium
heat of Charleston is 64°, that i is, 2° less than Mr. Matlack estimates
the medium heat of Savannah. This difference of temperature might —
be expected from the difference of latitude of the two places, and the
proximity of Charleston to the sea.

The quantity of rain, which fell in Charleston, 5 Se Carolina, in seven
ayt

successive years, according to governor on.
Years inches Years inches Years inches
1795 71°8 1798 45°2 1800 51°6
1796 58*1 1799 75° 1801 42°9
1797 55

Mean quantity of rain in Caen for ten years, viz. from 1750 to
1786, inclusively, according to governor Drayton.
Spring —_ 609 inches Winter 6°01 inches
Summer 12°73 .

Autumn 16-99 Year 42°03

113

XVI.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS, AT ‘GROVE PLANTATION,
FIVE MILES SOUTH OF NATCHEZ,

By WINTHROP SARGENT, Esq.
Late governor of the Missisififii Territory.

Communicated by the reverend President Webber.

a

Days of rain and no rain, with quantity of water palling, Sc. Snow
reduced to water, and measured as rain.
Years 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807
2, Bl eBt- 8-2) Bi Bere Ss ~EF2 EAR
e|_ =| e]_ 8] 8] 8]. 2) gl. 5/8# |]
$51/$5)/86/95)3 5.26 a 6/8 6/5 a-5/8 & f° |€slss
log o'Blo-Blo-BloSlo-S|oslo-Sle.8 Sloslgf<el.8i 2 on
Months 3 3\2e\2eizclecizclecledlesskeleeeisa sae
Jan. \22 [24 742011|1912|24 725 ae 8 Ee 5 861/265 634
Feb. 1612123 51181011711!181¢124 5125 3 208 40211414 1313
March 211€/2011/25 6}2011|24 7/2011/25 6 247 421123 8 959
April i911]21 9 1515}21 $|23 7/26 4 22 8 §°535]22 g 1352
May 25 €/2110 2011/2011/24 7/22 9 1615 2067/29 2 180
June 201( {22 & 25 5/26 4]24 6/1713 i713 - 50€/28 7 975
uly 211C;2110 1516'12011!22 9/1219 191 94gl24 7 185
Aug. 1813}/2011/24 7 1318/26 5/1318|1417 1714 876/24 7-970
Sept. 27 9}1713/23 7 24 €/i812123 7/23 7 237 2091946 se
Oct. 22 ¢|26 5124 7 26 5)2110/28 3l23 8 los 6 658131
Nov. 26 4/23 7/23 7 1911]1812}2010|23 7 201 951/23 7 380
Dec. 1912/1813/23 & 1615}22 €/2110|1912 saliets 1002|24 7 1300
ents ves oleolha [ko ace eS
dea. Sd.en. Dec 16 Mar. iJan. Desc: & ies a :
Feb, |J. F.& Ist d.jist d.| 1st d./Sdays 2d d. Jan.17
& De.jDec. snow |jsnow {show snow snow snow
1808.
No rain Rain. Rain in 225 pts. in. 0 rain. Rain Rainin 225 pts. in.
Jan. 19 2 1679 Aug. 20 11 940
Feb. * 7 931 Sept. 21 9 189
March 23 8 907 Oct. 23 8 640
April 20 10 2005 Nov. 24 6 695
May 24. 7 1132 Dec. 24 7 1961
June 11 19 1200 coe — oe
July 19 12 1779 249 116 14058

15

114 Gov. Sargent’s meteorological observations.

Latest vernal and earliest autumnal frosts and state of the thermome-
ter; also lowest state of the thermometer, from 1798 to 1808,
both inclusive ; the thermometer never above 96° in the shade.

Thermom, Thermom,

1798 Sept. 29 frost : Dec. 3 - fe
Dec. 10 27° 1804 Jan. 25 19

1799 Feb. 22 22 March 3 20
April 6 38 April 1 35

7 38 a Oct. 19 49

Nov. 13 41 26 +39

Dec. 30 23 Dec. 10 26

1800 fan.3 20 30 25
March 11 38 1805 Jan. 12 21

Oct. 6 36 April 23 46

qf es 41 Oct. 21 40

19 — Dec. 29 36

Nov. 21 21 1806 Jan. 9 19

Dec. 12 11 April 11 28

1801 Jan. 3 25 18 , 44
March 29. 35 Oct. 31 32

Nov. 7 30 Dec. 1 29

Dec. 12 28 13 29

1802 Jan. 10 27 1807 Jan. 18 24
Feb, 23 25 19 13
March 28 34, 20 20

Sept. 24 - 38 Feb. 7 12

Nov. 28 20 March 19 30

1803 March 2 20 31 light frost 38
April 5 37 April 2 severe frost 39

Nov. 6 36 3 32

1808

Gov. Sargent’s meteorological observations.

Oct. 27 frost
30 :
31
Nov. 28
Dec. 19
Jan. 15
Feb. 9

40°
39

29

March 21 light frost 38

22 do 34°
April 17 do 38
27 do 49
Oct. 13 do 44
23 severe frost 39

24, do 32
Nov. 24 + 82
Dec. 25 20

115

116

XVIII. ABSTRACT

OF METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS, MADE AT MICHIL-
LIMAKKINAK, IN THE LATITUDE OF AaBouT 46° N, AnD
LONGITUDE oF ABouT 84 30/ W.

From August 1802 to April 1803, both inclusive.
By JOSIAH DUNHAM, Esq.

——aKS 52)

Months. Thermometer. | Course of wind. | Weather.
Day |© ri.|noon|@set|Ori.|noon|@set
Highest | 2* | 76 Ww
23 80 WwW No.of fine days 17
a 23 . 79 S W OF rain 6
August 13 | 36 S og 4,
Lowest [5,28 61 N&E Thunder 3
11 38 NW
Mean 63.5 72- t 67
or 13.472 E
ighest 14 72 W Z
. 12 | 73 Ss Fine days 11
Sept 23 "48 N : — :
Lowest 24, 50 SW re
24, = SW Thunder 1
Viean 56.1 62. 4 57 .
. 6; 66 E
Highest 3 72 W
: 13 69 N Fine days 8
Oct. ta | 30 5 Rain :
' [Lowest 30 30 a — 2
31 30 S °§
Mean | 48 | 51 | 54 |

Mr. Dunham’s meteorological observations. 117
Months. Thermometer. Course of wind. Weather.
Day |© ri.[noon|Oset|© ri.[aoon|@set|
Highest | © | 59 5 |
6,7 po a No, of fine days 10.
6 60 E Rai .
Nov. c Spares er eye eo eee ee —
2 | 29 N Snow 3
Lowest | 26 32 W Fog 4
3,26 30 W
sViean: 40 | 43 | 42
1 } 49 N
Highest | 1 46 N Fine days 7
1 40 N
Dec. 16 |—11 Set Pa Snow 7
Lowest 16 —8s | —2]- iN
| 16 N Fog 1
Mean 19 | 22 | 21
11,14] 32 E
Highest | 11 36 E Fine days 5
13 36 Ww
Jan. 27 |—14 |. he ewer Snow 8
Lowest . | 2,3 —7 VN ;
¢ a af Ww Blustering 9
Mean 11 {| 15 | 14
12 | 38 E
Highest | 21 50 Ww
21 48 | Ww Fine days 22
Feb. 4 |—24 Se Se
Lowest | 4 12 Ss Snow i
3 12 Ss
Mean 12: } 21-420
20 | 43 WwW Finedays 15
Highest | 20 48 Ww
19 49 Ww Rain 5
March 5 |—i0 N |
Lowest 1 }— |—6 N Snow 3
5 , <4, N F se
Mean 21 | 29 | 25 sa,

118 Mr. Dunham’s meteorological observations.
Months. _ Thermometer. Course of wind. Weather. ©
| | Day |Ori.|noon|Oset! ©ri.|noon|Oset|
20 | 55 S Fine days 9
Highest | 28 57 SW
12 55 NW Rain 9
April 7,9| 20 SKE | ‘
Lowest | 20 25 Ss Snow 3
_ | 6,8 28 | N-
Mean [35 | 44 | 39 | | _thonder 4

Ne Le ee ee eT eee eee

119%

AIX.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS, MADE AT BOWDOIN
COLLEGE 35

In a letter to Mr. Levi Hedge, ¥. a. a. Tutor in Harvard College.
By PARKER CLEAVELAND, a. m.
Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy.

ote 6
“er ec

Bowdoin College, 29th Sept. 1808,

DEAR SIR,

_ I SEND you a short extract from my meteorological journal ;
by which you will be enabled to form some opinion of the extremes of
temperature in this section of the District. 1 well know that a series
of observations for several years is necessary to the forming of a cor-
rect estimate ; but sucha series is not yet attainable in this part of the
country. The mean temperature of our climate, deduced from the
greatest heat and the greatest cold, is a little lower, perhaps from ,f, to
3s of a degree, than that reduced from three observations a day.
This extract consists of observations of the greatest heat and
the greatest cold during the months of January, February, and
March in the years 1807 and 1808. Iam informed by those, who
have for a long time resided in this place, that the cold of the afore-
mentioned months in the year 1807 was unusually severe; and, on
the other hand, that the same months in 1808 were milder, than in
common years. The thermometer, which I use, was made by Mr.
Six ; and is sensible andaccurate. It is constantly exposed tothe air,
suspended at the northern side of a building, about seven feet above the

120 Mr. Cleaveland’s meteorological observations.

ground. There is no large object near it, excepting that, to which it
is attached. Its height above the ground, and the very small quantity
of snow, which usually lodges underneath it, effectually prevent the in-
fluence of any cold, in addition to that derived from the atmosphere.
The degrees are those of Fahrenheit. In settled weather I have inva-
riably found the greatest cold to be a little before the appearance of day
break.

1807. 1808.
January. January.
Mean of the greatest cold + 4°46 | Mean of the greatest cold 410-91
Mean of the greatest heat -1 24-29 | Mean of the greatest heat ne 10
Mean temperature +14°°37 | Mean temperature
Greatest range in 24 hours +454° Greatest range in 24 hours 3795

Mean temperature.of January from both years +16°-68°

February. February.
Mean of the greatest cold -+i0°4 | Mean of the greatestcold 11958
Mean of the greatest heat ee. 83 | Mean of the greatest heat ++33°-48
Mean temperature 0°11 | Mean temperature $26°°53
‘Greatest range in 24 hours 740° Greatest range in24hours 41°35

Mean temperature of February from both years +23%32> °

March. March.
Mean of the greatest cold +421°56 Mean of greatest cold 4.23937
Mean of the greatest heat + Mean of greatest heat 44 7°77
Mean temperature 1°-95 | Mean temperature +535 57
Greatest range in 24 hours — 425

Mean temperature of March from both years +32°-76.

The frost has commenced very early with us this season. Seve
zal plants in my garden were destroyed as early, as the middle of Au

Mr. Cleaveland’s meteorological observations. 12}

gust ; at which time we had frost on two successive nights. On the
22d instant ice was formed two tehths of an inch thick.

Doctor Holyoke, in his “ Estimate of the heat and eold of the A-
merican atmosphere, beyond the European, in the same parallel of lati-
tude,” suggests that this excess is in part attributable to the large num-
ber of evergreens growing upon the continent. If this be true with
regard to the continent at large, some particular sections of the coun-
try, in which evergreens abound, may have an excess of cold above
those parts of the same country, which have fewer evergreens. Sur-
rounded as I am by trees of the aforementioned ese I Fea

Pg" Lae f

to pay further attention to this subject by obser vation and

arene meenemaer

_ Should: you think this short extract worthy ¢ of any other preserva-
tion, than on your private files, it is at your command
as well, as your friend and
humble servant,

PARKER CLEAVELAND,

XX.

THE QUANTITY OF WATER (INCLUDING THE SNOW REDUCED TO
WATER) WHICH FELL IN STOW FROM 1792 To 1804,

According to the observations of

Rev. JONATHAN NEWELL, a.m.

——— ED 5!

A.D. inches . a.p. in. A.D. in.

1792 33-912 | 1793 33°587 | 1794 34-981
| 1795 1796 | 1797 | 1798 | 1799 | 1800 | 1801-| 1802 |] 1803 | 1804
Jan. | 3-060 3110| 1-070] 2:081| 1:895| -860] 3-965] 2-700] 2°875| 3-340
Feb. 2-120! 2°255] 3°800| 2-000] 2:155} 3°105| 2-490] 0°975| 5°205] 3°720
March | 3°600| 2°415| 4°5591 3°7651 4°3251 2°200; 8-270] 5-410] 2:670; 2°575
April |.7:430] 1-037} 4°461} 2-520] 3:105|-5-155| 2°500| 0-740} 2-065} 6-240
May j 4713) 5-930] 3-330] 3-895] 3-600]'3955| 4°320; 6265| 2°165| 2°305
Jane | 3°080} 1-480} 1-895] 3-740] 8-185! 2-040} 2-585 2-625 *880] 3°340
July 5*790} 5*260] 1°700} 2°530] 2°700! 2:714] 4:050] 3-060] 8-085] 2°580
Aug. | 4826} 2-100! 3°951] 1°275| 1:275| 4°510] 2°530) 7°725| 1-760] 1°990
Sept. | 4°920 5-578| 1-850 2°7151 2°805| 4°705| 1°110] 4°145] 1:250] 2°215
Oct A’341F 1674] 5°970] 7-300] 1850] 5°050| 0°910| 3°580 3-820 6172
Nov. | 1:735] 1-035) 3:100] 2°370} 2*560| 2-880! 3:320] 1-020] 2-145 “3-110
Caen
Dec 2°761| 2-600| 1:840] 2°310] 2-830; 3°690| 2-810] 3-700] 4:295| 3°460}
Total |48°376 34-474 37°526 |36°501 |37°285 !40:904 138-860 141-945 38-215 [41-047

~~ a eo ee

XXI.
A CURIOUS PHENOMENON OF VISION.
In a letterto ....
By Rev. PERES FOBES, ti.p. rf. a. a.
er SD
SIR,

AS a lover of science, and especially of optics, I have been care-
ful to observe whatever has appeared to have any connexion with it.
As such, the following instance of a telescopic eye has arrested my at-
tention and curiosity, and may probably affect others in the same way.
[have therefore sent the case to the American Academy. It happen-
ed a few years ago to a man about forty six years of age, whose name
is Preserved Pierce, of Somerset, near Slade’s ser in the coun-
ty ty ow es :

- He was painfully. exercised with a kind of ulcer collected in his
head, on account of which he was for several days confined to his
house ; in which time his eye sight was extremely weak and tender,
in so much that he could not, without great uneasiness, endure any
degree of light. The room was during the whole time constantly
darkened. At length however the supposed ulcer broke. This hap-
pened in the night. The next morning he was entirely free from
pain, and in a state of sensible ease and comfort ; his mind, which be-
fore had been greatly depressed and confused, was now quite free and
composed. On the return of the morning, the sun being about an
hour high, he arose and went toa south window, through which he
looked, and to his great surprise he saw, at a place called Reed’s ware- |
house, near the ferry, at the distance of near two miles, a cartand yoke

124 Dr. Fobes’ account ofa phenomenon of vision.

of oxen. He could plainly discern the colour of the oxen, the rounds
in the cart, the stones on the beach, and even the courses and joints
in the shingles on the ware-house, This extraordinary degree ofacute,
telescopic vision continued for about one hour ; after which his sight
returned to its usual state. His health, which continued for some
time after this in a low state, was finally restored ;' but from that mem-
orable period to the present time he never could see to read or discern
small objects without glasses,

I received this account from Mr. Pier and from others acquaint-
ed with him. I am told that he is a man of judgment and veracity,
I should have risqued an attempt to.account for this curious phenom-
enon from the structure of the eyeand principles of optics, but time was
wanting. _ ‘But if the fact should be admitted, its solution may be the
subject ofa future dissertation, with which I hope to offer a commu.
nication, that was intended for this meeting, on the production of ore,
in which is attempted a chemical investigation of its nature, growth,
and generation, founded on experiments ; from which it is rendered
more than probable, that the farmer will hereafter be able to raise a
bed of bog ore as easily, as a bed of carrots. | es

| I am, sir, with esteem,
your most humble servant,

PERES FOBES.
Raynham, August 21, 1793.

125

XXII.

HARD WATERS SOFTENED BY A FARINACEOUS SOAP, WITH THE
PROCESS FOR MAKING THE SAME.

By Rev. DANIEL LITTLE, Ff. a. a,
Wells, May, 1787.

IT is well known, that the waters from many springs and wells,
not only in populous cities on the sea coast, but in many_ parts of the
country remote from sea water, are hard and unfit for washing. And
so great are the advantages of soft and pure water for washing, bleach-
ing, &c. that any method, by which rough and hard water may be ren-
dered more fit for use, if only in the laundry, may deserve some no-
tice, and lead the way to farther experiments.

My well for family use has been dug about thirty years. It is four
miles from the sea and twenty rods from a salt water river ; fifteen
feet in depth ; the bottom of which is eight feet above the tide at high
water mark. This well has afforded a plenty of water in the driest
seasons ; but so unfit for washing, that'we haye always been depend-
ent on the rain or snow for that purpose. Not far distant from this
well there are some large pans and deep beds of iron ore, to which we
have in part ascribed the bad quality of the water. But of late we have
used a different kind of soap, by which the water of this well is ren-
dered nearly equal to river or rain water for washing linen. The soap
is made without oil or animal fat ; in lieu of which we use about the
same quantity of the fine meal of indian corn, or other farinaceous.
substances.

a

The process is very simple. The quantity of meal must be in the
proportion to the quantity and strength of lie. If the lie will bear an
egg, let the quantity of meal be near the same, that is commonly used

126 Mr. Little on farinaceous soap.

in making water gruel, or such quantity as the lie willfully dissolve ; and
most intimately incorporate with itself. Mix the meal first with cold
lie, to the consistence of a thin paste ; then pour the same into the
pot or kettle of boiling lie, which you intend for soap, so gradually,
that the boiling may be discontinued as little as possible ; then let it
boil three or four hours, and when cold it will appear much like com-
mon soft soap.

Although the hardness of some other waters may arise from diffet-
ent causes, to which this soap may not have so great an affinity ; yet
the poor, who often have good water, but a scarcity of oil or animal fat,
may avail themselves of a new and easy process for making soap, fit
for almost every family use. Although it will not lather like the soap
made with grease, yet for washing and bleaching linens, for scouring
floors and wooden utensils of the kitchen and dairy, it has been found
equal to any other kind of soap. As the aqueous part of this soap will
more easily evaporate, than that, which is made with animal fat, let it be
well coyered, and kept in a cool place. _A little experience will ascer-
tain its utility, and perhaps suggest new and more uscful improve-
ments.

127

XXIII.

MINERALOGICAL OBSERVATIONS, MADE IN THE ENVIRONS OF
BOSTON, IN THE YEARS 1807 anp 1808.

Lnelosed with a letter to the Hon. John Davis, Esq. F.A.A. and by:

im communicated.
By S. GODON, F. a. a.
ES iF ee
Introduction.

A KNOWLEDGE of the physical objects, which compose the
mineral riches of a country, is so much connected with the well-be-
ing of the people, who live in it, that we cannot reflect, without amaze-
ment, on the inattention to this study, which so long prevailed among
nations in general. It is buta few years since men have begun to
perceive its importance, and its connexion with public and private
utility.

One of the most happy rests of the improvement of natural his-
tory at the end of the last century is, undoubtedly, its procuring to
the present age the way of discriminating and describing minerals
with exactness and perspicuity ;.so that a mineralogical description
may circulate and be understood in the several parts of the world,
where the language of natural sciences has penetrated. And while
the present generation enjoys the labours of the modern naturalists,
we indulge the comfortable hope, that the fruits of our own observa-
tions will not be lost to posterity. .

Few publications of this description have been yet attempted, and_
these have been almost entirely limited to Europe. It is to be ex- .

pected, that the example, given by this part of the world, will be fol-
lowed by every other enlightened people, who may begin to perceive.

©

128 Mr. Godon’s mineralogical observations.

the great interest they have in the investigation of their soil. These
local observations become éven worthy of general attention, when
a consider, that from the insulated descriptions of several parts of
the earth we may expect in time an universal mineralogical map,
which will afford in some measure, under a single point of view, a rep-
resentation of all the riches in the world.

The observations, which I now present, are the sketch of a mine-
ralogical description of the country, which surrounds Boston, to which
a too short stay in that part of the United States prevented me from
putting the finishing hand. I offer them to you in their state of im-
perfection with the hope; that they will be completed by some of your
fellow citizens, whose increasing taste for Oey presages to the
people of Massachusetts a flourishing period for th

The result of my observations, and the wish of communicating —
them in the most brief and plain manner, have induced me to make _
a Slight alteration in the nomenclature of some rocks. I consider the —
principal aggregate mineral, as a distinct genus, which should hayea _
single name, to which may be added a specific one, taken from the ac- —
cidental occurrence of some element, or from some striking property. A
This binary denomination, which prevents troublesome periphrasis, 2
agrees with the basis of general nomenclature, pei in —
history.

These changes are limited to the rocks, described in the fllow |
ing dissertation ; and I present them to those, who are dedicated t0
mineralogical meditations, as an essay of a reformation, which obser
vations, made in this vast continent, appear to render necessary in the
nomenclature of the rocks, which compose the primordial soil, and
even which form the whole series of the geognosical table.

Si quid novisti rectius istis,

Candidus imperti ; si non, his utere mecum.

M. Godon’s mineralogical observations. 129
Definitions and preliminary explanations.

Primordial soil. J call primordial, that part of the surface of the
earth, formed of some of those simple or aggregate mineral masses,
commonly called rocks, which have never been found containing rem:
nants of organized bodies, and which are supposed to have been pre-
existent to the formation of animals and vegetables. I take this defi-
nition in its most extensive sense, without admitting any gradation in
antiquity, among primordial rocks, for fear of oie my observa-
tions to some systematic opinion, ~

Amapintiolard. fee rock, Hays | cy: i
oie, pent? " wets So Werner.) —
ty Spee pation, most ech of amphibole and felspar, admit-
ting in its composition quartz, epidote, talc, mica, and almost always
sulphurated iron. Amphibole, which characterises this rock, is sup:
posed to be the predominant substance. When the felspar is in
greatest a it takes s the name of felsparoi < Sieg

P ? 2

tad

An aggregation of felspar and amphibole ; ; sometimes of felspar
quartz, amphibole ; also epidote and mica. When the felspar loses
its Jaminary aspect, and assumes a compact texture, the rock takes the

name of petrosilea.

Petrosilex. (Petrosilex and compact t felspar, Ha: ; ae
uncertain among other mineralogists. )

% “gees

A rock, homogeneous, or apparently so, of a splintery and semi-

conchoidal fracture, sparkling most freque tly with steel, and Of aaa

variety of colours. It often sees small ane popes of <0 .
: ame

130 M.-Gadon’s mineralogical observations.

spar, quartz, epidote, and even metallic'substances. ‘sibility before
the blowpipe is the characteristic of this rock. When destitute of
fusibility, it belongs to opaque-compact quartz (Hor nstein of the Ger-
mans. )

When crystals of felspar exist in it, in notable proportion, it takes.
the specific designation of porbhyritic.. The denomination of porphy- —
ry, being relative to an accidental disposition of elements, is reduced
to a specific name. _

Argilloid. (Thonschiefer, Wer.)

It has a degree of softness, which permits it to be deeply scratch-
ed by the knife, complete opacity, and an argillaceots smell, when
breathed on.. It presents, as.well as petrosilex, a great diversity of
colours, and has most frequently : a foliated texture. Petrosilex and

ge unite = be an insensible transition.

eae: = os | Wacke. (Wern.)
A conglutination of orbicular, elliptical, and sometimes angi
kernels or nodules of all sizes, commonly of the same nature as the

primordial rocks above mentioned, particularly felsparoid, petrosilex,.
argilloid, and quartz. :

Amygdaloid. _(Mandelstein, Wern.)

Round or elliptical kernels of felspar, carbonated lime, quartz, ,
epidote, united.together by a cement, apparently homogeneous. to the
sight, - :

Notre.—I have placed ..between. parentheses the name of the. towm.
where the observation is made.

The sign = indicates that the mineral i is found j in place.
The sign O indicates that it is found in loose fragments.

M. Godon’s mineralogical observations. 131

The numbers, in the table, refer to the corresponding numbers of the dif-
ferent paragraphs of the geognostic description.

For the simple minerals, I have adopted the nomenclature of Haiiy ; but,
for greater clearness, I add, to cach species, a synonym, either vulgar, or adopt-
ed from some known author. The word speczes must not be taken in too rig-
orous a sense, particularly with regard to rocks. The divisions established,
among natural beings, exist not a nature ; and are merely intended to facili
tate their study, or to simplify the language.

¥
I

Vegetable earth. . Alluvial deposits. Waters.
1, Some alluvial deposits, and the stratum, often light, of vegeta-

a

ble earth, excepted, the oston, and even the greater part

i

of Massachusetts, present, almost every where, the primordial soil to
the sight. The country is not mountainous, but its surface is largely
and often deeply undulated. The springs, which arise from the most
elevated part of the ground, often unite in basons, sometimes sur.
rounded by — and form a sas of ponds, which contribute to
the embellishment of the 1 pe. The natural ee igation, which
originates fom the even disposition of the , maintains a con-
stant moistness, which renders the land fertile and fit for several kinds
of culture.

2, The alluvial deposits are commonly formed of a coarse quart-
zose sand, often mixed with a proportion of clay sufficient to permit
their being made directly into bricks. They include, almost always,
a great quantity of fragments of rocks, the nature of which indicates
their origin from the great masses, which form the frame of the coun-
try we are describing. These alluvial: heaps repose sometimes on a
stratum of blue clay ——— a —_ the: —
iron and ee sii

132 M. Godon’s mineralogical observations.

The proportion of clay, which forms a part, often considerable, of
all the alluvial ground, on which rest almost all the buildings of the
town of Boston, is a happy circumstance, which prevents the infiltra-
tion of sea-water, and which thus permits our obtaining, at a very
short diStance from the harbour, and even from under the sea itself,
fresh and sweet water.

3. The waters, which flow under the ground, or which issue in
springs at its surface, are frequently impregnated with foreign princi-
ples. ‘These are principally carbonic acid, carbonated lime and iron,
sulphated magnesia, and sometimes muriated lime and magnesia.

Amphiboloid.

_ 4. In a western direction from Boston, the rock, which occurs:
first, is amphiboloid,. which passes frequently to felsparoid, and some-
times so abruptly, that it is very easy to get them both unifed in the
same specimen. These two rocks, which always alternate, appear
predominant in the northern as well as western part of Massachusetts.
They appear in some islands of the harbour [outward Brewster], and
are directed, even under the enclosure of the town of Boston, where
they break through the mossy ground of the common..

5. Amphiboloid is very variable in its aspect, and in the proportion
and disposition of its constituent principles. Amphibole, which is.
considered as its base, is commonly dark-greenish, grey, or black, of —
great intensity, frequently with a lamellated texture. The rock appears
sometimes consisting of, this substance alone, of an uniform colour,.
or intermixed with light spots or veins of white and rosy felspaty.
and magnetic sulphurated iron [Waltham]. I then call it common:
amphiboloid.

The two elements are frequently fitted together in such a mannef,-
as to present irregular black and white spots. The felspar is com-

M. Godon’s mineralogical observations. 133.

monly white, with a shade somewhat greasy, but preserving, almost
always, its laminary texture. [Menotomy ©, Waltham ©}. The
external part of this rock, long exposed to the air, presents the fels-
par in a state of decomposition ;. but, when fresh broken, it shows
great compactness, and even lustre. It is susceptible of a good pol-
ish, and may be considered as perfectly analogous to the black gran-
ite of the ancients, (granito nero, of the Italians). 1 think proper to
give it the name of granitic amphiboloid.

7. The two elements, which compose the preceding species, are
sometimes promiscuously blended together, in particles so fine and
imperceptible, as hardly to permit the magnifying glass to evidence
that it is a compound mineral. [Brookline O, Concord turnpike oJ].
This rock, which is an instance of the aggregation of two single min-
erals in a kind of moleculary state, breaks commonly into acute an-
gular fragments, sometimes prismatic. On account of the resem-
blance of this aggregate with the Trapp of the Swedes, I give it the
name of Trappine psi acige =

8. Amphiboloid, : incaliactenticean eck collie
cludes crystal and felspar, prescueindt white parallelopipeds imbedded
in.a dark field. This variety, found contiguous to the preceding,
[Lynn ©] is ranked under the generic title of amphiboloid, with the
specific name of porphyritic.

Porphyritic amphiboloid is tegen sats with sulphurated

iron (common pyrites).

9. A feature, which seems characteristic of the amphiboloid and
felsparoid sof this country, is their being frequently intercepted by
veins of a substance, generally of a compact texture, and of a green
colour, of various degrees of intensity. The thickness of these veins:
varies, from that of a shect of paper, to two, three, or more inches.
The characters, derived from the external appearancc, and even those

194 -MGotois’

from the chemical nature, of an earthy mineral, in an amorphous state,
being insufficient to ascertain, decisively, to what speciesit corresponds,
P remaitied long uncertain of the nature of this mineral’ till, at length,
some crystals of well characterised épidote, found in a ‘small cavity of
a vein of this substance, dispelled all my doubts on the subject.” ‘Soon
afterward, an attentive examination of several amphiboloids demon-
strated to me, that they admitted in their composition, epidote, some-
times even in a great proportion. This observation’ justifies the im-
portance attributed, by Haiiy, to the character of the crystalline form.

From the concurrence of epidote; among the other elements of

amphiboloid, originates a rock, of a fine dark ereen colour, susceptible
ofa good polish, and which, at first sight, may be confounded with
some variety of serpentine, “When the gee are so entwined to-
gether, as to present a ‘colour almost uniform, it” may, be considered
as analogous to the rock, called Egyptian basalt by antiquaries, which
was employed by the ancients in making figures and busts, several of
which are seen in collections of the antiquities of Italy. -~But, com-
monly it consists of small acicular crystals of amphibole, imbedded in
a kind of cement, composed of felspar and epidote. Some specimens
present those three substances in distinct and separaté state, like the
elements of the granite.

This rock, which I denote by the name of epidotic amphiboloid,
does not form so extensive masses, as the preceding species. ~ It is
found contiguous to felspar [Brighton]; or in the form of veins,
running across a porphyritic wacke [Brighton 4, Dedham turnpike].
ft, almost always, includ tic sulphurated iron, often crystallised
in small striated cubes fRoxbury OL ne appearing constantly sensi-
ble tothe magnet. “It is of great tenacity, with a rough fracture. It
falls mto polyedrons, which sometimes present a prismatic shape.
— of this rock, exposed at the surface of the earth, seem more

M. Godon’s mineralogical observations. ~ 135

forcibly to -resist decomposition, than most of the other species of
amphiboloid.

Epidotic amphiboloid is Sapentible of admitting crystals of felspar,
and thus becoming porphyritic. Such are some fragments, found in
loose pieces, particularly on the Blue Hills. This remarkable varie-
ty presents crystals. of white felspar, sometimes of an inch in one di-
mension, accompanied by cubic sulphurated iron, and globules of la-
minary carbonated Jime of a perfect transparency ; the diameter of
these. globules not exceeding three-or four lines.

- By comparing the green antique porphyry, with a variety of por-
phyritic amphiboloid, found in this country, and which includes epi-
dote, Iam ind sider this rock, the locality of which is un-

ANNs es

known to the meders, 2 as also admitting epidote in its composition,
and, probably, as receiving its fine colour from. this substance. | I
place this. variety, which I have not observed in place, near the porph-
yritic.amphiboloid, with the designation of ophites.

nas Somesimes, PS: sis 5 quartz in its composition,

artzose a id) and ne formed entirely of amphi-
pole and aonree. This rock is ‘dscnraied ee some light veins of
quartz, by a fracture somewhat conchoidal, and by its resisting,.more
than any other, spontifheous decomposition [Menotomy QO]. When
these elements exist in fine mixture, so as to present as it were anho-

ae

mogencous paste, it is hardly possible to distinguish it from trappine
ampliboloid when tound in insulated pieces [Roxbury 9, Brighton
O]- Both these rocks, when conveniently cut and smoothed, may be
used as touch-stone.

11. I give the name micaceous to the gsuphabeil including mica.
This last mineral appears not uniformly distributed, but accidentally
disseminated in some parts of common and granitic amphiboloid
EMenotomy ©, Concord turnpike ]. Its most usual colour is the

136 M. Godon’s mineralogical observations.

yellow of tombac. Some fragments of this species, whien struck by
the hammer, emit a remarkable metallic sound. _I will no longer in-
sist on these two rocks, which I have not observed in masses of con-
siderable magnitude.

12. I terminate the series of the species of amphiboloid, by that
which admits talc in its composition (Talcous amphiboloid). This
rock seems to consist entirely of black amphibole, and talc of a dark
green colour, which, when the rock is fresh broken, is perceived even
under the forin of thin hexagonal lamina: All the parts of this rock
appear sensible to the magnet, though the magnetic sulphurated iron,
which exists in it, may not always be discernible.

_ This aggregate has neither the hardness, nor the tenacity, ascribed
to amphiboloid. When exposed at the surface of the soil, it under-
goes a rapid decomposition, and occurs with a spheroidal or elliptical
shape, the surface of which is formed of thin, concentric strata with-
out adhesion, involving a kernel of the some rock, which had not suf-
fered alteration. ‘This decomposition is similar to that of some rocks,
observed in volcanic countries, and considered sumetimes as lavas.

Talcous amphiboloid is observed forming, in felsparoid, a subordi-
nate stratum, directed from northwest to sout heast. [ Braintree, on the
Braintree and Weymouth turnpike 4]. The irface of the stratum
occurs with an appearance somewhat slaty, and some parts of it pres
sent an uniform texture, with the same hardness.and colour, which
indicates that this rock unites to that, which will be described undet
the name of argilloid.

Felsparoid.
_ 13. The above description spreads some light 6n the nature of
this rock, which is distinguished from the preceding, merely by anars
tificial consideration; In fact, by observing it attentively we find;

M. Godon’s mineralogical observations. 137

that it admits occasionally, and sometimes in its whole mass, the sey-
eral minerals mentioned among the species of amphiboloid.

The general aspect of this rock approaches it to the granite, from
which it differs sometimes only by its geognostic situation. It pre-
dominates north of Boston, and on the south side of that place (about
nine miles), where it forms an extensive ridge, which appears to be
spread from the east to the west, beginning from the sea coast.

14. Felsparoid is often formed of nothing but felspar and amphi-
bole. It then occurs principally north of Boston. _ The felspar in it
is sometimes red-brown, but more frequently whitish, with an imper-
fect lamellary texture, and an aspect somewhat greasy [Chelsea o].
Sometimes white and red felspar are united in the same specimen.
To this kind I give the name of common felsparoid.

15. This rock is more frequently found consisting of uncoloured
felspar, hyaline quartz, amphibole, and sometinies small particles of
tale of a light green colour. _Felspar, which forms the greatest pro-
portion, is frequently whitish, but often with a light brown or reddish
brown’colour. Quartz is the next in proportion; and amphibole, of
a dark blue, or an imperfect black colour, exists sometimes, but in
rare crystals, disseminated through the other elements. This amphi-
bole is sometimes attracted by the magnet. Such is the composition
of the rock, which exists in vast body at Weymouth, Braintree, and
Quincy, (9) from whence it is transported to Boston for the purposes
of civil constructions, particularly for making the first courses of buil-
dings. There is a variety consisting of crystals of amphibole of a
bright black colour, disseminated through white felspar of a pearly
aspect. It is susceptible of a good polish, and is found beautiful on

the north side of Boston [Newburyport turnpike o J. =
‘I consider also as of aie species a variety of a Pleas eich,
somet; 1 = ly, not in large masses, but

abn hUny VULeuts wv ee]

pe:

138 M. Godon’s mineralogical observations.

sometimes in powerful veins across the amphiboloid. [Menotomy a,
Lexington.O]. In this rock, which I found almost always including
quartz, the felspar exists in large lamina, often interrupted by layers,
commonly thin, of compact -epidote. Amphibole and quartz are,
sometimes, in but slight proportion in this rock.

I unite the above varieties under the specific denomination of
quartzose.

16. Epidote enters sometimes into the composition of felsparoid.
Many specimens present this substance, easy to be known, distribut-
ed, in equal proportion, with felspar, quartz, and amphibole ; but
most frequently it is intimately united with felspar, which then assumes
a more or less intense shade of green, from the usual colour of this
mineral [Dedham 5, Lynn O]. This species, which, according to
the basis adopted for this nomenclature, takes the name of 6a
felsparoid, contains sometimes sulphurated iron.

17. Mica also appears among the elements of this rock, and com-
municates to it, in some cases, the aspect and characters ascribed to
granite. Many instances of this aggregate are to be observed in se¢v-
eral spots [Brighton 0, Roxbury 0, Dedham 0]. ‘The mica often
exists in small scales [Newton ©], and frequently it occurs in plates,
of an inch in diameter, and of a smoaky colour. Sometimes the rock
seems a mixture of mica and felspar alone. In some cases it includes
garnet, rarely tourmaline [Dorchester, Roxbury O] ; also oxydulat-
ed iron. (Magnetic iron ore, Kirwan) [Brighton 0 J.

This species, which I call granitic, does not form so extensive’
masses, as the preceding. It is found contiguous to argilloid [Brigh-
ton ©] ; alternating with, or rather interposed in the middle of por-
phyritic wacke [Brighton 0, Roxbury 0].

An insulated specimen of granitic felsparoid may be taken for:
true granite; but geognosists agree in considering this last, which:

M. Godon’s mineralogical observations. 139

alternates with gneiss and micaceous schistus, as belonging to anoth-
er order of rocks, and to another formation. ‘Time will determine
what is the value of this distinction.

18. Felsparoid presents in general no distinct stratification. _ It in-

cludes often veins of amorphous hyaline quartz, sometimes full of cav-
ities, where this mineral exists with a crystalline shape. (Commonly
var. prismoid). It falls most often into polyedrical fragments, the faces
of which are often very smooth. Exposed to the contact of the air
it moulders ; and, when the felspar is in great proportion, its whole
surface consists of an argillaceous crust. Ina fresh state the several
kinds of this rock are a of a fine 5 Pola even superior to that
of granite.
_ When the siemnenis of 3 felsparoid ae to be entwined together i in
a confused state, so as to take the appearance of a homogeneous paste,
it assumes the characters ascribed to petrosilex. [Brushhill turnpike].
When crystals of felspar remain imbedded in this uniform paste, it
constitutes the porphyry about to be desgribed among the species of
petrosilex. The transition of felsparoid to petrosilex and_porphyritic
petrosilexis frequently observed in the compass of the present obser-
vations. [Milton 0 deals o, Malden 0}.

Petrosilex.

19. Mictslogss bave generally considered petrosilex as a sim-
ple mineral, and respectable authorities agree in placing it among the
varieties of felspar. But if we consider, that most of the great mine-
ral masses of the globe consist of an aggregation of distinct species ;
that petrosilex accompanies these rocks, and forms itself vast masses
and even mountains ; thatamong the specimens of it, which are found
im nature, or seen in collections, hardly one is ever observed ‘perfect-
ly free of foreign substanses visible to the eye ; we may entertain’

/

Bn.

{40 ‘M. Godon’s mineralogical observations.

some doubts on the supposed simplicity of this mimeral, and endeay.
our to inquire from the circumstances, which accompany it in nature,
whether an apparent homogeneity may not conceal an aggregation of
elements (I mean of simple minerals), in a state of tenuity, which will
not permit them to be perceived by our senses.

The mineralogic ‘soil, which is now under our observation, ap-
pears well adapted to diffuse some light on this subject. Most of the
different varieties of petrosilex known, being found in great plenty in
this part of Massachusetts, and their intimate analogy with the fe/ds-
path porphyre and klingstein porphyre of Werner being evinced by
observation, I unite them all under the general title of petrosilex, admit-
ting only of two divisions, viz. simple petrosilex and porphyritie petro.

ning

—

silex, under which J arrange the several species and varieties, which I

“L. Simple petrosilex.

20., It exhibits an infinite variety of shades of yellowish, whitish
[Quincy 0, Dorchester 9], greyish, greenish, brown, reddish-brown,
blackish. It is sometimes found:of a: fine texture and semi-transpa-
rency, with a white colour, slightly tinged with green [Milton 0] ;
sometimes with rosy spots [Chelsea O]- I denote this kind, which
strikes fire with steel, and may be confounded, to the sight, with some
variety of agate-quartz, by the name of Jlinty. Sometimes the same
variety presents a slight red colour, verging to the carnation [Dor-
chester 3, Brushhill turnpike O}.

21. A variety of a greenish colour falls sometimes into tabulary
fragments [Dorchester 1], which become sonorous by percussion.
I give to this variety or species, which is analogous to the kiingstein

of the Germans, the specific name of sonorous, agreeably to the opin-
fon

of some mineralogists, who consider it as_a distinct mineral.

=

M. Godon’s mineralogical observations. 14h

But I observe, that the property of emitting a sound somewhat metal-
lic appears dependent ingis mineral on a certain degree of cohesion,
together with its tabular shape, which might be easily obtained by art
from several other stones. Some thin tables of black marble are im-
ported from the East Indies, which are used in China instead of bells;
and even ice itself possesses the same sonorousness, when in large
plates and condensed by a great degree of frost. Some fragments of
sonorous péetrosilex are found ae by veins of compact epi-
dote.

22, I give the name of jasper-petrosilex to a species, which pre-
sents a red brown or dark red colour, with but very littletranslucency on
the edges. ‘This kind, fusible before the blowpipe, sometimes into a
white enamel, often presents several veins of different shades of red-
dish [Malden 1] ; sometime#white and red yeins, running parallel
to each other, in straight or curved lines [Chelsea beack O]. Most
of the varieties of jasper petrosilex are susceptible of an hign polish,

From the likeness of the veined jasper-petrosilex with some stones,
which were used by the ancient Grecks and Romans in making bas-
‘s0-relievos, called camchuja, we are induced to admit, that most of
the stones, called antique engraved stones, consist of a mineral of this
‘Kind. An ingenious naturalist has before observed, that the jasper,
veined red and green from Siberia, was a petrosilex.

Some fragments of jasper-petrosilex include often.spots of a fesh
colour [Milton 1], perfectly analogous to the petrosilex of Carlshakt
in Sweden.

23. Petrosilex of a homogeneous texture and a middling hardness,
when sme ed | conveniently, is susceptible of being used as whet-
stone. age is found exactly analogous to the Turkey-stone, which,
as Bened. de Saussure first observed, ought to be considered as be-
longing to this genus, It is probable that this part of Massachusetts.

142 M. Godon’s mineralogical observations.

could supply the whole United States with this kind of mineral, which
is sold at a pretty high price in commerces To this species I attach
the name novacular.

24. ‘The naked eye, and still better the magnifying glass, discoy-
ers, in almost all the above described species of petrosilex, small par-
ticles of simple minerals; such as quartz, epidote, amphibole, small
crystals of felspar, arsenical and simple sulphurated iron, &c. The
grains of quartz appear particularly abundant, when it adjoins to the
wacke. A variety is observed [Brushhill turnpike, ] which falls into
pieces, the faces of which are coated with dendrites of black manga-
nese, which is rendered very apparent by the almost white field of
the stone.

Simple petrosilex abounds principally on the north and south of
Boston, where it sometimes forms hill It is observed contiguous to
wacke and felsparoid, where it appears confounding itself with these
two rocks. [Quincy O, Malden a, Dorchester a, Dedham mr].

2. Porphyritic petrosilex.

25. Most of the petrosilex above mentioned [Quincy n, Dorches-
ter 0], presenting some chrystals of felspar scattered in a whitish or
brownish cement, might be considered as porphyries ; but, agreeably to
the common meaning we shall restrict this term to tle kind, which pre-
sents crystals of felspar in a notable proportion, cemented by a petro-
siliceous substance, commonly of a dark colour, as reddish, brown-red,
ne black, &c.

- The reddish brown variety, with white felspar, is the most
ares It forms vast masses [Malden y, Lynn. rj, contiguous
to felsparoid and jasper petrosilex, which evidently constitute its ce- —
ment, Some fragments of considerable bulk are found, of a deep red

MM. Godon’s mineralogical observations. 143

color, and equal in beauty to the best antique prophyry [Chelsea O,
Lynn O]. This variety sometimes contains crystals of amphibole,
and some particles of a deep green colour, which seem to belong to
epidote.

27. Some loose fragments. of porphyritic petrosilex are found. of
a greenish and black colour [Chelsea O, Islands of the harbour 0},
This last, which presents white shining crystals of felspar, appears
analogous to the black porphyry of the ancients, porfido nero of the
Ttalians. Perhaps.it is but a variety of porphyritic amphiboloid. A
variety is found in the northern part of the Blue hills, presenting small
crystals of a light red colour, cemented by a dark brown petrosilex,
fusible into a black enamel. It is observed running across the main
rock of this part of the country.*

28. The surface of petrosilex, simple and porphyritic, eigibaed to
the contact of the air, moulders, and presents almost always an earthy
crust, sometimes adhering to the tongue. _In its-primitive state, how-:
ever, this rock is commonly so hard as to sparkle with steel, and then
it is susceptible of a high polish. This polish protects it against de-

* The Blue hills are in Milton, about ten miles south from Boston, and are the
highest ground in this part of Massachusetts. From the most elevated, as from am
observatory, an extensive portion of this picturesque country is presented. to the
view. They appear to consist of felsparoid, verging to petrosilex, simple-and
porphyritic. This rock is often interrupted by. powerful veins of quartz, full of
cavities, coated with small crystals of the same substance, some particles of oligist
iron, and signs of carbonated iron (brown spar),

The observations, made in this part, are common to the Hon. Judge Davis,
Messrs. Joseph Tilden, Richard Webster, T. Capt, and Charles Davis. I hope
these gentlemen may give more extent to the yet imperfect des¢ription of those’
interesting heights.

144 M. Godon’s mineralogical observations.

composition, generally arising from the contact of water, which has
less adherence to a smooth than to a rough surface. Hence some of
the ancient porphyries, which were, so many centuries past, transport-
ed from Asia to Greece, and from Greece to Italy, are still found
among the ruins of this last country, sometimes in an unaltered
state.

Argilloid,

29. The transitive point, which forms the limit between this rock
and petrosilex, is yery uncertain; and these two rocks are often found
uniting themselves in the same spot [Dorchester 0, Milton Ge Ke
is highly probable they are formed of the same constituent parts, only
with less cohesion in the argilloid. A property, which seems char-
acteristic of this rock, is its tendency, when it exists in large body,
to fall into thin plates; whence the vulgar name of slate commonly
given to this mineral.

Its common colour is grey, [Roxbury 0, Brighton oJ, greenish
[Newton uJ, blackish [Weymouth mt, Goyernor’s island mJ; also
brown, reddish brown [Malden x, Dorchester o]. Avvariety is found
presenting thin white strata, in alternate order with brown red ones
[Dorchester mn]. This last kind has the property of being used as
whetstone, and may replace the Turkey-stone. The mineral, of both
colours, has the same property.

I distinguish only two species in this rock,—the common argilloid,
the most common kind, found in Brighton, Newton, Roxbury ; and
the novacular, that which may be used as whetstone.

30, This» mineral often includes sulphurated iron ; some frag-
ments are found presentin g veins of compact epidote, or compact car-
bonated lime ; and others exhibit little fissures, in which a multitude

MM. Godon’s mineralogical observations. 145

of small scales of green tale are perceived [Dorchester]. Perhaps
the colour, often greenish, of this mineral, arises from the substance
of talc disseminated in its mass; this colour appearing, in fact, the
same with that, which would result from the mixture of a green pow-
dered talc with a white body, such as chalk or white clay.

The property of argilloid, of being adapted to sharpen instru-
ments of steel, that is, to produce the effect of a file, whilst it is soft
enough to be cut with a knife, indicates, that it is formed of an ag-
gregation of substances, different in their nature, notwithstanding its
apparent simplicity ; and we are induced to admit that one of those
cha is silica in the state of quartz.

- The observations of several chemists icon ascertained the
presence of fixed alkalies in several rocks of Europe, and Klaproth,
in particular, having found soda in the klingstein (analogous to our
sonorous petrosilex), I was desirous to verify these observations in a
mineral of America. The specimen I selected was of the hardest
kind of argilloid, very much like sonorous petrosilex. _ Its specific
gravity was 2.746. Its surface was covered with a light white
crust. It was taken at Roxbury, about seven miles from Boston,

not far from the line, which separates this town from Dorchester.

Chemical examination of argilloid.

$2. One hundred parts of this mineral (600 grains), reduced to
a subtile powder, were mixed with equal parts of concentrated sul-
phuric acid. The mineral having been previously warmed, the mix-
ture acquired a degree of cohesion nearly equal to the former hardness
of the stone. Exposed for some time (about 15 days) to the open
air, cautiously defended from the access of foreign bodies, the mixture

. a9

146 M. Godon’s mineralogical observations.

grew softer, and the supernatant liquor appeared of a yellow colour,
indicating that the mineral had been attacked.

The part remaining solid of this mineral was separated from the
liquid. Well washed and dried, it weighed 85 parts ; its loss was
consequently 15. Its colour was not much altered.

The solution presented a deep yellow colour. United to the wa-
ter of lixiviation, and submitted to evaporation till dryness, it aban-
doned a precipitate consisting of sulphat of lime, which, when dry,
weighed 17,058 (effective lime 5,50).

A new quantity of water being added to dilute the remaining salts,
this solution, again submitted to evaporation, when concentrated,
gave a light precipitate with a concentrated solution of muriat of
platina, and some traces of alum. This proves the presence of
potash. =e ro ee ak

_ Ammonia in excess poured into this solution, occasioned a floc-

cous precipitate of a yellowish brown colour, consisting of alumina
and the oxyds of manganese and iron. Calcined ina crucible, it
weighed 6,075.

The liquid, separated from this last precipitate, was submitted to a

desiccation, and the sulphat of ammonia, vapourised in a crucible of
platina, a fixed saline substance remained, weighing nine grains.

This substance, diluted in water, and abandoned to crystallization, — S

presented a mixture of two salts well characterized sulphat of potash, —
and sulphat of soda. - o
The difficulty of an exact separation of these two salts in so small
a bulk, and the uncertainty of the proportions of the component parts
the sulphat of soda, which arises from the great proportion of water
it absorbs and loses by exposure to air and calcination, do not permit

°

M. Godon’s mineralogical observations. 147

a rigorous estimation of the quantity of each alkali. From the pro-
ere of Roe of paush rated af two-thirds of the saline mixture,
to thebasis taken from Bergman, the quantity of alkali has
been wets at 2,50 grains for the potash, and 0,90 for the soda; or
0,41 parts potash, and 0,11 soda, of the original weight of the mineral
employed. |
In uniting the above results, we may admit that argilloid has giv-
en, in the fifteen hundredth parts diluted by sulphuric acid,
~ Lime ‘ : ‘ ' a 5,50
Alumina, stained by the sands of iron and manganese, 6,75
en ee erties Woe ee et Porter me pre ee
Soda. esnips oy
| Loss, consisting of water and carbonic acid, . . 2,23

The proportion of silica existing in argillaceous schistus, petrosilex,
&c. being ascertained, by many analyses, never less than 55, if we
suppose, that those parts beyond 55, which had not been attacked by
the acid, contain a quantity of the other substances proportional to
that above mentioned, we may calculate, on an average, at about
one hundredth, the proportion of alkali contained in the argilloid sub-
mitted to this examination.

This analysis, to which the situation of a traveller did not permit
me to give a greater degree of accuracy, is sufficient to establish the
important fact of the existence of potash and soda as elements in
some rocks in this part of the world.

Klaproth, in his analysis of the klingstein of pieiies a moun-
tain in Bohemia, supposes the quantity of soda contained in this mineral

148 MM. Godon’s mineralogical observations.

to beatwelfth. The resuit of the present observations differs from that of
this celebrated chemist. But if we consider the petrosilex and argil-
loid as aggregates, we shall not be surprised to find so great a variety
in the results of the analyses of these minerals, though placed under
the same title. |

Wacke.

33. One of the predominant rocks of the country, and undoubted-
ly the most remarkable, is that bordering upon Boston in a south di-
rection, which appears to spread itself from northwest to southeast, and
oe is observed, in full display, principally in the towns of Brigh- .
on, Brookline, Roxbury, Milton, and Dorchester, when it disappears
bi the sea,

This rock, denoted in the country by the name of plum. pudding

stone, is formed of conglutinated kernels, of different sizes, colour,

and nature. The most apparent are, .
1. Quartz, mostly opaque, compact or granulated, of a great di-
versity of colours (whitish, blueish, greenish, reddish, of different de-
grees of intensity), sometimes with the aspect of petrosilex (but with- —
out fusibility), and presenting, now and then, some small bright crys-
tals of felspar.
2. Petrosilex and argilloid, variously coloured (greyish, blueish,
reddish, 20& 29). | When the fragments of these two are predomi-
nant, the rock presents the aspect of breccia, sometimes analogous tO
the diaspro breciato of the Italians, antique breccia. |
3. Nodules, consisting of grains of whitish, greyish or reddish:

M. Godon’s mineralogical observations. 149

*
laminary felspar, often with an aspect somewhat greasy ; grains of hy-
aline quartz, commonly uncoloured ; small particles of amphibole ;
and sometimes a green substance, which is epidote.

4. Nodules of petrosilex involving small crystals of felspar, and
sometimes grains of quartz, and presenting a perfect analogy with
some porphyritic petrosilex above mentioned (25); whence I have
drawn the specific name of porphyritic.

34. The nodules or kernels, which compose this rock, have some-
times more than a foot diameter [Brookline], with almost al-
ways an orbicular or elliptical figure. Those, which present a polye-
drical form, have their angles commonly rounded. These nodules are
closely fitted and joined together, without leaving any empty spaces.
They are not united by a cement ; for, notwitstanding the aspect of
some varieties of this rock, the naked eye may observe, that the spaces
which exist between these kernels, are filled, not with an homogene-
ous paste, but with small comminuted fragments of minerals of the
same nature as the large one. Sometimes the kernels present an uni-
form and progressive size, down to that of” sand stone, and from
these this rock, in an insulated specimen, may be confounded with a
free stone. I give to it the designation of granulated.

35. The surface of this rock, in contact with the air, is soon alter-
ed. The felspathic and petrosiliceous parts moulder into clay, and
the quartzose nodules, with commonly a rough surface, remain in pro-
jecture, or come off, leaving empty the cells, in which they were includ-
fs ;

It falls commonly into vast polyedrons, the faces of which are some-
times smooth, as if they had been polished by the friction of a stream
of water. .

- This rock often contains veins, sometimes very thin, of white hya-

150 M. Godon’s mineralogical observations.

line. quartz, carbonated lime and iron, (brown ‘spar), rarely of com-
pact epidote. Epidotic amphiboloid, felsparoid, argilloid, and amig-
deloid form subordinate masses to it, or rather are interposed in the
great masses of this rock. It is found contiguous to amygdaloid
[Brighton]; the joining line being interrupted with large lumps of
quartz, accompanied by chlorite talc, pyritous copper, and olygist
iron.

36. How much attention soever I have paid to the examination of
this rock zn situ, I have never observed in it any distinct stratification.
It commonly unites with the rocks previously described, and with
amygdaloid, often by an insensible transition. I possess specimens,
which, on pieces of four inches square each, present its different pas-
Cee to felsparoid, ees Pa ae and poe petrosilex,

argilloid, Soe

On account of the donk of giving to this rock a: aname, taken from
its nature, I have been induced to adopt the name of wacke used by
- the German mineralogists, who have observed this rock better than

others. It corresponds to the brecia saxosa of Crousted, and tothe __

rock of Vallorsine (pudding of Vallorsine) of Saussure. When
unaltered, it is susceptible of an high polish,

37. An examination of the nature of this rock, together with its
geognostic situation, concur in inducing us to consider it as belong-
ing to primordial soil. In fact, the freshness of the substances,
which form the elements of its kernels, when the internal part of it is
opened, and their rapid decomposition, when in contact with air and
water, prevent the supposition, that it has been formed by a union of
the fragments of primordial rocks, rounded by friction, transported
and deposited by waters, and joined or soldered together by a second-
ary operation ; a supposition, which has been adopted to explain the
origin of the pudding stone and sand stone, which belong to seconda-

MM. Godon’s mineralogical observations. 151

ry soil. Besides, its bordering upon rocks considered as primordial,
to which it unites by insensible transitions, and which it sometimes
includes, confirms that it has a common origin with them.

If permitted to venture an opinion on the mode of its formation,
we may suppose, that, as we find in it specimens of almost all the
rocks, which predominate in the country, it originated from a motion,
which disturbed and divided the vast deposits of felspathic, porphyrit-
ic, petrosiliceous, &c. rocks, while they were passing from the state of
fluidity to that of solidity. This motion ought to be supposed as
having taken place, before the complete solidification of these rocks ;
since the compactness of the wacke indicates that its elements were
in astate of softness, which permitted the union of these heterogene-
ous bodies to form a solid mass. Moreover this aggregation cannot
be supposed to have been formed after the last cast of the primordial
deposit, because the rents, which took place in its mass, have been fill-
ed by veins or rather strata of amphiboloid and felsparoid (some spe-
cimens 2 this a entirely see ne granite), which demonstrates,

p> age es F 4°T} i 7

the formation of the wacke. OK er all, I give to this explanation res-
pecting the formation of this rock, only the value it will receive from
-haturalists themselves ; persuaded, that the destiny of all theories res-
pecting geological facts is to remain hypothetical, until the surface of
the earth shall be more attentively and more generally observed.

3, at a period later than

Amygdaloid.

38. This rock is the least abundant. I had an opportunity of ex-
amining it only in one place [Brighton o]; but several fragments,
Scattered in many parts, indicate that it exists in other spots. —

152 iM. Godon’s mineralogical observations.

It consists, most frequently, of rounded or irregular nodules, com-
posed of quartz, felspar, laminary carbonated lime, epidote, and some.
times chlorite talc. These substances often exist in insulated con-
cretions ; but, sometimes, two or three are united in the same nodule.
Some of them, consisting of quartz, appear as if enchased in the sub-
stance of epidote ; some others present a cavity in their centre, the
surface of which is coated with microscopic crystals of quartz and
epidote.

The cement, apparently homogeneous, which unites these glo-
bules, is commonly reddish brown, sometimes verging to greenish.
It often contains particles of a blood-red coloured substance, which
Seems of the same nature as the jasper petrosilex (22.)}; some spots
of carbonated copper ; and. now and then, crystals of amphibole and
chlorite talc. Sometimes it contains veins of felspar, lamellated or
almost compact; sometimes of quartz, accompanied by thin lamina

f oligist iron, carbonated copper, pyritous copper in small particles,

and chlorite talc. This rock is found contiguous to felsparoid, epi- _
dotic amphiboloid, and porphyritic wacke, on which it is observed

resting [Brighton]. Sometimes it occurs with a schistous texture,
and even emits an argillaceous smell, when breathed on.

This rock is analogous to the toadstone of the English. When

of great compactness, it is susceptible of a fine polish.

Conclusion.

I present the description of this series of rocks, which evidently be-
longs to primordial soil, without any hypothesis on the comparative ;
order of its formation. In the course of my observations, in this and
other countries of America, which appear remarkably well suited for

pee aE Rea ae
Se te ne Nemes ee

M. Godon’s mineralogical observations. 153

geognostic investigations, I never had an opportunity of verifying
that arrangement of superposition in primordial rocks, from which is
inferred the order of antiquity, supposed by some systems introduc-
ed in Europe. i aS i

A peculiar interest in the study- of this part of America arises
from the relation, which exists between its rocks and those, which
were in great repute among the people of Asia, Greece, and Italy. A
view of the table, which accompanies this memoir, will indicate that it
includes almost every stone, which had celebrity among those nations.
We may therefore infer, that a description of this part of Massachu-
setts would agree with the place, now unknown, where the Greeks
and Romans procured those articles, which their luxury has transmit-
ted to the moderns.

With respect to social utility, we observe, that metals, which form
so extensive a part of the national riches of a country, appear by no
means abundant in this soil. [ron and copper in particular, so plenti-
fully distributed in other parts of America, are quoted here merely as
mineralogical notes. But some other substances, found here, and neg-
lected as_ useless, may be employed in society ; one mineral, which
may replace the turkcy stone ; another, which may be used in painting ;
_ aset of rocks, susceptible of an high polish, fit for elegant ornaments,
whose hardness and durability may render them useful for many oth-
er purposes, and which may even form articles of export, when some
process of cutting and polishing them in a large and cheap way shall

I conclude here the account of, those minerals, which recal to my
mind he pleasant. moments I have spent in this part of America. f
“hope their description may have some interest for the respectable cit-_
izens of New England, from whom particularly I have received 9°

154 M. Godon’s mineralogical observations,

many marks of benevolence and friendship. It always will be a great
satisfaction for me to remember, that I reckon some friends among
those, that present the fair example of a people, who know how to
advance in civilization, and preserve the respect for morals and do-
mestic order, which distinguished their ancestors; and. who appear
still worthy of the high destinies, which await the American people,

Les)

TABULAR VIEW

_ OF THE SUBSTANCES, WHICH CONSTITUTE THE MINERAL SOIL OF

Simple minerals.
A

eo

A verter s Baperoe nds

Pe

% | A Opals ised, ' sometimes i in six — prism

B
N.

onated lim
forming veins in
34), kernels or globules in amygdaloid
(38), j in amphiboloid (9).
Compact (Lime stone), in thin veins in argilloid
0).
B. Some ey diluted in ila water (3) excepted,
rete only acidiferous substance
I have arava din hs environs of Boston, where
it appears existing but in a very slight quantity.

Quart
Hyaline (rock thet ao often ona — cry —
oid) i

shape (var. vities e so
blocks tel ads a the aia of the so
wey air most gs tein in of f Wemer

so with epi ist case it Conatitutes
praser of Germ. Be Menotomy)
: Quartz i is one of the elements of several wcks

and is found a! disposed in veins running
across them

Felspar
One ef i. Tpke toe elements of the jocks, shih

te the fram country, ¢ only
lary sents. ws ith a great divensity of
herds found with c crystalline e shape (var.
accompanied with epidote and sicsion

(Brighton).

/ jusetts a Hated tex-
ture, and a dark blue or black colour. (4 to 19).
et ( Mierey actinolite Kirw.

artiger

‘orien peictaia ae a in four om
‘Measure 0} h s
¥ PaUR Ge veniine form of ‘ “TS.
Elements of Haiiy) or in small striated longitudi-
ally needles, im i bonated lime
‘p (Brookline), Bot mi more ge ntly
pce ta in veins, running across several

» (9, 16—21) or form g° one of their elements

supmieae ret.

AU Flexible (valg. shien eas yellowish white col-

(9—16). Its commo
is green of several
>| One of th i as fel-
oak eh (11, vi), et prac

mon colo’ hi h,
Stioaky, qabie cae —

our. It accompanies epidote and crystallised fel-

Spar (
. . an , iboloid. Its gang is argilloid or epi-
ctinolite Kirw.
The gang is argilloid told Onrew ewe cS aS stenes ~—

substances.

AN

Earthy

Se

Combustible sub.

Metallic substances.
A

A

Z

& Copper.
1 ow Sate! epee of G

Bs a
= | co
Exiwite. (chlor erde Germ.). It accompanies
» laminary, and quartz. (Brigh-
‘ This last variety, whic = bea ce
ding in cero places, maysafford a solid green
colle for painting. (An essay of this obiar is sent
to the Acide ay

Tale.
n small hexaedral lamina, of a bright
2).

ow

Commotly in small irapeanel expats in some loose
fragments of felsparoid.

ne.

Found, tcarcely, in some loose pieces of felsparoid
(Dare hester), fometinica with the form belong-
ing to the variety isogone.

merald,
a loose — of felsparoid give some signs of
is s

N. B. These ae. ‘minerals, found in great plenty in
other parts of North Aas may be considered
here, as exceptions

Found in great plenty in sever parts of the environs
all

of Boston, princip

are depriv-

Be Se: e ity.

Oo signs 0 of 0 oth mhbustibles found yet in oe com-
pass of welts oF fifteen miles from Bost

rm.). Its matrix be
h accompanies amygdaloid (38) ge
oc

ceding var
Tad mninated in the whole mass of sinygduloid
o or coating some faces of its fragments.

Oligist. (Specular iro n small lami-
hain some fragments of quartz ( (27, 38

Oxyduled. (Magnetic iron ore Kirw.) (1 179.
Arserical (Mispikel o oe miner.), sometim
aes) » common matrix argilloid, or Settoale

Sight Sse pyrites), often crystallised in
» gan only ar

we

oY

Germ.), found but
rashy in sms small lentic aay 6 or rhomboidal crystals

(27,35

Man, ye
Oxyded ex and brown, fo emis mamellary concre-
n the surface of some rocks, as
agiloid (24), or in superficial dendrites.
ganese appears the chief colouring body wt — Ba

the minerals and rocks of this part of Am

—

THE ENVIRONS OF BOSTON.

—

Primordial soil.
A

Aggregate minerals.
—

Amphiboloid.
Common (35)

Granitic (6)} analogous to the a sors
ancients. Granito nero of Italian

so

Alluvial deposits.

3 Trappine (7), when of a fine ei
a stone, and may be confounded with eye
iy
4 Porphyi ic (8).
A Ophies Om, ag ce - the porfido verde wi.
— -op. :
5 Epidetic ©, Sa eee is the Egyptian basalt
6 Quartzous (10), when uniform in its texture and
—— it may be aed as well as the re
cbr ni stone. Many Indian’s axes consist
set ;
7 jatcaseuas (11).
8 Talcous (12).
Felsparoid.
1 Common (14).
2 Quartzous (15). : :
3 Epidotic (16). :
4 Granitic (17)
heat
Ee 1 Flinty
ns ig 2 a fete ((23_), a variety rie
ak Pe us to Turkey-stone. toe
Sake of 13 Soneeou (21) Klingstein @ ‘i
mans. ve wee
reed Jasper (22). ie
Porphyritic. ee
A Deep red, analogous to the antique? oe
a7; z a A
B_ Reddish brown (26).
Cc Sree: sh (2 we
D_ Brown black (27).
E aa — to the black porphyry ”
Argilloid.
1 Common (29).
A Compact,
B_Foliated.
2a Grey.
B Greenish.
2 kis ol
2 Novacular ad 29.) susceptible of bemg™®
key s ve
A Whi ti 2,
B__Brownish. er
c Void; formed of white and brownish oe
: Wacke. :
1 Porphyritic (33_). - ue!
A Breccia, sometimes analo to antigi’
Diaspro breciato of Italians (33.
B Granulated (34) » greyish (Grau .
Amygdaloid iad |
1 Common (38 _), sometimes analogous 7
\ stone of the English.
Consisting of fr F rocks, which
rey ed of fragments of Tock,
§ frame of the country (2), sand and cif: .

Oe ae

- 195

XXIV. ACCOUNT

OF FOSSIL SHELLS, WITH THE AUTHOR’S: REASONS FOR AT-.
TENDING TO THE SAME;
3

Ina letter to Levi Hedge, F. A. A.
By PARKER CLEAVELAND, a.m.
Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy in Bowdoin
College.

DEAR SIR, :
AT your request 7 transmit you an 1 account of the fossil shells,
which you saw in my possession, when I had the pleasure of your
visit at Brunswick. Previous however to a relation of the particulars,
I will take the liberty of mentioning the reasons, which have induced

: me to pay attention to facts of so common occurrence. _ ae.

The universal « Se aera: das a hell

Bo aiw Leiden

considerable depths below. the Basibad of the cast et pone
that very great changes have taken place in the exterior parts of out
globe, eithét by sudden and. powerful convulsions, or in some more
gradual manner. In every system of geology fossil bodies have de-
servedly received a large share of. attention; and it is perhaps true,
that further discoveries of fossil shells on mountains and in very
¢levated situations, under circumstances precisely similar to sheen

which they have been found, would afford very little assistance

forming more correct sae see But with regard to dalle
covery of shells in plains : ll eleve snear the sea, the reced
ing remark vere be trues Con meernin rien nay be inquire

156 Mr. Cleaveland’s account of fossil shells.

be of ancient or modern date; whether they were produced by great
convulsions and sudden inundations, or by gradual alterations of
many successiye years. It has been suggested that important advan- -
tages would result from possessing a geographical map, indicating the
different species of fossil shells, and the places, in which they were
found, ‘T think the idea important, and practicable at least with re-
gard to any country or coast, which may be thickly inhabited.
With such a map before us we should be better enabled to compare
individual facts, and hence to draw several conclusions. Under this
view of the subject the discovery of shells, which are merely fluviatile,
will be worthy of attention. For the preceding reasons I have en-
deayoured to collect all the facts in my power. I will now give you
a description of two wells, which I have examined. the last summer,
while digging. 7 hone Cro aerate See rho gs :

_ One is in Bowdoin, at the distance of three or four miles from the
nearest salt water, which is at the termination of the tide in Cathance
river ; the distance of the well from the sea is probably about twenty
miles. Its elevation above the tide in Cathance river is estimated by
gentlemen, living in that part of the country, at seventy or eighty
‘feet. The land about the well is very uneven, and abounds with
gneiss and a coarse granite. A small stream passes about fifty rods
from the well; and, after a long and ‘winding course, assists in form-
ing the Cathance. — This well is twenty feet deep. Through the first
ten feet from the surface a hard gravel is found, stratified and inter-
spersed with layers of coarsé, yellowish sand. At the depth of ten feet
commences a stratum of blue clay, into which the workmen dug

7

ten feet, but without passing through the clay, When first taken

from the ground, it is nearly black, and yery tenacious. This clay
both in appearance and-smell resembles that dig on flats, or near salt
Marshes, or on the margin of salt water rivers, The shells also have.

Mr. Cleaveland’s account of fossil shells. 157

‘the same smell, when first taken from the clay ; and, as far as I have
seen, are the clam, and twa varieties of the muscle; and another
kind of shell, whose genus I know not. It is large, of a conical
form, about three inches in length, and passing in a double - spiral
line from the larger part to the vertex. The same genus is found
on our sea shores. ‘These shells are in general well preserved, and in
almost every instance filled with clay; which must have entered
them with the watcr, in which it was suspended. I saw very
few valves lying by themselves. When carefully taken from the
clay, the’shell is either whole, or the valves opened and lying con-
tiguous to each other at the hinge. I also took from near the
bottom of the same well a large rock, to which were adhering many
of those shells, which the seamen call barnacles.

‘The other well is situated in Brunswick ; at an elevation of
_ about eighty feet above the tide water in the Androscoggin ; and
about half a mile westward of the same river above the falls. It is
on the side of a hill. Several gullies take their rise at the foot of
the hill, and lead to the river. This well is twenty two feet deep.
After cutting through the soil, the first twelve feet consist of alternate
strata of yellowish sand and common brick clay. At the depth of
twelve feet commences a stratum of blue clay, which is four feet
thick. This clay is plentifully interspersed with shells, similar to
those before mentioned ; and has the same appearance and smell.
This is followed by a stratum of grey sand, similar to that often seen
upon beaches. The next three feet consist of thin, alternate layers of
common brick clay and a reddish sand. The last stratum, and -
in which the well terminates, is a brown sand, resemb
is frequently found at the surface. Dre

I have selected these two wells from several others — id
had. better opportunities of examining them. ,

133 Mr. Cleaveland’s account of fossil shells.
I have a few specimens, which I should be happy in sending
you, were the opportunity convenient. |
I am, dear sir,

you friend &c.
PARKER CLEAVELAND. —

159

XXV. ACCOUNT
OF PAWPAW OR COWRY SHELLS, FOUND IN DORCHESTER.
In a letter to the Hon. John Davis, Esq.
_ By Rev. THADDEUS MASON HARRIS, r. a. a.
asada guia
Dorchester, October 22, 1806.
DEAR SIR, i Kiet mr

AGREEABLY to your request I make the following statement,
which you may communicate to the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences, if you think worthy of their notice. .

In the summer of 1802 I procured several loads of mud from a
kind of pond-hole in Dorchester for the purpose of making a compost
manure for myggarden. As it lay ina heap in the barn yard, I found
my children busily employed in picking from it the small shells call.
ed pawpaws, or more properly cowries ; and, in raking open the pile,
they gathered, I believe, more than a quart.. As the pile was level.
led, many more were collected; and we are daily finding them on the
ground, where it was spread. My. curiosity was much excited’ by
the circumstance; especially as I had never met with the cyprea mo-
neta on our shores, and did not know that it had been discovered on.
the coast. Accordingly I visited the place, whence the mud was tak-
en, and found it full of water in consequence of a heavy shower of
rain ;, and indeed it is rarely quite dry ; but on the bank there were
many more shells of the same kind in the mud, that had been thrown
out. Upon examination it appeared, that this was once the head of a
creek, and, within the recollection of an aged man in the neighbour-
hood, was filled every high tide. About two rods below the pond,
and on the border of what was formerly salt marsh, is a road, which

160 Mr, Harris account of pawpaws. :

was laid out at the first settlement of the town. Sixty years ago, my
informant used to stand on the bridge over the creek, and catch ale-
wives. The bridge has for many years been taken away, and the
road made solid ; so that the tide is quite ex¢luded. ‘The marsh it-
self has been in part converted into tillage ground, by a dam about one
third of a mile lower down. The creek, in its windings below the
dam, must be more than a mile in length, and has its mouth at the
flats, which separate Dorchester from Boston. When open all the
way, it was only wide enough to admit a small boat to its head.

I feel a hesitancy in pronouncing, that the shells were natives of
the pond ; and yet it is past conjecture how they should have been
brought there. ds cannet however be amiss to record the fact, which
Thave stated. - Sa SP SR,

The name pier. I believe, is given to tbe shell, ~s inber the
convex part is broken or ground flat, that it may be wsed by the ne-
grocs among us inagame, which perhaps is original to their own
country. In Africa and the East Indies, where it passes for money, it

is called the cowry. Large quantities of these shells are.said to be eol-
lected annually in the Maldiva Islands, for exportation to Africa, Ben-

gal, Siam, AE Oa >, Seen oe

ae wa

- With much puititit Tam, dear sir,

your friend and humble servant, r ee

ADDEUS MASON HARRIS:

,

161

XXVI.

OBSERVATIONS ON A SINGULAR NATURAL PRODUCTION,
IN WHICH ONE PART APPEARS TO BE A PLANT
AND THE OTHER AN INSECT, ACCOMPA-

NIED WITH A SPECIMEN.

By Rey. MANASSEH CUTLER, t.p. F. a. A.

“IT often happens that things, which at first view seeni miracu-
lous, are found on examination to be not miraculous, but produced in
the regular course of nature. This has been lately remarkably de-
monstrated by the ‘example of a certain insect, which the French
collectors call the Vegetating Fly. The story goes, that in America
is produced an insect, which, laying aside its animal nature, is trans-
formed by a more than Ovidian metamorphosis, to a vegetable ; so
that we are no longer to consider as idle tales the caastormation of
Daphne toa laurel, or of Narcissus to a flower. ve

Not long since Capt. Melvil, returning from the island of St. Do-
mingo, brought with him to London some small productions of a
mixed nature, whose lower part was a real insect, but the upper part
a plant. ‘The insect was equal in magnitude to a bee, and the plant
was an inch inlength. ‘Thecollectors of these wonderful productions,
who brought them to Mr. Melvil, informed him, that the insect was
a species of wasp, which, having lived to a certain period, lost all mo-
tion, and was changed in the upper part into a plant, which gradually
increased, while the figure and substance of the insect were pees con
in the lower part.

The admiration of the most sagacious naturalists in England w was
very much excited by this then unheard of nature miraculum. Many

‘21

162 Dr. Cutler’s observations on a@ singular natural production.

doubted both its probability and possibility, and suspected some fraud
at the bottom; others were unwilling to admit this suspicion, be-
cause something not entirely foreign to this subject had been advanc-
ed by the Rev. Father Torrubia in his Natural History of New Spain,*
who relates, that ina certain field in the island of Cuba, not far from.
Havanna, he had found numerous dead wasps, which perfectly retain:
ed thew form, but from the abdomen there was produced a small
plant, furnished with very acute prickles, which was called by the in-
habitants Gia, and that it grew to the height of some hand breadths.

The prickles were supposed by the Spaniards to —— from the
sting of the wasp.

The similarity of these productions seemed to favour the opinion
of those, who were inclined to believe a real metamorphosis, but on
examination by the celebrated Hill (perhaps Sir John), the nature of
them was detected, the clouds of mystery dispersed, and the real trutli_
brought to view. He found the insect was a Cicada of that kind,
which Aristotle and the ancients called Tettigometra, and that the
plant was a fungus of the family of Clavaria, which he called Clavaria
sobolifera, from its putting forth new shoots from the middle of the
stem. Small fungi of this genus are found growing in various ani-
mal matters in a state of decay ; as for instance that in the hoofs of
horses, called thence by Ray, Fungus e pede equino. ‘The Cicade en
ter the earth in order to pass from the larva to the winged state. If
the season is unfavourable, vast numbers of them perish, and the seeds
of Clavaria, finding i in the decaying insects.a proper soil.and nutrimen’

grow into the state, in which the specimens abovementioned were

found. Thus far is the operation of nature : ; but being seen in awex- ;

travagant light, it has been = to be a miraculous transform?

SPAT OSes see tee rE See

* This work was published in Ses Maat 1754.

Dr. Cutler’s observations on a singular natural production. 168

tion. It will prove no doubt, that Father Torrubia’s wasps from Cu-
ba have passed thr ough the same process, and the growth of a Clava-
ria from the dead insect will be found no more a miracle than the
growth of the misletoe on the bark of trees.” These subjects are fig-
ured in the last volume of Edwards’ birds and in the Nova Acta
Nat. Cur. Append. ad Tom. 3. Tab. 7. fig. 12, 13.

. The above is a hasty translation of the eighty eighth paper in the
third volume of the Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. and throws great light upon
a subject, which, though noticed in Europe half a century since, is very
little known among us. In the above paper two species of insects are
spoken of, viz. a Vespa anda Cicada. ae he Spee which I herewith
eitl The vege-

beg leave to present to the academy
table part seems to be the Chraria aH pes of Linnzus, and the ani-
mal part is the larva or grub of the Lucanus Capreolus, which is com-
monly known by the name of Dor or ear bug, and is the Stag Bee-
tle of New England.

The form of the larva is perfectly preserved, the legs are entire,
the rings of the abdomen perfectly. well defined, and the lateral stig-
mata or spiraclesare very conspicuous. But it is proper to observe,
that the form and cuticle only of the larva are preserved ; for the body
is completely filled up with afungous substance of the Clavaria. The
ascending stem pierces the head of the larva, where one of the palpi
was inserted, and a descending one passes downward from the corres-
ponding point on the other side of the head ; but its direction down-
ward may be accidental.

This curious production was discovered some years ago by Samuel
Danielson, Esq. of Killingly in Connecticut, who has been so oblig-
ing as to favour me with these specimens. They were found on his farm
in a grove of oak and walnut wood, in a loamy soi In digging up
the roots of Aralia nudicaulis, or Sarsaparilla, he observed, as he imagin-

164. Dr. Cutler’s observations on a singular natural production.

ed, some insects with sticks in their mouths ; so unusual an appearance
attracted: his attention, and though they appeared to be living animals
he found them motionless. He has since found them repeatedly in
the same place, but only in the spring. Fig. 12 represents a specimen
of this curious production, found at Killingly. Bomare in his Dict. @’
Histoire Naturelle, under the article Mouche vegetante, observes, that
the Clavaria rises from the head, but sometimes from the back of the
insect, and in either situation gives at first sight an idea of some identity
of the plant and animal. The article in Bomare is worth reading.

It is a fact well known to botanists that fungous plants are chief
ly parasitic and that they attach themselves of preference to certain
animal or vegetable substances in a state of decay, and it must be
recollected, that the Clavaria is sucha plant. As this curious pro-
duction is rare in this cou Tha

thought it would be proper to take

some notice of it. It is shee that the boundary between animal and veges — os a

table bodies is very difficult to define. Their natures approach most _
nearly in the lowest and most imperfect individuals of each, as in the
confervz and some of the vermes ; but a plant of the lowest order, a

Clayaria, and an animal so elaborately consti las an insect, can never

be transformed into each other; nature never unites links so immensely, ig
distant as these; and in order to form correct ideas of any natura 4
production, we should ever remember, that a

Nunquam per saltus agit natura.

165

XXVIII. ACCOUNT

OF THE WRITING-ROCK IN TAUNTON RIVER ;

#s a letter to the Hon. John Davis, Esq. Recording Secretary of the
American Academy of Arts and Sciences

By Mr. E. A. KENDAL.
—at DS a —
LTallowell, oe. 29, 1807,
- DEAR SIR, +

I LEAVE in this neighbourhood according to promise, a copy
of my transcript of the ovine in Taunton river. Mr. Vaug-
han will obligingly forward this letter, and the inscription will be de-
livered to you through the care of Mrs. Gardiner.

You are already aware, that I indulged, in several successive vis-
its, durmg my stay at Dighton, my curiosity concerning this singu-
lar monument; a. curiosity. strongly excited by your communication
of facts, papers, and raught entrant
have seen, heard, and Hhonpht.. :

The writing-rock is a block of gneiss, a eit of. Pi gra-
nite, lying on Asonet neck, on the eastern side of Taunton river on
the land of a Mr. Deane, within the township of Berkeley, county of
Bristol, and state of Massachusetts. Its foot, in front, is about ten or
twelve feet from low water mark, and its top is covered, at high wa-
ter, toa height of two or three feet, or more. * Its face eleven
feet seveit inches at the base, five feet one inch in its extreme height,
and is an inclined plane, having an inclination of about sixty degrees.
The two ends correspond, or nearly correspond with the face ; so as.
ae on three sides of the rock, the es Bee The

nol:

166 Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock.

top or back shelves, in irregular ledges and fractures, from its sum-
mit to the surface of the soil, giving a thickness, which increases, in
the descent, from one inch to perhaps six feet. The base of the
rock, at the northeast angle, is partly above, and partly incumbent on
the surface of the ground ; and, with respect to the remaining and
more considerable portion, is sunk to a small depth.

As to colour, the rock, to speak generally, is of a purple red. To
describe it more particularly, the face, as low as rather more than a
foot from its summit, has a dark tint, of the hue mentioned. Below
this is a region of a much lighter tint ; and toward the base is anoth-
er, somewhat green. The internal colour of the rock, which isa
light grey, no where appears, except where laid bare by recent fra¢-
ture. ‘The several colours, the diversity of which forces itself upon
the eye, are bounded horizontally ;- and are occasioned by the differ-
ence of the periods of time, during which the parts of the rock are ex-
posed to the air. The summit, which is first abandoned by the wa-
ter, and last covered again, is purple; the middle region is less act-
ed upon by the oxygen of the atmosphere, and the lowest is most fa-
vourable to the growth of the byssus. | Were the rock beyond the
reach of the tide, its surface would be grey, like that of others, of the
same stone.

On Dpreching the rock for the first time, I suffered no eae
pointment ; my respect for it was not lessened, but increased ; and
in particular I was greatly struck with the regularity of its figure.
Three of the sides, as I have already described, are uniformly inclin- —
ed, whence it proceeds, that the breadth of the face, which, at the base
- line, is eleven feet seven inches, is diminished, at the height of four

feet, to ten feet three inches. Thetwo ends; though fashioned to this
general figure, are indeed very uneven; but the face, near the summit,
is as smooth as the saw could leave it, and, beneath, as much so #8

Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock. 167

might justify the belief of ruder workmanship. After all I am of
opinion, that this configuration is from the hand of nature, and that
the artist, who engraved the inscription, rather chose his rock on ac-
count of the symmetry, which he observed in it, than prepared it to
his taste ; a conclusion, to which I am the rather inclined, not only
from a disposition to avoid a too eager aggrandisement of this ancient
relic, but from some internal evidence of the sculpture. _ First, that
in more than one instance the drawing appears to have been accom-
modated to the irregular outlines of the rock, such as we now behold
them ; and secondly, that on the end, fronting the northeast, there are
two or three figures, resembling the letter O, sculptured, not upon.
the remaining part of what might be esteemed the original surface,
but within one of the recesses, or parts, where that surface has been
broken or worn away. Indeed, if the face and ends had been the
work of tools, it is scarcely to be imagined, that the same tools would
not haye been employed to form the summit according to an horizon-
tal line ; and that such horizontal line ever existed the situation of the
upper figures, partly made to follow the actual line of the summit,
and partly deficient in precision, as to their base line, renders altogeth-
er improbable. It might however be contended, that the figures rep-
resenting the letter O, and formed on the northeast end, are modern ;
that is, engraved since the surface has been worn or broken ; or-per-
haps, with less danger of overthrow, an opinion might be maintained,
that nature bestowed only the general pyramidal form, and that art has.
smoothed the face, and done no more. Against sucha theory the lat-
eral figures, when or by whomsoever executed, would prove nothing ;
and in its favour it might be argued, with plausibility, that to smooth
the surface of a rock is a work of less art, than to engrave that sur-
face ; and that, what it was thus comparatively easy to execute, it
was in the highest degree natural to desire ; for the value ofa smooth:

168 Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock.

surface, as well for exccution as for legibility, must be obvious to the
rudest artist. If we are to attribute the inscription itself to an Indian
hand, we know, from many specimens of Indian workmanship in our
possession, that it would be idle to dispute either an Indian’s inclina-
tion or his skill in smoothing, polishing, and even fashioning the rock.
A fact also, which might beadduced on this side of the question, is, that
at the southwest angle of the rock, where it is sunk below the surface
of the sand, the inclined figure of the face, after descending about six
inches, is terminated suddenly by an horizontal ledge, affording an ap-
pearance precisely similar to what might be expected from every
workman, who, after giving form and finishing to what is exposed to
view, leaves ina state entirely or partially rude, what is concealed
from =o bbe! Daca as ath plac of selene, che eX pos-
‘ssaine soul only to — on the one hand, that the present con-
dition of the work, in many respects, is very much what it probably
would have been, had it anciently received even a complete py ramidal
form ; on the other, I freely add, that I have seen many rocks, where
no suspicion of art could attach, of figures equally regular, and eyen
equally approaching the pyramid. Tend therefore, as I have already
premised, by supposing the rock to have been selected, on account of
that very symmetry, or approach to symmetry, which leads to this :
inquiry. ,
Thave dwelt, without hesitation, tipon this natural or artificial py-
ramidal figure (a particular hitherto, as far as Iam apprized, undiscus-
‘sed, and even unnoticed), because it 21 ppears to be capable of being made
of some importance in the haste of the rock, and therefore in the his-
torical evidence, which the rock may at any time be thought to offer ah
That where there was means of executing the inscription, there
should also be means of fashioning the rock, would be nothing re

Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock. 169

markable. ; but if, as there may be reason to believe, the pyramid is a
figure in masonry, originating in Egypt out of local circumstances, and
from that alone derived to those circumjacent, the fact of a pyramidal
figure in the rock, artificially produced, might be made to give sup-
port to theories, false or true, of the transatlantic origin of the inscrip-
tion, and thus affect the great point or points of history, which it may
one day be found sufficient to elucidate. Independently too on the
hypothesis, which respects the exclusive origin of the pyramid, the
state, in which the rock was found or left by the artist, must necessa-
rily influence our judgment in a variety of particulars.

I come now to speak of the inscription; and first, of its execu-
tion. Before_I saw the original I had seen the several copies made
by Messrs. Sewall, Winthrop, and Baylies. I found that the first con-
veyed too mean, and the third too high an idea of the execution.
The execution, an adequate instrument supposed, is nothing extraor-
dinary ; but it is not entirely unworkmanlike. The lines, though
~ most of the draughts, including Mr. Winthrop’s, have represented
them as true, are not so ; but they are firm. As to the mode of exe-
cution, that appears to be no other than the use of a pointed tool; of
necessity harder and less brittle, than the very hard and brittle rock,
on which it has wrought. In some parts of the inscription the marks
of a pointed tool are still distinctly visible ; and where this is not the
tase, the chissel at least will be excluded from the calculation. The
upper figures, on inspection, on the rock may be thought rather the
work ofthe gouge, than of a pointed tool, It is certain, that the use of
the latter is not so obvious in these, as in the lower figures ; but the
surface of the lower region of the face is more worn, than the upper 5 ;
the figures are consequently less sunk, and I suppose, that a!
this cause and effect the pecking of the tool i is rendered more conspi¢
uous. Be this as it may, the lines, forming some of the lower ‘fig:

22

170 | Mr, Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock.

ures, are double rows of pecks, and but slightly hollowed between ;
while the lines of the upper figures are broader, and more or less reg.
ularly concave. Among the lower figures however that, which is ap-
parently a human figure, and is placed under the left shoulder of the
bust, is peculiarly well defined, has the edges somewhat sharp, the
lines are sunk below the surface rather in a flat, than a concave form.
The depth of the lines never exceeds the third of an inch; and the
breadth varies from half an inch to a whole one.

.. By what has been said, an account of the style of execution is near-
ly anticipated. It has appeared, that the lines are cut into the rock,
or the term of art is, are en creus: ; and that they are hollowed, not in
the triangular form, making two sides of a prism, such as lines are pro-
duced by the chissel ; but generally in that of the segment of a cylin-
der. To these particulars it should be added, that the figures are rep-
resented by mere outlines, and consequently in the simplest mode of

Having glanced at the degree of excellence, and at the mode and
style of the execution or sculpture, I come to the design or plan of the
drawing ; to its degree of excellence, and to its style or character.

With respect to the design or plan, I have two observations to of-
fer. The execution or sculpture I have represented as nothing re-
markable ; but I must subjoin, that the design is intricate or artificial
in the extreme. This will probably be confessed by those, who iné
spect the copy ; and it is still more undeniable, when the rock itself
isunder the eye. The figure, formed of so many triangles, which is
at the top and nearly in the centre of the inscription, goes far, I think,
in bearing out my assertion ; it has a character eminently peculiar,
and strongly marked. We cannot but fix our attention on the boldness
as well as singularity, with which the artist, after intending through the
che part of the figure a correspondence of parts, abruptly quits in

Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock. 171

the upper limb on the right this careful uniformity, and runs at
once from right lines and angles into curvilinear figures of the freest
sweep. :

The curvilinear figures give birth to my second remark. I con-
ceive them to authorise a conclusion, that the design has proceeded
from an artist not unacquainted with pen or pencil; or at least from
one, whose taste has been: influenced, though possibly without his
knowledge, by the use of those instruments, in other hands than his.
I rest this opinion on the general proposition, that curved lines in
sculpture proceed from imitation of the other graphic arts, in which
the material and the instrument used are of a nature to give less
check to the suggestions of the fancy. ‘When therefore a sculptor
forsakes the short road of right lines, he attempts, with his reiterated
strokes and lagging pace, to follow the wanton excursions of an in-
strument gliding over an unresisting surface, and leaving, without ef-
fort, the traces of its course. This is what, I believe, may be affirm-
ed of all sculptured inscriptions ; and yet, in the inscription pire us
not only there are curved lines, which appear on the draughts, but in
contemplating the rock with the advantage of certain lights, I have

thought that I discovered in every part curvilinear ligatures, Conjoin-
ing all, or nearly all the figures, which compose the inscription. But
the very idea of joining-hand in sculpture presupposes, upon the prin-
ciples laid down, the prior existence of a more facile mode of writing ;
and even without this idea, the mere frequence of curved lines is suf-
ficient testimony.

Passing from the design to the drawing, I shall observe, that we must
not depreciate the merit of the artist, because of the uncouthness, and
still less of the unintelligibility of his picture. The figures are less
ill drawn, than they are uncouth and unaccountable. The page of draw-
ing appears to be technicaf or conformable to some artificial mode of

172 Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock.

representation, and not such as aims at the'natural forms of things/
If this be so, then we must try the artist in other points, than in ‘the
beauty of his outline, which was not within his control, or in its fidele
ity, of which we can form no opinion. We must look solely to what
is to be termed his pencilling ; to the decision and masterlike protrac-
tion of his lines ; and, in this view, though nevertheless I think but
humbly of the work, I shall risk nothing in declaring, that the ordi-
nary artists of our own age, our:sign-painters, our sculptors of grave-
stones and mill-stones, and others, exhibit less ability, than the draw-
er of the inscription on the writing-rock in Taunton river. As to
the drawing of what appears to be human figures, it ought to be ob-
served, that if what purports to be a human head, namely a circle or

ne 1t 3 Pe

an oval, with s for the eyes, and one, which serves for a nos¢
and srciniy topetoes if what purports to be a human head, be mea
very rude and imperfect representation, we shall find on looki ver,

> 4V

that all effort to produce the human figure is utterly declined. or
wholly unintelligible, and to the last degree remote, supply the place ;
and force us to acknowledge, that the want of will is more certain, than
the want of capacity. The curved lines have a freedom not torbe
a by every hand among ourselves. ©

On the contents of the inscription, I have little or nothing to offer.
To describe would, in a majority of instances, be to explain ; and
this last is beyond the limits of my pretensions. The figures must
remain, for me, just what every man pleases to call them. I shall
only repeat my opinion, that some of them are mere ligatures be-
tween others ; and remark; in further proof of the tincture of imita-
tive betrayed in this sculpture, and consequently of the implied previ-
ous and known existence of other works of art, that cach of the three
figures, bearing human heads, may be observed to stand upon a foot
or pedestal. Now this support can never haye been imitated from

Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock. 173

nature, or suggested by any thing incident to even any one of the graph-
ic arts ; but necessarily indicates, either that the thing intended to be
represented is a picce of statuary, or that the habit of contemplating
statuary has introduced this servile following of one of its resources.*
In surveying a monument, like this in question, the mind naturally
becomes curious, as to its history and signification ; and more than
one attempt has been made, as to the writing-rock, to satisfy us as to
the first by clearing up all obscurity as to the second. For my own
part I think, that we are still in perfect uncertainty, as to both. The
few opinions, which, relatively to certain points, I venture — to
entertain, I shall here submits =.

It. to be x troverted, except by the i ighortince of some
of those, >, Wha: live in the neighbourhood of the rock, that this is a mon-
ument of an antiquity antecedent to the settlement of Europeans on

this continent ; and I am of opinion, that it is of an antiquity consider-
ably higher.

I am of opinion also, that it was wrought on sotpe-solemn .o -ocCa-
- sion, or for some solemn purpo , either civil, military :
It may be a-mnemorial, a oqniiiod, or an oliine of piety. heed

Iam of opinion further, that it bears, even now, salimierts traces 3
of the people, by. whom it was produced ; and consequently, that, to
ascertain this, we need only to discover from whom any similar works
have proceeded.

The first of these opinions is founded on a comparison. - the
great durability of the stone with the great inroads of time ; the sec-
ond, on the orderly and yet arbitrary arrangement of the figures, the
unity of the composition, and the labour DAW, to the execution ;

2

\ © There is an Indian bust in the nature of a baise relievo in the museum at
ee in iran da ane 4 Ames a Pe at Yale clleges pre

P Sg tlk

174 Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock.

the last, on the extreme peculiarity of several of the figures ; a pe-
culiarity so exclusive, that, were any similar to be found, of which
the origin was certain, I should without difficulty claim tl.e same ori-
gin for this inscription. The technical character of the figures con-
tributes largely to this peculiarity. They have in them nothing of
calligraphy ; nothing of an universal alphabet. They are the proper-
ty of some one people, and of no other. The strange configuration
of the objects having human heads, and the complicate and artificial
construction of those made up of RS are clearly entitled to this
character.

But to what quarter are we to look for this peculiar people ? Shall
we attribute it to the es follower of the fishery and the chase, or
to learned ci vigators ? To the ~ mentee of the surrounding
forests, or to sojoutneeaROnE the ancient seats of arts and civilization?

I am decidedly of opinion, that this monument is in no respect de-
rivable from the opposite side of the Atlantic. I discern in it nothing
of the alphabets, or the drawing, or the taste of Europe, or Asia, or
Africa ; and my belief on this head has been greatly strengthened by
the knowledge of a fact, communicated to me by the reverend Mr.
pee ~~ Salem. This gentleman, in speaking of the writing-rock,

ofessor Sewall’s visit and draught, lately assured me, that pro-
fessor Sewall, in reply to a question put by himself, declared to him, that
he had seen nothing on the rock, which reminded him of any ancient
alphabet.

‘Three difficulties present themselves; if we suppose the inscrip*
tion to be the work of the people knownas the inhabitants of the north
east coast of America. First, that nothing similar has been describ»
ed, as existing among them ; secondly, that no disposition to Pr
duce any thing similar has been observed ; and thirdly, that it 8
scarcely possible to conceive the execution of this inscription, upo?*

Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock. 175

block of gneiss, without the use of iron, or at least of hardened cop
per.

Concerning all these points however,-it will be proper for us to sus-
pend our judgment. We may yet be convinced of what we at present
cannot understand, the possibility of engraving an inscription like
the present, with no better tools, than those of stone ; further inquiry
may satisfy us, that there is nothing on this rock above the contriv-
ance, or inconsistent with the taste of the present aborigines; and
facts are not wanting to lead to a suspicion, that the writing-rock is not
a solitary instance of antique inscription discoverable in America. I have
read, cither among the papers of the late President Stiles,’of which you
were so good as to afford me a perusal, or in some other place, of paint.
ed rocks, among the Indians, known tothe ufr-traders of Canada; and
I have collected from the MSS. of President Stiles, and other soure-
es, a list of no less than ten places on. this continent, where sculptured
rocks are found, or are reported so tobe. The first is the writing-
rock in Taunton river ; the second.in Tiverton ; and the third in Rut-
land, all im the state of Massachusetts ;. the fourth isnear Newport in
Rhode Island; the fifth at Scaticook on the Housatonic in the town-
ship of Kent, and state of Connecticut ;. the sixth in Brattleborough on
the Connecticut, in the state of Vermont ; the seventh on a large stra-
tum of rocks on the southeast side of the Ohio, about two miles be-
low the mouth of Indian or King’s Creek, and fifty below Pittsburg ;
the eighth on the Alatamaha in Georgia; the ninth on the Alleghany,
fifteen miles below Benango, one hundred and ten below Fort Pitt,
and seventy miles south of Lake Erie; the tenth on the Cumberland,
near Rock-castle neck. | og

This list, as I flatter myself, will not be ieee. It is of a
nature to excite inquiry, and to concentrate the results. A collection:
of all the sculptures would be highly interesting, and they might per-

176 Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock.

haps elucidate each other. _ It would at least discover to us, whether
they are or are not the works of the same people, scattered over a wide
extent of country... The painted rocks of the north are also objects
of interest. A people may change, according to circumstances, the
materials they employ, and yet retain their style. We ought to know
the style of these painted inscriptions.. Do they contain rude draw-
ings of natural objects, or of conventional signs, or of technical and
PERI S as eet 1 Yas gag

_- My own wish and design is to visit al the sealer olay This
I may never be able to accomplish ; but I presume to urge you to
lose no opportunity of procuring information and nee of aad
contents. ge
The li ‘itself exhibits ana aenew’: mobeckee “series of coincidences
rock stands cee side ash river, and below high water mark; and
nearly all the remaining nine are described, as likewise seated’on a riv=
er. This may be Seine to the predilection of the savages, in com
mon with all men, for the banks of rivers; it may be owing to the
open and conspicuous situation of the rocks so placed ; but it may al
so be ong the nature and purpose of the sculptures, which may
have re } ice to something nantical.

But farther coincidences present themselves between the seal
rocks on Taunton river and on the Ohio. Those on the 0-
‘thio’ are said” to be on the southeast side of the stream, and this. is
the situation of that on Taunton river. The latter fronts the north
west ; and so, in all probability, do those on the Ohio. —— ian
the rocks on the Ohio are said to be close to the river, and somet

entirely covered, and that the rock i in ‘Taunton river is bees every
‘tide.

' ;
Rs a i .
en aed es oe ao Be > + aaa ee ag
ae 3 i R. Mes fee eal “ : x F Ee Le: Re aes

. 4 i 5 yen SE et gs, Ta al

Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock. 177

If it should be found, that the rocks are generally so seated as to
be covered sometimes by water, this fact itself will throw some light
upon their history ; and at least induce us to relinquish the attempt to
show, that the water of Taunton river did not always overflow the soil,
upon which the rock is found, and still less the summit of the rock it-
self.

There is no doubt but that, generally speaking, the rivers of Ame-
rica have rather retired from, than risen upon their ancient margins 5
but this is no evidence against) particular instances of usurpation,
which must necessarily occur, even in a river, which on the whole di-
minishes. ‘That part of Taunton river, in which the rock is found, is
sO circumstanced, as easily to be admitted among these exceptions.
The river, as it passes the west side of Asonet neck, suddenly widens
from twenty five rods to ninety, entering this gulf with a current from
the northwest, and therefore setting on the neck. A great proportion
of the bed of the river in this wider part is composed of flats, on which,
at ebb-tide, there is only a foot and a half or two feet of water; and
beyond these flats, and also beyond a lesser channel at the foot of a
gently ascending shore, is seated the rock. If we suppose that the
urrent has worn away any natural mound, which formerly lay be-
tween the great channel and the rock, we immediately restore, in im-
agination, the river to its proportionate width, and the rock to dry
land. Thus too we get rid of the difficulty of conceiving, that so
much labour should have been bestowed, in producing something to
be seen in a situation, which, from the natural course of the tides, could
only allow it to be exposed, at short and varying periods, sometimes
by day, but as often by night.

But as to the probable state of Taunton river at the period of engraving
the inscription, and as to the difficulty of conceivi Pate woke covered

MEU REAL Y 8 UE

vay ie waschosen for this purpose, other Langage siny be feld.

178 Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock.

It may be said, that at least the level of the soil immediately surrounding
the rock, has not materially altered ; and that inquiry concerning other
rocks may show, that the preference was deliberately given to such, as
were actually liable to be overflowed. It is certain, that such rocks
were secured from the danger of being covered by the branches, and
split by the roots of trees; and, on the whole, among a savage
people, they might be the most certain of being seen, and of remaining
always visible. A river was the only highway ; and a rock, placed
out of the reach of the tide, would have been speedily overgrown.
That the writing-rock was never surrounded by a soil materially
higher than that, which we now see, 1s clear from indubitable evidence.
The inscription reaches to within a short distance of the present level.
Mr. Winthrop in his account, co’ icated to the academy, makes that
distance only eight inches ; and though, from recollection, I should
scarcely have made it so little, and though I have béen able to trace
nothing with distinctness at a greater height, yet Iagree, that there are
marks of the tool, at a level very little above the present surfice of the
soil. The rock obviously stands as it originally stood ; the soil there-
fore cannot have been washed from beneat it ; and the rock must al-
ways have possessed its present level. But the level of the soil in the
neighbourhood of the rock is the same with that of the bank of Asonet
neck, above and below. That level rises nearly to the bottom of the
inscription, and therefore it rises as high, or very nearly as high, as it did
at the period of inscribing ; for though we may believe that the In-
dians were content to work below high water mark, it is not credible
that they worked below the level of the sands. The inscription there-
fore, so far from disposing us to believe, that where we now S&
water, there was formerly dry ground, ought perhaps itself to demon
strate to us, that no alteration has taken place ; and this in corrobora~
tion I can add, that, though. vague assertions are made on the spot

Mr, Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock. 179

purporting, that some years ago there were several rods of dry land
between the rock and the river, yet on direct inquiry I found, that the
oldest person neither remembered to have seen nor to haye heard of
any thing different from the present state of the banks and stream.

I submit with deference, that Mr. Winthrop is inconsistent with
himself, and has too hastily relied on the information given him, when,
after stating, that the inscription reaches to within eight inches of the
ground, he relates, that the country people by digging, in the vain
hope of finding treasure, have let in the tide upon the rock. It is, I
believe, acknowledged, that forty years ago much labour was expend-
ed in digging about the rock with the view described ;_ but it ought
to occur to us, that the fact of letting in the tide implies, not only the
removal and disturbance, but the carrying away of an enormous quan-
tity ofearth ; that to produce any thing like the effect pretended (the
digging being unquestionably around the rock), the previous level of
the soil must have been, not only eight inches, but more than eight
feet above the present, (since nothing less would exclude the tide) ;
that the rock, the height of which is five feet, instead of being, as now,
sometimes under wrter, must then have been always under ground ;
and lastly, though not essential to the question, it implies, that a few
money hunters, with their tiny shovels, have pared away for two miles
the entire banks of this river, so as to admit from eight to twelve feet
of water, with which, twice a day, they are at present covered. The
tide is not, as the reader of Mr. Winthrop might imagine, merely let
into a pool or cove surrounding the rock, but is let in upon the whole
of Asonet neck. If ever the writing-rock stood upon dry land, it is
nature alone, that has made the alteration.

In affording entertainment to the hypothesis, that the writing-rock
may have been the work of Indians, Ihave been led into the enumic-
tation of other works, appearing to possess some similitude, and scat-

180 Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock.

tered_over this country. The list having»shown, that nearly all of
them are described as being in or near rivers, I have admitted ‘the pos.
sibility, that a preference was uniformly given to rocks seated within
reach of the tide, and this has led me to an examination of the siteof
the writing-rock. From this digtessien I return.

The writing-rock is to be ascribed either to those inhabitants of
America, whom Europeans have denominated Indians, to inhabitants
more ancient than these, or to navigators more ancient than Colum.
bus.

The easiest solution is that, which supposes a visit from the navi-
gators of antiquity, who, after entering Narraganset Bay, found leis-
ure to explore Taunton river, and chose an anchorage at. Asonet neck.
In this case the skill of the artist is no mystery, and we easily dismiss,
with the breaking up of the ice, or the first fair wind, the authors of
so extraordinary a monument. But exclusively of the objections al-
ready adduced, if similar rocks exist on the Housatonic, the Gonnecti-
cut, the Ohio, the Alleghany, the Cumberland, and the Alatamaha,
we shall be compelled to seek another theory. mi

We look next to a nation more ancient and more cultivated, than
the Indians, inhabitants of this country. ‘The writing-rock is hot the
only vestige, from time to time discovered, of sucha people. But this
silent stone, 2nd other monuments equally silent, are all, fever they —
existed, they have left nothing behind to give a tongue to their werks, —
so that they might say to posterity, “ these were theirs !” Our last re
source is in the Indians. Se ee

Confining myself to criticisms on the artist, I leave it, as I find it,
undetermined to what nation he belonged. Of that nation however, if
what I have to remark shall have any weight, I am about to raise
the character in suggesting, that this artist was not the most ac
complished workman of his tribe. I could even believe, that he was

Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock. 181

without the usual and convenient tools and instruments. I think that
he was not unacquainted with works of art, of a better and higher char-
acter. Ihave mentioned what I suppose to he imitations, in this in-
scription, of pen writing, drawing, and:statuary ; and I cannot but go
on to»believe, that the artist had seen designs executed with more ac-
curacy, than this, which he has left us. He has evidently intended to
describe equilateral angles, planes ‘parallel to the horizon, and right and
perpendicular lines; but he has failed in almost every imstance. In the
drawings, which Ihave seen, and which I had full opportunity of com-
paring with the inscription itself, errors of this sort were corrected.
The angles were adjusted ; and the horizontal and perpendicular lines
made what they had been intended to be; but it appeared to me, that
this was no other than an important misrepresentation of the original.
One of the facts, most interesting to be known, concerning this in-
scription, is the degree of advancement in the arts, of which it may af-
ford testimony ; and in removing the possibility of doubt, as to the con-
spicuous inaccuracy of what was designed to be accurate, I have
satisfied myself, that the artist worked wholly by his eye 5 ; that his
eye was not the best ; and that he had been accustomed to see, and
wished to imitate figures, determined with the precision of the rule
and compasses.

_ Among other inquiries, having reference to the rock, and natural-
ly made in its neighbourhood, and in which I had the advantage of
the polite and friendly assistance of Major Baylies of Dighton, were
such as tended to discover some explanatory tradition. In this how-
ever I was unsuccessful ; nothing, which I could gather, affording a
Satisfactory or even specious clue. Respecting Asonet neck, on
which the rock is seated, the tradition is, that it was a place of banis
Ment among the Indians ; but whether the practice of banishment
was known to the subjects of king Philip, I leave to those, who are

182 Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock.

more conversant in Indian polity. Respecting a spring, called White
spring, rising near the foot of a hill to the northeast of the rock, at the
distance ofa quarter of a mile both from the rock and the river, anda
diminutive brook, called White man’s brook, running from the neigh-
bourhood of the spring in a southwest direction, and entering the riv-
er a little above the rock, a long, connected story is in a few mouths,
but seems to haye reached but few ears. It is pretended, that, ac--
cording to an Indian tradition, there arrived in ancient times some
white men in a bird ; that the white men took some Indians into the
bird, as hostages ; that they filled water at the spring; that the In-
dians fell upon and slaughtered the white men at the spring, which
thence derives its name ; and that the hostages escaped from the bird.
The era of this event is however rendered modern by the additional
particular, that during the affray thunder and lightning issued from the
bird ; and upon inquiry of one of the family of Mr. Asa Shove, to whom
the spring belongs, I could hear no repetition of this history of its
name, My new informant had never heard the story ; but under
stood, that the spring received its present appellation from the death’
of a white hunter, who, having been heated, drank freely of its water, |
and expired. The tradition of the dird meanwhile may have some
foundation in the adventures of an early exploring voyage ; with an-
other relation, that a ship’s anchor, nearly eaten away by rust, was
many years since discovered near this place; and with the still more
obscure account of a ship’s ribs, which lay and rotted there. In this
place I should mention, that some Mohawk Indians, having been
shown, as it is said, a draught of the inscription, declared its meaning |
to be, that a dangerous animal, represented by the animal on the rock,
had been killed at the place immortalized ; that the human figures
represent the persons, whom the animal killed; and that the others
denote other parts of the affair, An objection to this interpretatiom

Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock. 183

will be perceived, if the ordinary rules of criticism may take their
place, in the trivial appearance and humble situation of the animal,
which it is attempted to make the hero of the piece ; a station, which
it might be conjectured belongs to the bust on the left. Of the ani-
mal I shall take this occasion to remark, with a view both to investi-
gation and to the merit of the artist, that its character is strongly, and it
may be presumed faithfully marked. Its body is crossed, in nearly equal
divisions, with bars or stripes. It is spotted. Its head is long and deli-
cate. It wears horns. Its feet are paws.—Already we see reason to
suspect, that this is a creature of fancy, made up of the members of
different animals ; and this must assuredly be the case, if the line above
its back, and which is wanting in all the previous draughts, forms, as
it strikes the eye, the wing of an insect.

A second subject of inquiry is the possibility of other written
sculptured rocks, in the neighbourhood of that, which is known.
Something of the sort is to be seen, as has been intimated, within the
adjoining township of Tiverton ; but near the writing-rock there is
none. I found several persons, who had heard, that a little to the
south and further out in the stream a rock, being rarely visible, con-
tained a fuller inscription than the writing-rock. All persons agreed
in naming, as the author of this account, a Mr. Perry, who lives in
Dighton, at an advanced age, and who has, for fifty years, visited all
the rocks in the stream in search of oysters, the shells of which he
sells to the kilns at Taunton. Upon inquiry of Mr. Perry, not only
he had never seen such.a rock, but, on the score of his experience,
he ventured to affirm, that no such rock was to be found. It turned

t, that no sculptured rock has been: discovered; if we except a
Slab, which lies to the southeast of the former, within the distance of
twenty feet. Onan upper corner of this isa figure, — a
“ross, or the letter X, and one or two others.

184 Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighion rock.

_ Availing myself of the kindness and the pencils.of Mrs. Gardiner,
I have made my sketch inoil. It represents the face of the rock, set
upright and bearing the inscription. The lower corner, on the left,
being fractured, I have made use of the space, to imtroduce a re-
duced figure of the whole rock. By this, as I flatter myself, you will
be still further assisted, in placing before your eyes the real bulk,
form, condition, and general appearance of this highly interesting
monument, On the right hand of the rock, and half way up its side,
I have also shown, in its actual situation, the Brie — just above
described,

On casting an eye over my transcript two remarks immediately —
present themselves to those, who are acquainted with the former
draughts, and particularly Mr, Winthrop’ s.—The figures are fewer,
and they are dissimilar. ‘That ‘the figures are fewer is partly true, and
partly only in appearance. It is in part only in appearance, because —
upon a ground, representing the face of the rock, they are less obtry- |
sive on the eye, than when they are drawn in black upon white paper; ze |
and those, who draw, are aware, that an outline always looks fuller,
thana finished picture. The peculiar paucity of the figures is howev- a
er ina great degree real ; arising partly from my inability to discover .
all, that some gentlemen have seen ; and partly from my willingness : e
to leave in indistinctness, obscurity, and invisibility, what is indistinct,
obscure, and almost wholly invisible, on the rock. The figures,
which are distinct in my transcript, are distinct in the original. - &

these [have given definite forms ; while in the other instances m7 0! e

care has been to depict the obscurity of the original. If your te foe
yourself obliged to approach close to some of my figures, and can at
last arrive at no certainty as to their outlines, I must beg you to te
member, that this will always be your situation, when examining t
tock itself. If, on the other hand, I have sometimes made definite a

Mr. Kendal s account of the Dighton rock. 185

that, which in the original is undefined ; if I have rendered incapable
of being seen in more than one form that, which on the rock may he
seen in twenty, my excuse must be tound in the extreme difficulty of
the attempt to make a representation of any object, without giving it
a shape.

The figures you vill find it coloured. In this also I have
followed my original. The figures, though sunk, are almost every
where of a light but corresponding tint, of the colour of that part of
the face, upon which they are found ; and, as the surface of the face
is variously coloured, so are the figures. The. figures 1 near the sum-
mit, where the rock is REPS are of a ferruginous yellow. ‘This
lighter tint of the figures. pro juence, to which I have sub-
mitted. The. figures a are core age creus, and should there-
fore be shaded on that side, which is next. the light ; but being ren-

dered by their colour lighter, instead of darker than the surface, below
which they are, they are apt, when. shaded, to appear embossed, not
hollowed. 1 observed this delusion, on ibe rock itself, where the touch

removes its but on the canvass I have omitted the shadows. ee
‘My sketch contains many dnacturacics.s 3 some in. the ‘colouring ; ;
some in the outlines and fissures of the rock ;. and some in the fig-
ures themselves; but notwithstanding, I believe it free from impor-
tant errors, such as might frustrate my design of conveying a faithful

idea of the contents, stvle, execution, and condition of the inscription.
_If Mr. Winthrop’s were the only other copy, I might feel some
hesitation at the variations of mine ; but the truth is, that all the cop-
ies differ, ; in extraordinary particulars, from each other and from the
original. Dr. Cotton Mather, who published, as I am informed, a
wood-cut of what he called two dines of the inscription, and which two
ines are to be found in the fifth volume of Jones’ Abridgement of the
Philosophical ‘Transactions 4: Dr Cotton, Mather substitutes for fig:
23

186 Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock.

ures, at this day as plain as if they-had been yesterday inscribed,
others, of which it is impossible to recognize a single feature. _ ih
comparing, as Judge Baylies was so obliging as to enable me todo, the
copies already mentioned with the original, Professor Sewall’s appear- .
ed to be, on the whole, the most faithful, House not the best execut-
edicts
It must be ES to maki who have never seen the pnt
that these differences can appear in the draughts, without impeaching
the veracity of the gentlemen, by whom they have been severally
made. Nothing however is more possible. Some of the errors in-
deed are such, as can have proceeded only from haste and inattention; —
but a great majority are consistent with the most elaborate but ill di-
rected endeavours. Of all others the method of procuring a copy,
described by Mr. Winthrop, is the one most infallibly adapt
ducing a deceitful issue. - When we are told, that rit | ter ;
put into the lines on the rock, paper wetted and. rubbed upon them
and an impression procured, we may believe, of course, that impres-
sion is an indisputable copy ; but the delusion fades the moment. ‘that
we see the rock. No such expedient can succeed. | The greater pat
of the i inscription is so. much worn out, that the forms, of which itis
- composed, are wholly subject to the fancy ; and in several places :
where the figures are plain, they are made out, rather by difference - of
colour, than by difference of surface. Figures of the latter class can
yield no impression ; and those of the former will take any shape, ie
which the psinters’ ink may be spread.

Another method has been tried, with almost equal ill success. I
is that of chalking the supposed lines of the i inscription, and then copy:
ing from the chalk. _ It is true, that in this method the figures to be
drawn are rendered suficiently distinct; but it does not follow, that
these figures are the same with those, engraved upon the rock. _ The

Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock. 187

chalker is in the situation of a restorer of ancient readings ; he under-
takes to connect and to supply ; but the real antiquarian will prefer the
original, with all its obscurities and chasms. An attempt at restora-
tion is one thing, and may be valuable; but a true copy is anoth-
er. I attempted the use of chalk myself; but I found that I com-
pletely confused the sculpture, and that the first thing necessary was
to wash all the chalk away. ‘The inscription is to be copied only with
the pencil. ;
While I make every allowance for the adoption of fallacious meth-
ods, for haste, and for inadvertence, there is one course of defence for
what is erroneous in the draughts, against the palmer of which I
presume seriously toprote st. It is that ofattril diversities be-
tween the copies and the original to the i injuries of tir time upon the latter;
and particularly of supposing, that when figures are found in the cop-
ies, of which no trace can be discovered on the rock, that they must
have once existed there, and that they have been since obliterated.
Tam satisfied, by a variety of evidence, of the over liberality of this
argument, a eae aety antiquity, for the mere end of sustain-
ing the credit of gentlemen’ seyes.. I appeal with confidence to the
testimony afforded, by a comparison of the several copies with each
other ; and which copies it is of importance to preserve for the very
purpose of meeting the imposture. By examining the inscription on
the rock, by comparing with it the older copies, by sifting the asser-
tions of those, who represent it as having within their memory decay-
ed, we shall be convinced, that no material alteration, within the
preceding century, has really taken place. The decay no dyubacos-
tinual ; but it is very slow.
- But if, losing sight of the rock, we content ourselves with compar-
ing the draughts with each other, we shall soon be ashamed of assum-

ing facts upon so money abasis. Admitting the authenticity of the

188 Mr. Kendal’s aceount of the Dighton: rock.

draughts, we must prepare ourselves for some: curious consequencesé
We should be able to show, upon their testimony, that in a variety of
mstances the inscription, so far from having decayed, has advanced
with the progress of years, both in the number and distinctness of its
figures. We should be able to show, that figures, which at the bes
ginning of the last century appeared as they now appear, decayed in
the course of fifty years into others totally dissimilar, and have since
grown again into their original features. ; .
Dr. Mather, who took or received his copy in 1712, divides the ine
scription into lines ; but that it is wholly insusceptible of such a divi- |
sion, the rock itself and all the other draughts declare. In the Doe-
tor’s second line we are not able to discover a single figure resembling
those on the rock, or the smallest trace of the style of the inscription.
Now it were easy to say, that his second line, on whatever part of the
rock he saw it, has since decayed; ‘but the truth is, that in his first
line he has enabled us, by some faint resemblanices in the first halfot
it, to discover where’ he is; and that in the second half he has introdue-
ed what is wholly dissimilar, though that part of the rock is at this day
filled with figures the most distinct. If therefore the Doctor has not
given us a faithful copy of that, which is known still to remain, w ry
should we believe that there were in his time those other figures, which
he draws, but which we can no where else discover ? We might bé
led'to fancy, ‘that the inscription, when Dr./Mather saw it, was more
obscure, than‘it is at present; but in reality it was only not more dis-
tinct ; and Dr. Mather, like his successors, toiled in the maze of con-
jecture, és

This maze of conjecture brings me to the last point, which I shall _
offer to your considération ; that of adopting the only effectual method,
by which this remain of American antiquity can be’ faitly brought
within the ken of the curious, ‘and its preservation suitably assure

Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock. 189

The diversities of the copies, of which I have taken notice only with the
view of fixing your first thoughts on the original, are not always, as I
have argued, to beattributed to the fault of the copyists, but often to
the obscurity of the sculpture, in which every man will see something
different from every other. Under these circumstances no perfect
copy caneverbe made. The copy, which I have the honour to send
you, pretends only to convey a general idea.* What I earnestly re-
commend is the removal of the rock, or at least of its sculptured face,
from its present site, into the care of some public establishment in
Boston. "In Boston it will be accessible to every inquisitive spectator ;
every Rhos will make Danoyenies for itself; and combinations of its
OWRD. 52?

I shall take the liberty of adding eel occurs to me, as to the prac-
ticability of the removal. |The extreme height, as I have already de-
scribed it, is five feet.one inch above the level of the soil ; beneath,
in some parts there may be an additional two feet, or more. The ex-
treme breadth is eleven feet seven inches ; the probable extreme thick-
ness is six feet ; and the weight, as I conjecture, is from five to six
tons. Inquiry will ascertain, whether the face can be separated from
the body of the rock by the saw, or by splitting, or whether the whole
block must be taken together. It may also be a question, whether, if
the separation be practicable, the entire removal were not more eligi-
ble. As to the method of transport, if any difhiculty present itself, as
to water carriage, it may be brought with facility during the winter on
asleigh. The expense may be readily known. The owner, as has
been observed, is a Mr. Deane of Berkeley.
~ Of the value of this monument, and the. or which it is there-

_ * Fig. 13 isan engraving rae Mr. Kendal’s paintin:

‘ ot tipi thinlalidi set
rack in oil colours. oF ae tion oft

190 | Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock.

fore worthy of preservation, and important to be procured, you are en-
tirely sensible. Whatever be its origin or signification, it belongs to
the history ef America, and perhaps to that of the world. Tt may
prove, as some have supposed it does, that Columbus was not the first
navigator in this hemisphere ; it may prove, that the red inhabitants of
this country were only the successors of a more cultivated people ; or
it may prove, that those red inhabitants were more cultivated, than we
have supposed them. It may help us to discover the origin of the
population of America. ee ae
But it will appear to some, from the obscurity, in which I have
. described a great part of the inscription, as being involved, that its — |
value, as a memorial of past times, is gone. The truth however is far
otherwise.

I confess myself but little aapitne, as to the prospect of interpret
ing, in any minute manner, this inscription ; but, though such minute
interpretation should not be accomplished, we may yet ascertain its
general scope; and, what is more, we may ascertain the name and
country of the people, from whom it came down to us. Several fig:
ures, sufficient for exhibiting the character of the inscription, are still —
plain. The character is so peculiar, that its parentage need only pres
sent itself to be acknowledged.

Lastly, I shall anticipate an objection to the removal, founded on
any doubt of i its utility. Its removal will be useful, because it will
thus be placed within the reach of frequent observation ; and error
will be dissipated. It will be useful also, because, upon all calcula-
tions of probability, it will best secure its pteservation. The rock and
its inscription are but little valued in their own neighborhood. The
_ attempts to find the money, of which it has been supposed to be de
signed to ptiblish the concealment, have come to nothing, and. the rock
is out of repute. It is robbed even of the veneration entertained bf

Mr. Kendal’s account of the Dighton rock. 191

all men for antiquity ; for it is regarded as the work of a buccaneer, to
mark the deposit of his ill- -gained treasure. One. experiment seems
yet left to the searchers for gold ; and it is a little singular, that it has
not before this time been tried. The rock may be split, or eo
to remove it, and dig beneath. ;

But what ignorant adventure has left undone, the regular march of *
industry may do. Next year, a wharf or a ship yard may be pro-
jected on the site of the writing-rock ; and its consecrated stone,
grown into value or into a nuisance, may be buried, as an abutment,
or broken up, to build a wall, or clear the ground.
7 With sincere esteem, :

Iam, dear sir,
your faithful, humble servant,
E, A. KENDAL.

192

XXVIII. ACCOUNT
OF A STONE BUST, SUPPOSED TO HAVE BEEN AN INDIAN GOD.
Written A. D. 1790.
By EZRA STILES, pv. pv. tu.p.
President of Yale college.
et 33

THIS bust was found in East Hartford (Connecticut) where it tas
been immemorially known ; and was deposited in the museum of Yale
College in 1788. The annexed drawing, Fig. 14, is a good resemblance
of the original. It is thirty one inches and a half high, and seventeen
inches wide. Itis a hard, coarse grained stone, or white granite, not
white indeed, like marble, but with a dark or greyish intermixture,
leaving a whitish aspect predominant. The summitis the cap ofa
Powaw, used to this day by the Powaw priests of the Six Nations:
The excavations are rough, and the whole a huge piece of sculpture}
but it is a real work of art, and undoubtedly Indian. What was its
use, and especially whether it be an Idol, is problematical. This must
be left to every one’s judgment or conjecture. I shall however men
tion a circumstance, which inclines me to believe it to have been an In-
dian god.

The site or position was six miles east of Hartford ferry, at the bot
tom of a declivity between two hills, and remained covered with for-
est trees till about the year 1740; when, upon clearing up the land,
the stone image was removed one hundred rods, and cast out into the
road. The constant tradition has been, that it was anciently worship-
ped by the Indians, who powawed before it. Powaws were still in
full use in New England the beginning of the present century ; they

Dr. Stiles’ account of a stone bust. 193

were certainly in existence here in 1725; and, I believe, did not go
into entire desuetude until 1730 or 1740. While they were still re-
tained in full use, there was an example of a funeral Powaw at this
Stone Image ; which inclines me to think it an Idol. Not to rely on
the uniform tradition, which however is not without its weight, I con-
fide in a fact, narrated to me by the reverend Eliphalet Williams, p.v.
who was ordained pastor of the church in East Hartford in 1747,
who. well remembers, that soon after his ordination this Bust was
shown to him, as an Indian god, by the owner, Mr. Spencer, who was
then a very aged man ; and who gave him the following account of it.
He well remembered that, when he was a youth, a Sachem or Chief
of the Farmington Tribe, fifteen miles off, having died, the Indians
brought his. corpse over from Farmington to be buried at East Hart:
ford after the Indian manner ;_ that they first brought the corpse, and
laid it down before this Idol, and made a great India Powaw before
it; then they carried away the corpse and buried it ; and afterwards
returned and powawed again before the Idol, and then dispersed.
This he declared to Dr. Williams to have been a fact, to which he
was knowing. ‘The same aged person was also acquainted with oth-
er facts, concurring to convince him, that the Indians were worship-
pers of Idols, and actually worshipped at this Stone, as an Idol.

| I have only to add, that the venerable ministers, our Fathers, al-
Ways said, that the Indians were idelaters. The Rev. Mr. Eliot, the
Indian apostle, Rev. Messrs. Mayhew of the Vineyard, Danforth of
Taunton, Noyes of Stonington, and others, were perfectly acquainted
with the Indian tongues, and studied and wight ce — ere

Pgs eee

gy- So numerous were the conversions to , that in 1690
there were above thirty Indian churches in New England among
which it cannot but be supposed there were some Indians, who per-

fectly understood their own Powaws and Religion. These all cen-
24,

194 Dr. Stiles? account of a stone bust.

cur in asserting, that the Indians were once idolaters. Their worship,
though sometimes paid to the Good Being, yet by their own confes-
sion was chiefly rendered to Chepi, or the evil Manitoo, or Evil Spir-
its. Whether the Stone Image, or dressed pieces of wood, which
they also used, denoted a deceased person, or departed human spirit,
like Baal of old, or the Devil, must remain uncertain, until our future
travellers shall have learned the true mythology, now remaining in full
vigour among the Chippewas, and the other western tribes of Indians,
who still glory in their ancestorial Religion.

195

XXIX. ACCOUNT

OF COPPER COINS, FOUND IN MEDFORD, MASSACHUSETTS ;

Ina letter to Hon. John Quincy Adams, Esq. Corresponding Secretary
of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

By Rev. THADDEUS MASON HARRIS, r. a. a.
ee
Dorchester, Nov. 5, 1808.
DEAR SIR,

PERMIT me through you to make the following communication
to the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

In the spring of the year 1787, as going from Cambridge to Mal-
den, I passed some people at work on the highway in Medford, who,
in widening the road, had removed a large flat stone, under which they
found a number of square copper coins, to the quantity I should judge
of about two quarts. I took several of them myself ; and on my re-
turn mentioned the discovery to several of my friends, who procured
more.

I had hoped that a circumstance so. curious would have attracted
more attention, and that some learned antiquarian would have com-
municated to the public his observations upon the coin. As this has
not been done, and lest the fact itself should be quite forgotten, I
make this statement.

The coins were mostly square ; but some of them of the shape
and size of Fig. 15. The others are represented in Fig. 16. Fig.
17 is the same magnified, with the exergue and the characters com-
pleted by a comparison of several of the coins, on which the stamp was
more regular and central.

196 Mr. Harris’ account of copper coins.

They all bear the same stamp, on thin copper plate, cut, or rather
broken into square pieces, with rough edges; and are considerably
corroded by rust.

I have searched all the books of coins and medals in the College
Library, but can find none, which contain any in the least resembling
these. There is however in the “ Histori-Geographical description of
Russia, Siberia, and Great Tartary, by Philip John von Strablenburg,”
page 406, Tab. xxi, letter A, the figure of a coin, which I have copi-
ed, Fig. 18, in size, shape, and impression so similar, as to demand
some attention. He says, that “ it was found in Great Tartary,” that
“the characters were presented to the public as a great rarity by M.
Bandelot,” and that the print and description of it was first pub-
lished in the German tongue in a book, entitled “ Das eroeffnete Rit
ter Platz, (im andern a des geoeffneten Antiquitéten, Zimmersy, )
ne a _

Tf America was first peopled by emigrations from Siberia and Ta
tary, as may be inferred from the square and circular ramparts and ¢ oo
nical sepulchral mounds, scattered through the whole Western Territo-
ry down to Mexico and Peru, eacaetly similar in form, dimensions, ant
contents to those described by M. Pallas and other travellers into “the
northern parts of the- Russian empire, raised by nations no Jonger
known there, and evidences of their having inhabited and traversed re+
gions now become i immense forests ; and from inscriptions on rocks on
the banks of the Ohio and at Taunton, very like to those on the Jene-
Sci, delineated by Strahlenburg ;—may we not trace this ancient coi

to the same source ? But this I leave to farther investigation, and
subscribe myself with much respect, | ‘ swathed
your friend and bumbleservant,

THADDEUS MASON HARRI»

197

XXX.

AN ATTEMPT TO EXPLAIN THE INSCRIPTION ON THE
DIGHTON KOCK ;

dn a letter to the Rev. Samuel Webber, v. vd.
By Hon. JOHN DAVIS, Esq. 11. p. F. aa.
EEE FE 5
DEAR SIR,

THE copies, which we now have, of the inscription on the
Dighton rock, are probably as correct, as can be obtained ; and what-.
ever doubt there may be as to some of the figures or characters, from
the variation in the copies, there are others, which, from the uniform
correspondence of the copies, we may conclude to be exact. Of
this description are the large triangular figures, which appear on eve-
ry copy of the inscription. Some of the explanations, which have
been suggested of this inscription, are evidently founded, in a consid-
erable degree, on characters, which appear in different forms in differ-
ent copies. And when the interpretation has reference to a suppos-
ed resemblance in the characters to letters in some of the ancient al-
phabets, a slight variation will materially affect the sense, and different
copies, though bearing a general resemblance to the eye, will exhibit
great diversity of meaning. If it could be determined, what was in-
tended by those conspicuous and strongly marked figures, in which all
the copies agree, we should be in a more likely way to ascertain the
object of the entire inscription, and to form satisfactory conclusions as
to its origin. Several Awman figures, and one representation of a
quadruped, evidenily appear on all the modern copies. They cannot
be distinguished on that sent by Cotton Mather to the Royal Society
early in the last century; but that copy, as it appears in the Transac-
tions of the Society, is so imperfect, that it can be of little or no use

25

198 Judge Davis’ attempt to explain the inscription on Dighton rocks

in any inquiries on the subject. From the figures above mentioned,
no precise inference can be drawn, as to the intent and object of the
inscription. - From the rudest people and from children among our-
selves, nothing is more common than to see sketches of the human
form and of animals, frequently without any particular plan, but fromthe
wayward suggestions of an idle moment. Often indeed there is a plan
and purpose in such delineations ; but from those figures alone, I ap-
prehend, we can form no certain conclusion of the general scheme,
which the delineators had in view. Some further definite elements
are necessary to give meaning and consistency to the perform-
ance. <A casual perusal of Charlevoix’ voyage to North America
has afforded me a pretty satisfactory elucidation of another of the fig-
ures on this rock, respecting which I wish to submit my impressions
to your consideration. | “oy:
In his seventh letter, speaking of the mades of hunting among the
Canadian Indians, he refers to Champlain for a peculiar method of
hunting the moose, the deer, and the caribou, which he thus de-
scribes. “ They inclose a part of a forest with stakes, interwoven
‘* with branches of trees, and leave but one narrow opening, where
‘* they lay snares, made of raw skins. | This space is triangular, and
‘‘ from the angle of the entrance they draw another triangle, much larg-
‘* er ; so these two enclosures communicate together by the two an-
“< oles. The two sides of the second triangle are also shut up with
“* stakes, and the hunters range upon a line from the base. ‘Then they
“* advance, without breaking the line ;_ and drawing nearer and near-
“er to each other, they make a great shouting, and _ strike upo
“* something that makes a great noise. The beasts being driven for
‘‘ ward, and not able to escape, either to right or left, and being a
‘‘ frighted with the noise, know not where to fly, but into the other
“‘inclosure ; and many, as they enter it, are caught by the horns ot

Judge Davis’ attempt to expiain the inscribtion on Dighton rock. 199

“ the neck. They struggle greatly to get loose, and sometimes they
“carry with them or break the snares. Sometimes also they stran-
** ole themselves, or at least give the hunters time to shoot them at
‘their ease. Those, which escape this, fare no better ; they are in-
“‘ closed in too small a space to shun the arrows, which the hunters
“* jet fly at them from all sides.” I had frequently read the interest-
ing letters of Charlevoix, without being particularly attracted by this
passage ; but at the time of the perusal abovementioned, having been
called to pay some attention to the inscription on the Dighton rock,
it immediately occurred to me, that the triangular inclosures, thus de-
scribed by the writer, much resemble some very prominent figures in
that inscription. _ I soon after procured Champlain’s Voyages from
the College Library, and found that Charlevoix had given a justsum-
mary of what is recorded by that faithful and intelligent traveller; ex-
cepting that I do not find in Champlain any mention of the snares of
raw skins, at the entrance of the smaller triangle, specified by Charle-
voix. I was gratified to find in Champlain’s book an engraved rep-
resentation of this gigantic trap; of which I have taken a rude copy.
(See Fig. 19). By comparing this representation and the description
with two of the uppermost figures in Mr. Winthrop’s copy of the in-
scription on the Dighton rock the resemblance will, I think, be appa-
rent to every observer. In Mr. Kendal’s drawing isan additional re-
presentation of this figure near the bottom of the rock, under the fig-
ure of the quadruped. Whatever may have been intended by the exe
hibition, it was evidently a favorite figure with those, who framed the
inscription, as we may infer from its being thus repeated. I am in-
duced to believe, that the very apparatus, described and sketched by
Champlain, was designed to be expressed by those resembling figures
on the rock.

200 Judge Davis’ attempt to explain the inscription on Dighton rock.

This mode of hunting was not confined to the Canadian Indians,
Roger Williams, writing of the Indians of New England, observes,
** When they pursue their game, especially deer, which is the general
“and wonderful -plenteous hunting in the country, they pursue in
“twenty, forty, fifty, yea two or three hundred ina company, as I
“have seen ; when they drive the woods before them.” (Hist. Coll.
iii. 233). Hutchinson is more particular. _ ‘‘ Besides their bows,”
says he, “ they had other devices to take their game ; sometimes by
** double hedges a mile or two in length, and a mile wide at one end,
“and made narrow by degrees, until they came to a gap of about
“ six feet, against which thay lay hid to shoot the deer, as they came
“through, in the day time; and at night they set deer traps, being
“springs, made of young trees.” (Hist. of Mass. vol. i.) ‘This writ-
er, as well as Charlevoix, speaks of the traps, as well as of the large in-
closures. Perhaps these ¢raps are meant to be delineated in the large
figure on the left of Mr. Winthrop’s copy, which contains some inte-
rior appendages, not found in the other resembling figures.

Iam further induced to consider this application of those figures
to have been intended, from a consideration of the situation, com-
pared with the places, in which it appears from Champlain, but more
particularly from La Hontan, that such erections were made. The
last mentioned writer, describing a similar mode of hunting, which
he witnessed, mentions, that the inclosures were made on an ist/mits,
between twolakes. He gives a drawing, from which I have hastily
copied the inclosed sketch. (See Fig. 20). Its resemblance to Cham-
plain’s figure, and to those on the rock, will be perceived. The lines
of the fence without the triangle extend to the lakes. The advantage
of this arrangement, to prevent the escape of the deer, is manifest. In
the vicinity of the Dighton rock a similar situation is to be found-
The rock is near the entrance of a neck of land, called Asonet-Neck

Judge Davis’ attempt to explain the inscription on Dighton rock. 201

formed by Asonet and Taunton rivers, which unite about four miles
below the rock. (See a sketch, Fig. 21). | Across this neck a trap
of this sort might be framed with the same advantages, as in that, de-
lineated by La Hontan ; and no portion of our country perhaps was
more favorable for the amusement and exploits of the hunter. The
territory east of Taunton river, and between that river and Plymouth and
Sandwich, is so congenial to deer particularly, that they are still found
in considerable plenty in the forests in that region. The river, neigh-
bouring ponds, and forests abounding in game, would render this vicin- |
ity a desirable and favorite residence for the Indians. To such plac-
€s, it appears from Roger Williams, they were in the habit of resort-
ing in large companies for hunting, fishing, and fowling, at particular
seasons of the year. During the intervals of leisure, incident to such
occupations, as the art of designing was not unknown and not unfre-
quent among the Indians of this country, it seems altogether natural
and probable, that some one or more among the companies, successive-
ly resorting to this spot, should be disposed to make a delineation,
commemorative or indicative of their favorite employment. If the
mode of hunting on the grand scale, above mentioned, were in use
among the Indians of New England, of which I believe there is no
doubt, the apparatus, employed in it, would take a strong hold of
the imagination ; and, as with all its grandeur it happens to be ex-
tremely simple in its construction, there would be nothing difficult in
the representation. This I believe to be the true explanation of the
several resembling triangular figures on the Dighton rock. If this.
be admitted, it gives a key to the whole. The quadruped (proba-
bly representing a deer), the bird, which many observers find there,
and the arrow heads, all become consistent appendages. The hu-
man figures represent the hunters : and, without any extravagance of
imagination, I think we may trace a river, with wears across it, for

202 Judge Davis’ attempt to explain the inscription on Dighton rock.

the taking of fish. The whole indicating a grand hunting scene in
all its interesting varieties. A scene, which, next to war, most pow-
erfully interested the savage inhabitants of the country. On this idea,
we may find a probable explanation of several other figures. I think,
¥ can see the sort of noose, described with so much naiveté in the
** Journal of a plantation sctiled at Plymouth,” and in which governor
Bradford was caught by the leg, while he came to look upon it ; and
we can also make out the dog-trap, of which we have an account in
Belknap and other approved writers on Indian habits and customs.
I have mentioned, that the art of designing was not unknown and-
not unfrequent among the Indians of this country. To this purpose
there are many unquestionable authorities. Charlevoix, speaking of
their wars, observes, that the chief of the victorious party leaves on the
field of battle his fighting club, on which he takes care to trace the
mark of his nation, that of his family, and his portrait, i. e. an
oval with all the figures he had on his face. Others paint all these
marks on the trunk of a tree, or on a piece of bark, with charcoal,
pounded and rubbed, mixed with some colours. To come nearef
home, Morell, in his interesting Latin poem on New England, thus
speaks of their skill in embroidery ;
3 “ Inducto tergore corpus

“ Villoso, leviter miris se singula formis
“ Texta ligant.”—

And their baskets and other furniture he thus describes ;
* Corbes

“ Contextos formis, varioque colore tapetum,
“ Stramine compositum tenui, mirisque figuris.”

This is no poetic fiction. Honest Gookin says the same in plain
prose ; and expressly mentions these portraitures of birds, beasts;

_ Judge Davis’ attempt to explain the inscription on Dighton rock. 203

fishes, and flowers. In the museum of the academy we have a speci-

men of their sculpture, an imitation of a serpent’s head on the end

of astone pestle ; and Dr. Belknap mentions a bone, on which was
engraven by Indians the bust of a man, apparently in the agonies of

death. “I have heard,” says the same estimable writer, “ of two spec-

imens of an Indian gazette found in New Hampshire. One was a
pine tree, on which was depicted a canoe with two men init. This
is supposed to have been a mark of direction to those, who might
come after. The other a tree in Moultonborough standing by a

carrying place between two ponds, on which was carved the history
of one of their expeditions. The number of killed and prisoners

was represented by so many human figures, the former marked with

the stroke of a knife across their throats.” {Hist. of N. Hampshire,

Vol. III.) Of this general character I conceive the inscription on

Dighton rock to be, though not representing such cruel and disas-

trous transactions. The peaceful but energetic exploits of the hunter,

I suppose, were only intended to be delineated, and the human fig-

ures may be in honor of some of the Nimrods of the day.

In governor Winslow’s account of the natives of New England
we find this observation. “ Instead of records and chronicles they
take this course ; where any remarkable act is done, in memory of
it, either in the place, or by some pathway over adjoining, they make
a round hole in the ground about a foot deep, and as much over,
which when others passing by behold, they inquire the cause and oc-
casion of the same, which being once known, they are careful to ac-
quaint all men, as occasion serveth, herewith. And lest such holes
should be filled or grown up by any accident, as men pass by, they
will oft renew the same. By which means many things of great an-
tiquity are fresh in memory.” Will not this practice account for the
many smail cireles, which we find in our inscription, and which we may

204 Judge Davis’ attempt to explain the inscription on Dighton rock,

suppose intended to give more permanency to the chronicle, than
could be given by Aoles in the ground. Other marks of more wregu-
lar form I conceive to be merely the marks or signatures, appertaining
to particular tribes, families, or distinguished individuals. Professor
Pallas, in his travels into the north eastern provinces of Russia, men-
tions a monument not dissimilar, which he noticed on the bank of a
river, emptying into the Jenesei. He conceives it to be a sepulchral
monument, and mentions the bones found in the vicinity. The in
scription he supposes to represent the signatures of the persons bu-
ried near the spot. In the collections of the Historical Society we
find copies of engagements made by Awasuncks and her Indians with
the governor of Plymouth in i671, and another from the Dartmouth
Indians. The originals were once in my hands, and I well recollect,
that many of the signatures exhibited rude resemblances of birds,
beasts, fishes, and other objects. One delineated a tortoise with
considerable exactness. After the arrival of our ancestors and an in-
tercourse with them, many of the Indians were fond of taking En-
glish names. Masassoit named his two sons Alexander and Philip.
Those, who were able, would be proud to employ their English name,

or at least the initial, when called upon to affix their signature. J have
a deed given by Wanasittas, alias Alexander, in which he signs by af-
fixing the letter 4 to the seal. This may help us to account for the
Roman capitals, that appear on the rock, particularly in Mr. Kendal’s
copy- On the whole, I cannot but think it highly probable that
general Washington’s opinion of this inscription, given when he saw
a copy of it in the college museum, is correct, and that it was the work
of the native Indians of our country. — It appears to me to have beet
designed to represent and commemorate exploits of hunting ; and
that the characteristic signatures of some of the principal actors wer
added. ts application to hunting is inferred principally from what

Judge Davis’ attempt to explain the inscription on Dighton rock. 205
I suppose to be the meaning of the triangular figures. Of the just-
ness of that opinion and of all the remarks suggested there cannot
be a better and safer judge than yourself; for none, I am sure, is
more habitually disposed to weigh with due deliberation every cir-
cumstance, which ought to enter into estimation in forming a correct
decision. But that it may receive the scrutiny of many minds, you
are at liberty, if you please, to communicate this letter to the Acad-
emy. In the leading idea I have some confidence. A more care-
fuland thorough view of Indian habits, manners, and customs, than }
have been able to take since I thought of making this communication,
will either confirm the suggestion, or evince that it ought to be aban-

Iam, sir, very respectfully,
and with great regard,
your ob’t servant,
JOHN DAVIS.

ashington | of this insc
municatelt to- expaptg ee ie eee Lathro OP,
with him in visiting the college. He remarked as Dr. recollects,
that he had repeatedly noticed similar inscriptions in the Indian coun-
try, in early life, which were unquestionably executed by the natives

26

Pa ie ans eee a) oy pap Bet a : ss gees,
apie ey aroma “cae Pi ea, Ge NS i ae i ae a ca ae Or a
oe i Tear tt oe gd cee a ee og

206

XXXI.

ANIMADVERSIONS ON THE DANGEROUS PRACTICE OF SLEEPING
+. ON THE DAMP GROUND AND OF EXPOSURE TO THE NIGHT -
AIR, PARTICULARLY WHERE THE ANIMAL POWERS “
ARE DIMINISHED ; ILLUSTRATED ON PHI-
LOSOPHICAL PRINCIPLES ;

Inclosed with a letter to Aaron Dexter, M.p. F.A.A. and Wil-
liam Spooner, M.D. F.A.A.

By A. FOTHERGILL, ™. p. F.R.s.

Of the Royal College of physicians, London, honorary member — the:
Medical Societies of London, Edinburg,.and Paris—of the
Philosophical Societies of Bath, Manchester. Phila-
delplua, and of several Agricultural Societies.

tse AT QUE Ete PATET ATRI JANA DITIS. VIRG. AN. LIB. VI.
ee 2S

_{T is the office of the physician to endeavour. not only to cure,
but to prevent diseases ; and though the latter may sometimes seem
to clash with his immediate interest, yet duty and humanity neverthe-
less demand it. Among the lower orders of people, ignofance is the
frequent source of many of their calamities. Though few can be
so ignorant, as not to know that dangerous and fatal maladies have
, been contracted from damp rooms, damp linen, or damp clothes, ye
many may still be. unaware, that the earth’s surface, however dy! it
may appear, is constantly exhaling moisture ; that the human body
after being heated (or, to use a modern term, preternaturally excited)
by a hot sun, hard labour, or intemperate drinking, is rendered mes
more susceptible of injury, from cold thus partially applied ; and itt
ly, that the danger is materially increased by inactivity, and the relax
ing influence of sleep. For preternatural excitement, from whatevet
cause, constantly produces a proportionate collapse, or diminution 3
the animal powers. Certain late writers indeed, fond of singular iY

Dr. Fothergill on the practice of sleeprng on the wet ground. 207

have unguardedly ventured to persuade the public, that the ill effects
3 imputed to sleeping in damp linen are merely imaginary ; nay further,
that the sprinkling of the sheets with cold water on going to bed is
wonderfully salutary and refreshing, particularly to the weary travel-
ler, exhausted with fatigue. Should our travelling invalids be so sil-
ly as to be misled by sucha doctrine, or so imprudent as to hazard
the experiment, they would soon feel cause to be convinced of their
folly, and to lament their credulity.

It is therefore not without ¢ and regret, that one sces so
many inconsiderate people, under the above ——s babe! pros-
trate on the damp ground, often sleeping for hours ; sometimes
after rain, and when innumerable Se arcs tre Widtate 6a the: sass ; ;
a practice too common, but which can never be sufficiently reprobat-
ed.* It has been discovered by experiments, that even in the driest
seasons, a square foot of earth exhales an almost incredible quantity
of watery moisture ; that the evaporation increases in proportion to
the heat of the atmosphere, and that, in ESE tothe rapichty, of
evaporation, cold is generated. This process may be easily increased
to a degree sufficient to convert water into ice, as an article of luxury,
even in the hottest climates, a as is well known in the East and West
Indies. |

In the temperate ‘climate of Great Britain in a dry season, Dr.
Watson discovered by experiment, that an acre of grass plat, clean
mowed, yielded by evaporation after the rate of 1600 gallons per day,
and after rain considerably more. The quantity of aqueous evapo-
rations, ceteris paribus, is in direct proporti@f to the surface exposed,
the heat of the climate, and the dryness of the atmosphere. Hence

* For example, in the State House garden. of Philadetphia, although n nomerous
benches are always ready to accommodate company with seats, a ;

208 Dr. Fothergill on the practice of sleeping on the wet ground.

the evaporation of the summer months, ona medium, probably equals
that of the rest of the year, and its quantity, in this warm climate,
must of course exceed that of Great Britain. Evaporation is great-
ly accelerated by a brisk wind ; and the more rapid the evaporation,
the greater (as has been hinted) is the degree of cold it produces.
Add to this, that a sudden depression of 12 or 14 degrees of tempera-
ture (as often suddenly happens in this variable climate) is sufficient
to cause the dew to fall, increasing the coldness of the ground and.
superincumbent atmosphere. This alone, in persons already enfee-
bled by the causes ab tioned, greatly enhances the danger. The
hardy sailor indeed, through habit can, during a long voyage, bear
with impunity to lie down in his clothes, though dripping-wet with
sea-spray, yet this does not render him proof against the heavy dews
of a hot climate on shore, where, if he imprudently sleep in the open
air, though but a single night, it is at the risque of ie an as too mar
ny able seamen haye experienced.*

The human body, exposed to the damp ground when weakened by
infirm health, fatigue, or intemperance, is predisposed to receive, im
its full force, the injurious impression of cold and moisture. When
a person, under such circumstances, awakes from his sleepin a half
torpid state, he generally feels a sense of numbness, chilliness, and in-
activity through all his limbs, which (to say nothing of the loss of time
and the endangering of health) renders him listless and unfit to renew his
daily task with his wonted vigour and alacrity. But this is not all. For
those, who indulge this dangerous habit, may think themselves fortue
nate, if they are not speedily overtaken by some severe disease, which
may not only deprive them of working for themselves and families,
but render them burthensome to their friends and the public. Cer-

® See Lind, - other late Gila on the Ee ate of hot climates.

ie a gat

Dr, Fothergill on the practice of sleeping on the wet ground. 209

tainly a more ready means of procuring some obstinate, acute, or chro-
nic disease could scarcely be devised. As if the avenues to pain,
misery, and death, were not already sufficiently numerous without
wantonly increasing them by temerity or fool-hardiness.

Can we wonder then at the frequency of rheumatisms, palsies, fe-
vers of different kinds, coughs, and consumptions, which prevail in the
finest and serenest weather? Or that the weekly bills of mortality
should so often increase at that season of the ass when this impru-
dent practice is most frequent? Of its. pernicious effects our hos-
pitals and dispensaries could doubtless afford too many sad examples.
és are well known to medical Pea HODeT yk. the ye SpeeaTE

isceemrd

a pr te

dec. the abuse will, e. course, oe ecetiaed 0 § the. no maak

detriment of individuals and of the state.

Labouring people have indeed been repeatedly cautioned, by
the Humane Society, and very properly, against drinking cold wa-
ter, when. the body is heated; the practice being considered in this
climate, as the frequent cause of sudden death. In Great Britain | how-
ever it rarely proves fatal, but often produces obstinate cutaneous.
eruptions. It may indeed be fairly presumed, that where certain in-
dividuals, from a peculiar debility, or idiosyncrasy, fall victims to the
cause,a still greater number contract dangerous diseases by unguardedly
sleeping on the damp ground, wet clothes, or damp beds. The ordi-
nary temperature of the springs and pump-waters in this city has
been stated at about 53°, and that of the hydrant, conveyed from the
river Schuylkill, is allowed to be in summer several degrees: warmer. *

* September 15, 1807. The water of two pumps, one in Walnut street, , the
other in Fifth street, fresh drawn, are found by experiment this day to be 58°.

While that of a neighbouring hydrant - Sqbogikill water marks . tf the eal

heat of the atmosphere,

210 Dr. Fothergill on the practice of sleeping on the wet ground.

Now if sudden death be often occasioned by drinking either of:
these waters, when the body is heated, how much greater would seem >
the danger, if drank when cooled down about 26 degrees lower viz.»
to the freezing point ? Yet how many, when heated by dancing, or oth-
er violent exercise, eagerly assuage their thirst by-copious draughts of
ice water, or lemonade, cooled by ice? Nay, by freely eating ice itself.
in the various forms of ice creams? Yet hazardousas this practice un-
doubtedly is, few authentic instances of sudden death from that cause,
have come to our knowledge. Is that delicate organ, the stomach,
then, able to bear the sudden and violent transitions of heat and. cold,
better than the outward surface of the body ? Is not the skin the ex-
quisite organ of feeling, and is it not more tremblingly. alive to vari-
ous impressions, than the stomach itself ? Otherwise whence is it, that”
a person can drink tea and coffee extremely hot without emotion,
yet, if let fall on- his skin, complains bitterly of being scalded?
Admitting this, it tends to corroborate our present doctrine. _ For
of all the remote causcs of human maladies, the sudden or partial —
application of cold and moisture to a body predisposed is evident-—
ly one of the most frequent and most injurious. Were it not for
this, and the periodical returns of the malignant and remittent fever (of
which, during an epidemic-constitution, exposure to cold is known to -
be a powerful exciting cause), the summer would, in all Be
prove the most healthy season.
it may not be improper in this place just to hint a neoesaney a cau-
tion respecting another custom, fashionable among all ranks of socie-
ty, as it doubtless endangers health. It is the habit of sitting, long
after sunset, on summer evenings in the open air, exposed to the de- .
scending dews; ofien on cold marble step§ before the doors; or in
passages in the full current of the night air. But however. pleasing -
and refreshing the cool air of the evening may appear, after the in-

Dr. Fothergill on the practice of sleeping on the wet ground. 211

tense heat of the day, yet, for reasons assigned, much caution is re-

quired. The example of the healthy and robust ought by no means

to encourage the delicate and valetudinary to indulge indolence at the

_ expense of their welfare, in sitting till a late hour. Have not such
persons too often cause to regret the effects of their temerity? The’
evening air till about sun set, or an hour after, might surely be enjoy-
ed with equal advantage, and more safety, were walking, riding, or
other gentle exercise a instead of the present mactive, sedenta-

-ty habit. .

From a series of obeervations: in this variable climate, I find by
the thermometer that, during the summer months, the temperature of
the external atmosphere from four o’clock in the afternoon till ten in
the « evening commonly undergoes a diminution from twelve to six-
teen degrees. But ona sudden storm from the north east, accompan-
ied with heavy rain, the mercury in the course of a few hours some-
times undergoes a still more surprising depression; of twenty five to
thirty five degrees. Yet regardless of these sudden transitions, fash-
ionable young people disdain to appear in warmer clothing. Ladies
though valetudinary resolve to-continue their elegant summer dress,
or rather undress to the verge of winter. How many blooming fe-
males thus sacrifice health, beauty, and life itself, at. the shrine of
fashion !

Can we wonder at the frequency and fatality of pulmonic diseases,
or that consumption alone, should constitute more than one fifth of
the deaths, which appear in the annual bills of mortality ?

It is very observable among young persons, especially those of a
delicate constitution and sprightly disposition, that when they are con-
scious of having thus contracted an obstinate complaint through their’
own indiscretion, they studiously ascribe it to eS ee
than the rigit one ;- particularly if the latter be of. the fashionable,

A412 Dr. Fothergill on the practice of sleeping on the wet ground.

pleasurable kind. A species of deception, which may often impose
on parents and guardians, but cannot eed elude the penetration of a
sagacious physician.

Perhaps it will be objected, if ‘sleeping on the ground, or exposure
to the night air at a late hour be so very injurious, whence is it, that
any of those, who indulge these habits, escape with impunity? The
same question may be urged, when a malignant fever rages with epi-
demic violence, whence is it, that some persons in the infected
neighbourhood escape, and continue to enjoy their usual health?
A few such escapes thus betray many into a fatal security. But is it
not more prudent to take warning from the calamities of others, than
to run headlong into dangers, that might easily be avoided ?

“ Felix quem faciunt aliena pericula cautum.”

CORRIGENDA ET ADDENDA:

Page. Line.
1 1 preix I:
18 —_ — II;
23 — — SII.
83 — — Iv.
38 —— Vv.
pom 12 for 1 read 6:
55 16 for 962;6 read 966,66.

— 14 — concession — concussion,
112 4b. — 1786 = Beh
133 19 — Crystal an Crystals
Ts . eae naar vr oan — =e
17

-suage, used by the Rev Mr.
eect ati is abe 15 inches above the surface ming <1 See page 19%

_ 213

XXXII. AN ESTIMATE

OF THE HEIGHT, DIRECTION, VELOCITY AND MAGNITUDE or
THE METEOR, THAT EXPLODED OVER WESTON IN
CONNECTICUT, DECEMBER 14, 1807.

With methods of calculating observations made on such bodies.
By NATHANIEL BOWDITCH a.m. a.a.s.
and member of the Philosophical Society held at Philadelphia.

me gs

THE extraordinary meteor which appeared at Weston in crak
ticut on the. fourteenth of December 1807, and exploded with several
dudes ‘of stones, having excited great attention throughout the U-
nited States, and being one of those phenomena of which few exact
observations are to be found in the history of physical science, I
have thought that a collection of the best observations of its appear-
ance at different places, with the necessary deductions for determin-
ing as accurately as possible, the height, direction, velocity, and mag-
nitude of the body, would not be unacceptable to the Academy, since
facts of this kind, besides being objects of great curiosity, may” be
useful in the investigation of the origin and nature of these meteors ;
and as the methods of making these calculations’are not fully explain-
ed in any treatise of trigonometry, common in this country, I have
given the solutions of two of the most necessary problems, with ex-
amples calculated at full length. The second problem is not (to my
knowledge) given in any treatise of spherics. .. The observations of
the meteor, which after many inquiries, were found to have been
made with sufficient accuracy to be introduced im the present investi-

Sahih were those Bits ge Wenham about seven miles abhi a ter]

iit vide ic

; i 5
ee A Be tet. e Pate

214 Mr. Bowditch’s estimate of the height Se.

of Salem, by Mrs. Gardner, a very intelligent lady, who had an opper-
tunity of observing it with great attention; those at Weston by Judge
Wheeler and Mr. Staples ; and those at Rutland in Vermont by Wil-
liam Page Esq. In collecting and combining these observations I
have received great assistance from my friend, John Pickering jun.
Esq. A.A. s. particularly in the observations at Wenham. These
observations are given after the problems, and the results from com-
bining them in various manners are stated at the end of this memoir.

PROBLEM I. Fre. 1.

Suppose that in two places in given latitudes and longitudes the
azimuths ofa meteor were observed at the same moment of time, and
its angular elevation above the horizon of one of those places. _ It is
———— meteor.

SOLUTION.

Let C be the centre of the earth, PWSM a portion of its surface
reduced to the level of the sea supposed to be spherical, P the pole of
the earth. w, s, the places of observation, m the place of the meteor.
Draw Cw, Cs, Cm, cutting the spherical surface in the points W, S,
M. Then Ww, Ss, will represent the vertical heights of the places
of observation, and Mm the vertical height of the meteor above the
level of the sea; PWM the azimuth of the meteor observed at w, and
PSM its azimuth observed ats, Then in the spherical triangle PWS
are given PW, PS, the co-latitudes of the places of observation,
and the angle WPS equal to their difference of longitude, to find by
spherics the angles PWS, PSW, and the side SW. The sum
or difference of PWS, PWM, will give the angle SWM; and
the sum or difference of PSM, PSW, will give the angle WSM-

of the meteor of 1807. 215

Then in the spheric triangle WSM _ will be given the angles SWM,
WSM and the side SW, to find the sides WM, SM, which are re-
spectively equal to the angles mCw, sCm. The altitude of the mete-
or observed at w, added to 90°, and #;th. part of the arch WM sub-
tracted from the sum for terrestrial refraction, will leave the correct
value of the angle Cwm: this added to mCw and the sum subtracted
from 180° will leave the angle Cmw. Then in the plane triangle Cwm,
will be given the angles and the side Cw (which may in general, when
Ww is small, be taken equal to the semidiameter of the earth, 3982
‘miles*) to find wm the distance of the meteor from the observer at
w, and Cm its distance from the centre of the earth, from which sub-
tracting CM equal to 3982 miles, there will remain the vertical altitude
of the meteor above the level of theséa. In the plane triangle sCm are
given Cs, Cm, and the included angle sCm (= arch SM) to find sm
the distance of the meteor from the observer ats, and the angle Csm
equal to the supplement of the zenith distance of the meteor at s. The
co-latitude of the meteor is equal to the arch PM, and the angle SPM
is equal to the difference of meridians between the meteor and the ob-
server at s. These quantities may ‘be easily found, by means of the
spheric triangle PSM, in which PS, SM and the angle PSM are giv-
en. They may also be found in a more simple manner, and to a suf-
ficient degree of accuracy, by the usual rules of navigation, supposing
the angle PSM to be the course and SM the distance, whence may
be found the difference of latitude, departure, and difference of a ae
tude between the points S, M.

* The mile made use of i in this memoir is the statute mile of 5280 feet, In
the following calculations on the Weston meteor, it will be supposed that Com
Cs=3982 miles; the part Ww or Se being but a small fraction of a mile.

216 Mr. Bowditeh’s estimate of the height Sc.

EXAMPLE.

Suppose the azimuth of the meteor at Wenham PW Me=117° 339’
54”, azimuth at Weston PSM=3°, altitude at Wenham 5° 50’ 4 40",
co-latitude of Wenham PW=47? 19’ 45", co-latitude of Weston PS
48° 45', difference of meridians WPS=2° 3645". It is required to
find the latitude and longitude of the meteor, its distance from Wen-
ham and Weston, and its vertical height above the level of the sea.

This corresponds to Example 10 in Table 1.

In the Page PSW.

3PS = 24°22’ 30”
IPW=23 39 52

tal

Sum 48 2 22Cos.AC 0:1748214| - - - - Sine AC 0°1286575 PSW 52°56/34" SineACh™
Diff. 0 42 38 Cos.. 99999666!,- - - - Sine 8°0934643IPW 47 19 45
LWPS 1 18 22 Cotan. 11°6420673| - - - - Cot. —11°6420673|WPS 2 36 48 Sine

4Sum 89 7 36 Tang. 11-6166555)|fait36°11'2""Tan.9 864189i|SW 2 24 25 Sine

iDiff. 36 11 2 PWS 125 18 38 PSW 52 56 34
— ; ~PWM117 35 54 Azim. PSM 3
Sum 125 18 383=PWS —-——_ ——
Diff. 52 56 34—=PSW SWM 7 42 44 WSM 55 56 34
In the triangle WSM.

4WSM 27 58 17

ISWM 351 22

Sum 31 49 39 Cos. AC 0:0707652 Sine AC i -2773898

Diff. 24 655 Cos. 9°9603401 Sine 6112706
-3SW = 1:12.12} Tang. 8-3223773 Tang. . "3093773

— ee

iSum 11734 Tang. 8 8°3534826 Adif. 0° 5557” Tang. & 2115377
qDiff. Sete cn cement res |
ae Cwm=95° 41’ 50” = Alt. 5° 50/40” 90°

Sum 21331=WM=mCw - - - = 48S
Diff. 021 37=SM=sCm Cmw=82 4 39

Sumis0 oO 0O

———

, in
* The aii 3;WM, by the above calculation is 9’ 32”. The value made oer
finding Cw 50", estimated by a rough calculation, and it was thought

to repeat ‘he aebtaen on account of this small difference.

of the meteor of 1807. 217

In the triangle Cwm.

Cmw 82° 4°39" Sine AC 0:0041651 ew eee es eee 6000417
Cw 3982 lo og. 36001013 = = = 3°60010
Cwm 9541 50 Sine 9°9978494 WM 9° 13/31” Sine 858915
€m 4000'51 log. 3°6021158] wm 156°1 miles log. 219342

In the triangle Csm.

Cm+Cs 7982°51 log. AC 6°:0978605| Cms 53°24/36” Sine AC 0°09533
Cmn Cs 1851 log 12674064) Ce 3982 log. 3°60010
3sum ang. 89 49 112 Tang. 12:5025138)sCm 02137 Sine 7°79851

3diff. ang. 36 243524 Tang. 9:8677807| sm 31°2 miles log. 1°49394 —
Sum —-:126 13 47=Cem.-. Alt. at Weston 36° 13’ 47”, a
Diff. 53 24 36—Cms

The course from S to M is nearly N 3° W, the distance SM 21’
37’, or 2162 ; hence the difference of latitude is 21/59 =21’ 35”, the
departure 1'*13, and the difference of longitude 1°51 =1' 31”,

Latitude of Weston 41° = 0” ~_— Longitude of es felt 2 0”
Diff. of latitude 35 Diff. of longitud 131

Latitude of Meteor 41 36 35 N Long. of Meteor (73:28 31W

PROBLEMII. Fic. 2

Suppose that in two places s, w, in given latitudes and longitudes,

|
i
E
7
3
q

the angular elevations of a meteor Csm, Cwm, were observed, and the
azimuth PSM at one of the places. _It is required to find the situa-
tion of the meteor.

Te Se

ee ere Pa eee en Nae Geen Ny, See RT aT Se Re ee ee a ee ee Pe ee ge eae

218 Mr. Bowditch’s estimate of the height Sc.

SOLUTION.

This figure is to be marked like the first, then on SM (continued
if necessary) let fall the perpendicular AW. Suppose a plane drawn
through w, perpendicular to Cw, to cut the line sm in &. Join Cd
cutting SM in B, and let CA continued cut sm in a. Find in the tri-
angle PSW, the angles PWS, PSW, WSM (or ASW), and the side
SW as in the last problem. Then in the right-angled spheric trian-
gle SAW are given SW and the angle ASW, to find by spherics SA,
AW, and the angle SWA. The angle Csm, or its supplement, is
equal to the angle Csa, the angle sCa =arch SA, and the angle Cas=
180°—Csa—sCa.

Sine Cas : Sine Csa :: Cs : Ca

Tene AWB=: mee (1— <<. Cosine AW)
The affection of the angle AWB may be determined by the fig-
ure and the data of the problem.*
Sine MWB = = x Cotang. Cwm x Tang. Cas x Cos. AWB.
MWA=AWB+ MWB,

The sign to be made use of is easily discovered by the figure, observ-
ing that the point B falls between M and S.
Cotang. mCw (=Cotang. MW) = Cosine MWA x Cotang. AW.

* This angle may also be found in the following manner. Having in the plane
triangle aCw, the sides Ca, Cw, and the angle aCw (=arch AW) the angles Caw;
Cwa, may be found by plane trigonometry, and AWB by this formula

Tang. AWB = ©°: Cwaxtang. Cas
Sine Caw

of the meteor of 1807. 219

The sum of the angles Cwm, mCw, subtracted from 180° leaves Cmw.

Then
Sine Cmw : Sine Cwm :: Cw: Cm

The distances wm, sm, and the latitude and longitude of the mete-
or may be found as in Problem 1.

When the distance of the meteor is great, the angles Csm, Cwm,
must be corrected for terrestrial refraction, by subtracting one four-
teenth part of the intercepted arches SM, WM respectively ; but as
these arches are generally unknown, it will be necessary (when great
accuracy is required) to make the calculation with the altitudes un-
corrected, and thus find the approximate values of the corrections of
the altitudes for refraction, and, by repeating the operation, the required
quantities will be obtained. In this way the refraction in the Wenham

observations was found to be about 9 or 10 minutes.

EXAMPLEs

Suppose the altitude of the meteor at the time of its disappearance
at Weston was 75°, its azimuth at that place N 15° W, and the cor-
responding altitude of the meteor at Wenham 5° 30’ corrected for re-
fraction. It is required to find the latitude and longitude of the me-
teor, its distance from Wenham and Weston, and its vertical altitude
above the level of the sea.

Here are given the angle Cwm = 90° +alt. at Wenham = 95° 30’,
Csm=90° + alt. at Weston=165°. The arch SW= 2°24'25",
_ the angle PWS = 125° 18’ 38”, and the angle PSW = 52° 56’ 34”, are
found as in the last example. The angles PSW, PSM added togeth-
er give WSM or ASW = 67° 56’ 34”.

This corresponds to Example 14, Table 1.

220
SW 9°24/25”'Tang.86235990] - - - - - Sine 86252157] - - - Cos,9-9996lé1
ASW 67.56 34 Cos. 95746474) - - - - - Sine 99669904) - = = Tan. 0°392343)
SA 6 54 16 Tang. 8:1982464JAW —2°13’50’” Sine 85902061 IswA22°4/29"’cot.0°39 19591
* reel ieee
Csa 165 0 O Sine 9.4129962;,AW 2:13 50 Cot. 11°4094901
Cas 14 5 44Sin.ac 0°6134301)/MWA 20 24 42 Cos. 9°9718374
Cs 3982. log.* MW 2 22 47 Cot.11°3813275| - - = Sine 86162
Cw 3982 log. AC* Cwm 9530 OSine 9°9979960
Ca+-Cw log. 0°0264263\Cmw 82 7 13sin.AC*0041201] - - = - - o-004l3
AW 2:13 50 Cos. 9°9996708/Sum 180 0 0
1061933 log. 0°0260971|Cw $982 ~— log. 3°6001013] - = = * * 560010
An EE i a ala —
Sub. 1 061933 log. 8°7919221|Cm —4001°5 log. 3:6022174}wm 166°9 log. 222380
AR met Ee rater —
Cas 14 5 44 Tang. 9:3998470|/Mm 1995
SS Fig iota: SSA
AW 213 50sin. AC 1° 4097939'MW 2°22'47" Sine 86182788
AWB 21 46 44 Tang. Zona 2s 20 24 42 Sine 9°5425303]
AWB2146 44 Cos. 99678392;AM 04947 Sine 81608091
Ca+Cw log. 0°0264263|/SA 0 54 16
Cwm 95 30 Ot: ao 69)}SM 0 4 Sine 7°11533
Cas 14 544 Tang. 9 3998470|\Csm 165. -0-
MWB 122 2 Sine 83776894|Cms 14.55 31 SineAC 0°58912
AWB 21 46 44 sum 180 0 0
MWA 20 24 42 |Cs 3982 log. 3°60010
SWA 22 429 sm 20:2 log., 1:30455
SWM_ 13947 |
PWS 125 1838 |

PW M123 38 51=—calculated azimuth.

e logarithms are neglected, because se is the arithmetical com

i, et their sum (rejecting 10 in the index) is

Mr. Bowditch’s estimate of the height 8c.

plement of th

of the meteor of 1807. 221

The course from S to M is nearly N 15° W, the distance S M
4' 29" ; hence the difference of latitude of the points S,M 1s 4’ 20’,
departure 69’°6, difference of longitude 93”. Hence the latitude of
the point M is nearly 41° 19’ 20” N, and its longitude 73° 28’ 33" W.

If it be required to find the change in the above elements arising
from an error in the altitude at Wenham, it would only be necessary
to repeat the latter part of the calculation, since the values of SA,
SWA, AWB, would remain the same in both cases.

Remark 1. When the distances of the observers from each other
and from the meteor are small, the correction arising from the spher-
ical form of the earth may be neglected, supposing the triangle SWM
to be rectilinear and drawn on a horizontal plane. In this case the
calculations will be rendered more simple if the heights are estimated
from a plane drawn through w parallel to the horizon, supposing the
points w, W, to coincide. Then if the points s, w, are at the same
height, the points s, S, will also coincide as in Fig. 3. ‘If the points
s, w, are not at the same level, as in Fig. 4, the lines ms, MS (contin-
ued if necessary) will meet in S’, in the plane MWS, making SS'=Ssx
Cotang. alt. meteor at s. In either case there will be given in Prob-
lem I. the angles SWM, WSM, SMW (=180°—SW M—WSM})
and SW to find by plane trigonometry WM, SM. Then the alti-
tude of the meteor above the level of the point w will be represented

. WMxTang. elevation of the meteor at w.

In Problem 2, when the points s, w, are at the same level, as in
Fig. 3, there will be given the angles Mwm, Msm, WSM, and the
side SW, to find the angle SWM by the following formula.

Sine SWM=Tang. alt. meteor at w x Cotang. alt. meteor at ¢ x Sine WSM,
which being found the rest of the calculation may be made
28

222 Mr. Bowditch’s estimate of the height, &c.

as above. When the points s, w, are not on the same level, as
in Fig 4, the line SS’ being found as above, and the angle WSS" equal
to WSM or its supplement, SW being also given, the side S’W and
the angles WS'S, S’WS, may be found by plane trigonometry. Then -
as before we shall have |
Sine S’'(WM = Tang. alt. meteor at w x Cotang. alt. meteor at s x Sine WS'M,
which gives the bearing of the meteor from W, whence the distance
WM, and the height of the meteor as in Problem IL
Remark 2. When either of the azimuths or altitudes is not accu-
rately known, but the limits between which the real value is contain-
ed are given; the situation of the meteor may be calculated for each
of these limits, and by this means the limiting values of the required
elements of the motion of the body may in general be obtained. This
method is frequently made use of in this memoir.
Remark 3. In order to judge of theaccuracy of the results obtained by
the preceding problems, it will be useful to repeat the operation, mak-
ing successively a small change in each of the given quantities. For if
any one of the required quantities be not materially affected by these
changes, the calculated value will in general be nearly correct. 2
the other hand if a small error in the observed angles produces a great
error in the result, it will be proper to reject it, Thus, in Problem 1.
if the given angles WSM, SWM, are both very small, the least
change in either of those angles will in general produce a great change
in the situation of the point M, as is well known; and if the two
places of observation s, m, are thus situated with respect to the mete-
or, the observations made at those places must not be combined t0-
gether. This is the case with the observations of the Weston me
teor made at Rutland and Weston, and for that reason the observa-
tions made at those places are not combined together, in the calcula
tions made for determining the place of the meteor. :

of the meteor of 1807.

bo
bo
w

Observations at Wenham, Weston, and Rutland.

Sometime after the appearance of the meteor, I went with Mr.
Pickering to Mrs. Gardner’s house in Wenham, where she had ob-
served the phenomenon. She informed us that on the morning of the
fourteenth of December 1807, when she rose, she went towards the
window of her chamber, which looks to the westward, for the purpose
of observing the weather, according to her invariable practice for ma-
ny years past. The sky was clear except a few thin clouds in
the west. It was past day-break, and by estimation about half an
hour ‘before sun-rise, or seven o’clock. The meteor was immediate-
_ ly observed just over the southern part of the barn in her farm yard,
nearly in front of the window; its disc was well defined, and it resembled
the moon so much, that unprepared as Mrs. Gardner’s mind was for a
phenomenon of that nature, she was not at first aware that it was
not the moon, till she perceived it in motion, when her first reflection
(to use her own words) was—where is the moon going to? The
reflection however was hardly made, when she corrected herself,
and with her eye followed the body with the closest attention throug-
out its whole course. It moved ina direction nearly parallel to the
horizon and disappeared behind a cloud to the northward of the house
of Samuel Blanchard Esq. The true azimuth of the south part of the
barn from the place of observation is N 107° 59’ W,, its altitude 3°
25. The top part of the building is horizontal. The azimuth of
Mr. Blanchard’s house is N. 148° 22) W. These buildings were
useful in determining nearly the limits of the azimuths of the meteor.
The azimuths were obtained by observing with an excellent theodo-
lite, the difference of the azimuths of the sun and object, and finding
the sun’s azimuth by his observed altitude. The same method was

224 Mr. Bowditch’s estimate of the height, Sc.

made use of in obtaining the azimuths of the meteor. The angular
elevation of the meteor above the horizon appeared always greater
than that of the barn 3° 25’, and less than that of a tree in front of the
window, along the branches of which the meteor ranged ;_ the altitude
of the top of this tree was 7° 10’... These fixed objects served to de-
termine the altitude of the meteor, which is the most important ele-
ment in the calculation, to a considerable degree of accuracy. After
the theodolite was carefully adjusted, Mrs. Gardner directed the tel-
escope attached to the instrument towards that part of the heavens
where she first saw the meteor, the true azimuth was N 106° 54’ 64”
W. Altitude 5° 50’ 40"... The azimuth of a second place where it
was seen was N 117° 35’ 54” W. Altitude as before. The azi-
mouth of a third place was N, 132° 15’ 54’’ west. Altitude 5° 29’ 40",
The azimuth of the place of disappearance was N 144°33'54” W. Al-
titude 4° 1'40".* All these azimuths fall within the limits mentioned
above, but the two last are undoubtedly too great. For a great circle
‘passing through Wenham and Weston is inclined to the meridian of
Wenham by an angle equal to 125° 18’ 38”, and as the two last azi-
muths exceed that quantity, they fall to the southward of Weston,
which cannot. be correct, because the meteor disappeared before it
arrived at the zenith of Weston, as was observed by Judge Wheeler
It happens fortunately in the present instance that the other places of
observation at Weston and Rutiand are so situated with respect to
Wenham, that a considerable error in the azimuths at Wenham, would
not materially affect the result of the calculation made for determining
the height or direction of the meteor, as. will appear in the follow:
ing calculations. Mrs, Gardner supposed the meteor to have bee?

* In the following calculations the allowances made for refraction in the above
observations, were 8’ 50”, 8’ 50”, 9’ and 10’ 10” making the altitudes respectively
5° 41 50”, 5° 41’ 50”, 5° 20’ 40”, and 3° 51’ 30”.

of the meteor of 1807. 225

visible about halfa minute. In its progress it was occasionally ob-
secured by thin broken clouds, which intercepted the view of it sev-
eral times. No train of light was observed to accompany it. Its ve-
locity did not appear to be so great as that of shooting stars. _ Its col-
our was more vivid than that of the moon. The place of observation
at Wenham, is in the latitude of 42°40’ 15” N and in the longitude of
70° 50’ 15” W from Greenwich.

By the observations of Judge Wheeler at Weston, published in
the interesting memoir of Professors Silliman and Kingsley, in the
sixth volume of the Transactions of the American Philosophical So-
ciety held at Philadelphia, it appears, that on the fourteenth of De-
cember 1807, at about 6h. 50’, A. M. “ numerous spots of uncloud-
“ed sky were visible, and along the northern part of the horizon a
** space of ten or fifteen degrees was perfectly clear. The attention
“ of Judge Wheeler was first drawn by a sudden flash of light, which
* illuminated every object. Looking up he discovered in the north a
“ globe of fire, just then passing behind the cloud, which obscured
“ though it did not entirely hide the meteor. In this situation its ap-
“‘ pearance was distinct, and well defined, like that of the sun seen
“through a mist. It rose from the north, and proceeded in a direc-
“tion nearly perpendicular to the horizon, but inclining, by a very
“small angle, to the west, and deviating a little from the plane of a
“ great circle, but in pretty large curves, sometimes on one side of the
“plane, and sometimes on the other, but never making an angle with
“it of more than four or five degrees. Its apparent diameter was
“about one half or two thirds the apparent diameter of the full moon.
“ Its progress was not so rapid as that of common meteors and shoot-

“ ing stars. When it passed behind the thinner clouds, it appeared
5 brighter than before; and when it passed the spots of clear sky, it
“flashed with a vivid light, yet not so intense as the lightning of a

226 Mr. Bowditch’s estimate of the height &c.

‘“ thunder-storm. © Where it was not too much obscured by thick
‘clouds, a waving conical train of paler light was seen to attend
‘*it, in length about 10 or 12 diameters of the body. In the clear sky
“a brisk scintillation was observed about the body of the meteor, like
*¢ that of a burning fire-brand carried against the wind. It disappear-
‘¢ ed about 15 degrees short of the zenith, and about the same num-
“ ber of degrees west of the meridian. It did not vanish instantane-
‘*‘ ously, but grew, pretty rapidly, fainter and fainter, as a red hot can-
* non ball would do, if cooling in the dark, only with much more ra-
“¢ pidity.—The whole period between its first appearance and total ex-
‘¢ tinction, was estimated at about 30 seconds.. About 30 or 40 sec-
“ onds after this, three loud and distinct reports, like those of a four-
“ pounder, near at hand were heard.—Then followed a rapid. succes-
“sion of reports less loud—so as to produce a continued rumbling—
# This noise continued about as long as the body was in rising, and
“ died away apparently i in the direction from which the meteor came.”
Mr. ‘Staples observed, “ that when the meteor disappeared, there were
“ apparently three successive efforts or leaps of the fire ball, which
“ grew more dim at every throe, and disappeared with the last.—From
“the various accounts which we have received of the appearance of
“ the body at different places, we are inclined to believe, that the time
“ between the disappearance and report, as estimated by Judge Whee-
“ Jer, is too little, and that a minute is the least time that could have |
“ intervened.” The latitude of Weston is about 41° 15’ N, longitude
73° 27’ W from Greenwich, but there is a little uncertainty in both
these quantities, though not enough to affect materially the result of
the calculation.
The observations made at Rutland were procured by the kind of-
fices of Professor Hall, of Middlebury College, Vermont, to whom
Mr. Page communicated his valuable observations in a paper, € -

of the meteor of 1807. 227

pressed in the following terms. “I was at the weet door of my
“ house on Monday morning, the fourteenth of December 1807, about
“« day light, and perceiving the sky suddenly illuminated, I raised my _
“ eyes and beheld a meteor of a circular form, in the southwesterly
“ part of the heavens, rapidly descending to the south, leaving behind
“ it a vivid sparkling train of light. The atmosphere near the south
“ part of the horizon was very hazy, but the passage of the meteor
‘“‘ behind the clouds was visible, until it descended below the moun-
“tains, about twenty miles south of this place. There were white
“ fleecy clouds scattered about the sky, but none so dense as to ob-
‘“‘ scure the tract of the meteor. I now lament that I did not make
‘‘ more particular observations at the time, and I should probably un-
“‘ til this day have considered it to be what is commonly called a ‘ fad/-
“ing star, had I not read in the New York papers an account of the
‘explosion of a meteor, and the falling of some meteoric stones near
“New Haven, Connecticut, which, by recurring to circumstances,
“then fresh in my recollection, I found to be on the same morning
“that I observed the meteor at Rutland. I am indebted to my learn-.
“ed friend, Dr. Samuel Williams, for his aid and directions in ascer-
‘* taining the situation of the meteor, when I first observed it, and its
“ course, andalso for the order of my observations. rm, circular.
“ Magnitude, less than a quarter of the diameter of the moon. —Co/-
“our, red vivid light. Tail, or train of hight, about eight times the
“length of its diameter at the least, projected opposite to its course.
“ Azimuth, when first observed about 9° 30’ west of the meridian.
« Altitude when first observed, about 18°30.* Descent to the south
“part of the horizon, west of the meridian, by 7 or 8 de-

In making use of this altitude, 3’ for refraction was subtracted, making it
18°97, ;

228 Mr. Bowditch’s estimate of the height Se

“‘ grees. Motion, very rapid, probably thirty seconds in sight.
“« Place of observation, Rutland, county of Rutland, and state of Ver-
“‘ mont, latitude 43° 36’ N, as ascertained by Dr. Williams ; longi-
“tude west from Greenwich [72° 58’ 15] as ascertained by Mr. Bow-
** ditch, by calculations made upon observation of the solar eclipse of
“ June 16, 1806.” Ina letter, which accompanied the preceding pa- ~
per, Mr. Page observed that his recollection of the meteor was pretty
distinct, and that he was enabled to determine its situation by the posi-
tion of certain known objects,

Deductions from the preceding observations.

The observations made at Wenham, combined in various ways
with those at Rutland and Weston, by the methods given in the pre-
ceding problems, furnish the results contained in Table 1, in which ©
the given quantities are marked with an asterisk. These quantities

are varied a few degrees in the different examples, for the purpose of
forming an estimate of the change in the calculated place of the me-
teor, from any supposed error in the observations. In the two first
€xamples are combined (by Problem 2) the azimuth and altitude ob-
served at the first appearance of the meteor at Rutland, with various
supposed altitudes at Wenham. The 3d. and 4th. examples are like
the first and second, except in a small change in the altitude and azi-
muth at Rutland. In tue 5th. and 6th. examples, the first azimuth
and altitude observed at Wenham are combined (by Problem 1) with
the azimuth at Weston, supposing it in the 5th. example to be north ;
and in the 6th. N3°W. The 7th. and 8th. examples contain the re-
sults from combining the same Wenham observation with the azimuth
at Rutland, supposing it in the 7th. example to be N 170° 30’ W, and
inthe 8th,N173°W. From the 9thto the 12th. examples, the same

of the meteor of 1807. 229

calculations are repeated with the second Wenham azimuth and alti-
tude. In the 13th. example, the azimuth and altitude at Weston at
the time of the disappearance of the meteor, are combined with the
altitude at Wenham, supposing it 5°: in the three following exam-—
ples the calculation is repeated with small variations in the values of
the given quantities. The azimuths at Wenham, calculated in the
13th. and 14th. examples, are made use of in the 17th. 18th.and 19th.
with the corresponding assumed altitudes at Wenham, and the azi-
muth at Rutland at the time of the disappearance of the meteor, sup-
posing it to be N 172° W in the 17th. and 18th. examples, and N
170° 30’ W in the 19th,
It appears by this table, that in the 5th. and 6th. aman the al-
titude of the meteor at Weston was about 16° 30, and in the 9th. and
- 10th. about 36°. Now if the meteor appeared at Weston to describe
a great circle, beginning at the north part of the horizon and terminat-
ing at a point having the azimuth N 15° W and altitude 75° (which
was nearly the case by the observations of Judge Wheeler) the azi-:
muth corresponding to the altitudes 16°30’ and 36°, would be respec-
tively 1° 11’ and 2° 53’, as is easily found by spherics. The places
of the meteor corresponding nearly to the azimuths 1° 11’ and 2° 53’,
are given in the three right hand columns of the table opposite to those
examples; these quantities being found by proportion. Thus by
the 5th. and 6th. examples, the latitudes corresponding to the azi-
muths 0° and 3° are 42° 3’ 6” and 42° 2’ 15”, varying 51” by a change
of 3° of azimuth; hence the latitude corresponding to the azimuth
1°11’ js 42°9'46” or 42° 2’ 45”, asin the table. The other quantities
were calculated in the same manner. The azimuth of the meteor at
Wenham at the time of disappearing was not far from 123°30' or 124°,
as is evident from examples 13, 14, 15 and 16. Mrs. Gardner sup-
posed the meteor to have been visible considerably south of this
29

_

230 Mr. Bowwditch’s estimate of the height Se.

point, which could not be correct for the reasons stated in the for-
mer part of this paper. By taking the second and third azimuths and
altitudes of the meteor, as estimated by Mrs. Gardner, and finding by
proportion the altitude corresponding to the azimuth 123°30’ or 124°,
and allowing 9’ or 10’ for refraction, the altitude will be found to dif
fer but few minutes from 5° 30’, which is made use of in the 14th.
example. ‘The-estimated altitude would have been found nearly the
same, if the four observations at Wenham had been taken into the
calculation, by the usual method of interpolation, explained by Sir I.
Newton in the Princip. Lib. 3. Lem. 5.* The results of the 14th.
example are assumed in the right-hand columns of Table I, and in Ta-
ble I, as the true values at that time, and it is evident that the lati-
tudes and longitudes thus found must be nearly correct, since the
meteor disappeared almost in the zenith of Weston, and a considera-
ble error in any of the observations would not materially affect the re-
sult, as appears by comparing examples 13, 14, 15, and 16. This
latitude and longitude agrees nearly with that obtained in the 19th.
example, by combining the azimuth and altitude at Wenham, with
the azimuth 170° 30’ at Rutland, from which it appears probable that
~ the azimuth of the meteor at Rutland, at the time of its disappearance,
must have been about 170° 30’, and the corresponding calculated alti-
tude at that place 5° 45’;+ but, by Mr. Page’s observations, the azi-

* In putting A for the azimuth at Wenham and a for the corresponding altitude
corrected for refraction, expressed in degrees and decimals, the formula of New-
ton gives a=5°6972—0° 0009488 (A—106%91) (A—1 17°60) —-0°-00007012
(A—106°91) (A—117°-60) (A—132°-26).

+ Mr.
tains,

Page states that he saw the meteor till it descended below the moun-
but as it was hazy in the direction of the meteor and the time early in the
Morning, it must have been difficult to determine by observation the precise point

of its disappearance. The above method of calculating the altitude must give it
very nearly correct.

of the meteor of 1807. : 231

rauth of the meteor at the time of its disappearance was 172° or 173°,
being about 2° greater than by the preceding calculations ;. and it
seems reasonable to make the same allowance on the first azimuth,
observed at Rutland. This correction being made, the azimuths be-
come 168° 30’ and 170° 30’ and the altitudes 18° 27’ and 5° 45, cor-

responding respectively to the first and last observations at Rutland.
The azimuth corresponding to any intermediate altitude, may be
found sufficiently near by supposing the variations of altitude and
azimuth to be proportional to each other. In this way the azimuths
corresponding to the altitudes. 6°30’ and 7° 30’* would be respectively
170° 23’ and.170°14'; which are rather less than the azimuths made use
of in examples 1Land 7. ‘The changes to be made in the results of
these examples, for this small difference of azimuth, may be easily es-
timated by comparing those examples with. the 12th, and 8th. Tn
this way were found the assumed values, corresponding to those ex-
amples, given in the right hand columns of Table I. By taking the
mean of the assumed values in Table I, corresponding to the exam-
ples 5, 6; and 7, 8; also the mean of those deduced from examples
9, 10; and 11, 12; there will be obtained the altitudes, latitudes and
longitudes of the meteor, marked in Table II, as the most probable
values corresponding to the times of the first and second observations
made at Wenham.

At the first Rutland observation the meteor was not seen at Wen-
ham, since the azimuth at Wenham at that time was probably less than
84° (as appears by the four first examples of Table 1) and the first ob-
served azimuth exceeded 106°; so that there can be no very accurate
estimate of the situation of the meteor at that time. However, as the

* These are nearly thé altitudes at Rutland grthetime of the two first obser-
‘ations at Wenham, as appears by Examples 7,8; 11,12. An EOF of several
minutes in these altitudes would hardly cause any sensible change in + geal
ed azimuths at Rutland. 2

232 Mr. Bowditch’s estimate of the height &c.

altitude of the meteor observed at Wenham, and its calculated alti-
tude above the level of the sea (found in Table II) did not vary much
during the time of its appearance at Wenham, it is highly probable
that no great change was experienced from the time of the first Rut-
land, to the first Wenham, observation. The preceding method of
interpolation gives for the azimuth 83° 14’ 59” at Wenham, a corres-
ponding altitude at that place of 7° 43’.* This altitude with the azi-
muth at Rutland 168° 30’, and the corresponding altitude 18° 27’, give
the results in Example 2, Table I, which, with an increase of 3/12” in
the longitude, are assumed in the right hand columns of that table and
in Table II, as the place of the meteor at the first Rutland observation.
This addition is made to the longitude because the mean longitudes
assumed in Table II exceed a few miles the results from the corres-
ponding Rutland observations in Table I.

A mistake of 1° in the observed altitudes at Wenham would pro-
duce an error of about 23 miles in the calculated height of the me-
teor, but the effect of this source of error cannot be great, since the
observed altitude must have fallen between the limits 3°25’ and
7° 10, corresponding to the heights of the barn and meteor ; as was
observed above,

With the altitudes, latitudes and longitudes of the meteor given
in Table II, and the latitudes and longitudes of the places of observa-
_ tions, were calculated the distances of the meteor inserted in Table
II, to give at one view the results of all the observations.

* This azimuth and altitude were found in the following manner. With the
azimuth at Wenham estimated in Example 1, 79° 33’ 46”, was calculated, by the
preceding formula of interpolation, the corresponding altitude at Wenham. The
difference between this and the supposed altitude 6° 30/ was called the error of
this supposition, The operation was repeated with another assumed altitude, a8
8°, and the error of this supposition found. By these errors a corrected altitude
was calculated by the Rule of False ; and by repeating the operation a few timess
the above azimuth and altitude were obtained.

bo
to
Go

of the meteor of 1807.

TABLE I.

PLACES OF THE METEOR CACULATED WITH VARIOUS CHANGES IN THE VAL-
UES OF THE OBSERVED ANGLES FOR THE PURPOSE OF ESTIMATING
THE EFFECT OF SUPPOSED ERRORS IN THOSE ANGLES.

Azimuths of the me-|Altitudes of the meteor! Distances of the | Calculated places of | Assumed places of |

Exe. or at a meteor from the meteor. the meteor.
Wenham |West.| Rutl } Wenh. West: Rutl. |Wenh.|West.| Rutl.! Alt | Lat. Long. |Alt.| Lat. | Long.
Ak TEE PT :

Aas 14 o' Fo + o 4 | miles. miles) miles miles} ow 1 miles} g plo ys
$4 1) 79 33 46 1683*| 6 30 * 18 27*| 120-7 48-1 | 155|42 57 35173 8 59
ZO 2] 85 14 59 1683*| 743 *1 {18 97%) 1218 56:3 |18°2}42 51 2173 10 48'19.0|40 51 Ir 14
Z 3] 79 38 168 *| 6 30 * 18 27°) 121-2 482 | 153/42 $7 31]73 9 29
BE 41 77 46 52 1683*| 6 30 * 20 0*} 1206 445|154)43 0 43)73 8 7
2 5/106 5454¢0° “| 15 41 50*|16° 11 1422 | 58:3 16 6142 3 6\73 27 0
25 ol106 54 54*|3 5 41 50°16 50 1452|576| | 17-0/42 2 15 |73 30 19/167 | 42 22)75 264
& 7(106 54.54%) |1703*|5 41 50° 7 32] 1346 108-0) 15°6/42 5 11 |73 18 59/157} 40 5 |73 194
34 {106 3454*| —|173 *|5 41 50° 7 22| 129°3 /105°6| 149/42 6 35 |73.13 13]

‘J ' .
1 9/117 35 54"10 5 41 50° 1546 | 316 183|41 37 14|73 97 0 | 40, ‘
53 10|117 35 54*13 5 41 50*|36 14 1561 | 31-9 185/41 36 35173 28 31) 155) 41 37 78 283
*11l117 35 54*| —‘|1704*|5 41 50* 6 24 | 152-2 1397] 180]41 38 16/73 25 1 | 1941 41 58 |73 254
q 819/117 35547] 173 “15 41 50° 6 14 | 1446 135-1! 16-9}41 41 23}73. 17 23
13/123 49 42 |15 * 5 “75 * 166-9 | 18-0 18-0|41 18 5273. 28 23]

= 141123 38 51 j15 * 330 *\75 166:9 | 20:2 19°5]41 19 20173 28 33] 4,

$45|193 17 46 |10 * 5. ine MIB 8 246 17-9141 20 30l73. 28 16| 195/41 19 3/73 288

© 16|124 17 56 [15 * 5 -|s0 . 1674 |184 18:1]41 17 39 57

= 17\123 49 42") = 172 #15 5 08 | 161-6 1585) 17:3}41 21 52

218/123 38 51*| ——‘|172 *|5 30 * 5 40 | 1613 158-0] 187]41 22 46| 19°5|41 19 3173 293

1912338 51*] —‘(la70g*l5 30. * 5 45} 1671] | 1621! 9-slgr 19
TABLE II.

PLACES AND DISTANCES OF THE METEOR AT THE TIMES OF
THE DIFFERENT OBSERVATIONS, AS DETERMINED BY
THE MEAN OF ALL THE CALCULATIONS.

; y Distances of the meteor sage as the

Times of Observation. rom

| Wenham) Weston|[Rutlanc aioe titudle! ion aed
miles. | miles. | miles. | miles. | North ;

124 113 | S7Uh 182 2 : orn

ei the first Rutland oe

t the first Wenham obse 139 59 F 110 162 3 24
4 the second Wenham Servite 154 32 141 183 3 37
At the time of disappearin g 167 20°°¢ 162 19°5 at to 73 284

From the places of the meteor given in the preceding table it is
; easy to find, by the common rules of trigonometry, that ifs course was
about S7° W, in a direction nearly parallel to the surface of the earth,

234 Mr. Bowditch’s estimate of the height &c.

and at the height of about eighteen miles. These points appear to be
ascertained to a considerable degree of accuracy. The time elapsed
between the disappearance of the meteor and hearing the three loud
reports at Weston, which, according to the estimates of different ob-
servers, was at /east sixty seconds, serves in a degree to confirm the
accuracy of the estimated altitude of the meteor. For the velocity
of sound being 1142 feet. per second, the distance corresponding te
60 seconds is 60 x 1142= 68520 feet, or 13 miles nearly : conse-

quently the height must have exceeded 13 miles.

At the first appearance of the meteor at Rutland, it was iielevasee
at least 8° above the horizon of Weston; and at its disappearance at
Weston, was above 5° above the horizon of Rutland; as may be
easily proved from the places of the meteor given in Table II. Now
as it was seen by Judge Wheeler and Mr. Page quite near the hori-
zon, it must have been observed at both places fi from the time of the
first Rutland observation till its disappearance at Weston. The dis-
tance of the points where the meteor was then situated is easily found
from the data in Table IT to be 107 miles in a straight line, and the
distance really passed over by the body while visible must have exceed-
ed that quantity. _ The whole duration of the appearance of the me-
teor, as estimated by Mr. Page and Judge Wheeler, was about 30 sec-
onds, which would make its velocity about 33 miles per second, by

“ both observations. In a similar manner the distance passed over,
while visible at Wenham, was about 52} miles, and if the duration
of its appearance was 30 seconds, as Mrs. Gardner estimated it, the
velocity corresponding would be 13 miles per second ; this would
have been more than doubled if the extreme azimuths at Wenham
had been made use of without correction. From these results it ap-
pears probable that the velocity of the meteor exceeded 8 miles pe
second. We may form an idea of the greatness of this velocity, by ob-
serving that it is fourteen times as swift as the motion of sound,

_ early as great as that of a satellite revolving about the earth at the

of the meteor of 1807. 235

same distance, and if a body were projected in a vertical direction.
with about double the velocity (the air being supposed not to resist)
it would proceed beyond the sphere of the earth’s attraction.

In estimating the magnitude of the body from the present obser-
vations, no very accurate result is to be expected, since the: apparent
diameter was not exactly measured by-any of the observers. The
observations. that were made, serve however to prove that the body
was much larger than the whole mass of stones that fell near Weston,
as will be evident from. the following calculations. Mr. Page sup-
posed the apparent diameter of the body to be about one quarter
part. of that of the moon, or about 8’. The greatest observed distance
of the meteor from Rutland was 162 miles; the least 57 miles. The
diameter. of the meteor corresponding to those distances and the
angle 8’ are nearly jth. and 4d. of a mile, and, by this observation, the
real diameter of the meteor must fall between those limits. Judge:
Wheeler supposed the apparent diameter to be half or two thirds.
of that of the moon, or between 16’ and 24. The least distance
of the meteor from» Weston’ was 20 miles, the greatest 113 miles.
” The least. diameter corresponding to the distance 20 miles and
angle 16’ is 3, of a mile, or rather 491 fect; the greatest diame-
ter, corresponding to the distance 113 miles, and angle 24’ is nearly $
of a mile, so that the limits furnished by this observation are nearly
7 and 3 of a mile... Mrs. Gardner supposed the diameter to be equal
to that of the mvon, or 32’; this, with the extreme distances at Wen-
ham, 124 and 167 miles, furnish the limits 14and 14 miles. This last
estimate exceeds the others considerably ; this may be. owing in part
to the smallness of the altitude of the object, which probably made it
appear larger than it would otherwise have done, from the same cause
which makes the moon appear largest when near the horizon. The:
least of all the limits of the diameter of the meteor is 491 feet. &
body of this magnitude and of the same specific gravity as the stone

236 Mr. Bowditch’s estimate of the height, Se.

that fell at Weston (which weighed about 225 pounds to a cubic foot)
would contain a quantity of matter exceeding in weight sia miilions
of tons. If the specific gravity were the same as that of the ait
at the surface of the earth, the quantity of matter would exceed
two thousand tons, and if the specific gravity were the same as that of
the air at the height of the meteor (which by the usual rule for Baro-
metrical admeasurements is about ;th. part of that at the surface of
the earth) the quantity of matter would exceed fifty tons. Either of
_ these estimates exceeds by far the weight of the whole mass that fell
near Weston, which by the accounts published does not appear to
have been greater than half a ton, and would not form a sphere of two
feet diameter of the same specific gravity as the stone, as was observ-
ed by Professor Day, in his valuable paper on the origin of meteoric
stones. A sphere of this diameter, seen at the distance of the meteor
from Wenham, would hardly be visible without the assistance of a
telescope, since its apparent diameter would not exceed two thirds of
a second. These reasons seem strongly to favour the opinion, that by
far the greater part of the mass continued on its course without falling
to the earth, and the gradual disappearance of the meteor, as observed
by Judge Wheeler, is agreeable to this hypothesis.

As it is but within a few years that observations of these meteors
have been carefully made, we have not yet sufficient data for a well
grounded theory of their nature and origin; none that has yet beet.
proposed is free from difficulties. The greatness of the mass of the
Weston meteor does not accord either with the supposition of its
having been formed in our atmosphere, or projected from a volcano
of the earth or moon; and the striking uniformity of all the masses
that have fallen at different places and times (which indicates a com
mon origin) does not, if we reason from the analogy of the planetary
system, altogether agree with the supposition that such bodies are
satellites of the earth.

237

XXXII. ANALYSIS
OF SULPHATE OF BARYTES, FROM HATFIELD, MASSACHUSETTS.
By JOHN GORHAM, um... a.a.s.
Adjunct Professor of Chemistry and Materia Medica in Harvard University.
mee

HAVING lately read in the New York Mineralogical Journal,

an account of the chemical examination of heavy spar from New Jer-
sey, by Mr. George Chilton, I could not avoid remarking the great
resemblance in external characters between the substance above
mentioned and the Sulphate of Barytes of Massachusetts. In order
to ascertain whether they equally agree in chemical composition,
the latter has been subjected to analysis, an abstract of which I haye
the honour of presenting to the Academy, together with specimens,
from a portion of which this analysis was made.
This mineral is found i in great abundance in Hatfield in this state,
also less pure and in smalier quantities at the lead 1 mine near North
Hampton. Ihave beeninformed by Gen. Maltby, to whose politeness
1am indebted for these specimens, that it is found in veins running
through beds of gneiss or granite, and forming with the horizon an an-
gle of 40° or 50°. These veins make their appearance at the surface
of the ground, but are there very narrow ; but they rapidly increase
in width as they descend, and at a short distance from the surface
their diameter i is from 3 to 4 feet. Large quantities of it have been
thrown up from a vein, opened for the purpose of obtaining lead and
copper, of which there are some indications. | When pure it is ofa
pure white, translucent and of a pearly or porcelain lustre. Some
specimens are tinged with a reddish yellow colour, arising from the
presence of oxide of i oe

258 Dr. Gorham’s analysis of sulphate of Barytes.

Its fracture is laminated, and the lamina are frequently divided by
thin layers of transparent amorphous quartz. When crystallized it is
in the form, to use the language of Mr. Chilton, of “ rectangular bev-
**elled tables, united into radial groups, which cross each other at
‘‘ various angles of obliquity,” and about one sixteenth part of an
inch in thickness.

Before the blow-pipe it can hardly be fused without addition. In
small fragments in decrepitates.

Small portions of galena and sulphuret of copper are frequently dis-
seminated through this substance.

The specific gravity of this spar is 4°280, but it is difficult to ob-
tain portions of any size unmixed with quartz, by which its relative
weight is more or less influenced.

~ 1, One hundred grains of this mineral exposed in a crucible of
platina to a red heat for one hour lost 3 grains in weight. :

2. One hundred grains reduced to an impalpable powder were
mixed with 300 of sub-carbonate of potass and 1000 of water and boil-
ed to dryness ina silver bason. Water was again added and the boil-
ing to dryness repeated. Fluid was again poured into the vessel, and
the whole thrown on a filter. The insoluble portion, when collected
and dried, weighed 84 grains.

3. On these 84 grains was poured muriatic acid, and when the ef
fervescence had ceased the whole was passed through a filter, and the
weight of the residue, perfectly dried, amounted to 34°2.

4, These were mixed with 100 grains of carbonate of potass and
a sufficient quantity of water and boiled to dryness, Water was again
added, and the insoluble portion after filtration and érying weighed
23°5 grains.

5. These were treated as the above and 15 grains remained undis-
solved.

Dr. Gorham’s analysis of sulphate of Barytes. 239

6. The 15 grains were lastly mixed with 40 of sub-carbonate of
potass and water and repeatedly boiled to dryness. After filtration
the residuum was thrown into muriatic acid and there remained un-
dissolved 4 grains, which exhibited all the characters of silex.

7. By accident a small portion of a solution of carbonate of pot-
ass was added to the muriatic solution and a partial precipitation took
place. I therefore added the former to the latter, till no more precip-
itate would form ; the whole was then poured on a filter and the pre-
cipitate, collected and dried, weighed 77 grains.

8. A solution, accompanied with effervescence, was made of these
77 grains in muriatic acid, and the solution, spontaneously evaporated,
produced only crystals of muriate of Barytes. Previous however to
the evaporation, liquid ammonia was poured into the solution, a precip-
itate formed, which, when collected and dried, weighed 2 grains, and
consisted of alumina. Barytic water produced no effect.

9. These were redissolved in water and sulphuric acid added to the
solution, a copious epee ers took place, which weighed on drying 81
grains.

10. The alkaline solution, which had been boiled on the powder,
was saturated with sulphuric acid and evaporated. A small quantity
of silex and a dark coloured substance was separated. The latter
gave a white curdy precipitate with muriatic, and appeared to be ox-
ide of silver, doubtless derived from the vessel.

I endeavoured in experiment 9, to obtain in a direct way the quan-
tity of real sulphate in this mineral, but in the process cf evaporating
and redissolving the muriate, a portion of it was accidentally lost, and
itwas necessary therefore to arrive at the proportion by an indirect
method,

The substance precipitated in experiment 7, may be colidicelied as
carbonate of Barytes, containing 78 parts of the pure earth. The

240 Dr. Gorham’s analysis of sulphate of Barytes.
weight of this precipitate was 75 grains, exclusive of the 2 grains of
alumina, which, if the analysis of Klaproth be taken as a datum, must
of course contain 58°50 parts of Barytes.

Now according to the experiments of the same chemist and of
Fourcroy, 100 parts of sulphate of Barytes are composed of 66 of the
earth and 34 of the acid, and consequently the above 58°50 parts
must have been combined, in the mineral we have attempted to ex-
amine, with 29°83 parts of sulphuric acid.

Following the above calculation the proportions of the component
parts of our native mineral are

Barytés 2 OSTEO eee
Sulphuric acid - - - - - - = - « - - 29°83
Silex = ies bat * = = = - = - - - ~ - A,
ANS Se” he ee 8
Water = baal - al = a - - - = - ey po .
; 97°33
AMBRE eee wo: ont eee eae < ate Se
100°00

The uses to which the sulphate of Barytes may be applied are rath-
er limited. In chemistry it is employed for the purpose of obtaining
the pure earth, and for the preparation of its nitrate, muriate and hy-
dro-sulphuret. It has been said by men of practical information in
Boston to afford a good base for water colours.

Boston, August, 1810.

q
4
'

241

XXXIV. INVESTIGATION

OF THE APPARENT MOTION OF THE EARTH VIEWED FROM THE
MOON, ARISING FROM THE MOON’S LIBRATIONS,
By JAMES DEAN, a.m.

Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy in the University of Ver-
mont, at Burlington.

neat EE ate

IF the moon moved uniformly about the earth in the ecliptic, with
an angular motion exactly equal to that of the moon’s diurnal rotation
and in the same direction, and the lunar equator coincided with the
ecliptic, the earth viewed from any part of the moon’s surface would
always appear in the same situation above the horizon of the spectator,
or with the same azimuth and altitude. Toa spectator placed on the cen-
tre of the moon’s disc the earth would appear constantly in the zenith, to
one situated on the borders of the disc it would appear in a particular
point of the horizon, and in other points of the disc it would appear at a
fixed altitude and azimuth, corresponding to the place of the observer.
‘The inequality of the moon’s motion about the earth, combined with
the effect of the inclination of the lunar orbit and equator (which cause
the moon’s librations) produce to a spectator placed on the surface of
the moon, an apparent motion of the earth about its mean place, sup-
posed at rest ; to investigate which is the object of the present memoir.

In Fig. 5, 7, 9, 11, or 13, let Z represent the mean place of the
earth’s centre, as seen by a spectator placed on the surface of the moon,
and referred. to the concave surface of the visible hemisphere of the
spectator, this point being supposed, as above, to be at rest on that
surface. Through Z draw EZW, representing a portion of the lunar
celestial equator, or a parallel to it, and SZN perpendicular to it, rep-

242 Professor Dean’s investigation of the apparent motion

resenting an arch of a circle of declination. Make ZS = ZN =6° 39)
the angle of inclination of the lunar orbit and equator, and ZE = ZW
= 6° 18' the greatest equation of the moon’s centre. Draw also the
circles of declination DEA, CWB, and the parallels of declination
DNC, ASB.

Preliminary Propositions.

1. When the moon is in the ascending node both its poles are iu
the circle of the disc, and the centre of the earth viewed by the spec-
tator at the moon’s surface appears on the line EW, but declining
south, as the south pole is entering the disc.

2. When the moon has arrived at its greatest north latitude the
centre of the earth, viewed as above, has arrived at its greatest south
declination, and will be found in the line AB, 6° 39’ south of its mean
place, and, like the sun in the tropics, will continue its declination
some time nearly the same.

- 3. When the moon is in the descending node, the earth again ap-
pears on the line EW, but declining north as the north pole is enter-
ing the disc.

4, When the moon is at its greatest south latitude, the earth is at
its greatest north declination or parallel CD, 6° 39’ north of its mean
place, where it will continue some time nearly unaltered.

5. When the moon is in its upper apsis, its true place coincides
with its mean, and the earth, viewed as above, appears on the circle of
declination SN, but its angular motion towards the east being slower
than the moon’s motion on its axis, its apparent diurnal motion is to-
wards the west.

6. When the moon has arriyed at its mean distance, the earth, ob-
served as above, is 6° 18’ behind or west of its mean place, and as the
moon revolves on its axis with the mean uniform motion, the earth
will appear just as far west of the circle of declination SN, in the line

Of the earth viewed from the moon. 243

BC, and nearly stationary as to that direction, as the earth has acquir-
ed its mean motion.

7. When the moon has arrived at its lower apsis, the earth again
appears on the circle of declination SN, but its angular motion toward
the east being greater than that of the moon on its axis, its apparent
diurnal motion is toward the east.

8. When the moon has again arrived at its mean distance, the
earth seen from it is 6° 18’ before or east of its mean place, and will ap-
pear just as far east of the circle of declination in the line AD, and as
it has acquired its mean motion that distance will remain some time
with little variation.

Now to ascertain the combined effect of these two causes in pro-
ducing an appareut vibratory motion of the earth as observed frum
the moon— :

First, let the moon’s apogee and ascending node be in conjunction
as in Fig. 6, and the moon in the same point. By Prop. 1 and 5, the
centre of the earth, observed from the moon, will appear at its mean
place Z Fig. 7, moving towards the south and west. After one quar-
ter of a revolution, by Prop. 2 and 6, it will be foundin B. After half
a revolution, by Prop. 3 and 7, it will be again in Z, but moving north
and east. After three quarters, by Prop. 4 and 8, it will be nearly at
rest in D, and the completion of the revolution carries it back to the
point Z. ‘Thus in the present position of the nodes and apsides, in
each revolution of the moon, the earth will appear to move twice
through a line more than 18° long, passing the mean point Z and ly-
ing N Eand S W.

Next, let the moon’s apogee be 90° forward of the ascending node
as in Fig. 8, and the moon again in the apogee, the centre of the earth,
by Prop. 2 and 5, will appear in S moving towards B, Fig. 9. After
one quarter of a revolution it will appear by Prop. 3 and 6 in W, mov-

244 = Professor Dean’s investigation of the apparent motion

ing toward C. After half a revolution it will appear, by Prop. 4 and
7, in N moving towards D. After three quarters of a revolution it
will, by Prop. 1 and 8, be in E moving towards A. ‘Therefore when
the moon’s apogee is in the greatest north latitude, the earth observed
from the moon seems at each revolution to describe an oval 12° 36/
broad from east to west, and 13° 18’ long from north to south, passing
the north towards the east.

Next, let the moon’s apogee be 180° from the ascending node, and
the moon still in the apogee.as in Fig, 10, the centre of the earth, by
Prop. 3 and 5, will be in the mean place Z Fig. 11, moving north and
west. After one quarter of a revolution, by Prop. 4 and 6, it must be
nearly stationary at C. After half a revolution, it must by Prop. 1
and 7 be again at Z, moving south and east. After three quarters of
a revolution, it appears, by Prop. 2 and 8, to be nearly stationary in A.
Thus when the apogee is in the descending node, during each revo-
lution of the moon, the earth seems, as before, twice to describe a
line more than 18° in length and passing through the point Z, but ly-
ing N W and S E.

Lastly, let the moon’s apogee be 270° before the ascending we
as in Fig. 12, and the moon in the same place, the centre of the earth
by Prop. 4 and 5 will be found in N, moving towards C, Fig. 13.
Having performed one quarter of a revolution by Prop. 1 and 6, it will
be in W, moving towards B. After half arcvolution by Prop. 2.and
7, it will be in S, moving towards A. After three fourths of a revo-
lution, it will be by Prop. 3 and 8 in E, moving towards D. There-
fore when the moon’s apogee is in the greatest south latitude, the earth
observed from the moon seems at each revolution to describe an oval,
similar and equal to the former, but in the contrary direction, passing
the south towards the east.

When the line of apsides is oblique to the line of nodes, the path

of the earth viewed from the moon. 245

described will be an oval, whose transverse axis lies SW and NE,
when the apogee is nearest the ascending node, and NW and SE when
it is nearest the descending node, and more or less eccentric as the
apogee is nearer to, or farther from either node ;_ and the direction
when the apogee is in north latitude is. by the north to the east, and
when in south latitude by the south to the east.

The numerous irregularities of the moon’s motion will produce
various waving deviations of 1° or 2° from the path above described,
which i is the one that would result from the two causes contemplated,
and the mean of all. the others.

The time from the parting i moeeed aes aaiets
their meeting again is at a mean one or two days less than six years.
In this time there are 793 librations in longitude and 803 in latitude.

Mr. Ferguson supposes the lunarians may measure time by the
motion of the earth on its axis, and the libration of its poles, but would
either of them be as much noticed there, as the motion just now ex-

_ amined, of which the period is 73 or 74 lunar days ? As the sun

crosses this parallelogram every lunation, the path may be it investigat-
ed by them for the purpose of computing eclipses. =

This cycle of motions, various as they are, may be easily ienitated
by a pendulum, formed by a heavy ball C, Fig. 14, and the flexible
thread BC suspended on two branches of the same thread DB, BE,
of such lengths, that by continuing CB to meet DE in A the line AB
may be 3 2, of AC ; these branches being in the plane of the meridian.
If this pendulum be. impelled SW, in about twenty vibrations they
will gradually expand into a circle in the direction of the sun’s diur-
nal motion, In twenty more they will shrink into a right line lying
‘SEand NW. In twenty more they will expand intoa circle ina
direction contrary to the former, and after the remaining twenty it will
resume the motion et communicated.

246

"XXXV.

OBSERVATIONS ae Se ECLIPSE OF ae SUN OF SEPT. 47,
MADE AT PORTLA

BY REY. ICHABOD N HOGS
Extracted from a letter to Nathaniel Bowditch.
es GDS

FOR the purpose of observing this eclipse, I spoke to some gen-
tlemen to take a station on Observatory Hill, and procure time-keep- |
ers, glasses, &c. I stationed myself on a hill one mile west. I used
a new watch, made by Roskill. They had one of the same construc-
tion, and another independently regulated. I had an achromatic tel-
escope of about 50, and an excellent day and night glass. They had
an admirable achromatic of about 100, and two day and night glasses.
a L. Babbit assisted me in the observations, and we used the same

Ba a The following are the results.

Beginning.

App. a
By the telescope on Deen valry. bs 0 573 a
First day and night eae 057 35 Mean 0 57 82
Second Do. - es 0 57 31
My rte sath the ee 0 57
Mr. Babbit’ 0 57 34 $ Mem 0 57 94

End.
By the telescope on werghiat: ea 3 58 46
First day and night glass Sos wer alas
3 58 48°7

Second Do. — - . - 358464

My observation with ope —
Mr. Babbit’s PP 3 ba 59 ¢ Mean 3 59.00

By an altitude of the sun, taken at the moment of j immersion, the
time was found to be Oh. 57’ 30” apparent.
The watches were regulated by single and likewise by double al-
titudes of the sun. I began on the 10th and ended the 20th Sept.
The latitude of Portland is estimated at 43° 39’ N.

r O47 os

XXXVI.

OBSERVATIONS OF THE ECLIPSE OF THE SUN OF SEPT. 17,
asia, MADE AT BOWDOIN COLLEGE, BRUNSWICK.

BY PROFESSOR CLEAVELAND.
Communicated in a letter to Nathaniel Bowditch.

—tt | DD,

THE chronometer, which I employed, was the College clock.
By a sufficient number of observations of equal altitudes of the sun, I
ascertained its daily loss to be 6”*9, and, on the noon of the 17th, the
- clock was 2’ 14”-2 slow of mean time.

The observations were made within a few feet of Massachusetts
Hall, one of the College buildings. On the morning of Tuesday the
atmosphere was somewhat loaded with smoke; but, when the sun
came to.the meridian, it was sufficiently clear. A little inconvenience
arose from the wind, which was blowing considerably. On the
whole however the observations were satisfactory ; particularly of the
termination of the eclipse, on which I always place more reliance,
than on those of the beginning. .

~ ‘The Rev. Dr. Appleton very kindly assisted me in all the obser-
vations. He observed with a Gregorian reflector, whose magnifying
power is about 120.

I employed the refracting telescope, belonging to an Equatorial.
Its magnifying power is less than that of the Reflector abovemention-
ed; but it exhibits the sun’s limb exceedingly well defined. Our
observations with the two telescopes did not differ 1” from each other.

The following is the result. es

; Reining Of the cclipar:; = <ii+.ve 29 82, SRRmcan Gime

End ofthe eclipse - - = 3 55 20°2

Datation wine eck erie ee

248 Prof. Cleaveland’s observations of the solar eclipse Sept. 1811.

= Sea my x

I had no micrometer for ascer! the quantity of the eclipse.
The moon’s limb exhibited very little ‘of that rough or aconmieciny
pearance, which was so noticeable in 1806.

The latitude of Bowdoin College is 43° 53’. Doctor McKeen,
from a lunar eclipse in January 1805, made the longitude 69° 50’ W
from Greenwich. Mr. Ferrer, in the sixth volume of the Transac-
tions of the American Philosophical Society, made it 44. 49’ 16” W
from Paris, by the observations of the total eclipse of the sun of
June 1806.

GAO exci ie wae

“XXXVII-

OBSERVATIONS ON THE ECLIPSE OF SEPT. 17, 1844, acs AT
URLINGTON IN THE UNIVERSITY OF VERMON

BY JAMES DEAN, A.A.S.
Professor of Mathematics at that University.
Extracted from letters to Nathaniel Bowditch.
a

A COMMON brass eight day clock, made at Burlington, was
used in these observations. It was regulated in the ordinary method,

by taking equal altitudes of the sun by reflection from a vessel of tar,

by a Hadley’s octant. Sept. 10th at noon, by the mean of 19 pairs of
altitudes (corrected for the change of declination) the clock was too
slow for apparent time 1’ 28”, Sept. 11th at noon, by the mean of
13 pairs, it was too slow 2'9”, Sept. 12th, at noon, by the mean of

9 pairs of observations, it was too slow 2’ 53”. Sept. 13th and Mth it
was cloudy. On the 15th, though the weather was very bad, cloudy
and hazy, I thought it absolutely necessary to examine the motion of
the clock. In 24 pairs of observations 17 were within 10"; the mean
of these made the clock too slow for apparent time at noon, Sept. 15th,

59", Having computed, by counting the threads in an inch on the
rod of the pendulum, that 13 turn of the nut would about correct the

loss of 44” in a day, I determined to regulate and adjust the clock to
apparent time, to avoid the perplexity of odd minutes and seconds.

Clock too slow at noon i ‘ 5) gt
Loss in winding . = Z ° 13
Asiditional loss till 4 o’clock rs = 7

ne aeeee emma

BS oe eee ee ‘
Stopt to regulate it and bring it toaneven minute S51

Set forward r = 6 0”

250 Prof. Dean’s observations of the solar eclipse Sept. 1811.

On Sept. 16th it was examined by 12 pairs of equal altitudes, and
found to be one second too fast for apparent time. From this mean
neither of the pairs deviated more than four seconds. On the day of
the eclipse by the mean of 20 pairs, corrected as before, the clock
was exactly as on the preceding day, one second too fast for appa-
rent time. These observations were not quite so close as the former
ones on account of the wind, but no pair deviated more than ten sec-
onds, 20 pairs were within five, and 15 within three seconds of the
mean.

I observed the Seas through a spy-glass, having an achromatic
object-glass, and magnifying 11 times. It was fitted up so as to have
a horizontal and vertical motion, and was prepared with a piece of
common window-glass, smoked to a proper degree of darkness. John
Johnson, Esq. observed through a spy-glass, magnifying 13 times,
fixed in the same manner. We placed the glasses in a south window
close to the clock, and agreed that each should determine for himself
the second when he first perceived the impression. At 33 minutes
after noon I directed our assistant to begin and count the seconds aus
dibly and distinctly from minute to minute, till we had both determin-
ed the eclipse to have begun. Mr. Johnson spoke about fifteen sec-
onds after I had discovered it. At the end we placed our glasses in
a couple of the west windows, in a room adjoining the clock, and
proceeded in the same manner. Deducting one second for the error
of the clock, the apparent times were as follows ;

Beginning of the eclipse J.Dean - 0 98 51
J. Johnson O 88 39
End of the eclipse - J, Dean - 3 43 11
J.Johnson - 3 43 25
By subtracting 5° 26” from the beginning, or 5’ 28” from the end of
the eclipse, the mean times corresponding will be obtained.

ee —

Prof. Dean’s observations of the solar eclipse Sept. 1811. 251

Not having a micrometer, between 15. and 20 minutes after 2, I
took the greater breadth of the visible part in the octant, and found
it 5’ on the extra arch, and 7 on the direct. This I repeated twice
with the same result.

At 0/, 15’ I hung out a shearer. which then stood at 74° on
the south side of the house. At 12A. 30’ it rose to 83°. At 1%, 15,
sometime before any perceptible diminution of light, it fell to 80°, and
the diminution of heat was very obvious to the senses. At 2, 15’
it had fallen to 72°, and at the end of the eclipse it rose to 81°.

Those outlines of bodies, which were parallel to a line joining the
horns, cast a shadow strongly defined, while lines perpendicular to
that exhibited a strong penumbra. The intersection of these lines
exhibited a singular appearance. On the whole, the diminution of
light was much greater than Iexpected. Making a random conjec-
ture, I should represent it as dark as when the sun has descended 6°
or 8° below the horizon.

The latitude of the University, as near as I have been able to as-
certain it from observation, is 44° 28’, and its longitude by estimation
73° 12’ W from Greenwich.

XXXVIIL

OBSERVATIONS. OF THE SOLAR ye oN SEPT. 17, 1841,
MADE AT NANTUCKE

_ BY HON. WALTER FOLGER, Jun.
Communicated in a letter to Nathaniel Bowditch.
¢ TeSkeesh: 1s att
THE, telescope used j in this observation is a three feet achromat-

ic, to which I have fixed a micrometer, composed of two screws that
pass through the eye-tube, so that their points meet in the centre of
the focus of the eye-glass. On the end of the screw without the tube
is a circular plate, divided into 10 equal parts by diameters drawn on
the plate, and: is-sofixed, that the first division of each: screw-head
shall correspond with a line drawn on the outside ‘of the tube, when
the points meet in the centre of the focus. The divisions, being made
to coincide with the lines drawn on the tube, will show the tenth parts
of a turn of the screw, which is of a very fine thread, such for exam-
ple as are made use of for a watch; and it is not dificult to estimate
a tenth part of one of these divisions, which will show +45 of a turn of
the screw. By the mean of a number of measurements of the sun’s
diameter, I found 0°9294 turns of the screw would answer to one
minute.

_ September 13d. 104. 34’ 54”-5 A, M, mean time, by the mean of
four altitudes taken by reflection from a surface of molasses, I found
the clock to be 2’ 11-25 too slow for mean time. In the afternoon
the wind blew from the westward so strong that I could not make any
observations. On the 17th at 8, 50’ 23”-1 A. M. mean time, by the
mean of ten altitudes of the sun I found the clock too slow for meam
time 5’ 21725. In the afternoon the wind prevented me from ob-

‘

Mr. Folger’s observations of the solar eclipse, Sept. 1811. 253

serving. ‘On the 18th at 8A. 16’ 42-43 A.M. mean time, by the
mean of eight altitudes, the clock was too slow for mean time 6’ 9°18.
The morning of Sept. 17 was clear, with a small air from the
SE: In the afternoon it shifted to W S W, and blew fresher. With
the abovementioned telescope and a power of 26, I noted the begin-
ning of the eclipse at OA. 51/9” per clock: Capt. Latham Gardner
with a small spy-glass, with a power of 8 or 10, noted the beginning
at Oh. 51’ 24”; which, reduced to mean time, give
By my observation 0h. 56 388
Capt. Gardner’s obs. 0 56 53 '8
I noticed a tremulous motion of the sun’s limb, which rendered
the observation of the beginning not so certain as I could have wish-
ed. This was not observed by Capt. Gardner ; perhaps it was owing to
the small power of his glass. At the end, the sun’s limb appeared
perfectly distinct and steady. I noted the end at 3h, 54’ 16”, Capt.
Gardner at 34, 54’ 7’, and Capt. Joseph Allen, with the inverting tel-
escope belonging to a sextant, at 3h. 54’ 16"; which, reduced to mean
time, are |
By my observation 3/, 59’ 52” —
Capt. Gardner’s 3° 59 43
Capt. Allen’s 3. 59 52
Near the end of the eclipse I observed the light of the sun to follow
the moon as at Aand B, Plate II, Fig. 1, so that the limbs of the sun and
moon did not make an acute angle at Aand B. The two projections of
light, which in the figure are black at A and B, drew nearer and nearer,
until they entirely coincided, and then they seemed to spring together in
an instant, and the sun’s limb appeared perfectly well defined, which
was the time I noted for the end. When I mentioned this appear-
ance to Captains Gardner and Allen, after the eclipse had ended, they
32

254 Mr. Folger’s observations of the solar eclipse, Sept. 1811.

~ both said they did not observe it. I doubt whether they could have
seen it with glasses of such small power as they used.

After the eclipse had begun, I measured the chord CD with the
micrometer twice, and then the line EF (or greatest breadth) until
near the end of the eclipse.. I found it extremely difficult to meas-
ure the spaces accurately, especially the larger ones, as the telescope
was not mounted on a stand.—The times and measurements follow.

ee

Meantime. . Turns.
Tae iT 5 Chord CD 17°36 18’ 40"°7
10 -9 Chord CD 21-90 23 33°83
34 55 +1 Space EF 19°30 20 45 °9
89 55 +3 - - 17°91 19 16°2
2 04 02 ‘0 - 11°11 ti 572
11 27 °3 . - 8-07 9 3941
15 38 5 - - 7°4A, 8 00°3
Q7 24 +9 “ - 5°14 5 31°8
80 50 0 - i See “4° 58°9
35 O1 °0 - - 4°58 4&4 56°6
42 55 *4 ~ - ~ 6 29°9
46 52 °6 - - 685 _ 7 29-2
51 37 °7 - > 7°75 8 20°83
55 56 °9 saat - 9°16 9 51 °4 —
3 O07 55 °3 “ - 12°77 13 44 4 3
12 17 4 ; = 14°99 16 07 °6
17 14 6 “ ~ 15°48 16 39 +4
88 03 °2 - - 22:05 23 43 °5
49 47 -6 - ~ 26°39 38 23 °F

The place where the ssliote: was observed is about S E, distant
ebigs O feet, from the S W meeting house, noted on the map of
_ Massachusetts, in the latitude of 41° 15’ 32”,

255 .

XXXIX.

On the Eclipse of the Sun of Sept.17, 1811, with the longitudes of seve-

ea laces in this country, deduced prom all the observations of the

ene Ad the Sun and Transits of Mercu ial Venus, that have

published in the Transactions of .the al Societies of Pa-

ris 71 London, the Philosophical Society foe 4 at Philadelphia, and
the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.

BY NATHANIEL BOWDITCH, a.a.s.
And member “ae the Amer. Philosophical Society held at Philadeibhia.
Bi

I OBSERVED the eclipse of Sept. 17, 1811, in the garden ad-
joining my house in Salem, about 300 feet SS W from the meet-
ing house where the Rev. Doctor Barnard officiates. An excellent
chronometer, made by Grimalde, was used in this observation. The
regulation was made by equal altitudes of the sun, observed in the
morning and evening, for several days before and after the eclipse, by
an accurate sextant made by Ramsden, and a level surface formed by
a bowl of Barbadoes tar. ‘The observation of Sept. 16, 17, and 18,
gave the following result. : re
App. a by om slow for

chronometer. pp. time. Diff.

_ 16, by 28 observations 10h. 47' 520 1h. 12" 087-0
3 17, “48 10 i47. 22°90.) od AS B74 . 29%
te, * 36° * 10 46 52°5 1 io 4%... 00.8

- During the whole eclipse the weather was very clear, not a cloud
was to be seen, and there was but little wind. The telescope used
was a four feet achromatic, with a power of about 30. An assistant
seated near the telescope counted the seconds from the chronometer,
at the times of the beginning and end of the eclipse. About two
minutes before the commencement of ae eclipse, the part of the sun’ 8

256 Mr. Bowilitch’s observations of the solar eclipse, Sept. 1811.

limb where the first contact took place was brought in the centre of
the field of view, and kept there till the first impression on the limb
was observed at 114. 42’ 36” per chronometer. The end of the
eclipse was at 2/, 46’ 18” per chronometer. ‘The first contact ap-
peared to be instantaneous ; it seemed as if there could not have been
an error of 1” in this time. The end was not quite so well defined;
the moon appeared to remain 2” or 3” on the sun’s limb. Fahren-
heit’s thermometer in the shade stood at 71° at 14. P.M; at 2h. 43'
the mercury had fallen four degrees, and at 44. had again risen to 71%

The chronometer at noon Sept. 17 was too slow for apparent time
1A. 12’ 37"*1, and the daily variation was 30’-4. A proportional part
corresponding to the beginning of the eclipse is 12, and at the end
5”; making the chronometer too slow at those times 1/4. 12’ 383
and 14, 12’ 42”°1; which, added to the observed times, give

Beginning of the eclipse OA. 55’ 143 easienie time.
End of the eclipse 3 59 00+1

The latitude of the place of observation is 42° $3’ 30” NY The
longitude 53 seconds in time East from Harvard Hall in Cam-
bridge, as found by a trigonometrical survey, made by Professor Far-
rar from Cambridge to Boston Light-House, and by myself from the
Light-House to Salem. This agrees with the calculation of Seth
Pease, Esq. from his survey of the Post Roads, and accords very
nearly with Holland’s map. |

The eclipse was also carefully observed at Salem, by Mr. Sam-
uel Lambert, at a place, which by measurement was found to be 6”
N and 27 in time E from the place where my observations were
made. Hence the place of this observation is in the latitude of 42°
33’ 36” N, and in the longitude of 55’*7 E from Cambridge. The
chronometer used by Mr. Lambert was an excellent one, made by

Mr. Bowditch’s observations of the solar eclipse, Sept.1811. 257

Barraud, carefully regulated for several days before and after the
eclipse,3by equal altitudes of the sun, by a sextant and a surface of
molasses. ‘To verify the regulations of the time-keepers used in our
observations, we compared them together for several days before the
eclipse, and ascertained their relative rate of going. They were also
compared a few hours before the eclipse and immediately after it, and
we found, that at the beginning and end of the eclipse, the regulation
deduced from his observations agreed exactly with mine. The tel-
escope used by Mr. Lambert was a Gregorian Reflector, 18 inches
in length, and his manner of observing and counting time was simi-
lar to that in my observations. ‘The result of his observation is,

Beginning of the eclipse Of. 55’ 24-3 apparent time

End of the eclipse § 69 Ob

From these observations Mr. Lambert calculated the ecliptic con-

junction to be at 2h. 13’ 31"6 apparent time, using the elements as
given in the Nautical Almanac, without correcting for the errors in the
moon’s longitude and latitude. This differs but one second from the
result found by using Burg’s and Delambre’s Tables, corrected for
the errors in longitude and latitude, as will be shown hereafter.

The observations made at Salem are useful in finding the error of
the lunar tables in longitude, and the apparent time of the conjunction
under the meridian of Greenwich. _ To do this, it will be necessary
to ascertain the longitude of the places of observation from Greenwich,
to as great a degree of accuracy as possible; and as these longitudes
ate made to depend on that of Harvard Hall in Cambridge by means
of the above survey, it will be necessary in the first place to calculate
the longitude of that University, from the observations made at Cam
badge, Chelsea, Salem, and Newbury. | )

258 Mr. Bowditch on the Longitude of Cambridge.

On the longitude of Cambridge University.

The laté Rev. President Willard, in volume i. page 60 of the
Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, made the
difference of meridians between Greenwich and Cambridge 4A. 44’
30”2, by the mean of the observations of the solar eclipses in 1766 and
1778, and the transit of Mercury in 1743. In these calculations he
supposed the difference of meridians between Greenwich and Paris to
be 9‘ 16” in time instead of 9'21", which is now used by astronomers.*
This causes a difference of 5” in the longitude of Cambridge, dedue-
ed from the transit of 1743. The ratio of the polar to the equatorial
diameter of the earth was assumed. to be 222, whereas the latest cal-
culations of Burg and La Place, from the lunar equations arising
from the oblate figure of the earth; make it $24, or nearly 222; as sup-
posed by La Lande. For these reasons I concluded to recaleulate
these and other late Nnadwiieaviank the new tables of Burg, De-
lambre, and La Lande, as published in the third volume of Vinee’s As-
tronomy, always using the ratio of the diameters of the earth as as-

seamed by ‘La Lande, $f Fi 3 2 Se eS oe

The first observation calculated by President Willard is an celipse
of the sun of Aug. 5, 1766, at Greenwich, in the latitude of 51° 28’
a = by Dr. Maskelyne and his assistant. The mean of

: pie <2) be
ae a site. in the third edition of his Astieecan, supposed the di: :
of meridians of Greenwich and Paris to be 9’ 18’”-8, in conformity to the « calcu,
lation of General Roy, from the survey made some years ago for connecting the.
two observatories, (Vide Phil. Trans. 1790, page 223,) A more accurate es
timate from the same data by Mr. Dalby, made it 9’ 20”-4. (Phil. Trans. 1791,
Part 2, p. 245.) Delambre, in his Solar Tables, published in a
the difference of meridians to be 9’ 21”. ; at ipa

Mr. Bowditch on the Longitude of Cambridge, 259

their observations made the beginning at Greenwich 54. 29’ 57”, and
the end at 7h. 11’ $3'°5 apparent time. The beginning at Cam-
bridge, in the latitude of 42° 23’ 28”, observed by Dr. Winthrop, was
11h, 39’ 23”, end 2h. 45’ 09” apparent time. These make the con-
junction at Greenwich at 5/4. 43’ 57’-6, and at Cambridge at OA. 59’
27""0 apparent time; whence the difference of meridians is Ah. 44’
30""6.

The second observation is an eclipse of the sun of June 24, 1778.
The beginning at Greenwich, observed by Dr. Maskelyne, was 3h.
40’ 11”, and the end at 54. 25’ 12” apparent time. This was compar- -
ed with the Rev. Mr. Paysons’s observations at Chelsea, in the lati-
tude of 42° 25’ 11” N, and 26 seconds in time east from Cambridge :
The beginning was at 9/. 6’ 42”, the end-at 11/. 38’ 23” apparent
time. President Willard used only the time of the end of the eclipse
at Chelsea, but upon examination it was found that the beginning gave
very nearly the same result as the end, and it was thought proper to
use both observatidns. ©The conjunction at Greenwich deduced from

these observations is at 3. 35’ 52”*9, and that at Chelsea at 10h. 51'50""9-
apparent time. Whence, by allowing 26” for the difference of

meridians of Cambridge and Chelsea, the difference of meridians
of Greenwich and Cambridge by this eclipse will be obtained, 4/. 44’
“The thitd observation used by President Willard is the transit of
Mercury of Nov. 5, 1743, observed at Cambridge by Professor Win-
throp: second internal contact at 84. 17'S” A. M. second external
contact at 84. 18’ 58” A. M. apparent time. The same was observed. -
at Paris, in the latitude of 48° 50’ 14” nearly, by Messrs. Maraldi,
Cassini senior and junior, La Caille and Le Monnier, as in the Me-
Moirs.of the Royal Academy of Arts and Sciences of Paris for 1743,

260 $$ Mi, Bowditch on the Longitude of Cambridge.

The mean of all these observations, reduced to the meridian of the
Observatory of Paris, give for the first internal contact 8h. 40/ 40-2
A.M. second internal contact 14. 10’ 15’°7, second external contract

1h, 12' 10’*5 apparent time. These times differ a little from those given

in volume I, page 53 of the Memoirs of the American Academy of
Arts and Sciences, owing toa difference in the reduction of the observa-

tions of the internal contacts, observed by Cassini senior, and the exter-
nal contact by Le Monnier. From these observations, computing the
parallaxes for each of the contacts, the difference of meridians between
Paris and Cambridge is 4h. 53’ 53°3,* and by subtracting the differ-
ence of meridians of Paris and Greenwich, 9’ 21”, there remains the dif-
ference of meridians of Greenwich and Cambridge, 44, 44’ 32”°3.

The fourth observation is the solar eclipse of April 3,1791. This
was observed at Cambridge by Professor Webber. The beginning
at 6h. 1'27”, formation of the annulus 7A. 8’ 7’, breaking of the annu-
lus 7h. 12’ 56”, end of the eclipse 84. 28’ 26” A. M. apparent time.
The olsservations at Greenwich were, the beginning OA, 18’ 40"0,.
the end 3/, 6’ 47" apparent time. At the Royal Observatory at Par-
is, beginning Of. 33’ 37"*4, end 34. 17’ 36-0 apparent time. The ob-
servations at Greenwich, make the conjunction at 0. 42’ 1”+3 apparent
time. Those at Paris 0/. 51’ 20"*1 apparent time, from which sub-
tracting 9° 21", leaves the apparent time of the conjunction at Green-
wich Of. 41’ 59”*1. The mean of this and the former estimate is Oh.
42’ 00"-2, the difference between this and the time of the conjunction
at Cambridge 19/, 57” 29"°1, leaves the difference of Meridums $ of
Cambridge and Greenwich Ah, 44! 3h: 1.
* In the computation in vol. i. page 55 of the Memoirs a the Academy,
the longitude of the nonagesimal is too great by 30°, which renders the paral
Jaxes there calculated incorrect. There is a similar mistake in vol. ii, p- 28

Mr. Bowditch on the Longitude of Cambridge. 261

_ The fifth observation is the total eclipse of the sun of June 16,
1806. The time of conjunction deduced from my observations at
Salem, compared with the time of conjunction at Paris, computed by
La Lande, gives, by allowing 58 seconds for the difference of meridi-
ans of Salem and Cambridge, the longitude of Cambridge 4A. 44
24”-9 W from Greenwich, as is shown in the additional observations
on that eclipse given in this memoir.

The sixth observation is the transit of Venus of June 3, 1769..
The observations at Newbury and Cambridge make the conjunction
at Cambridge at 5/, 20’ 18’"6, and those at Greenwich and Paris
make the conjunction at Greenwich at 104. 4’ 49’*7 apparent time.
The difference is the longitude of Cambridge by this observation
Ah, 44' 31"*1, as will be shewn hereafter.

Upon examination of the transactions of the Royal Societies of
London and Paris, those of the Society held at Philadelphia and the
Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, two more
corresponding observations were found. The first was that of the
transit of Mercury of Nov. 12, 1782, but this was very poorly adapt-
ed to determine with accuracy the difference of meridians. . For the
planet entered but 31 seconds on the sun’s disc, and the situation was
such that a small error in the latitude of the planet would cause a great
error in the difference of meridians, and it entered so obliquely on the
sun’s limb that it was difficult to determine the precise moment of the
contacts. This was particularly the case at Paris where the sun was
low: the observers there differed above 4 minutes in the time of the
first internal contact and above 2 minutes in the second external con-
tact. In the transit of 1789, the planet was more favourably situated,
as it respects its latitude, but the sun set before the end of the transit
at Paris, and the weather prevented. making an observation of the be-
ginning of the transit; the first internal contact was however obsery-

33

262 Mr, Bowditch on the Longitude of Cambridge.

ed there by astronomers in an interval of clear weather. This obser-
vation being made under such unfavourable circu mstances, and mak-
ing the longitudes nearly 20 seconds less than-the other observations,
it was thought proper not to take it into the computation, and as no
other observations were known, that could be used in this calculation,
the mean of the preceding values was taken as the true longitude of
Cambridge. .

‘Solar Jigs aes 5,1766. (2Obs.Green. 20bs. Camb.) 4h, 44/30" 6
June 24,1778. (2O0bs.Green. 2 Ohs. Chelsea.) 28 0
April3,1794.(2Obs.Paris, 2Obs.Green, 4 Obs.Camb.) Bi 4
June 16, 1806. (Several in Europe, 4 Obs, in Salem.) 24 9

‘Transit of Mereury—Nov. 5, 1743. (4 Obs. Paris, 2 Obs. Camb.) 32 3

Transit of Venus-—J une 354769, (2Green. 4 Paris, 1Camb,41 Newbury.) 31 4

: Mean of above thirty observations 4 44 29 7

As the difference of latitude of Cambridge and Salem was found

by a trigonometrical survey to be less than by astronomical observa-
tions, it was thought proper to estimate the effect of a supposed error
in the latitude of Salem, Cambridge or Chelsea. To do this the pre-
ceding calculations were repeated with latitudes increased by one min-
ute, and it was found that the longitudes, deduced from the observa-
tions of 1806, 1743 and 1769, were not varied a tenth of a second by
this change, and the corrections of the observations of 1766, 1778,
and 1791, were respectively — 1”*5 + 12+ 1'°8, therefore the mean
longitude just found would be increased 1 of a second by an increase
of L minute in the latitude of Cambridge, consequently the error in
the longitude, arising from this source, must be wholly insensible,
since there cannot be an error of'a minute in the latitude of that place-
‘Hence the difference of meridians between Harvard Hall in Cam-
bridge and the Royal Observatory of Greenwich may be assumed 28
equal to 4h, 44’ 297, and from the near agreement of these observa

—

Mr. Bowditch on the Longitude of Cambridge. 263
tions Iam inclined to believe that this longitude is more accurately as-
certained than that of any other place in the United States. The cal-
culation of President Willard differs about a second from the above
estimate. Mr. Ferrer in vol. vi. page 359 of the Transactions of
the American Philosophical Society, computed the longitude by com-
bining the observations of the solar eclipse of 1791, the transit of Ve-
nus of 1769, and the transits of Mercury of 1782 and 1789, making
the longitude greater by 2”*3, but this difference is less than was to
be expected in using an observation so liable to error as that of the
transit of Mercury of 1782.

As several emersions of the first and second cateliites of Jupiter
have been observed at Cambridge by Professors Winthrop and Wil-
liams, and published in the Philosophical Transactions and in the
Memoirs of the American Academy, my curiosity was excited to
know how near the longitude could be ascertained by comparing
those observations with the times computed from Delambre’s tables
of the satellites, published in the third edition of La Lande’s Astron-
omy. ‘The result of this calculation is in the following table :—

uP time. ‘Longitude.

A. “at h.
Emersion Ist satellite, by Dr. Winthrop, 1768 April 25 913 §2 4.43 33-4
May 927 37 4 44 25:3
Fue . 937 25 4 45 02:8
July 3 945 54 4 44 41°4
1769 May 14 10 19 07 4 43 09°7
ug. 23. 7 31 50 4 43 58°1
Dr. Williams, 1782 July 3 12 09 53 4 44 210
Aug. 27 9 625 4 44 384
Sept. 12 73129 4 46 43-0
Emersion 2d Satellite, by Dr. Winthrop, 1769 June 7 90115 4 44 401
Dr. Williams, 1782 June 25 9 48 30. 4 44 26°6
July 12 21 54 4 44 112
903 49 4 44 27-9

: Aug. 98 9 03 °

hee

264 Mr. Bowditch on the Longituite of Cambridge.
Phe men of hess ative eBeetvitions: makes the differences

meridians of Greenwich and Cambridge 44, 44’ 29"+1, varying but»

} of a second from the preceding calculation. |The near agreement
of these results may however be considered as wholly accidental, since.
the number of observations is small, and the differences from each
other above three minutes. Indeed no great accuracy is to be ex-

pected by this method, unless the number of observations be very
great, and the number of emersions and immersions nearly equal. In

proof of this, I shall give the longitudes deduced from the emersions
of the first, second, and third satellites, observed at Chelsea by the
Rev. Mr. Payson, and publised in the first volume of the Memoirs
of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. These observations

being reduced to the meridian of Cambridge by allowing 26 seconds ©
for the difference of meridians, give the longitude of Cambridge as in _

the following table.

App. time. Longitude.

h.
1st Satellite 1779, April pa 103637 4 4607-8
1779, May 8 8 56 53 4 45 401
1779, May 15 10 51 41 4 43 -39°6
1779, June 23 9 16 14 4 43 40°9
2d Satellite 1779, May 29 857 384 443 54°6
1779, June 30 8 38 49 4 42 50°2
- 3d Satellite 1779, May 16 8 5354 441 42-1

1779, May 2312 5214 4 41 574
1779, June 28 8

Mean 4 43.35°3

__ The mean of these nine observations differs nearly 54 seconds ‘
from that of the former set. Hence we perceive the uncertainty of
this kind of observations. These calculations were not examined

with much care, as it was found that the results were not sufficiently
exact to be used in the present computation.

The longitude of Harvard Hall in Cambridge being 4h. 44! 297

|

Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, Sept. V7, 1811.

265

West from Greenwich, that part of Salem where my observations of
the eclipse of Sept. 17, 1811, were made is in the longitude of 4h. 43’
367, and where Mr. Lambert observed must be in the longitude of

4h. 43’ 34'0.
servations.

Observations at Salem, Sept. 17, 1811.
The following elements of the eclipse of Sept. 17, 1811, corres-

These longitudes are used in reducing the Salem ob-

ponding to the beginning and end of the eclipse as observed by me in
Salem, were calculated from the tables of Burg and ‘Delambre, pub-

lished i in a Vince’ s > Astronomy.

= oid
Sores Tie es ae

Apparent. of observation
Mean times of observation
Longitude west from Greenwich
Mean times of observation reduced to Gresunich
©’ s longitude from the arent ers
©’s horizontal parallax

©’s peyidigmetsne locate 3"°5

©’s horary motion -

Apparent anita of the ‘ettmsic
D’s longitude from the apparent equinox
D’s latitude north increasin is

D’s horizontal parallax — 4-92 reducton for Salem
») 's Semidiam. — inflex. 2”--aug. Lig: 53& atl
)’s horary motion in longitude*

)’s horary motion in latitude

)’s horary motion pee the sun in n tongitude
D’s parallax — ©’ sp

©’s right ascension

Horary increment of °” S Fight ascension in time
Horary increment of )’ 8 horary motion in long.
Horary decrement of }’s horary motion in a
Horary increment of }?’s horizon ax
Horary increment of ‘)’s semidiameter
{)—0O) parallax in longitude
(2 —©) parallax in latitude

sreesseeeesasenes —

4

Beginning. End.
he h se on
0551441 3 59 001
049 48:4! 3 53 31+5
4 i a 7| 443 36°7
5 33 25:1 | 8 37 08-2
73°59) 314 174°00 504
3°7 8°77
15 53°75 15 53°78
26°55 2 26°56
23 47 41-9
173 18 13-1 |174 48 41-5
33 18-0 “41 37°5
53 54°98) 53 55°88
14 52°80 14 48-22
29 32°41 29 33°43
2 43°33 2 42°91
27 05+86 27 06°87
A. 53 46°21) A. 53 47°11
11 37 33°9 | 11 38 01°3
8°95
0°32 0°36
0°14: O18
0°29 029
— . O08}. 008
A 87°99 17 18°3
» 85 $14 46 O7*1

_* These horary motions are for one hour mean time, all the calculations i in
this paper being made for mean time, the computed conjunction being reduced

© apparent time at the end of the computation.

#6 Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, Sept. 17, 1811.

In calculating the time of conjunction in this and in the following
observations, the moon’s tabular longitude and latitude were first used
without correction, and the time was found by calculation both for the
beginning and end, the mean being taken for the time of conjunction.
By repeating the process with those observations best adapted to the
purpose it was found, that if the sun’s longitude as given by Delam-
bre’s tables was correct, it would be necessary to decrease the moon’s
longitude as given by Burg 12”-0, and to decrease the tabular latitude
by 10’6. ‘The error in longitude was deduced from the obseryations
at Sulem, and in latitude from those of N antucket, Monticello and
Washington. Two micrometrical observations made at Nantucket
near the middle of the eclipse, gave for the correction of latitude—
9-2 and—12”-4, mean— 108; the observations of the internal con-
tacts of the eclipse at Monticello gave - — 104, and those at Washing-
ton — 10"°6. The mean of all these observations makes the error of
latitude —10'*6. It may be observed that this correction makes but
very little change in the calculated longitudes of the places of obser-
vation, because the times of conjunction is affected in nearly the same
way at most of the places. Thus, it was found that the correction of
the time of conjunction at Salem, Brunswick, Portland, and Nantuck-
et was 0"*8; at Burlington and Rutland+0"-9; at New Haven+410;
at New Brunswick +171; at New York +13 ; at Washington +14;

at Monticello+1":9, and at Williamsburg (where the first internal con- —

tact was not observed) +.0’*3. Hence the corrections of longitude

arising from this source are respectively 0”*0, 0’*1, 0-2, 03, 05,

06, 11, and—0”5; most of which are so small as to be —
worthy of notice.

The error of the moon’s longitude — 12”-0 has no sensible effect —

on the calculated longitudes from Greenwich, the time of conjunction
being decreased about a quarter of a second at all the places of ¢ obser-
vation mentioned in this memoir,

eee LE SET Ree ay APS rey. ee eS ae. een eee

Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, Sept. V7, 1811. 267

The moon’s longitude and latitude being corrected, the conjunc-
tion at Salem from my observations was found to be at 2h. 13 289%
apparent time ;_ this, added to the longitude from Greenwich, 4h. 43’
36""7, gives the conjunction at that place 64. 57'05"°6. By Mr.
Lambert’s observation calculated in the same way the conjunction was
at 2h. 13’ 32'*7, which added to the longitude 4h. 43’ 34”0 gives the
conjunction at Greenwich 64. 57'6"*7.. The mean of the two obser-
vations is 6h. 57’ 06"*1,* which is used in the rest of this memoir as
the apparent time of the conjunction at Greenwich, not having any
European observations by which that time could be obtained.

At the time of the conjunction at Greenwich 6A. 47’ 06"71, the
sun’s longitude by the above elements from Delambre’s tables was
173° 56’ 32”-4, the moon’s longitude from Burg 173° 56’ 444, which
differ 12”"0, agreeing with what was assumed above. At the same
time the moon’s latitude by Burg was 36’ 50"*8, which decreased by
10’°6 gives the moon’s true latitude at the time of conjunction 36
402 N. These corrected values were used in calculating the fol-
lowing observations.

Observations at Nantucket by Walter Folger j jun. oe
Sept. 17, 1811.

The place of observation was a little to the westward of the cen-

tre of the town of Nantucket in the latitude of 41° 15’ $2” reduced 41°

= 10” N.-

App. time. ()- ©)Par.i in Jon. Par. in lat. > 5S. D.Aug.
| Pactaning 1A. 02’ 048 3’ 005 35’ 125 14’ 5292
End . 4 05206 -18 48°38 45 48°2 14 48°06

Hence the apparent time of conjunction at Nantucket was 2h. 16’
eS, which subtracted from the time of conjunction at Greenwich

“+ A decree of Yn te entimated nite of Salem, wold decree tis
Aime 14.

268 Mr. Bowshitch. on the solar eclipse, Sept. 17, 1811.

6h. 57’ 06"*1 pene ‘the longitude of Nantucket 4h, 40’ 31"-6 = 70° 7
54” West from Greenwich.
| Mr. oe: Seer made several observations of the width of the lucid
part of the sun during the eclipse. I selected two observations when
the distance was the shortest, subject to the least change, most easy to
measure and best adapted to ascertain the error of the moon’s tabular
latitude. These observations were at 2h. 30/ 50" and 2h, 35’ a
mean time. The measured distances were 4’ 58-9; 4’ 56”°6. The
moon’s augmented semidiameter 14’ 51-03; 14’ 50’-92. Thesun’s
semidiameter 15’ 53°77, Hence the apparent distances of the centres
of the sun and moon (= measured lucid part + D’s semidiameter—
©’s semidiameter) were 3’ 56’*16 and 3’ 5375. . The pardilaxes in»
longitude ()—©) were—10' 00"-6 and—10' 30’°7; in latitude 41’
219 and 41’ 36”-5.. From these were deduced the apparent lati-
tudes; and, by applying the parallaxes in latitude, the true latitudes
37 35"-2 and 37’ 43:4 were obtained, which subtracted from the cor-__
responding tabular latitudes 37’ 44/4 and 37’ 55’°8 give the error of»
the tables in latitude, by the first observation —9” ‘2; by..the sind
—12"-4; the mean of both is —10’"8. a

At Monticello, Virginia, by the Hon. Thomas Jefferson, late President
Of the United States and President of the American shares en
Society, Sept. 17, 1811.

The two internal contacts are useful in finding the error nol the
moon’s latitude. These observations are as is follow, the latitude being.

38° 8° N, reduced 37° 56’ 52”,

App. time. es eri long. Par.inlat. J) yt
Annulus formed lhe 53’ 00) 5’ 582 . 36’ 51"-4 14’ Se 8

Annulus broken 1 59 25 ~6 53 +5 SR1746 <a Saw

j

Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, Sept. 17, 1811. 269

correcting the moon’s tabular latitude, and the apparent times of the
conjunction deduced differed nearly a quarter of a minute. By re-
peating the calculation it was found that they would both give the
same result 1h. 41 557, by decreasing the latitude 10’*4. The er-
ror of Burg’s tables in the latitude of the moon is therefore by this ob-
servation — 104. By subtracting the time of conjunction 1/4. 41’
55"°7 from 6h. 57' 061, the longitude of Monticello is obtained 5.
15’ 10-4 = 78° 47’ 36” W from Greenwich.

At Washington, Columbia, by Seth Pease, Esq. Sept. 17, 1811.

These observations were made in the latitude 38° 54’ N, reduced
38° 42’ 47”, and 1’ 27” in space, or 5’°8 in time, W from the a

. App. times. ()-@©)Par.long. Par. lat. ‘ Aug.S
Beginning Oh. 22’ 089 8’ 30"°7 30! 48"°5 4’ B69
Annulus formed 2 02 06°0 —6 51°9 87553 ta fle
Annulus broken 2 06 53°1 —7 31 °8 3814°3 1452°13
End of the eclipse 3 86 52°8 -18 07 0 4326°3 1449 °38
eT he apparent times of the conjunction deduced from the internal
contacts, without correcting for the error of the moon’s latitude, were
Vi. 49’ 55"-1 and 14, 48’ 198, differing 35’°3. This difference is
wholly corrected by decreasing the moon’s tabular latitude 10"6,
which makes the time of conjunction by both observations 1/, 48’
89-6. The external contacts give 14. 48’ 58-2. Mean 1A. 48’ 48"°9,
which, subtracted from 6A. 57’ 6’*1, gives the longitude of the place of
observation 5A. 8’ 17:2, from which subtracting 5”°8 there remains the
longitude of the Capitol 5/. 8’ 114, by this observation.

The eclipse of April 3, 1791, observed at Georgetown, by Mr.”
Ellicott, makes the longitude of the Capitol 54. 8 45, as will be
shewn hereafter. The mean of both may be assumed as the longi-
tude of the Capitol — 8”-0 = 77° 2’ 00" W from Greenwich.

270 Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, Sept. 17, 1811.

An occultation of « Tauri, observed by Mr. Ellicott January 21,
1793, and one of 2 Pleiadum by Messrs. Bradley and Pease, October
20, 1804, might be used in calculating the longitude of this city, if.
corresponding observations under a known meridian could be obtain-
ed. To compare these times with those computed for Greenwich in
the Nautical Almanac, would render the result liable to an error which
might amount to nearly half a degree of longitude.

At William and Mary College, Williamsburg, by Professor Blackigg,
? Sept. 17, 1811.
Latitude of the place of observation $7° 15’ 20" reduced 37° 4! 17’
North.
App.time. ()- Oke; ee ae lat. > S. D. Aug.
Beginning Oh. 26' 5620 '02"+4, 14’ 53°83
- Annulusbroken 2 13 12 -29 © a 23 °O 37 42 +3 14 52°18
End of the eclipse’3. 41 57 20 —19 48-4 4251 +4 14 49 *32
‘Hence the apparent time of conjunction, by the mean of these
three observations, was 1h. 50’ 17’"7, which subtracted from 6A. 57
6”"1 gives the longitude of William and Mary College 5h. 6! 48"-4=
76° 42' 06" W from Greenwich. The calculation of the longitude of
this place from the transit of Mercury of Nov. 5, 1789, will be given
in this memoir. .

_ Near New Brunswick, New Jersey, by Mr. John Garnett,
Sept. 17, 1811.

r. Garnett’s account of the observation is as follows.“ The
™ ae was perceptible at 0h. 36’ 5” apparent time, allowing 3
“ before it became sensible for the contact, it must have been at OA
** 36' 2”. The end at 34. 45’ 58” apparent time. Latitude of the
“ place of observation 40° 30’ 0" N, being 26” N and 2-5 in time W
“from Columbia College.” » As this allowance of 3” was not made

Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, Sept. 17, 1811. 271

on the other observations of this eclipse, it was thought that the com-
puted longitude would be more accurate if the uncorrected values
were used, as in the following calculation.

roe App. time. ()-©) Par. long. Par. lat. >) aug. 8. D.
Beginning Of. 36’ 05” 6 48"8 32'53"1 — 14° 5329
End 3 45 58 —1746°9 44 38 °2 14 48 °89

Hence the apparent time of conjunction was at 1. 59’ 09"*5, which
subtracted from 6/. 57’ 6’*1 leaves the longitude of the place of ob-
servation 4h. 57’ 56’”°6=74° 29’ 9” W. Hence Queen’s College,
which is 38” E from Mr. Garnett’s, is in 74°28’ 31” W from Green-
wich. This will be combined hereafter with the observation at New
York. |

At Yale College, New Haven, by Professor Day, Sept. 17, 1811.

The latitude of the place of observation is 41° 17’ 58”, reduced 41°
06’ 35” N. 7

: App-time. () -©) Par ar.long. Par. la >) aug. S. D.
Beginning Oh. 44’ 12"*7 5’ 50"*8 34! O49 14’ 53”°10
End 3 51 56 7 —17 451 A5 24°35 14 48 °59

Hence the apparent time of conjunction was at 2h. 5’ 1 15/0, and
the longitude of Yale College 44, 51° 51°:1=72° 57’ 46" W from
Greenwich. _

At Rutland, Vermont, by Doctor Williams, Sept. 17, 1811.

These observations were published in the Washingtonian, a paper

printed at Windsor, Vermont. ‘ The beginning of this eclipse was
*‘at 12h. 41’ 46”, the end wasat 34. 46’ 31”. Little orno uncertainty
“ seemed to attend these observations. ‘The clock was carefully reg-
_“ ulated by corresponding attitudes of the sun, taken for several days
_“ before, and on the day of the eclipse, ah dat ae
~ “ of equal altitudes—The telescope a reflector with a magnitying

272 Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, Sept. 17, 1811.
‘er of 53. The latitude of Rutland nearly 43° 36’ N.” Reduced

latitude 43° 24/ 32”.
()—O) Par. long. Par. lat. > aug. S. D.
Beginning. 7066 $5° 138 14’ 52°75
End —13 28°5 46 02°8 14 48 *60

Hence the apparent time of the conjunction at Rutland was 2A. 5’
18”*5, which subtracted from 6. 57’ 06"*1 leaves the longitude of Rut-
land 4A. 51’ 47"°6 W from Greenwich.

In the remarks on the eclipse of June 16, 1806, in this paper, it is
shewn that the longitude of Rutland, deduced from that eclipse, is 4/.
51’ 52-0. The mean of the observations of 1806 and 1811 give for
the longitude of Rutland 44. 51’ 49’-8 = 72° 57’ 27” W from Greene
wich,

Observations at Burlington, Vermont, by Professor Dean and John
Johnson, Esq. Sept. 17, 1811.

The place of observation was the University of Vermont, in the
latitude of 44° 28° N, reduced 44° 16’ 32’, The beginning of the
eclipse by the observations of Professor Dean was at Of. 38’ 51”, by
Mr. Johnson OA. 38’ 39”. The end by Professor Dean 3f. 43’ 11’,
by Mr. Johnson 3h. 43’ 25”. The mean of these observations is OA.
38’ 45” and 3h, 43’ 18” mean time, which were used in tsi
the time of conjunction.

seer O= OQ) Par. long. Par, la > aug. S. D.
Beginning = 7A, 553 35’ 33°°0 14! 5265
End 44°59 4 46 16°4 14 48 “63

Hence the apparent time of conjunction was 2h. 4’ 7’°8, which sub-
tracted from 64. 57’ 6”*1 leaves the longitude of the university of Ver-
mont 4h. 52' 58"-3="73° 14’ 34” W from Greenwich.

Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, Sept. 17, 1811. 273

Observations at Portland, by the Rev. Mr. Nichols and others,
Sept. 17, 1811.

The beginning of the eclipse at Observatory Hill was Of. 57’ 32”
apparent time, and at Mr. Nichols’ observatory one mile W from the
former place OA. 57’ 34” mean Of. 57’ 33”. The end at those places
was at 3h. 58’ 48”°7 and 3h, 59’00" mean 3/. 58’ 54’*3. The latitude
of the place of observation nearly 43° 39’, reduced 43° 27’ 32”.

App. time. }—Q© Par. long. Par. lat. au
Beginning 0. 57’ 33"0 445"°1 . 36' 20"-0 U5 53” 0,
End 3 58 54°3 —1626°7 4634-7 14 48°12

Hence the apparent time of conjunction was at 2h. 15'41"-5, which
subtracted from Gf. 57’ 6’*1 leaves the longitude of Portland 44. 41
24"6, which makes Observatory Hill in the longitude of 44, 41’ 22”
W from Greenwich.

Observations at Bowdoin College, Brunswick, ee 17, 1811, dy Pro-
fessor Cleaveland.

Latitude of the place of Observation 43° 53’ N, reduced 43° 41’ 32”.

Meantime. () »—O) Par. long. Par. lat. > aug. S. D.
Beginning Oh. 53’ 52”°2 4 35°°*4 36’ 35"°3— «14 52°54
End 3 55 20°2 —I16 24°4 46 45:0 14 48 04

Hence the apparent time of conjunction was at 2h. 17° 23”*1, which
subtracted from 6. 57’ 6”*1 leaves the longitude of Bowdoin College
4h, 39' 43"°0 W from Greenwich. It will be seen in the addition to
this memoir, that the end of the eclipse of the sun of June 16, 1806,
made the longitude of this college 44. 39’ 37’"3.. The mean of these
observations makes the longitude of that place 4A, 39’ 40" 1=69° 551"
‘W from Greenwich.

274 Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, Sept. 17, 1811.

At New York, Columbia College, by Dr. Kemp, Sept. 17, 1811.
The latitude of the place of observation 40° 42’ 45” N, reduced 40°
31 24",

App.time. ()-Q©) Par.long. Par. lat. > aug. S. D.
Beginning OA. 38’ 53” 6 26'°7 oo 13° °3 14’ 53-23
End 3 4749 —I7 33°1 A5 04 °6 14 48 *71

Hence the apparent time of conjunction was at 2h, 1’ 22’-9 appar-
ent time, which subtracted from 6/4. 57’ 6”*1 gives the longitude of
Columbia College New York 4A. 55’ 43-2 by this observation. Mr.
Garnett’s observation at New Brunswick made the longitude 4/: 57
56"°6, from which subtracting the difference of meridians between
that place and Columbia College 1’ 51:3 in time (as computed from
the survey of the Post Roads by Seth Pease Esq. corrected at the ex-
treme points by Mr. Garnett) gives the longitude of Columbia Col-
lege by observation 4h.. 56’ 5/3.

‘Mr, Ferrer, by a chronometer, found the longitude of Kinderhook,
where the solar eclipse of 1806 was observed, 513 E from his
house in Partition Street, New York, and Albany 58” E from the
same house. These correspond to 51”0 and 57’*7 in time E from
Columbia College, and by adding these respectively to the longitudes
of Kinderhook and Albany computed in this paper from the eclipse
of 1806, viz. 44. 55’ 9G and 4h, 54’ 59’3, give the longitude of Co-
lumbia College by these observations 4h. 56’ 0-6 and 4h. 55’ 570»

By the solar eclipse of June 26, 1805, computed in this memoir,
the longitude of Columbia College is 4h, 56’ 14’8,

The mean of these five observations gives the longitude of Colum-
bia College 44, 56’ 002 W from Greenwich, being 2’-8 less than
the estimate of Mr. Ferrer in vol. vi. p- 360, of the Transactions of
the American Philosophical Society of Philadelphia.

Mr. Bowditch on the total eclipse, June 16, 1806. 275

Additional observations on the total eclipse of June 16, 1806.

The mean times of this observation at Salem, given in the 20th
page of the 3d volume of the Memoirs of the American Academy of
Arts and Sciences, were estimated by using the equation of time giv-
¢n in the Nautical Almanac for 1806, which I have since found ex-
ceeds that in Delambre’s new solar tables by 12. The equation at
the time of the conjunction by the Nautical Almanac is 6’*7 and by
Delambre’s tables 5"*5. The apparent times of these obseryations at
Salem are, the beginning 10%. 6’ 18”*1, beginning of total darkness
11h. 25’ 19"*4, end of total darkness 114. 30’ 7”*3, end of the eclipse
Oh. 50’ 346. The place of observation is 53 seconds in time east
from Cambridge, as found by the survey made by Professor Farrar
and myself. ‘The elements at the beginning and end of the eclipse by
the tables of Delambre and Burg are as follows.

| Beginning. End.

soe times of sie sons at Salem - 22 06 18:1 | 0 50 346
Mean times of observation - aie 22 06 22°8 | O 50 40°8
Longitnde west from Greenwich 443 367 | 4 43 36-7
Mean times of eee eee to ) Greenwich 249595 | 5 34 17+5
O's right ascensi 5 36 49°38 5 37 183
©’ s longitude from the apparent equmot - 84°41 01°7 | 84 47 33-9
©’s horizontal parallax - - 8
©’s semidiameter — Irradiation 35 - 15 42°54 15 42°53
©’s horary motion - : 2 23°15 2 23915
Apparent dbicroits of the eaBptkc eos 8 23 27 ‘53-0
D's longitude trom the apparent cmigg > 83 49 33:2 | 83 30 02-2
D’s latitude north decreasing 24 24*9 15 O81
D’s hori pa aes, EES Salem 5-49 60 08-71 60 11°81
P Reeisdinn infec 2paug. sam "22 & dos ea. 16 39°66 16 41°64
D’s horary motion in longitude 36 39°69 36 43°43
>’s horary motion in latitude 3 22-24 3 22°98
>’s horary motion from the sun in o longitude 34 16°54 34 20°28
>” § parallax — ©’s parallax - 60 00°05 60 03°15

**

276 Mr. Bowditch on the total eclipse, June 16, 1806.

Hence the conjunction at Salem by the mean of the four observa-
tions made there was at 114. 37’ 13”°1 A. M. apparent time, which
differs but a fraction of a second from that found in page 28 of my
former memoir; and as all the American observations would be aifect-
ed in nearly the same way, it was thought unnecessary to recalculate
them on account of the small variations arising from the use of these
new tables. Subtracting 53” from this time leaves the apparent time
of the conjunction at Cambridge 114. 36’ 201. La Lande, by the.
mean of several observations made in Europe, found the conjunction
at Paris to be at 44. 30’ 6” apparent time, as appears by the account
of this eclipse published in his history of Astronomy for 1806, and in
the Connoisance du Tems. The difference between these times of
conjunction decreased by 9’ 21” gives the difference of meridians of
Greenwich and Cambridge 4/, 44’ 24’-9 used in the former part of
this memoir. : 7

The ecliptic conjunction at Paris 44. 30’ 6”, to 4h.
20’ 50”°5 mean time at Greenwich. At this time, by the above ele-
ments, the sun’s longitude was 84° 44 38”*4, the moon’s longitude
84° 45’ 05:5, the moon’s latitude 19° 17"°2 N. Hence if the sun’s
longitude be given correctly by Delambre’s new tables, the error of
Burg’s tables in the longitude of the moon at that time was—27'1,
and as the moon’s true latitude was 19’ 19’*3, by page 28 of my for-
mer memoir, the error of Burg’s tables in latitude was + 21. .

If from the ‘times of conjunction calculated in pages 30, 31, and
$2 of my former memoir, be subtracted the equation of time used
there 6"*7, the remainder will be the apparent times of conjunction at
those places, which subtracted from the apparent time of conjunction
at Greenwich 4h. 20 45”, will give the corrected longitudes counted
from the meridian of that Observatory. The effect of this operation

Mr. Bowditch on the total eclipse, June 16, 1806. 277

is to decrease by one second of time the longitudes given in those
pages» ‘The longitudes counted from Salem must also be decreased
by 4’*7 more, on account of the difference between the longitude of
Salem calculated in this memoir 4/. 43’ 36”7 and that formerly used
4h, 43’ 32”.

Hence the longitude of Rutland calculated in page 30 ought to be
4h. 51’ 62" from Greenwich: that of Kinderhook, page 31, 44, 55’
9"*6, and that of Philadelphia, page 32, 5h. O' 34°°7. Another ob-
servation was made at Philadelphia, by Professor Hassler, in a place in
the latitude of 39° 57’ 2”, and 7” in time W from the State House,

App. time. Par. in long. Par.inlat. Aug.S.D.
Beginning 9/. 39’ 48°°5. 35) 1"4 OY S7 = 16. 8911
End 0 25 48°99 —5 19°2 16 52°38 16 42°08

Hence the apparent time of conjunction was L1A. 20’ 00"*7, whence
the longitude of the State House is 5/. 00’ 37"*3, The mean of this
and the other observation is 5/. 0’ 36". Other observations made at
this place will be given hereafter. :
‘The apparent times of the beginning and end of total darkness, as
observed at Albany, are given by Mr. De Witt in page 302, vol. vi.
of the Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, at LIA,
86” and 114. 12/57”. Mr. Ferrer in the same volume, page 294,
states that the equation of equal altitudes had been neglected in regu-
lating the time-keeper, and the corrected observations are 11h. 8
14"6 and 114. 13’ 05"°6 mean time, being 2” more than in page 31 of
my memoir. This decreases the parallax in longitude nearly 0”°4,
increases the time of conjunction at Albany 1*3, and. decreases the
longitude 1”*3. Hence the whole decrement of longitude from

Greenwich is 23, making the longitude of Albany Ah. 54’ 593 W
from Greenwich. | shits SE

From Mr, Ellicott’s memoir in vol. Vi.
835

278 Mr. Bowditch on the total eclipse, June 16, 1806.

tions of the American Philosophical Society, that the apparent times
of the beginning and end of the eclipse at Lancaster were 9. 538"
{erroneously printed 9/. 33’ 8”] and OA. 18’ 56”. The mean times,
used in page 32, are these quantities increased by 6’; whereas the for-
mer ought to have been increased 5°8, the latter 7’"3. This increas-
es the time of conjunction at Lancaster, given in page 32, nearly
0-3. Hence the corrected longitude from Greenwich is 5A. 5/22"2,

The observations at Natchez given by Mr. Dunbar in page 263,
vol. vi. of the same Transactions, are, beginning 20h. 5’ 24’*6, end 22h,
38’ 54”"67 mean time, or 20/. 5’ 19” and 22/. 38’ 47°72 apparent
time, which differ a few tenths of a second from those used in page
32 of my memoir. It is however to be observed, that Mr. Dunbar
subtracted 5” from the observed time of the beginning, supposing that
time necessary to make the impression visible in the telescope; but
as this correction is not applied to the other observations with which
_ itis compared, it leads to an erroneous estimate of the longitude of
the place. I assumed therefore 20/. 5’ 24”*1 and 22h, 38’ 47°*7 for
the apparent times of observation, and using the elements in page 22,
corrected for the errors of the longitude and latitude of the moon,
found that the apparent time of conjunction became 10/. 15" 15"°2
_A.M. Hence the longitude of Mr. Dunbar’s observatory is 64. 5
298, and the Castle of Natchez (supposed 9” W) is 6A. 6’ 38-8 W
from Greenwich,

In page 276 of the sixth volume of the Transactions of the Amer
can Philosophical Society, are given the observations of this eclipse
made at Bowdoin College, Brunewick, in latitude 43° 53’ N, reduced
48° 41 32", ‘The beginning was at 104, 14’ 0”, the end at 12h, 55
20” apparent time, and by using the elements of page 22, corrected a3
abovementioned, we have

Mr, Bowditch on the Transit of Mercury, Nov. 9, 1769. 279

; ongitude
D-© Par.long. Par.lat. Daug.sem. conjunction. W Greenwich.
Beginning 17’ 57/0 23! 248 16’ 39"-81 11h. 42'02".3 4h. 38’ 42°"7
3 End —10 42°3 2102 4 1641 49 t1 41 O07 *7 4 39 373

The difference of nearly a minute, in the times of the conjunction
deduced. from the two contacts, arises probably from some mistake in
noting the time of the beginning of the eclipse, since the end gives
nearly the same result as the eclipse of the sun of Sept. 17, 1811, as
was mentioned in the former part of this paper.

Mr. Ferrer in a letter to President Webber, mentions that the end
of the eclipse at Williamsburg, (Virginia) was at Of. 15’ 14” mean
time. This would make the longitude 5%. 7 46’, which being nearly
a minute more than other observations make it, and no account hav-
ing been given of the observation by which we might judge of its ac-
~ curacy, I have concluded to reject it.

Transit of Mercury of Nov. 9, 1769.

This transit was observed in Philadelphia, Norriton, and Salem.
It was invisible in Europe. The difference of meridians of Philadel-
phia and Norriton is known to be 52 seconds in time, by a trigonom-
etrical survey, and the observations made there, compared with those
at Salem, would have given the difference of meridians of Salem and
Philadelphia, but on calculating the observation at Salem, (which was
made at a place 1-2 east from the place where my observations of the
eclipse of Sept. 17, 1811 were made) I found the times were too
great by above a minute, owing probably to the inaccurate method of
regulating the watch by a common meridian line. This rendered the
observation useless. fa EL SCs ME Pe ise iee

Deductions from the eclipse of the sun, of October 27, 1780.

The observations of this eclipse, made at Chelsea, Beverly, “ee

port, Providence, Long-island, and Charlotte-town, are given in the

280

Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, Oct. 27, 1780.

first volume of the Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences. The elements of the eclipse for the times of observation
at Chelsea, calculated by the Delambre and Burg are as follows.

Apparent times of observation at Chelsea =

Mean times of observation at Chelsea

Longitude west from Greenwich

Mean times of observation reduced to 5 Grech pick

©’s longitude counted from the apparent oo
©’s horizontal parallax

Q’s semidiameter — Irradiation 3" i

©’s horary motion

Apparent obliquity of the ain

D’s longitude counted from the apparent equinox

D’s latitude north de¢reasin

> ’s horizontal equatorial parallax —_ «

)’s tabular sem idiameter — inflexion 2” .
D’s horary motion in longitude BS YS
») ’s horary motion in latitude

)’s horary motion doe we sun in longitude
©’s right ascensio

Beginning. | End.
he / i“ A. 7B
23 00 58 1 40 37
22 44 56:8 | 1 24 353
4 44 03°7 | 4 44 03°7
3 29 00: 6 O08 39:0
214° 50 43-5 |214°57 23°2
8: 8°87
16 05°15 16 05°17
2 30 2 30°22
23 28 14
213 53 44:0 |215 30 33°7
54, 15°2 45 25-0
60 01-9 59 58°6
16 21:07 16 20°17
36 25°61 36 21°46
3 19°03 3 19°54
he. 33 55°39] h. 33 51°24
14,10 14-9 | 14 10 40°7

None of the above places of observation were well situated to find
with accuracy the error of the moon’s latitude. However by various
calculations, the result of which will be given hereafter, it was found
that the correction to be applied’to the moon’s tabular latitude was
— 104, nearly ; and the error of the tabular longitude — 5/7, sup-
posing the sun’s longitude to be correct. These corrections being
made, the observations were re-calculated as follows.

Observations at Chelsea and Beverly, October 27, 1780.
The obsérvations at Chelsea were made by the Rev. Mr. Payson.
In the latitude of 42° 25’ 11” N reduced 42°13'45", and 26” in time
E from Cambridge, corresponding to 4h. 44’ 03’*7 Ww from Green-

eet ake rpmmrlie be “44,

Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, Oct. 27, 1780. 281

App. time. set ep aoe (> tiie lat. D Aug.S .D.
Begin’g at Chelsea, 23.00! 58’ 16’ 30”-68
End 1 40 87 —1l1 16:1 51 47 °7 16 28 °89

Hence the apparent time of conjunction at Chelsea, was OA. 41)
55""1, which added to 44, 44’ 3"°7 gives the corresponding time at
Greenwich 54. 25’ 588,

The observations at Beverly were made by the Rev. President
Willard, Doctor Prince, and Doctor Cutler. The beginning was ob-
served by them at 11/, 1’ 48”, 114, 1’ 46”, and 114. 1 42”. The end
at 1h, 41° 26", 1h. 4129", and 14, 41’ 23” respectively. The mean of
these times was used. The place of observation was found by trig-
onomietrical survey to be 1’ 43” N and 5'°6 in time E from the place
in Salem, where I observed the eclipse of Sept. 17, 1814. Hence
"the latitude of the place is 42° 35’ 13”, reduced 42° 23’ 47”, longitude
58"°6 E from Cambridge, corresponding to 44, 43’ 311 W from
Greenwich. oe
Being a Skee (> “20 36-9 jong. EAP Seid lat. =D ea pe Be

seks AG wh? ye hs oft nS 16 28°84

Hence the apparent time of connie at Beverly was Oh. 42’
38"*3, corresponding to 5h, 26’ 09’4 at Greenwich. The mean of
this and the observation at Chelsea gives the conjunction at Greenwich
at 54, 26 Q4"*1 apparent time, which is to be used _in finding the lon-
gitudes of the other places of observation.

Ifthe moon’s corrected latitude used in this calculation was too
small by / seconds, the time of conjunction at Saves would, be
decreased by 0° 531 seconds of time.

Observations at Liu. Balogh Paniest, Oct, 2%, ly 1780.

_ These observations were made by Doctor Williams and his assis-
tants near the house of Mr. S. Williams, in a cove on the eastern

282 Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, Oct. 27, 1780.

part of Long Island in. Penobscot River (which appears to be called
Williams’s carrying-place in Hollond’s chart) in the latitude of 44° 17’
07-26, reduced 44° 05’ 39”, the reduction of the moon’s equatorial
parallax being 5°83. Messrs. Williams, Winthrop, and Atkins ob-
served both contacts with the largest telescopes. The beginning, as
observed by them respectively, was at 114. 11’ 8”, 114. 11’ 38”, LIA.
1)’ 13"; the end at 14, 50’ 25”, 1h. 50° 17” or 19”, and 1h: 50’ 28” ap-
parent times. The mean of these times was used.

App.time. ()-@) Par. long. (d- @) Par. lat. ) aug. S. D.
Beginning 114. 11’ 19-7 +25’ 02'*8 44/016 16’ 3034
End 1 50 24°0 —l 59°7 53 01°4 16 28 2]

Hence the apparent time of conjunction was at Of. 50/ 44’"0,
which, subtracted from the time of conjunction at Greenwich 5h. 26’
041, leaves the longitude of the place of observation on Long-Island
Ah, 35’ 20"-1 W from Greenwich.

An increase of / seconds in the moon’s latitude would eaece
the time of conjunction at Long Island 0.52 7 seconds, which sub-
tracted from the corresponding correction at Beverly and Chelsea 0°53
leaves the error of the longitude of Long-Island — 0:01 /, arising from
an increase of / seconds in the.moon’s latitude. Hence it is evident
that an error of 10 or 12 seconds in this element, will not sensibly af-
fect the longitude of that place, calculated by the above observation. |

"At Charlotte Town, Island of St. John, Gulf of St. taser
Oct. 27, 1780,

" Observations were made at this place, by Messrs. Clarke and
Wright in the latitude of 46° 13’ reduced 46° 1’ $2”, reduction of the.
equatorial aa 6”"23.

()-O) Par. long. 230 ar. lat. } aug.S.Ds
Beginning he 41’ 3, 35” +20! 04-6 ¢ gn) ee 16’ ng SD.

End Wat ba te —5 136 ee 16 27-08

Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, Oct. 27, 1780. 283

_ Hence the apparent time of conjunction was at 1h. 13’ 33’"0, which
subtracted from the time of conjunction at Greenwich leaves the lon-
gitude of the place of observation 44. 12’ 311.

An increase of /seconds in the moon’s latitude, would decrease the
time of conjunction 0°46 / seconds of time, which subtracted from
the corresponding correction at Beverly and Chelsea leaves *07 /, which
is the number of seconds of time to be subtracted from the longitude
of Charlotte-town for an increase of / seconds in the moon’s latitude,
and as this correction is very small, there can be but ate uncertainty
in the longitude on this account.

Observations at Newport and Providence Oct. 27, 1780.

_ The beginning of the eclipse was not observed at these places.
The end was observed at Newport, R. I. by Mr. Granchain, at 1A.
40’ 41” apparent time. He states the latitude of the place to be 41°
30’ 30". Hollond makes it 41° 28'28”. The mean is nearly 41° 293’*
which used as the true latitude makes the reduced latitude 41° 18’ 7”,
the reduction of the moon’s equatorial parallax 5’-24, the ()—O)
par. in long.—1’ 432, in latitude 51’ 21”*3, D’s augmented semidi-
ameter 16’ 29°09. Hence the conjunctions at Newport was at OA.
40’ 58”°7 apparent time. The difference of meridians ot Newportand
Providence according to Hollond’s survey is 18"*8, which would make
the conjunction at Providence by this observation 0A. 40’ 39”-9.

The end of the eclipse at Providence, by the observations of
Messrs. Brown and West was at 14. 39’ 08"*3 apparent time. ‘The
latitude of the place by Hollond is 41° 48’ 50”, reduced 41°37’ 26".

* This difference in the latitude is scarcely sensible in the computation of
the longitude from this observation, since an increase of one minute in the lati-
tude decreases the longitude but half a second oftime. The: same is to be observ-
ed of the observation at Providence.

284» Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, Oct. 27, ‘1780.

The ()—©) par. in long.—1’.18""0,, in latitude 51’ 268, ’s aug-
mented semidiameter 16’ 29°06. Hence the conjunction at Provi-
Jones by this observation was at Of. 40'11"2. The mean of this
and the former result 0A. 40’ 399 is Oh. 40’ 25"°5, which may be as-
sumed as the apparent time of conjunctioniat Providence. This, sub-
tracted from the time of conjunction at Greenwich, gives the longi-
tude of Providence 4h. 45’ 38-6, and by subtracting 18*8, the longi-
tude of Goat Island, Newport, is obtained 44. 45’ 19-8 W from
- Greenwich, which agrees nearly with the observations of the transit
of Venus of June 3, 1769.

The longitudes of these two places are liable to a greater error
from the uncertainty of the moon’s latitude, than would have been the
case if both contacts had been observed. For an increase of /seconds
in the moon’s latitude would decrease the times of conjunction at
‘these places by 0°33 seconds, which subtracted from the corres:
ponding change in the time of conjunction at Greenwich 0” *53 7, leaves
the variation of the longitudes just calculated 0-22 “Hence an ine
crease of 5 seconds in the moon’s latitude (corrected as above) would —
decrease the longitudes of Newport and Providence by one second of
time, nearly, and the error from this source does not probably exceed

At the apparent time of the conjunction at Greenwich 5h. 26/041,
the moon’s tabular longitude was 214° 55’ 02-1, the sun’s: longitude
214° 54’ 56”+4, the difference —5”-7 is the correction to be applied to
the longitude of the moon given by Burg, supposing the solar tables
to be correct. This is the same as ‘was assumed at the commence-
ment of the calculation. tee

To find the error in the moon’s latitude, the observations at Long
‘Island, Beverly ,and Providence were used as follows. *

Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, Oct. 27,1780... 285

The greatest obscuration at Long Island was at 0/, 31’ 18” appar-
ent time, when an arch of 42° or 43° of the sun’s disc was visible.
Supposing this arch to be 42° 30’, the sun’s semidiameter 16’ 05’"16,
the moon’s augmented semidiameter 16’ 29”-97, it is easy to find that
the apparent distance of the centres of the sun and moon was 26°57,
observing that the diameter, passing through those centres, bisects
perpendicularly the chord connecting the extreme visible points of the
sun’s limb. At this time the ()—©) parallax in longitude was 11’
20’0; in latitude 49’ 13’*6, the apparent difference of longitudes of the
centres of the sun and moon, found from the tables correcting the
moon’s longitude for the error — 5"*7 was 21°52, From the appar-
ent distance of the centres and their apparent difference of longitude,
it is easy to find the apparent difference of latitude 15"°6, which ad-
ded to the parallax in latitude, gives the latitude by this observation
42/292; this subtracted from the tabular latitude 49’ 44’"3 gives the
error in latitude by this observation — 15"-2. ”

At the same place at 0A. 28’ 48” the lucid part of the sun when
least, measured by a micrometer, was 24”.7. This added to the >’s
augmented semidiameter 16’ 29°99 and the ©’s semidiameter sub-
tracted from the sum, gives the apparent distance of the centres of the
sun and moon 4953. The ()—Q) par. in long. was 11' 46"0, and
the apparent difference of longitude (found as above) was $7"*1, con-
sequently the apparent difference of latitude 32”°8, which added to the
parallax in latitude 49’ 04-9, gives the latitude by observation 49
37"°7, which subtracted from the tabular latitude 49’ 52’°6 leaves the
error of the tables in latitude by this observation — 14"9.

At Beverly at 0/. 21’ apparent time the sun was eclipsed 114 24,
which makes the lucid part 96"52. The sun’s semidiameter was
then 16’ 05’-16, the moon’s augmented semidiameter 16’ 30! “Ai, the
(20) paral. in longitude was 12’ 43-5, paral. in latitude 47’ 440,

”

286 + Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, June 24, 1778.

and, by a similar calculation to the preceding, the error of the moon’s
latitude by this observation is — 10”1.

At Providence the greatest obscuration was nearly at Of. 18’ 55”
apparent time, the lucid part measured by a micrometer was then
$ses, parts of the sun’s semidiameter, equal to 139"°73. The sun’s
semidiameter 16° 05°16, the moon’s augmented semidiameter 16'
30°67, the ()—©) parallax in longitude 12’ 55’-0, in latitude 47
11”-0. Hence the error in latitude by this observation is —~ 1”*4.

The mean of these four observations gives the error of latitude —
10-4, the same as was assumed.

Lclipse of the sun of June 24, 1778.

The end of this eclipse was observed at Bradford, Massachusetts,
by Doctor Williams at 114. 38’ 16” A.M. apparent time. The lati-
tude of the place is nearly 42° 46’ N, reduced 42° 34’ 34”, Using the
same tables of Delambre and Burg, correcting the moon’s longitude
+62 and latitude + 1”*1, as deduced from the observations at Green-»

wich before given; supposing the irradiation 3”°5, inflection 2". It
was found that the ()—©) parallax in longitude was +5’ 14”7, in
latitude 19’ 52"*1, whence the apparent time of conjunction at Brad-
ford was at 10h. 51’ 46"-2 A. M. apparent time. The difference be-
tween this and the time of conjunction at Greenwich, calculated be-
fore, 3h. 35’ 52-9 gives the longitude of Bradford 4h. 44’ 6"7 W
~. from Greenwich, or 30’-0 W from Salem, which agrees very nearly
with the map of Massachusetts.

Annular eclipse of April 3, 1791.
This eclipse was observed at Georgetown, Columbia, by Mr.
7 Ellicott, in the latitude of about 38° 55’ N, reduced 38° 43’ 47’, 35
appears by vol, iv. page 48 of the Transactions of the American Phi-
alsophical Society, and the observations have been calculated by Mr

*

Mr. Bowditch on the annular eclipse, April 3, 1791. 287

Ferrer in the sixth volume of the same work. This gentleman sup-
poses that the time of forming the annulus was marked too small by
one minute, a mistake that might easily have been made, and of which
several instances have occurred in the most important observations
made by the best astronomers of Europe. This correction being ap-
plied, makes the times of conjunction, deduced from the three obser-
vations, agree much more nearly with each other than they otherwise
would do. Ihave therefore adopted it in the following calculation.
Using the tables of Delambre and Burg, correcting the moon’s longi- _
tude by adding 20”, and the moon’s latitude by adding 7’"6, which is
necessary from the observation at Greenwich and Paris, mentioned in
the former part of this memoir, the calculation becomes

Mean time. ()-©) Par. lon. Par. lat.

‘Formation of Annulus —_18/. 40’ 01” 25' 407 46’ 546

Breaking of Annulus 18 43 15 25 36 °7 46 49 +2

End of the eclipse 19 55 37'S 22 20 0 44 00°8
The conjunction by the mean of these three observations is at 19h.
37’ 00"-4 mean time, or 194. 33’ 42”°6 apparent time. The difference
between this and the conjunction at Greenwich, calculated before 0.
42! 002, is 5h. 8’ 176, the longitude of Georgetown, and as this
place by the measurement of Seth Pease Esq. is 13°1 seconds, in time
W from the Capitol in Washington, the longitude of the Capitol
would be by this observation 54. 8’ 4"°5.. The observation of Mr.
Pease on the eclipse of 1811, makes it in 5h. 8'11"*4.. The mean of
both gives the longitude of the Capitol in Washington 5/. 8’ 80,
whence the longitude of Georgetown is 5h, 8’ 21"1 = 77° 5' 16" W

from Greenwich. |

The observations of this eclipse at Philadelphia, given by Mr.

a escitine 3 in vol. iii. page 154 of the Transactions of the American

iano Saint. of sh 0% ube erroneous. For the

o os ble

*,

288 | Mr. Bowditch on the transit of Venus, June 3, 1769.

conjunction deduced from the fourth contact agrees nearly with other
observations, but the three first contacts make ‘the conjunction too
late by nearly a minute. Mr. Ferrer in his calculation in vol. vi. of
the same Transactions, rejects the first contact, and subtracts one min-
ute from the second and third; but this correction does not appear to
be warranted by the observations. For if we suppose the regulation
of the time-keeper to be correct, there must have been a mistake in
reading off the three first observations, which is improbable ; and if
we suppose the regulation of the time-keeper to be erroneous by one
minute, it will not make the observations accord without allowing al-
so an error of one minute in the last contact. These reasons/have in-
duced me to reject the observations, as not having been made with
sufficient accuracy to be used in calculating the longitude of Philadel-

.

phia. : Ns
Transit of Venus June 8, 1769. :
The elements of this transit for June 3, 1769, at 10/. 2 $41 mean
time at Greenwich, are as follows. oe

©’s longitude by Delambre’s tables of 1806 = « 73° 27’ 1879 ©
2’s See deduced from the observations atGreen- 73 27 18. *9
9's latitude —f wich, Paris, and Prince of Wales’ Fort. 10 14 +32 N.
’s horary motion pa - - - . 143 -46_
?’s horary motion in longitude eo eS a - 94 *144
Q’s horary motion in latitude —- “ F : —35 450
_9’s horizontal parallax - ‘ s ge 30 *45
©)’s horizontal l en “ a 2 . 8 °67
©’s semidiameter by T. 2. P. 470 0f La Lande’s Astronomy 15 43-71
Q ‘s semidiameter — - % eg ee | * 28
©’s right ascension —- EN ae - -. Ah. 48 13 423
Horary increment of right ascension - - ~ 10 °27

The mean of the observations of Messrs. Maskelyne, Dollond,
Nairn, Hirst, Hitchins, Horsley, and Dunn, at the Royal Observatory
at Greenwich; as given in the first volume of the Transactions of the
Philosophical Society of Philadelphia, make the first external contact
at 7h. 11’ 19 and the first internal contact at 74. 29° 19"1. ‘The

; Mr. Bowditch on the transit of Venus, June 3, 1769. 289

observation of the internal contact by Mr. Hirst is in one place printed
7h, 28° 57", in another 7h. 28' 47"; that of Mr. Dunn 7/, 29’ 28” and
7h. 29' 48". The values 7h. 28’ 57", and 7h. 29’ 28", were used as
best agreeing with the other observations. ‘The mean of the obser-
vations of the first internal contact at Paris, made by Messrs. Messier,
Cassini, Sejour, Chaulnes, Maraidi, Fouchy, and Bery, as published in
the Memoirs of the Royal Academy of Arts and Sciences of Paris,
was 7h. 38' 48”7 apparent time. The parallaxes and times of con-
junction areas follows.

{ 2-©) Par. long. Par. lat. Conjunction, _ Con}. Green.
I. contact Greenwich am | 5000 | #1555 1 10h. 4! 49" ‘6. 10h, 4! 49'-6
Il. contact Greenwich —14 681 +15 “988 10 4 44 3 10. "¢ ‘44 *S
II. contact Paris —15+120 415-658 10 1416-2 10 455-2

‘The mean of these three observations gives the apparent time) — |, __
of the conjunction at Greenwich. } 10 449°7

The mean of the observations of Messrs. Dymond and Wales, at
Prince of Wales’ Fort in Hudson’s Bay, in latitude 58° 47’ 32”, were
as below.

App. time. ?-@ Par. lon. Par. lat. Caliph tide Lon. W Green.
I. contact Of. 57'04"-1 -4"-322 419"-491" ($h.47'49""6 6h. 17' 00"*1

Il. contact 1 1523 *3 -3 +202 412-483 64°38 6 16 54°9
Ill. contact 7 0047 ‘0 -13+110 +416 -841 55°O 6 16 54°7

IV. contact 7 19 10-3 -12°876 +17 °206 49°9 6 16 59°8

Mean 6 16 57 *4

The internal contacts at this place were used in finding the lati-

tude of Venus at the time of conjunction inserted in the above ele-
ments.

_ Professor Winthrop at Cambridge miata first contact, ‘but

had a good observation of the second contact at 2h. 47 30” app: rent

time. The parallax in longitude was then — 11-748, i in] latitude

+7"°484, Hence the apparent time of the conjunction by this obser-

290 Mr, Bowditch on the transit of Venus, June 3, 1769.

vation was 5h. 20’ 8’*7. Professor Williams observed the same con.
tact at Newbury in latitude 42° 48’ N, and by Hollond’s survey”
63 seconds in time E from my house in Salem, or 593 seconds E
from Cambridge, at 24. 48’ 44” apparent time. The parallax in lon-
gitude was then — 11'°757, in latitude + 7643, whence the con-
junction at Newbury was at 5A. 21’ 28’°0, corresponding to 5h. 20°
28”°5 apparent time at Cambridge. The mean of this and the former
result is 54. 20’ 18"°6, which subtracted from the time of conjunction
at Greenwich 104, 4’ 49-7, gives the longitude of Cambridge by this
observation 4h. 44’ 311. e

At Providence in latitude 41° 50’ 41”, the transit was observed by
Messrs. West and Brown. The first contact was not well observed,
but the second contact was at 2h. 46’ 35” apparent time. The paral-
lax in longitude was — 11’*762, in latitude +7’-282, Hence the
conjunction was at 54. 19’ 12”7 apparent time, which subtracted
from the time of conjunction at Greenwich 10h, 4’ 497 gives the
longitude of Providence by this observation 4h. 45’ 37-0, By the
eclipse of Oct. 27, 1780 it was 4h. 45’ 38’°6. The mean gives the
longitude of Providence 44. 45’ 37"-8, and by subtracting 188 we
have the longitude of Goat Island, Newport, 44. 45’ 190 W from

At the State House square in Philadelphia, in the latitude of 39°
57 10”, the transit was observed by Messrs. Shippen, Williamson,
Prior, Ewing, Pearson, and Thompson, At Norriton in the latitude
of 40° 9' 56", and by an accurate terrestrial measurement 52” in time
W from Philadelphia, the transit was observed by Messrs. Smith,
ams and Rittenhouse. At Lewistown in the latitude of 38° 46’ 38"
and 1*"4 in time E from Philadelphia, as determined by an accurate
survey, the — was observed by Messrs. Biddle and Bayley. The
Goat -of ice eae Ni -iues is given in the first volume of the Trans-

Mr. Bowditch on the transit of Venus, June 3, 1769. 291

actions of the Philosophical Society held at Philadelphia. The times
of conjunction calculated at these places from the mean of the obser-
vations, and reduced to the meridian of the State House in Philadel-
phia, are as follows.

; Conj. Philadel.

ws App. time. Par. Jong. Par.lat. § App.time.
piace Iconieee aks0st's. --tcvond. over She4
Mee amet 8 OTL iL OK, B80 5.2 06-7
Kear ean) ARG: PAG 4 8

The mean of these six observations gives the apparent time of
conjunction at Philadelphia 5. 4’ 8’-7, which subtracted from 10/, 4’
49"°7 gives the longitude of Philadelphia by this observation 5/. 0’
410,

The transit was observed at Baskenridge, New Jersey, in the lati-
tude of 40° 40’ N, by the Earl of Sterling, as follows.

App. time. Par. long. Par. lat. Conj. App.time.
I. contact 24. 16’ 00” —107102 6"%562 ~~ —s« 5A G' 89"-9
II. contact 2 3412 | 1 1-*199 i. 58 9200 oe SiS sss

The mean of these observations makes the conjunction at 54. 6’
$66 apparent time, which subtracted from 10/. 4 49"*7 gives the
longitude of Baskenridge 4. 58’ 13”*1 W from Greenwich.

At Quebee, in the latitude of 46° 47’ 17” N, and 10°4 in time W
from the Castle of St. Lewis, the first contact was observed by Mr.
Hollond at 2h. 30'8"3 apparent time. The parallax in longitude was
— 10’-236, in latitude +8’*837, whence the apparent time of con-
junction was 5, 21' 176, and the longitude of the Castle of St. Lewis
4h. 43° 21-7, At the Island of Coudre}'in the latitude of 47° 16’ 30"
’N, and $’ 6” in time E. from Quebec, the second contact was ob-
served by Mr. Wright, at 24. 50’ 50” apparent time. The parallax
in longitude was — 11-249, in latitude 9-208. . ‘Whence the appar-

292 Mr. Bowditch on the transit of Mercury, Nov. 5, 1789.

ent time of conjunction was 5h. 28’ 45"*1, which subtracted from 10A.
4' 49'°7, gives the longitude of that island 44. 41'04"6, whence that
of Quebec is 44. 44’ 106. The mean of this and the former result

is 4h. 43’ 46”*1 for the longitude of Quebec, and 4%. 40' 40’*1 for that
of I. Coudre.

. : @
Transit of Mercury of Nov. 12, 1782.

Observations of this transit were made at Paris, Cambridge, Phil-
adelphia, New Haven, and Ipswich. Those made in this country
were under more favourable circumstances than those at Paris, on ac-
count of the greater elevation of the sun above the horizon, but for the
reasons before assigned, no great accuracy was to be expected in the
longitudes found by comparing the American observations with each
other; hence it was thought best not to use these observations.

Transit of Mercury of Nov. 5, 1789.

‘The observations at Cambridge are given in the second volume of
the memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, these

at Philadelphia and Williamsburg in the second volume of the Trans- _

actions of the American Philosophical Society held at Philadelphia.
The elements of this transit for Nov. 5, 1789 at 3/4. 7’ 50-9 mean
time at Greenwich, are as follows.

©’s Tongitude fe Delambre’s tables of 1806 app. equinox 223° 40! 454
37s longitude e’s tables corrected by the
Seeds at Couibrhin 223 40; 45,94:

¥’s latitude south meade - : o Geet
°° s horary mot “ 3 j 150 °73
3’s horary momen in longitude : ; 199 *03
%’s-horary motion in Arse - . a 51-78
%’s horizontal z i. 13 03
©’s horizontal ‘ : : 8 “89
3’s semidiameter % 4 664°
’s semidiameter —j Feabiten ¥ x. . - 16 07 -26
Hotary ether e of rg hor. mot. of ¥ inlongitude - —0 061
Q’s right janes — Ser 3 or

: 14h. 44 52 07
Horary increment of right sectnaionj in time - wise

Mr. Bowditch on the transit of Mercury, Nov. 5, 1789. 298
The observations at Cambridge give the following result.

App. time. %-@©Par.long. Par.lat. Conj. app. time.
I. contact 20h. 24/04” 37*321 2282 22h. 39’ 30’+3
II. contact 20 25 52 3 +309 2 +292 31°9
III. contact 1 15 44 O -080 3 614 26 °5
IV. contact 1 17 36 0 :057 3 *619 31 °7

The mean of these four observations makes the conjunction at 22/.
39 30’*1, apparent time at Cambridge, corresponding to 3h. 23’ 59’*8
apparent time at Greenwich. I have preferred finding the conjunc-
tion at Greenwich from this observation rather than from that at Paris,
on account of the failure in part of this observation, as mentioned in
the preceding calculation of the longitude of Cambridge. The lati-
tude of Mercury given in the above elements was decreased 0-06,
which appears to be necessary from the observations at Cambridge
and Philadelphia.
_ The observations at Philadelphia were as follows.
App.time. (%-@©)Par.long. Par.lat. | Conj.app.time.

f. contact 20/. 7’ 39-1 3-481 _— 2"-063 22h. 23' 26"-1
Il. contact 20 9 29°14 3-472 2-071 07-3
III. contact O 59 32 °6 O °225 3 °485 13 +2
IV. contact 1 O01 12 6 O +203 3 *490 70

The mean of these observations makes the apparent time of con-
junction 22h. 23'13"*5. The difference between this and 3/. 23'
59’*8 gives the longitude of Philadelphia by this observation 5h. 0
46"°3 W from Greenwich. The transit of Venus of June 3, 1769,
made it 54. 0' 41-0. The total eclipse of June 16, 1806 gave 5h. O!
36”. The mean of these three observations may be assumed as the
longitude of Philadelphia 54. 0' 41’-1 W from Greenwich, which dif-
fers less than a second from the estimate of Mr. Ferrer in vol. vi. page
359 of the Transactions of the American Philosophical Society,

37

294 Mr. Bowditch on the transit of Mercury, Nov. 5, 1789.

which is 5h. 10’ 1’*2 W from Paris, corresponding to 5h. 0' 40’"2 W
from Greenwich. Mr. Ferrer’s calculation is made by the three ob-
servations just named, and those of the transit of Mercury of 1782
and the annular eclipse of 1791. These last observations I have re-
jected for the reasons stated in the former part of this memoir. Sub-
tracting 1”-4 from the longitude of Philadelphia, gives the longitude
of Lewistown 5h. 0’ 39*7, and by adding 52” the longitude of Norri-
ton is obtained 5/. 1’ 33"°1 W from Greenwich.

Messrs. Owen and Biddle found, by a trigonometrical survey,
that the Light House on Cape Henlopen was 29"*8 N, and 13”1 in
time E from their observatory at Lewistown. Hence the Light
House is in the latitude of 38° 47’ 8” N, and in longitude 5A. 0’ 26%
W from Greenwich.

The same transit of 1789 was dusivcs at enopetesce as -
lows.

App.time. (§-©)Par.long. Par.lat. App. time conj-
IL contact 20h. 3’ 10” 3"*570 1-884 22h. 16 48'0

III. contact O 53 45 0 +239 3 °368 17 23 °9
IV. contact O 55 10°53 0 +219 3 372 17 03 °9

The mean of these three observations makes the conjunction at
22h. 17 5"°3, which subtracted from 3h. 23’ 59’-8, gives the longi-
tude of Williamsburg by this observation 54. 6’ 545. The solar
eclipse of Sept. 17, 1811 makes it 5h. 6’ 48"4. The mean of both
observations may be assumed as the longitude of William and Mary
College 5h. 6' 51-5 W from Greenwich, which is about 52” less than
the computation of Mr. Ferrer from the end of the solar eclipse of
June 1806, an imperfect observation, which it was thought best to Fe

*

Eclipse of the sun of June 26, 1805.

a The beginning of this eclipse was noted at Philadelphia, Lancas-
ter, and New York. No observations were made to determine the
error of the moon’s tabular latitude, but it is probable from the fol-
lowing calculation, that this would not much affect the computed dif-
ference of meridians between those places, so that the longitude of
New York may be obtained by these observations to a considerable
degree of accuracy, by means of the longitudes of Philadelphia and
Lancaster, computed in the former part of this memoir.

The observation at Philadelphia was made by Professor Patterson
at 64. 47/ 40-5 apparent time, in the latitude of 39° 57’ 2", longitude
5h. 0' 41”-1 W from Greenwich. The corresponding apparent time
at Greenwich was 114. 48’ 21"°6, when by the tables of Delambre
and Burg, the elements were as follows.

O's longitude from apparent egines: - - - 9448 30°5
>’s longitude - . - 95 08 27°0
)’s latitude north Pree’ - . - : ~) 62230
©’s horary motion in longitu - oe on 2 23-0.
> ’s h motion in ee - om = 87 S844
’s horary motion in latitude . . - - 3 26°66
"Slee decrement ) hor. ae long. oy cufiste ner at OVA
Horary increment ) hor. mot. lat. bc eimtca , = - 0:46
(9—0) horizontal parallax fo, Philadelphia - - 61 04-72
-)’s semidiameter — inflexion 2” + aug. 2 . - 2... 16 43°95
©’s semidiameter — [radiation 3"°5 - . + 15 42°05
©’s right ascension - - - ¢ 6h. 20575 .
()—©) Par. in long. ot ees eo eS - —44 S11
Q-—0) Par. in lat. - - - - . 41 18°7

Hence the conjunction at Philadelphia was at 64. 14116, cor-
responding to 11h. 14 52"°7 apparent time at Greenwich. © An in
crease of 1” in the moon’s latitude would decrease this 1°44. n e
if the correction to be added to the moon’s tabular latitude be / sec-
onds, the apparent time at Greenwich will be at 114. 14’ 52-7 —
1”44:/, by this observation.

296 Mr. Bowditch on the solar eclipse, June 26, 1805.

The observation at Lancaster, in the latitude of 40° 2’ 36”, longi-
tude 5h. 5’ 222 W from Greenwich, was made by Mr. Ellicott at
Gh. 43’ 26” apparent time. At that time by the above elements the
moon’s augmented semidiameter was 16’ 44”"18, (2—©) horizontal
parallax 61’ 4°70, par. in long. — 44’ 38”°5, par. in lat. 41’ 2%2.
Hence the apparent time of conjunction was 6/. 9’ 23’*3, correspond-
ing to 114. 14’ 45"*5 at Greenwich, and, by increasing the moon’s lat-
itude / seconds, this would become 114, 14’ 455 — 146° The
mean of this and the former value is 11/4, 14’ 49”*1 — 1°45*/.

The observation at New York was ‘nade by Mr. Ferrer in lati-
tude of 40° 42’ 40” N, at 64, 50’ 10” apparent time. The moon’s
augmented semidiameter was 16’ 43’*92, ()—©) horizontal parallax
61’ 4”-56, par. in long. — 43’ 52”4, par. in lat. 42’ 0’-5. Hence the
apparent time of conjunction was 6/. 18’ 34”, and by increasing the
-moon’s latitude by / seconds, this becomes 64, 18’ 34” — 1” 38° /,
_which subtracted from the time of conjunction at Greenwich 11/; 14’
49"1 — 1°45 /, gives the longitude of the place of observation Ah. 16

15”*1— 0°07 4, and as this place is 0’-3 W of Columbia College,
the longitude of that College would be 44. 56’ 14”-8 —0"-07 4 in
which the coefficient of / is small, and we may without much error
_assume the longitude to be 44. 56’ 14-8 by this observation. This
| was combined with other observations in the former part of this me:
moir.
| The longitudes here calculated, with the addition of a few sa

in the vicinity of Salem, marked with an asterisk, which I have found

by a trigonometrical survey, are collected in the following table. The

longitudes of Boston State-House and Light-House pote Cambridge
were found by Professor Farrar.

Most of the preceding calculations have been made in two diffe-
rent ways, to verify the accuracy of the results,

Ur. Bowditch’s table of latitudes and longitudes.

Table of Latitudes and Longitudes.

Latitudes |
North

Albany, New York o: STS BW. - 42 38 39
* Baker’s island Hight Spunep a5 ys - 42 34 40

Baskenridge ots 40 40
pita he President Willard’s howe ~ - 42 35 13
Boston, State House are eee 42 22 28
abs 1a ht H - Bri: jd - 42 20 44

Bradford, ‘Massachusts - - -

runswiek, Bowdoin College - - 43 5S

parlingtep College, Vermont = - 44 28
uo Harvard Hall - - {42 23 28
enlopen. - - 38 47 08)

Charlottetown, St. John’s I - - -

helsea - . 42 25 14
Coudre Island - - - - 47 16 30

Georgetow - - - - - 38 55
Kinderhook - - or tLe - 42 23 08
Lancaster - - - - - 40 02 36
Lewistown - > - . 38 46 38
Long Island, Penobscot - - - 4417 07
* Lyan, Ph hillip’s Point - - - 42 30 14
* Marblehead, West meeting honse to he 42 32 30
* Manchester, ele Hea = - - 42 35 42

Monticello Riis ties 38 08
Nantucket, near mataied * - 44 15 32

Natchez, oo bite caeis tbservatory ae & 27

New ome ake New Jersey, Columbia College
urge

New Haven, Y ale Co
Newport, Goat Island ae :
hee Yor “~ Columbia College * 2 ls
Phileas 1 hia ‘

Portland, fer ad Hill

viene f Wales’ wich, eres Bay -

i 2

Quebe - - - -

Rotiand, Vira: 43
Salem, place of shesitsy the eclipses af 1506, & 4814
~——— Mr. Lambert’s place of observa’ 42

Watington City, Capitol "aa a

Williamsburg College <a i fe =

297

Longitudes W
from Greenwich.

ip 4d ° 4a
4 564 593/78 44 49
443 09°S|70 47 27
458 13°1'74 33 16
4 43 ssf 52 46.

439 40°1/69 55 04
4 52 58°3/73 14 34
4 44 29-7171 07 25
5 00 26°6/75 06 39
412 31°1/63 07 46

8'4 55 09°6'73 47 24

5 05 22°2|76 20 33
5 00 39°7|75 09 55
435 20°1/68 50 04
443 34°9/70 53 43
4:43 25°8/70 54 27
4 43 08°5/70 47 07
5 15 10°4/78 47 36

3 ae Sista 7 As

298 Mr. Bowditch on the altitude and longitude of the

On the Altitude and Longitude of the Nonagesimal degree of the
PET, tp tic.

The altitude and longitude of the nonagesimal degree of the eclip.
tic, necessary in the calculation of the parallaxes in the preceding ob.
servations, were found by the method I published in the third edition
of the Practical Navigator, and as this is shorter and not liable to so
many cases as that given in the first volume of the Memoirs of the

A\cademy, I have thought that an explanation and demonstration of |
the method would not be unacceptable.

The method is considerably abridged by means of a table con-
taining the logarithms marked A, B, C, which occur twice in calcu-
lating a partial eclipse of the sun or occultation, and four times in a ae
total or annular eclipse or transit. _ These logarithms are calculated —
for the obliquity of the ecliptic 23°27' 40", by the following rule.

In north latitudes subtract the reduced latitude from 90°, in south
inatuardes spdd. the reduced latitude to 90°, the sum or difference
will be the polar distance ; take half this and half of the obliquity of the —
ecliptic (11° 43'50"), and find the sum Sand the difference D. Then

Log. A= Log, Cos, D +Log. SpSe8 == 20.
Log. C= Log. Tang. S.
_ Log. B= Log. Tang. D— Log. C +10. pe
‘Thus. foi Salem in the reduced latitude 42° 29' 4”, the half polaris
tance is 23° 48’ 58”, the half obliquity 11°43’ 50”, the difference D=_
12°5'8”, the sum $= 95° 32’ 48”, 7
Difference D 12° 5! 8” Cosine 9:9902660 Tang. + 10= 193306527
Sum. | 8 35 3248 Secant 10-0895665 Tang. =C = 98540160 ¢

ewe. ae
Sum A= 0°07 98325 Diff. B = 24706907 fe
ai.

In this way the logarithms may be found for places not ot inctodel ;
inthe table. The changes for an increase of 100” in the latitude or

Nonagesimat degree of the ecliptic.

299

obliquity : are found by repeating the operation with the increased: val-

ues, and. ascertaining the corresponding changes in the values of A,

B,C, These logarithms are given to six places of figures, though in
general five wil be quite sufficient, since the latitude and longitude of
the ieeabe: degree are rarely required to a greater degree of ac-

curacy than 10°

TABLE.
et: is : é; Var.A ar. B ar. C
duced | Log. |+100"|| Leg. {+ 100” || Leg. | +100”
Places. Latitude A B a © a
orth. ‘flat yobl. lat.fobl. jf —— Hat.,obl.
42 27 t2}I0 079670!5a} 97)19 4767831293| 739}) 9 853325|223] 228
52 20 24/10 06 1608/49! Tatty 324135 99 771197)240] 240
42 23 47)\0 O79778'53) 96))9 476336)292! 737]| 9 853787223] 223
240 46/0 080190153! 98|\9 478602} 288] 733]| 9 8555241222le09}
43 44 8211/0 077334152| 95)'9 462147|218! 'T67\| 9 8433861)224]9241 -
4416 32 0 076242152! 93119 4553411330| 784\| 9 838640|\225/205)
Eng.) 152 01 28|'0 062166/49! 76|'9 331054|500|1080)! 9 77'3925)240}240}
42 12 be 0 080150\52) 97}\9 478383\288| 73a\| 9 855355\222|222
153 | || 9 768705|242
87’ 249/249)
4/222;
219};
|202) 63 /216}2:
"7 9 345714/564/4040)| 9 7799441238!e88)
5\408}|9 547220) 223) 6357)\ 9 889004)247)217}
101}/9 4997281269): 740)| 9 864379\221)224'
125)/9 561510/452| 577)! 9 94044712121212)
t03|l9 496889/256 696 9 870397|220/220)
'£04)/9 4993331269] 7411)| 9 864059/224/ 224
é t03| 9 494.930)260 9 868727} 220/220)
100 ls 487467} 273 ' 9 8626291221224.
19 499943):
V7 405

487 04 47

A {42 22 is ee
38 42 47

300 -Mr. Bowditch on the altitude and longitude of the

These logarithms are calculated for the obliquity 23° 27’ 40"...
‘The columns marked /at. contain the variations of A, B, C, for an in-
crease of 100” in the reduced latitude. The column 0d/. contains the
variations of A, B, C, for an increase of 100” in the obliquity of the
ecliptic. The signs must be changed, if the latitude or obliquity is
less than that given in the table.

Example.
Required the values of A, B, C, for Salem, when the i is
23° 27’ 41”°9,
Tabular numbers 0°079832 9°476637 9°854016
_ Var. for + 1°+9 obliquity +2 — 14 +4

Required values _A=0°:079834 B=9°476623 C=9*854020

The following rule is adapted to the table of log. sines, &c. num-
bered xxvii in the third edition of the Practical Navigator, in the
margin of which are placed two columns, one marked P. M. contain-
ing the double of the time corresponding to the degrees and minutes,
allowing 15° for an hour; the other marked A. M. containing the
difference between this and 12hours. Jn using tables not having
these columns, it will be necessary to turn the time Ty mentioned in the
rule, into degrees and minutes, and take the log. cotangent of 3 pT instead
of that mentioned in the rule. .

RULE.

Add ta the sun’s right ascension, the apparent time ¢ (count

ed from noon to noon) and 6 hours, the sum rejecting 24 or 48 hours,
if greater than those quantities, is to be called the time T; this is to

be sought for in the column of hours of table xxvii, supposing the :

column A. M. to be pactedeed 12 hours, as in astronomical compU-

tation.* The corresponding log. cotangent added to the log. A of

FP CCER EASES REEDED

“* Thus if the time T is 5 hours, it must be called 5H.RM. If ists

Nonagesimal degree of the ecliptic. 301

the table gives the log. tangent of the arch G. This log. added to
the log. B of the table, rejecting 10 in the index, will be the log. tan-
gent of the arch F ; these arches being less than 90° when T is found
in the column A. M. otherwise greater: This rule is general except
in places situated within the polar circles, which is a case that very
rarely occurs. Within the north polar circle the supplement of F to
360° is to be taken instead of F ; within the south polar circle, the sup-
plement of G to 180° is to be taken instead of G; the other terms re-
maining unaltered. Then the longitude of the nonagesimal is equal
to the sum of the arches F, G, and 90°, rejecting as usual 360° when
the sum exceeds that quantity.

To the log. C add the log. cosine of the arch G, and the log. se-
cant of the arch F, the sum, rejecting 20 in the index, will be the log.
tangent of half the altitude of the nonagesimal.

Example.

Required the altitude and longitude of the Nonagesimal at Sa-
lem, September 17, 1811, at OA. 55’ 14’3, the observed apparent
time of the beginning of the eclipse of the sun; the obliquity of the
ecliptic being 23° 27’ 41”*9, the reduced latitude 42° 22 04” N, and
the sun’s right ascension 11A. 37’ 33’"°9.

11h. 37’ 33-9 ©’s right ascension.
O 55 14 3 App. time.

6 AO 079834
Tis 3248-2 Cotang0O 062375=log. cotang of 1T turned into a
G 54 13.03 Tan. 0 142209 Cosine 9 766940
90 B 9 476623 C 9 854020
F22 3430 Tan. 9 618832 ““Setant= ~ 34621"
‘Sum 166 47 33=Long. Niniesex: 24 20 412 Tan. 9 655581
LA Pr, 4 44 23 Alitude Nonages...

“hours it must be called 2 H. A. M. the corresponding log. tangent is equal to
the log. tangent of {T turned into degrees and minutes in the usual way.
: 38}

302 Mr. Bowditch on the altitude and longitude of the
Demonstration. dd
Let EQ (Plat. 2, Fig. 2) be the equator, ¥3 2 the ecliptic, + the
point of Aries, p the north pole of the ecliptic, P the north pole of the
equator, Z the zenith of the place of observation, P / the obliquity of
the ecliptic, P Z the north polar distance of the point Z.. Thenasin
President Willard’s paper, in the first volume of the Memoirs of
the Academy, p Z is the altitude of the nonagesimal = H; and the
angle * p Zits longitude=L. The angle » P Z is equal to the right
ascension of the meridian R, found by adding the apparent time to
the sun’s right ascension. a
In the spherical triangle p P Z putS=i(P Z + Pp), D=i(PZ—
P p), the anglep P Z = 90°+ R=T, G= 180° —3 (PpZ+pZP)
F=180°—i(PpZ—pZP). Hence Pp Z = 360° — F — Gand
90°—P pZ =~ p Z = longitude of the nonagesimal L becomes L’=
90° + F + G, rejecting-as usual the 360°. Then, by the noted rules
of Napier (marked (7) (8) in page 653 of the third edition of the Nav-
igator) we have Cos. S : Cos. D:: Cot. 1T : Tang. (180°—G) and
Sine S : Sine D :: Cot. 2T : Tang. (180°—F). Dividing the
terms of the last analogy by the corresponding ones of the former, and
en Sine D a
putting Gos, 5 — Lang. 8, Cos. D = Lang: D, and noting the signs
of the terms in the usual way, in order to ascertain the affection of F
and G, by putting Tang. (180° — G) — — Tang. G, Tang. (180°—
F) =— Tang. F, we have Cos.S : Cos. D :: Cot.iT ; —Tang:
. . = aoe! Py D:: Tang. G : Tang. F. Or, in putting
Con So Tang. S = Tang. G = — A Cot. 2 T, Tang: F=
B Tang. G, :
The quantities A, B, are evidently the natural numbers corres-
ponding to the logarithms A, B, of the preceding table. The form-

' Nonagesimal degree of the ecliptic. 303

ulas for Tang. F and Tang. G, furnish in logarithms the rule above
given for calculating F and G to be substituted in the value of L=
90° + F + G,

When R is in the ascending signs, as in Fig. 2, and Z is situated
without the polar circles, D, Sand }'T must be acute. In this case
the formula for Tang. G and Tang. F become negative, consequent-
ly G, F will be obtuse. In Fig. 3, R is in the descending signs, and
Z without the polar circles, D and S are acute, 3 T obtuse, and its
tangent becomes negative; hence, by the formula tang. G and tang.
F are positive, and F,G acute. Consequently G and F are of a dif-
ferent affection from } T agreeable to the rule. |

If the polar distance P Z (Fig. 2, 3) decrease and become equal to
Pp, D, B and F will be=0. By decreasing farther the value of P Z,
the point Z will fall within the north polar circle, P Z will be less than
P p, and D, B will become negative, and F change its sign. Hence
to make use of the formula L=90+F +G, it will be necessary, in
this case, to write 360°—F instead of F. On the contrary, if the
polar distance P Z (Fig. 2, 3.) be supposed to increase, D and S will
remain acute until P Z = 180° — P g, then S = 90° and its cosine = 0,
consequently A and tang. G will become infinite and G=90°. Be.
yond that point, within the south polar circle, S will exceed 90°, its
cosine will be negative, A, B, will be negative, and tang. G will
ehange sign, consequently the supplement of its former value must be
taken. These agree with the rule and include all the cases.

Again (by § 10 page 653 of the Navigator) we have in the tri-
angle P p Z, Cos. 3 (Pp Z—P Zp): Cos.3(PpZ+PZp):: tang
(Pp + PZ) : tang. 3 p Z, which in symbols is Cos. (180° — F) : Cos.
(180° — G) : : tan. S : tang. 2 H, or by reduction cos. F : cos. G::
tang. S : tang. 3 H, whence the rule for finding the half altitude of the
Nonagesimal is easily deduced. It may be observed that this rule

$04 Mr. Boteditch on the altitude and longitude, &e.

gives the distance from the north pole of the ecliptic to the zenith,
which may sometimes be obtuse and equal to the supplement of the
actual altitude. oe
Cor. From the above demonstration it is evident, that the differ-
ence of the arches F,, G (or its supplement to 360°) is equal to the
angle PZ p. This angle is useful in finding the correction of the al.
titude and longitude of the nonagesimal, from an error in the latitude
of the place. Thus if the latitude were increased by the quantity Za
(m the case of Fig. 3) and the perpendicular a 4 were let fall on the
arch p Z, the altitude of the nonagesimal would be decreased by Z 6
=ZaX cos. PZp,and as ab=Z ax sine P Z p, the longitude ofthe
honagesimal would be decreased by the angle Z p a = es ax
Sine PZ p
Sine Z p
Thus in the ice example the difference of the arches G, F
is 31° 38’ 33" = P Z f, its cosine is *851, its sine *525. Hence if the
increment of latitude Z @ be 100’, the decrement of the altitude of the
nonagesimal Z 6 will be 85”*1, and thé arch ab = 59” J ‘which divid-
ed by the sine of the altitude p Z +7511 will give the decrement of the
longitude of the nonagesimal 69”*9,

305

XL.

ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE NEAR THE CENTRE
OF THE VILLAGE OF DEERFIELD, MASSACHUSETTS.

BY EPAPHRAS HOYT.
Communicated in a letter to Professor Farrar.
1 D
1. On the eclipse of the Sun of Sept. 17, 1811.

THE telescope used in observing this eclipse was a 2} feet ach-
romatic, magnifying about 75 times, with a pearl micrometer, made
by” W. Jones, London. The times were noted by a very good metal
clock, with a second hand, regulated on the 17th, 18th, and 19th of
September by equal altitudes of the sun’s lower limb, observed with
a best ten inch metal sextant, divided by a nonius to 30”; the equa-
tion of equal altitudes being applied. The results of these observa-
tions are

1811 Sept. 17, time of apparent noon per lock, by” | m
. ‘* mean of 4 statues J 11h. 57 27"
18, . % 3 er oe 37 +20
19, : ES . 11 +50
Beginning ue the clipe per see - - Oh, 43’ 4”
End - - 3 4759

The greatest difference of the observations on the 17th from the
mean was 6”; on the 18th 18”; on the 19th 9”. Those observations
made on the 18th were not so good as on the other days. The morn-
ing was so foggy, that the observations could not be made, till the sun
was rather too near the meridian; and the day being windy, molasses
was used for an artificial horizon, which gave but an ill defined image
of the sun’s limb. The daily rate of the clock will therefore proba-
bly be obtained enast accurately by the observations of the 17th and

306 Mr. Hoyt on the latitude of Deerfield.

19th; but the eclipse happened so near to noon on the 17th, that the
difference is but very small in using the rate indicated by the obser-
vations of the 17th and 18th. The beginning comes out nearly the
same by both ways of computation, and the end hardly differs 2”.
The mean of the results are

Beginning of the eclipse _ OA. 45’ 37” apparent time.

End 3 50 33 do.

The unobscured part of the sun at the middle of the eclipse was

10 divisions of a micrometer, the whole diameter being 90 ; hence the
eclipsed part of the sun was 103 digits.

2. Results of observations for the variation of the needle.

The azimuths of Sirius were observed with an accurate compass
of the Rittenhouse construction ; the other azimuths and altitudes were
taken with a theodolite, furnished with an excellent telescope, sie
level, and vertical arch, made by W, Jones, London.

Time of obs. Obs.azimuths. Truealt. Object. Variation.

1811 Sept. 16 S 46°45’'E 37°15! Sun 5°33!
Oct. 18 N 620W i1 10 Alioth 26
Nov. 15 N 153 51.E 22 51 . Sun 33
a 'N 154 28 E 23 08 Sun 24

1812 Feb. 1 N130 45E 11 25 Sirius 27
spinnin N131 30E 12 05 pas 20
—— N 182 30E 12 38 — 36
—— N 133 OOE 13-05 — 32
— N138 35E 13 36 — a3

Mean variation 5 28 W

8. Results of observations for the latitude of Deerfield.
These observations were made with the sextant. The index ’er-
rors were determined by measuring the sun’s diameter.

Mr. Hoyt on the longitude of Deerfield. 307
By meridian altitude of @ Aquile _ 1811,Sept.21 42° 52’ 32” N

Sept. 23 33 02

Sun Oct 5 32 25
Sirius Oct. 12 33 00
Sun Oct. 21 31 58
Moon Oct. 28 $3 31
Sun Nov, 2 31 59
ae Nov. 4 $i s3
ee Nov. 23 32 3t
— Dec. 17 32 30

Mean latitude 42 32 32 N
4, Longitude of Deerfield from Greenwich. ”
- “Longitude deduced from the distance of the Moon and Aldeba-
ran, observed with the sextant Oct. 29, 1811. 4A. 49 45” = 72° 26°15".
_ Longitude from an observation of a lunar eclipse Jan. 15, 1805.
4h, 49' 33” ='72° 23’ 15",

Longitude deduced from the beginning of the solar eclipse of
Sept. 17, 1811, 4h. 49’ 26” = 72° 21' 30”; by the end of the same
eclipse 4h. 50’ 46” = 72° 41’ $0”; the calculation being made on the
supposition that the solar and lunar tables are perfectly correct.*

[* Comparing the observations of this eclipse with those at Salem, making

the calculations as in Mr. Bowditch’s memoir on that subject, the longitude by
the beginning is 44, 49’ 55”, by the end 44, 50’ 38” W from Greenwich.]

308

XLI.
_ OBSERVATIONS OF THE COMET OF 18114.
BY JOHN FARRAR,

Hillis Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy in Harvard

College.

Da

THE first time I saw this comet was on the 4th of September,
but I was prevented by clouds from taking any observations, till the
6th, when I began to observe it. I continued my observations, when
the weather would permit, from this time to the 13th of January, when
it became too faint to be distinctly seen. This comet was visible in
the early part of the year 1811, and was actually seen and recognised

as a comet, not only by several observers in Europe, but as I have —

learnt since I completed my observations, by Mr. William Bond jun
an ingenious mechanic of Dorchester, Massachusetts, who has oblig-
ingly favored me with the following notices. “I remarked, says he,
“on the 21st of April a faint whitish light near the constellation Ca-
“nis Major, projecting a tail of about one degree in length, and set
“ down its place as follows. Right ascension 106°, declination 9°5.
“ April 24th 9 o’clock P.M. right ascension 108°, declination 7° or
“ee Ss. Its motion and the situation of the tail convinced me, that it
“ was acomet. I noticed it several times in May, and supposed that
“ its motion was toward the western part of the constellation Leo.”
The tail of the comet was separated into two branches by a dark
indefinite line along the middle, the lower branch being somewhat the
longest. Its apparent length varied from two to fourteen degrees.

It appeared longest about the middle of October, and very much

resembled the light of an aurora borealis, The nucleus was apparent-

Professor Farrar’s observations of the Comet of 1811. 309

ly round but ill defined. It had very much the colour and nearly the
apparent magnitude of Saturn. The diameter of the head, including
the coma, was found by a micrometer Novy. 6, to be nearly three min-
utes. Around the head for the space of four or five times its diame-
ter there was a kind of dark ground, and then a luminous appear-
- ance, somewhat resembling a halo, and very apparent through an
achromatic telescope, andeven distinguishable by the naked eye. ‘This
partial ring of light appeared to be of a parabolic form, and after de-
scribing a curve of nearly 180°, the two parts diverged, and passed on
in nearly a rectilineal course, making the two branches of the tail, In
figure it very much resembled a current of water, flowing round a
stick, or other obstacle placed in it. See Plate HL. Fig. 4.

~ From Sept. 6th. to Jan. 8, this comet described an arch of 132°, as
seen from the earth. The apparent motion at first was about one de-
gree per day; its velocity increased, till it amounted to a little more
than 13° per day, and then began to decrease till it disappeared ;
when its daily motion, as refered to the ark, was only about 20’. It
came within the circle of perpetual apparition, about the 20th of Sept.
‘and continued within it about 20 days. It reached its greatest appar-
ent northern declination 50° near the 2d of October, and its greatest
northern latitude, 632°, about the 17th of the same month. When it
was first seen, 6th of Sept. its longitude was about 18° less than that
of the Sun. After continuing for some time at about the same dis-
tance it gained upon the sun, and on the 11th of Sept. came up with
it, and passing it arrived at its greatest elongation 53° about the 10th
of November. From this time it began to fall back with respect to
the sun, and continued to approach it with an accelerated motion, till it
was at length lost in the twilight. I began my observations, by taking the
distances of the comet from Arcturus and Lyra, or Vega, and continued

310 Professor Farrar’s observations of the Comet of 1811.

to make use of these stars, till Arcturus got so near the horizon, as to
be subject to a very great refraction. I then employed the Pole Star
instead of it, and afterwards Atair, the motion of the comet being direct-
ed nearly toward this star. I took the distances also of several other
stars, as a check, some of which I have here given. There is some
uncertainty in the first observations, on account of the irregularity of .
the refraction, the comet being very near the horizon, as also with re-
ard to the last on account of its faintness,

The following distances are the means of from four to ten obser-
vations. They were taken with a good sextant, divided to half min-
utes, the times being carefully noted by means of a watch provided
with a second hand. The watch was compared before and after the
observations of each evening with a well regulated clock, and seldom
found to vary more than 1” or 2” during the interval employed in ob-
serving. |

Arcturus. . Lyra.

7 32 16

App. times. App. dist. App. times. App dist.
a," cgiog ye are ia
Sept. 6 7 52 14 47 43 20 8 03 14 82 11 00
7 8 35 30 46 48 00 8 20 30 81 15 00
8 8 38 26 46 28 00 8 24.16 80 23 00
97 5920 45 38 20 7 54 40 79 32 18
10 819 38 44 53 16 747 31 78 30 46
13 8 3225 42 45 22 8 26 58 75 36 37
14838 18 42 00 15 8 28 20. 74 33 50
167 5719 40 28 30 7 46 49 72 29 00
17 8 28 00 29 50 00 8 912 71 23 20
18 7 39 23 38 58 00 7 27 02 70 18 50
20 8 03 00 36 43 00 8 00 6O 66 44 51
24.7 42 33 34 33 30 7 40 55 62 56 16
267 26°41 © $3 08 15 60 17 10

si oo
>

Professor Farrar’s observations of the Comet of 1811. 311

Arcturus. Lyra.
App. times. App. dist. App. times. App. dist.
307 12.00 30 49 30 71920 54 38 30
Oct. 17 32 44 30 18 50 7 40.02, 53 1015
273312 29 54 45 7 49 40 51.37 45
$9.06 15 29 10 30 9 1015 &0 04 50
11 6 27 30 29 54.15 6 33 30 37 16 45
17 6.36 20 34 04 30 6 41 50 27 27 05
Pole Star. Lyra
oe 694688 a de ds osbdo dodea’s
| 1380820 4441 45 7 04 20 33 56 45
| 1490725 4528 15 90225 321015
| 19 8 06 30 49 00 00 7 59.25 24 13 15
2185810 50 34 15 8 55 00 21 07 15
237 23 80 52 20 30 71730 18 27 45
27 7 25 00 65 50 30 71600 13 52 15
28 6 30 20 56 43 15 6 24 20 13 06 00
2970350 874045 70120 42.24.45
Nov. 172240 602500 71455 11 2930
271505 61 17 45 7 O7 05 11 32 37
384412 62 26 00 8 37 12 11 48 O5
47 2300 63 06 45 718 30 12 12 45
10 7 58 20 68 01 00 7 50 30 16 30 05
11 8 08 30 68 38 15 8 02 50 17 21 55
Altair.
ct. en oe Be 4 4 ee w
Nov. 14 7 39 00 16 1415 7 27 45 19 55 45
157 56 51 15 10 35 745 51 20 50 35
17755 00 13 06 20 8 01 30 22 33 13
1881815 12 03 30 8 OY 45 23 2900

312 Professor Farrar’s observations of the Comet of 1811.

App. times. is App. dist.

247 1400 6 30 25

25 7 44 00 5 38 05

26 7 14.00 44915
Dec. 174900 0 55 59
270000 O 26 47

4 7 06 00 1 29 00

10 7 05 00 5 10 50

Jan. 563200 17 57 57
7 6 26 00 18 43 03

8 6 O01 00 191010

Benetnasch.

dh. , aoe
Sept. 30 8 05 © 3 4410
Oct. 1745 21340
3 8 52 1 27 30
9907 39” 1118 15

11 6 38 30 14 40 15

17 6 435 50 19 24 30

Lyra.

App. times. App. dist.
7 16 00 28 15 26
7 33 00 29 00 05
7 2t 00 29 43 43
8 00 00 32 04 60
71000 33 48.30
7 14.00 35 04 50
7 1000 38 32 30
6 58 00 49 41 26
6 36 00 50 21 20
6 18 00 50 41 10

Alioth.
ie 57

8 08 00 9 03 40 —
74700 94810
8 54 00 11 54 30°
9 13 09 20 20 15.
6 42 30 23 2145
6 48 5O 33 3415

.
:

318
XLII.
ELEMENTS OF THE ORBIT OF THE COMET OF sit.
BY NATHANIEL BOWDITCH.
—=: Be

THIS memoir contains the geocentric longitudes and latitudes
of the comet of 1811, with an abstract of the calculations of the ele-
ments of its orbit, from a combination of all the observations, made at
Cambridge, Nantucket, and Salem, in such manner as was supposed
would produce the most accurate result.

The comet was seen in France before its conjunction with the sun,
as early as the 25th of March, and continued visible till the end of
May. It was observed about the same time at the Cape of Good
Hope, and at other places south of the equator. It was also visible at
Chilicothe in the month of May. No correct observations were how-
ever made in this part of the country till after the conjunction, about
the 6th of September, when it was seen for the first time in most
parts of New England. It was then near the feet of the Great Bear.
Its apparent motion was direct, passing in succession through the
northern parts of the constellations Bootes and Hercules, the middle
of the Eagle and the south of the Dolphin. It disappeared near the
northern part of the Water-Bearer about the 16th of January 1812.
The apparent velocity when first observed in September was about a
degree per day: it increased gradually till the middle of October, and
was then 13°; after which it continually decreased, and was about half
a degree per day, at the time it ceased to be visible. The whole ap-
parent path described by the comet was nearly a great circle about
140° in length. The comet was at its greatest north declination, 493°,

40

314 Mr. Bowditch on the Comet of 1811.

about the 2d of October, and at its greatest north latitude the 16th of
the same month.

The geocentric longitudes and latitudes were deduced from dis-
tances of the comet from several fixed stars, observed by a sextant of
reflection, Lyra, Arcturus, and Dubhe were first used ; then the Po-
lar Star, Benetnash, Etanin, Deneb, Atair, and Markab ; making
choice of those stars best adapted to the purpose from their situation
and brightness. The observations were made by Professor Farrar at
Cambridge, Hon. Walter Folger jun. at Nantucket and Boston, and
Mr. John Carlton assisted me in the observations at Salem. In gen-
eral the same stars were used by all the observers, without any previ-
ous concert, and the observations agreed as well as was to be expect-
ed. When any difference was found, the mean of the results was
used, For greater accuracy the mean of several distances from the
same star was frequently taken. Too render these observations simul-
taneous, asmall correction, depending on the daily variation of the dis-
tances of the comet from the stars, was found and applied to the ob-
served distances. ‘The correction for refraction was estimated. by ad-
ding to the observed distance twenty times the correction in the col
umn Var. of Shepherd’s Tables, corresponding to the observed distance
and the altitudes. The whole calculation being made in the same man-
ner as in my memoir on the comet of 1807.

The calculation of the first approximate values of the elements of
the orbit, was made by the elegant method of La Place, using the ob-
servations of September 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, and 23, which gave for the
Perihelion Distance 1-043, the mean distance of the earth from the
sun being unity, and the time of passing the Perihelion September
7d:375 mean time at Nantucket. These were corrected by the ob-
servations of September 6, 15, and 23, in the manner taught by La
Place, in page 229, vol. 1, of his Mécanique Céleste, and the result

Mr. Bowditch on the Comet of 1811. 315

was as follows. Perihelion Distance 1052: Time of passing the Pe.
rihelion, Sept. 6d. 18/4. mean time at Greenwich : Place of the Peri.
helion counted on the orbit 81°: Longitude of the ascending node
138°: Inclination of the orbit to the ecliptic 74°: Motion retrogade.
To satisfy the public curiosity, I published these elements, in the Sa-
lem Gazette of October 11, 1811, with the apparent path of the comet,
and its distances from the sun and earth, from February 1811 to Feb-
ruary 1812, observing that the comet was one that had been before un-
known to Astronomers, and that the elements might require a correc-
tion of two or three degrees, to be determined when a greater number
of observations on a longer arch of the orbit should be obtained.

To find these corrections I combined the observations of Septem.
ber 6 and 30, and October 21, which made the Perihelion Distance
1:032: Time of passing the Perihelion, September 12d. 34. mean
time at Greenwich : Place of the Perihelion, counted on the orbit of
the comet 75° 14": Longitude of the ascending node 140° 24’ and
inclination of the orbit 73°; which were published in the Salem Ga-
zette of November 1, 1811. The process was repeated with the ob-
servations of September 6, October 21, and December 16, which
gave these corrected values. Perihelion distance 1°082=D: Time
of passing the Perihelion Sept..11d:77 mean time at Nantucket=T :
Place of the Perihelion counted on the orbit of the comet 75° 24’=P:
Place of the ascending node 140° 21'=N : Inclination of the orbit to
the ecliptic 73° 8’=I.

With these values, D, T, P, N, I, the geocentric longitudes and
latitudes were calculated for all the observations from September 6
to December 20, and then the operation was successively repeated,
with a small variation of each of these elements. Those used at the
second operation were, D+-004, T, P,; N, 1; at the third Dy T+:05,

-P,N, 1; at the fourth D, T, P+10', N, I; at the fifth D, T, P, N—

316 Mr. Bowditch on the Comet ef 1811.

10,1; ‘and at the sixth D, T, P, N,1+10'.. Supposing the longitudes
and latitudes calculated in these different hypotheses to be denoted res-
pectively by L’, L”, L’”, Liv, Ly, Lvi, the corresponding observed
longitude or latitude by L; the error of the observation by a); and
the correct values of the elements of the orbit by D + :004d; T+
O5¢; P+10'p; N—10'n; 14107; each of these observed longi-
tudes or latitudes would furnish an equation of condition of this form
= (L—L)+(L'— UL") d+(L’— L") ¢ + (LD) — Lv) p + (UL —
Ly )» +(L’—L" )i; as was more fully explained in my paper on the
comet of 1807.

As there were fifty seven observations, they produced one hundred
and fourteen equations of condition, which are arranged in the follow-
ing Table, (A) according to the order of the dates. The errors of
longitude being denoted by a(*), (7), &c. a(*7), those of latitude by
x(**), (5°) &e. to (24+). The coefficients are expressed in tenths
of a second ; the calculations being made to that degree of accuracy,
by Taylor’s logarithms, except in the four first observations, which
were found to the nearest second.

x(7) = —1730+ 1700-d— 90:%t— 310+p41820-n—3370%
x(#) = —22404 1800d— S50°%t— 180:641830—3580%
«(%) = —2700+ 1840-d— 13+— 120:p-41820-n—3690%
(4) = —1810+ 1906-d— 4:t— —37-4.1830-n—3797%
, #(F) = 3764-4 2045-d}. St 136-p41846-n—4031°i
*(°) = 32704 2125-d4 g3-t4 232*p-+-1857¢n—41 53%
w(7) = 12354 2211-d4 115-4 339-p-41870-n—4278%
x(°) = —30414 2308-d4 152-14. 450*P4.1889-n—4405°7
x(°)= —40634 2410d4 191-24 —569+-41909-n—4535%i
*O°)S—3756-+ 2523d4 232-44 699-94.1932-n—46681
#CN)= 2994-4 2654-d4 280-4 846-7-4.1961-n—4810°%
*(79)=—34914 3490-4 sei-t4. 1773-p42193-n—5507%%

Mr. Bowditch on the Comet of 1811.

2(48)=—27254 3697-d4+ 653-14.
«(14)=—28544 4204-d4+ 829-44
x(15)=—42934 4478-d4 927-24

w(16)—

988+ 4780-d+4 1032t4.

«(77 )=—3067-4 5111-24 1146-14
(7 ®)=—40364- 5487-d4 1282-44
x(79)=——23594 5863-d4 1408-24
#(7°)=— 19314 6286-d-4 1562-t4
»(31) = —$§3434. 6714-d+ 1717°t+.
(7? )\=—17314 7205+d+ 1892-24
«(79 )=—4967-4 7717-d-4 2076-t+
«(94 )=—47934 8204-04 2257-44
(24 )=—31464 9277-44 2658-4
(CF 6 )=— 14734-10285 -d+ 3055-24.
v(? 7 )= —2515410826-d4 3277-44
00(? = —3919411575-d-4+ 3598-t4. 10962+p46747-n—4484%
x(? °)=—3839+412102-d4+ 3990-t4. 12028-p+8 013-n—1692%7
x(*° == —1005+4-11950-d+4 3996-t+4 12013-p48233-n— 872:i

ve( $9 )= —22124-11700%d4 3959+t4+ 11879p-4+8380n— 112%

1998+p4-2257-n—5679+i.
2544*p42428-n—5 980%
2840:p-4+2507:n—61 48+
31638-p-+2640'n—6254"i
3521 +p-+4+2768'n—6388"i
3927+p-4+2924°n—6507+
4320*p-4-3074:n—6606%
4.799+p-+327 8'n—6692"i
5264p-+4+348 1 *n—6746+
5803-p-4-3722'n—6775+i
6369-p-4+3988°n—6764-i

6920+p+4259°n—6707*2

8141+p44904-n—6424+i
9329°p4.5602:n—5 892i
9984-p-+4+6027:n—5449%

x(?)=— 19841092424 3810-t4. 11317+p-48514:n-+4 1302+
(?9)=—42444 9887-d4+ 3546-44 10444-p48395-n+ 2501%
v($*)—=— 2934. 7588-d+ 2897-t4.
x(3*)=— 648+ 7062-d+ 2733-t+

x(38)—
x(37)=
cs Ge Fe
x(4
Be abe!

1754 6523-d+.2570-t+
1248+ 6011°d+ 2421°t+
625+ 5075-d+ 2126-t+.
1108+4- 4646-d4 1990°t+
1335+ 4247-d+1861-t+

(41) =>—47134 3877-d+ 1743-t+

x(42)—
= Che
x(44) =

22984 2159'd+ 1135-t+
438+ 1939-d-+ 111244
2993-4 1733-d+4 1041+t+

w( 45) me 9884+ 915-d+ 767°t+

8323-p+7902°n+ 4101*2
7818*p+7733'n+ 4331+
7296 *p+7547-n+ 4530%
6792:p+7356°n-+ 46372
5356'p4+6977'n+ 4876%
5426°p+6793°n-+ 4926%
502 1+p+4-6612+n+4- 4953+
46.43°p+4+6438°n+ 49562
2850 p+5545:2-+4- 4720%
2619+p-+5420-+ 4648+

2403 -p-+5302n-+ 45845

1524:p-44798-n-+4 4217%

317

(A)

Mr. Bowditch on the Comet of 1811.

(48) =
x(47)= 43434
x(**)= 4608+
xe(4%)=— 5184.
x(§°)= 1724—
x(51)= 3308—
x(F%)= 2995—
x(F3)= 2281—
x)= 727—

52434. 783-d+
660°d+
340°d+
155+d+-
494°d+
585-d+
706*d+-
743¢d+
777-d+

723°t4
6801+
572th
$08-t4-
286t+—
253't—
213-t+—
199:t—
188-t—
175°t—

1380°p-+4-4711-n+ 4144-2
1246+)44629°n+ 4070%
894p44412-n-- 3855+
691°p-44281-n+ 37144
34*p4+3792n-+- 3099%
140°p-+43717°n-+ 2989%
278*p4-3618'n-++- 2838+
327°p+-3588°1-+ 2789+
360°p-+3559'n-+- 274.2%
5324—

Fo ad
x(**)=
(8? ex
x(3)=

x($%)=

($9

xo( 61 )a
x(¢*)=
w(* * ee
a * Se
x(¢8)=
x(S "=
oe © yee
(88)
x(s a
xe
x(7)=
x(72) =

x(7*)=
(7 # ce:
x(78)=
x( 77)
x(78)

811'd+
5607— 928-d+
4300— 1027+d+.

160— 2970-d+ 1200°t+
2960— 2850+ 1240-t+
2340— 2770'd4. 1230+t+
4436— 2707+d-4- 1270¢t+
3655— 2572'd+ 1307+t4
4316— 2499-d+ 1324-t4.
4768— 2428-d-+4 1340+t4
3550— 2356-d+ 1360°t-4.
2213— 2280-d-+ 1376+t4.
4020— 2204-d-4 1390°t+.
4367— 2124-d+ 1409-14.
2908— 1736-d4 1477-44.
1990-— 1662-4. 1489+t4.
2603— 1523-d+ 1504-44.

569— 1460-d4 1507+t4.

133°t—

- x(7*)x is 297 1403*d4- 1510°%4

1651— 1354904151044
1032— 1314«d4 1501+¢4.
1452— 1283-24 1492514.

660— 1277-4 1475-44.
2723-—— 128044 1455+t-4

101°t—

399°p4-3580°-+4 2695%2
537*p+3428en+ 2526%

632*p-+-3343°n-+- 2361
3150°)+2630'— 6402.
3180°P+2590'n— 6102
3210°*+2590'n— 6002
3222*p4-2574¢n— 581%
3263-42549: 533%
3283°*P+2538'n—= 503°
3304:642527-n— 470%
3324°p42516en— 431:2
3347 -p+2507-n— 387i
3366:74-2496-'— 339%
3389°P42489'n— 2827
3466424454 52%
S473*p+2440'N+ 185+
3476°"p+4+2425.n4- 4124
S46 7P+241 7m 5347
3449-p42406-n+ 667°
S425*p4+2398n-+ 8187
S386-P42384-n+ 9782
3338°p4+2368-n-+ 11387
3274+42350'n-+ 13247 |
3193-p4-2323°n-+4- 1501°2

Mr. Bowditch on the Comet of 1811.

x(7*)= 4652— 1302-4 1423-44 3091°p-+2293-n+ 1704
x(8°)= 4201— 1345-04 1395-04 2967 *p+2257-n-+ 19184
(44) 1920— 1418-04 1347-24. 2827-p+2212n-+ 211
#(°7)= 895—1639-d4 1236:t+ 2461+9-4.2091+n-+ 2543+i
*(°%)= —_ 386— 1990-d+ 1075+t4 1990p41913-n-4 2923+
aCe “18s 2215+d+ 1006-14 1679°-+4-1805°n+4 3176%
(8%) = 2466—2723-d4+ g800rt+ 1059*p+1549°'n+ 3496+
x(%%)== 1525—4088-d4 332t— 490-p-4+ 834-n-+ 3911+
w(??)= 297744832 200t— 925-4 6135-n4 3942+
w(**)= 1641—4858-d4 78-t— 1333-p4 393-n+ 3935+
x(°°)== 2240-—5577-d— 150:%t— 2109— 50-4 3834+
x(°°)== 2522—6240'd— 353-t— 2814-p— 5230+ 3630%
x(°?)= 4877—7280-d— 653-t— 3918-p—1299-n+4 3041°i
x(°?)= 2649-—-7467-d— 703:t— 4118-p—1468-n+ 2885°i
x(°°)=—3087—7644-d— 747:t— 4307-p-—1637-n4.2716%
x(°*)= 2714—7799-d— 789:t— 4473-p—1797-n4 2527+
x(°S)= 1948-—8045-d— 848:t— 4747-p—2090-n+4. 2215+
#( 96 )=—3 366—8138-'d— 868*-— 4856-p—2222-n4 2055.3
x(°7)= 470—8212-d— 881+t— 4946-p—2343-n+ 1902%i
x(9%)= 2655—8272d— 895+t— 5025-p—2458-n+1750%
x(°?)=— 462—8371-d— 895-t— 5257: p—2996-n4+ 990%
w(2°°)= 210—8355-d— 889°t— 5268p—3066-n+ 883+
a(294)= 207—-8329'd— 879°t— 5273p—3129-n-+ 786%
2(2°2)=—2304—8127-d— 822+t— 5232-p—3383-n4+ 380%
x(193)——-1277-—-8076-d— 810't— 5216-p—3424-n4 313%
x(4°4)—= —1430—8023-d— 797-t— 5197-p—3462-n+4 251%
w(2°%)—= 2132—7849-d— 757-t— 5129 p—3556-n+4+ 90%
w(2°6)= 1759-—7727-d— 731:t— 5079P—3609-— 1%
x(1°7)—— 927-—7104-d— 606:t— 4813:p—3777+n— 289%
x(1°8)— —9090—6984-d— 583-t— 4763+p—3778-N— 325%
x(1°9)——4190—6810'd— 553*t— 4688:p—3823-n— 365%
w(41°)— 3362—6753:d— 544t— 4668'p—3831-n— 376%
2(112)= — 704-—6700'd— 535+t— 4642 p—3838-— 388%

319

320 Mr. Bowditch on the Comet of 1811.

x(113)= 1005—6645-d— 526%— 4619:p—3844:n— 397%

x(218)=— 708—6438-d— 492:t— 4535-p—3867-n— 424+i

aw(214)=— 502—6247-d— 461t— 4458:p—3884en— 4440. -

To deduce from these equations the values of the unknown quanti-
ties d, t, ~, n, 7, I divided them into four nearly equal portions, and
supposed that in each the sum of the errors of longitude or latitude
was equal to 0; due regard being had to the signs. This hypothesis
gave x (2) +r (*). +6400 (8°) =0, ar (2°) 4 (21)... 00 (57) =0,
w(F8) +xe(F9)o.. +(**)=0, x (87) +x (88) .0. +e (114) =0,
These substituted in the sums of the corresponding equations (A)
give the system of equations (C),

O= —86097+ 150823-d-+4 34887-t+ 106305-p-+ 91396-n—15198%

O= 358614 92103-d+ 41788-t+ 107728:p-+ 158553°n-+ 96120%

O= 69935— 58772-d+ 37980%%+ 86569°'p+ 66916°n-+ 24015%

o= 7005 —202553*d—17489-t—122408-p— 72168°n-+ 35116%

(C)

Which by the usual rules of elimination give

d= 0°2814729+ 0°1248260.t
p=—0'9198046—0°1727901+t (E)
m= 0°5858239—0-2635675:¢
i= —0°5782452+4 0-0740628-t
These values substituted in the equations (A) give
2(1)=2048—354+t
x(*)=1574—542+¢ (F)
2(*)=1128—516:t .
: a(*)=2028—523+
: &e, &e.

To render the sum of the errors x(*), x(?), 2(2), &c. taken posi-

tively as little as possible, I made use of the method of La Place in
Vol. II. page 135 of his Mécanique Céleste. First. by changing the

Signs of the terms of those equations where the coefficients of ¢ were

Mr. Bowditch on the Comet of 1811.

“321

negative ; then arranging them according to the magnitudes of the
2048 A574 1128 2028

quotients —>=> a pcs

— 542’ —516 —523

—z59 &e. found by dividing the con-

stant term of each equation by the coefficient of ¢, noticing the signs.
In this way the system of equations (G) was obtained.

9t— 939

%(82)=243+t—2075)
—2(5 7) —624-t—51851

ala 8)=345+t—1712

29) —=7185¢—5823
ase f 5 )==317*t—1545
—x(**)=2461—1084

x(75)=196-t—162i]
z(38)=948-7—7596

(44) 32164-1726

7 (80) 397+7— phe
(6 6 )—

2(*48)= 476%— 369)

x(103)— —x( $F) —903-1—1553) 2($*)=1150%t—1871) 2(**)—g14-7-—
x(41)= 95t—6987| x(5*)=270t—2065) «(9*)= 402-t+—1679 gieh oa 179
j—x(16)= 77-t-—4587| x(129)=402-t-—2996) x©(*°)=1038-t—4198 thi =2427— 81
2(2°4)== 3Ot—1081|—27($ 1) = 346-t—2554—x(°° = 239:t— 949—2(1°)—4ag7— 142
—x aise meee (40) —14 9-4 1078 Boe 255-t—1004,—7 (*)=—5024— 99
x(7S) sel 54et—2840| (3 ¥ J 546-—3825—* (*)= 523-t—2028-——* (*)=446+t4 167
2(18)—= 36-t— 628| x639)=207+1t— 1444 — 7 (5 0) Pmt — 105-44. 159
—— (17 )—= 27-t— 448 ar( 70 = 52t— 350—x (1)= er ot 750
(791 28-t—-1924|—2(5 1) =554-t—3721|—x(191)= 125-t— 425,\—x(9*)—16 974+ 310
x(®3)=195-t-—-2574|— (9 *)=329-t—2119, x($*)=1070:t—3298) x(*11)—414-t+ 1064
Be are tlt a( 25 )=387+t—2405 Ge 128*t—- 388) x(412)—496-1+1361
— 2 (46 )=352*t—4.558|—2( 5 * )=5701t—3531—r (#)= 542-7—1574, x( 24) = 3064 1058
—2(91)=317+7—3912| «(8% )=470 t—2898) x(3°)=1177-t—3364\—2x( 4 * 456741663
Hx ( § 4) 235+t—2798|—.x( §* ) =289"t i731 zs 9)= 393-t—1103—27(**)=110t+ 545
—2( 5s )=6061—6387| x 76) ax St—1250/—7(19°) = 148%— 397, wx(*°)—269-t+1306
@(21)—=228-t—2355| 2(* 4) =199-t—1133-—2(5 4)= 582:t—1339\—7(15)=124t4 627
—2x( 4? 41 7:t—4237| 2(54)=627+t—3555| 7(95)= 641-t—1435—x(4*)=183-t+ 938
— (5 )=588-t —5972\—2( 9? )=323- tn 1807 FU 1)= 408-t— 905 (44) =335- t-+-1760
2 (4? )=371t—3741\—a (7 )=477-t—2648/—* (3)= 5/6%—1128| 2(7*)=248-1-+1800
x 388-t—3823/—~ t=150:t— 8031 sat 911%—197 re ccs: tes
——— ery 69-t— ce erry ess 949}-—* °? = 184°t— oe 947+ 938
eh 4) —466-t—2475|—r ( se 462*t— 84+9/—w( 95 )=325-7+3807
—x(é 8) =261:%t—2370—a2(14+)=169-t— 869 x(2°7)— 313%t— 545/—x(*6 )—307-1+3680
—z( 9 #)— 282: 4+—2497|—2x(* 3)=576:t—2862/—a (§)= 489-7— pe we( 49S )—= 133-14. 2142

29] x( 295 )== 93-t+4+2505
x($9)= 21+ 633

176:t— 185\—x1( #8) 247+ 948
—x(*7)= 293t— 235)\-x(2°% =

The sum of the coefficients of ¢ in all these equations is 39947=F,
The sum of the coefficients of the first §9 equations is 19387, which
is less than 3 F, and by adding the next mie coeflicient the sum
ferosmee 20425, which exceeds 5 F, consequentl;

second member of the 60th ec ceaioe system (G) must be
put = 0, to pends a sum of the errorsa minimum. This gives

470

-_

137%+1981

Q
~~

322 Mr. Bowditch on the Comet of 1811.

1038 t — 4198 = 0, whence ¢ = 4°0443, which substituted in the sys-
tem (E) gives the following values.
d= 0°78631
t= «=4°0443
=—1°61862
= —0°48012
= —0'27871
These substituted in the assumed elements give the corrected val-
ues, 4
D + 004d = 10351452
T +-05-t = September 11d. 972215 mean time at Nantucket.
P +10 = 75° 07' 49”
N—10'°n =140 25 48
I+10% = 70 05 13
The differences between the geocentric longitudes and latitudes, cal-
culated directly by these elements, and the observed values, being
taken for a (*), a (7), (5), &c. give x (1) Fa(?)...4+ 2? =
456; x(*°)+2x(8!)...4+2(57)=—18"9; x (**) 42x(**) ron
$x (*)=— 577; v(*7) + (8)... ar(tt4) = — WY
which vary but very little from the assumed hypothesis, which requit-
ed that the second members of these equations should be = 9; and
though these differences were not worthy of notice, I thought it best
to repeat part of the process for correcting them, with a view of veri-
fying by this means the preceding calculations; using the elements
last found instead of D, T, P, N, and I. It is sufficient to state the
result of these observations, which were ‘004‘d = — 0-0000142; “05%
= 0°000192; 10°p=0; —10"n=—2"; 10°: =—2", whence the

s

Correct elements of the orbit are as follows.
Perihelion distance 1°035131, the mean distance of the earth from.
_ the sun being unity.

.
2
.
.

ATs ee eee

Mr, Bowditch on the Comet of 1811. $23

Time of passing the perihelion
September 11d. 23/,17' 11” mean time at Salem.

12 04 0048 Greenwich.

12 04 1009 Paris.
Long. of the perihel. counted on the orbit of the comet 75°07’ 49”
Longitude of the ascending node 140 25 46
Inclination of the orbit to the ecliptic 73:05 11

Motion retrograde

With these elements I computed the geocentric longitudes and
latitudes of the comet, at the time of each of the observations at Cam-
bridge, Boston, Salem, and Nantucket, and have inserted them in the

mh oe ee as 1 7 1
following table, with the ding observed values.
Siaso times of $61) -Obecrved Calculated — “Tol oe ge prc
servation at Salem,|| longitudes. | longitudes. Differences, es Northilat. North. Differences.
1807 d.k.’ ” ° ? He Ot. 2 WF oy ’
Sep. 67 56 52)\145 45 041145 45 22 —O 18/29 25 47
8 7 54 2811146 55 301146 56 30 —1 00/31 03 14
97 56 52/147 32 29]147 34 11 —1 42//31 50 GO
10 7 38 47/|148 12 41/148 12 48 —0 0; 32 41 26
127 56 52/149 33° 93624 = —3 12)|3-
13 7 56 52)|150 18 19]i50 20 i ot 10
147 56 521151 O7 57/151 06 431114
15 7 56 52\|151 53 17|151 54 57 eens OF |
16 7 31 42/152 41 15/152 44 31 ouing 1
17 7 21 2ifl153 34 17|t53 36 54 «iu 38 45 03) 8424

18 7 56 52
23 7 56 52
24 6 53 56
26 7 56 52
27717 54
28 6 47 35
29 7 02 15)
30 7 56 52/|

“) Oct. 1°7 01-36}.

159 55 551159 57 12
161 09 43/161 09 34

163 58 17|163 57 5710 20

i65 23 34/165 25 26
167 95 54/166 58 46

154 32 29/154 33 42]

re 24 } os 30 oie 28 33/1 29
49 13

5281

ik B40 21. week, 4s

6 7 35 04 “0 59157 15 14157 15 1210 02

8 7 56 52 Ade 4 5S. anll 49
10 6 18 59/1195 53 O1/195 48 2214 40 ioe 5S
11 9 03 411/199 37 53/199 35 O5'2 48 2 48 —0O 37
13 6 25 40/|206 22 36/206 22 36 oO a “* 14. i
17 6 25 40)\'221 42 162214402) —1 46//61 pre
aoe . 97 53—27 33 Sums. 27 0u—2? 00

Sums,

324 Mr. Bowditch on the Comet of 1811.
i b-' . obs. lat. |Calcul. lat.
servitiot Salem, Pesctena longitudes | Differences. || “North. | North. | Differences.
ilid.A.’ "| St AOE WI HS PO FE ROD Te eee
Oct. 18 7 56 52)225 53 58225 51 412 17 62 23 52/62 23 1610 36
19 7 56 52/229 41 17/229 41 39) —O 22)162 10 30/62 12 09 —1 39
21 7 56 52/1237 07 57/237 06 171 40 61 31 55,61 32 33 —O0 38
23 7 56 521243 56 48244 03 09 —6 21/150 32 01]:0 32 04 —0.03
27 7 56 52/236 02 04256 03 48} - —1 44157 49 35/57 45 1014 23
28 6 25 40} —2 411/57 00 21/56 59 3110 50 t
29 6 25 40 —1- 38/55 00 18|56 08 31 —9 33
30 6 25 40}: —O 07||55 17 53)55 16 34]i 19
Novy. 1 6 25 40} —1 38/153 29 06/53 28 39)/0 27 —
2.6 25 40}: —1 01/52 25 26]/52 33 38} =9—8 12
36 25 40 —O 47)/51 36 40/51 38 15 —1 35
46 25 40 -10 591/50 45 01/50 42 4912 16 ds
10 6 25 40}. 45 14.45/45 16 22} —1t 39
11 6 25 40f/2 2 49/44 23 51|44 24 10 —0 19
12 6 25 40f2 43 32 41|43 32 50 —O0 08.
17 6 25 4c}: —5 111/39 26 42!39 30 O05 mong Se
18 6 25 4 38 42 59/38 44.29]. —1 30
19 6 25 40 37 58 17/37 59 53 int 36
21 6 25 40 35 56 33/35 52 05/4 48
24 6 25 40 —4 14//34 56 14/34 31 45/4 29
Dec. 4 6 25 40 —O 13//28 44 52/28 43 40]1 12
6 6 25 27 43.05/27 43 38, = —03F
9 6 25 40 26 15 03/26 18 49 —3 46:
10 6 25 4C 25 49 33/25 51 53 —2 18:
11 6 25 40, —1 41)/25 30 05/25 25 3114 34 :
12 6 25 40 los 04 57/24 59 48]3 09
16 6 25 40 . 23 25 17/23 22 4112 36
20 6 25 401307 49 48/307 43 18/4 30 llet 57 13}21 54 ool3 13

Sums 41 26-41 26

Sums 35 52-35 52

It would have been in vain to have attempted to calculate the ellip-
tical hypothesis by these observations, since the differences between
the observed and calculated places are, in general, within the limits of
the errors of the observations.

The tail of the comet was bifurcated, and’ near the middle part
of the space between the two forked points the colour was as dark as:

- the unilluminated part of the heavens, as was observed by Rev. Dr
Prince of Salem. The apparent angular length of the tail increased
from. its first appearance in September till near the middle of October>

Mr. Bowditch on the Comet of 1811. $25

On the 16th of October the apparent length, observed by Professor
Farrar at Cambridge, was 143°: and if we suppose the direction to be

opposite to the sun, the real length would exceed 50 millions of miles.

The elements of the orbit of this comet are wholly different from

~ any of those whose orbits have already been calculated, as may be seen
by comparing with the tables, published in the systems of Astronomy
_ of La Lande or Vince. The perihelion distance of this comet is so
nearly equal to that of the distance of the earth from the sun, that were
it not for the great inclination of the orbit and the present situation of
the perihelion, the comet might approach towards the earth so as to be
thirty times as near the sun. But in the present situation of the or-
bit, the comet cannot possibly approach so near to the earth, as sever-
al of the known comets have done.

326
XLII.

RBSTIMATE OF THE wre OF ar Beinn HILLS IN NEW
AMPSHIR

BY NATHANIEL BOWDITCH.
a) DP

THE White Hills in New Hampshire, which are the highest moun-
tains in New England, have been estimated by Dr. Belknap in his his-
tory of New Hampshire, to be above 10,000 feet above the level of |
the sea; but from some barometrical observations, made in July 1804,
by several gentlemen who ascended the mountains, it appears that his
computation is by far too great, and that the real height does not much
exceed 7000 feet. This will evidently appear by comparing the ob-
servations given in the following Table. Those on the top of Mount
Washington, the highest of the White Hills, were made by Doctor
_ Cutler and Professor Peck. Those at Mr. Messervey’s in the town
of Adams (not far from the foot of the mountain) were made by a
person, who observed the state of the Barometer and Thermometer,
at intervals of $0 minutes, the whole day the company were on the
Mountain, ‘The observations at Salem were made by Doctor Holyoke,
and those at Boston by the late Rev. Mr. Emerson. All these obset-
yations were made in the shade. The Barometer varied but very lit-
tle on the sea coast for several days before and after the 28th of July-
The range from the 25th to the 30th of July at Salem was from’ 30°00
to 30°11 ; and at Boston from 29-9 to 30°1. The smallness of these
variations is jn general conducive tothe accuracy of the result of the
calculation by barometrical observations.

Mr. Bowitch’s estimate of the height of White Hill. 827:

Place of observation } Times | barom. | therm.
dah h.

At the summit of Mount Washington |July 28 1 to 3 ] 23-39 54
At Messervey’s in Adams July 27 7 a.m.| 28°99 | 62
28 6°30 | 29°04 57
7 *O7 60
| 7.30 07 65
8 °07 68
8°30 “08 70
9°0 *08 74
9°30 ‘11 76
100 “34 75
10°30 wd 79
11:0 i | 79
11°30 "13 80

13 82
0°30 "13 82
1-0 "13 82
1°30 “13 83
2°0 "13 86
2°30 "13 86
3°0 +13 87
3°30 *12 77
40 “12 73
4°30 "12 76
5°0 *12 77
is 5-30 | 13 | 79
pee : e rs 6-0_ m 4 “13 ee ‘81

At Salem by Dr. Holyeke 70 2 eae ees Sy
July 27 8 a.m.) 30°02 68
2p. m. 82
7 p- m, 72
10 p.m.) 30°09 65
July 28 8am.) 3012 | 74
2 p-m. 82
4 : : he p-™ 73
At Boston by Rev. Mr. Emerson 10 pym | 30-11... F.. OF
July 27 8 a»m | 30°00 66
2 p.m. 700 | 78
7p-m.} *00 74

July 28 8 am arepP kOe) | BPE tine

“2p.m 10 78
| 7 p- m.| “10 76
j 10 Pp Tie *10 73

nt ee ee —e nee
ee ee

$28 . Mr. Bowditch’s estimate of the height of White Tiils.

The mean of the 26 observations made at Adams, on the 28th of
July, gives Barometer 29°11 inches, Thermometer 76°3. The mean
of Dr. Hoiyoke’s observations in the same day is, Barometer 30°15
inches, Thermometer 76’3. The observations of Mr. Emerson, who
was probably situated a little higher above the level of the sea, than Dr.
Holyoke, did not differ sensibly from these. Computing from these
observations the elevation of Adams above Salem (by the rule given
in Dr. Maskelyne’s introduction to ‘Vayior’s logarithms) it becomes
980 feet. The observation of July 27, calculated in the same way,
gave 965 feet. As there were 26 observations on the 28th of July,
and but one on the 27th July, the mean of all will be nearly 979 fect.
To thisadd 34 feet, the height of Dr. Holyoke’s barometer above the
level of the sea, the sum 1013 feet, is the elevation of Mr. Messervey’s
house in Adams, above the level of the sea. Dr, Belknap estimates
this height to be Spee 3000 feet, which is about three times its real
value.

By comparing the observations made at the top of Mount Wash-
ington, viz. Barometer 23°39 inches, and Thermometer 54 degrees ; ;

with the mean of the observations at Adams at the same time; Barom-

eter 29°13, Thermometer 84°8; the result is 6149 feet for the differ-
ence of elevation of these two places. To this add 1013 feet, the
height of Adams above the level of the sea, and we have the height of
Mount. Washington above the level 7162 feet. This estimate may

also be made by comparing the observations at Mount Washingto™
with those made at Salem at the same time, viz. Barometer 30° “115

“inches, and Thermometer 82 degrees, which give 7021 feet, to whic
add 34 feet (the elevation of Dr, Holyoke’ s barometer) and we have
7055 feet, for the height of the mountain. The mean of this and the
former estimate is 7108 feet, which may be assumed as the elevation
of the summit of Mount Washington, above the level of the sea-

329

XLIV.

METHOD OF DISPLAYING AT ONE VIEW ALL THE ANNUAL
CYCLES OF THE EQUATION OF TIME, IN A COMPLETE
REVOLUTION OF THE SUN’S APOGEE.

BY JAMES DEAN, a.m. A. 4.5.
Prof. Math. and Nat. Phil. in the University of Vermont,

Communicated in a letter to Nathaniel Bowditch, a.m. a. A. S.
— <5

FROM my first understanding the difference between mean and
apparent time, I particularly wished to see the effect of differently com-
bining the causes which produce it. But I could not. think of com-
puting a whole table for every longitude of the sun’s apogee; nor even
if that were done, would they exhibit the constituent parts or the
transition from one table to another, The accompanying draught in
some measure answers my purpose, and has given me.some new views
of the subject. The construction of the curves will naturally suggest
the manner of their operation. After drawing and properly graduating
the ecliptic, the circle of the year, and that for the revolution of the
sun’s apogee, a slender circle of 4 inches diameter was drawn for a
‘standard of mean time. From this circle was set off at the distance
of every 5° the reduction of the ecliptic to the equator, converted into
time on a scale of 30’ to an inch, on the outside of the circle when it is
positive, and on the inside when it is negative, and these points con-
nected by acurve. The situation of any point in this curve compar-
ed with the circle evidently shows that part of the equation of time
which arises from the obliquity of the earth’s axis, for the day against
which it is taken. On the moveable paper was drawn an sgostcrcte

for the panne porpose with the other, and a line drawn through it

330 Professor Dean’s method of illustrating the equation of time.

represent the line of apsides. From this circle, was set off at the dis-

tance of every 10° the equation of the sun’s centre converted into time, .
on the same scale with the other, but the position of the points is re-

versed, the negative equation being on the outside and the positive on ©
the inside, and the paper cut through those points. By this aversion
the sum of the two equations when they are alike, and their difference
when unlike, is easily discerned, whatever may be the position of the
line of apsides. When the space expressing the equation contains the
circle of mean time, the two causes conspire to produce the effect,
but when this space lies wholly without or within the circle of mean
time, the result is the difference of the two causes. Where these
curves intersect each other, it is evident that the positive and negative
causes, being equal, cancel each other, and the apparent time coincides
with the mean.

Turning this paper again and again, backward and forward, and
comparing with the tables, has led me to some conclusions, which bare
reflection on the causes may have produced in some minds, though it
never suggested themto me. J cannot say they are very valuable, but
they may serve to amuse a speculating moment, and possibly suggest
relations on other subjects, leading to important conclusions. The
equation by the obliquity of the equator being the greatest, there must
be always four days in each year, that is one belonging to each of the ©
cardinal points of the ecliptic, on which the mean and apparent time
coincides. © These days I beg leave to call mean days, and they never
can be more than 27 days from that in which the sun passes those
points. _ Each moves through its 53 or 54 days forward in about
12716 years, and then returns in about 6920 years. The eq inoc ial
mean days advance into the succeeding months when the sun on them
is nearest to its apogee, and retrogade when it is nearest its perigee
On the contrary, the solstitial mean days reeede wher the sun on thes

_ Professor Dean’s method of illustrating the equation of time. 33%

is nearest its apogee, and advance when it is nearest its perigee. The
distance of any two of these mean days must always be between 40
and 120 days. In summer and winter there will always be periods
of at least 40 days in which the sun will be too slow ; and in spring
and autumn similar periods, in which it will be too fast. When the
apsides coincide with the equinoxes, the summer and autumn equa-
tions are equal but contrary, and also the spring and winter, and two
of the mean days, are on the equinoxes, and the solstitial mean days
each about 67 days from that equinox in which is the sun’s perigee.
When the sun’s apsides coincide with the solstices, the spring and
summer equations are ‘equal, and the autumnal and winter ; two of the
mean days are on the solstice, while the equinoctial mean days are
about 67 days from that solstice in which is the sun’s apogee. The
mean day belonging to the vernal equinox is now advancing in the
calendar at the rate of one day in about 347 years, that belonging to
the summer solstice is retreating at the rate of a day in 92 years, that
belonging to the autumnal equinox is advancing at the rate of a day
in 242 years, that belonging to the winter solstice is advancing a day
in 201 years. If the equation by the eccentricity of the earth’s orbit
were just equal to that from the obliquity of its equator, the motion of
the mean days in the calendar would be equal to one fourth of the
year, advancing during three fourths of the revolutions of the apo.
gee, and receding the other fourth ; and when the apsides were in the
octants, two of them would coincide, and there would be only three
mean days in the year. If the equation from the eccentricity were the
greatest, the mean day formed by the coincidence of the other two
would vanish, and there would be a number of years “about this ‘posi-
tion of the apsides with only two mean days ineach. ’'The numt ml r of
these years would increase with this ‘equation, till with an ‘equation
from the eccentricity more than double that from the obliquity there

332 Professor Dean’s method of illustrating the equation of time.

never could be but two mean days in a year, and these would revolve
through the year with the apsides.

On Venus the greatest equation from the obliquity of its axis is
2h. 24’ 16", the sun of course makes mean time four times in a year,
and the eccentricity of its orbit produces but very small fluctuation of
those times. On Mercury the greatest equation from the eccentricity
is 14. 34’ 40", and unless the obliquity of its equator be more than
double that of the earth, the mean and apparent time can never coin-
cide but twice in one of their years. On Saturn the equation from
the eccentricity is greater than from the obliquity, but less than double
of it, of course it has sometimes two mean days, and sometimes four
in a year; the other planets have only two.

After twice delineating this draught certain mechanical facilities
occurred which, should it be thought worth engraving, a workman
might be glad to obtain. The curves are composed of segments of
circles ; in the broad oval on the lower paper, one sign about each of
the cardinal points is described on the centres p 2 = 1g respectively,
and the intermediate segments of two sigs each, on the centres v, ¢,4,/,
respectively. On the moveable paper the 3d »4th, 8th, 9th, 10th, and I1th
signs were described with the radius of the mean circle, on a point distant
from its centre by the greatest equation ; the Ist, 2d, 5th, 6th, 7th, and
12th signs reckoning from A, with a radius about + 35 Of an ‘inch less,
on centres to meet. It is scarcely necessary to mention, that the | par-
allel lines expressing minutes are described on the same centres. with
the corresponding segments of their principals. If the use of a thin
transparent paper should be deemed inconvenient, it will be equally

accurate, though not quite so ey: to draw parallels 0 on the outside
of ae nde d

Cor silt sepyb hob tow, arpa dingy Ie

333

XLV.
AN ACCOUNT OF SOME ELECTRICAL PHENOMENA,

BY REV. TIMOTHY ALDEN, a.m. |
Communicated in a letter to the late Rev. John Eliot, p. v.
—— a
Newark, WN. J. 29th August, 1812.
REVEREND AND DEAR SIR,

I THINK the following narrative will not be unacceptable to the
American Academy of Arts and Sciences. It is, however, submitted
to you for such disposal, as your benevolence may suggest.

On the evening of the 28th of May, 1809, in time of a severe
tempest, the mansion house of the Rev. Uzal Ogden, p. p. of this vil-
lage, was somewhat injured by an electric explosion. _ The lightning
entered at the ridge-pole by the chimney into the upper apartment, in
which there was no fire place. It shivered a picture frame, hanging
by the chimney, and from that passed toa brush, the bristles of which
were secured by wire, lying on a table, and split it into seyeral pieces,

the sharp ends of some of which were driven. upwards with such
force, at an angle of about 45°, as to perforate and remain strongly
fixed in the planchment,
=e young lady of Dr. Ogden’s family was sitting in a chair, leaning
her right cheek against her hand, with her elbow on the table before
mentioned. The fluid, after its effect upon the brush, was directed to
her right elbow, where it broke the skin. A small portion of it was
conducted by the arm to her face, on which it made a slight contusion,
but did not affect the sensorium, so as to deprive | her. of recollection oti
for a moment.

The principal stream proceeded from the ive sounded
down the right side, leaving a narrow red streak, to the ball of the lit-
tle toe, which, from the position of the foot, rested on the @oor and

334 Mr. Alden’s account of electrical phenomena.

was considerably hurt. Her gown of muslin was set on fire, and her
stocking of silk was crimped, so as to look like a piece of pin over
the path of the fluid.

After leaving its flesh conductor, the lightning tore up several
boards of the floor, and was attracted by a wire, which it followed,
through the third and second stories, into the basement, to a bell at
‘the end of it, which hung in the chimney corner. It then went to
the andirons and to the embers on the hearth, which were scattered in
every possible direction. |

The first sensation which the lady felt, after receiving the shock,
was, to use her own language, “ that she was as big as a house. Ina
little time, her usual sensibility returned, except on her right side. i

Doctor Abraham Clark, a distinguished physician, who resided
within a few steps, was immediately called in. As soon as he ascer-

= the condition of his patient, he sent for his Galvanic trough,
which was furnished with sixty pairs of plates, and, in less than fifteen
minutes after the alarming incident, got it into operation. Previously
to the use of the Galvanic electricity all pulsation, on the right side,
seemed to have been suspended. Ina short time the elbow began
to smart, where the skin had been fractured, and circulation was grad-
ually restored. Something of the torpor, however, remained, for 8
day or two; but ina week, or less, the patient was perfectly recov-
ered from the effects of the explosion,

_ The happy result from the prompt use of the Galvanic electricity,
at a time, when no other could have been obtained, in this particular
instance, ought to be generally known, as a precedent of no small i HB:
portance i in cases of injury by lightning on the human frame.

As the caLvanic TRovcH is so readily prepared for of :
‘it seems highly expedient that it should not be forgotten in instances,
like tht, of which I have the happiness to communicate this account

*

$35 —

XLVI.
ACCOUNT OF A SINGULAR PROPERTY OF LAMPREY EELS.
“BY JOSEPH TILDEN, Ese. _
Communicated in a letter to the Hon. John Davis, uu. D.
— | | a
Boston, Nov. 29, 1809.
DEAR SIR,

PERHAPS some account of a phenomena, which I have never
seen described, may be worthy of attention; it must excite curiosity
and may be productive of useful inquiry ; I mean the effect produced
by human saliva on Lampreys, or Lampre-cels.* I will endeavour at
your request to state to you the few observations I was able to make.

In the neighbourhood of the falls at Machias, in the District of
Maine, there are great numbers of these fish adhering to the rocks by
means of the suction about their heads; they hold on with so much
strength as to make it difficult to remove them by striking or throw-
ing stones at them, but on spitting into the water they instantly spring
out of it in the greatest agitation.

It is surprising that as this fact has been long known to the peo-
ple in the vicinity of Machias, it should not have become more pub-
| lit. Ihave to regret that it was not in my power to satisfy some in-
quiries, which must naturally be excited by such an extraordinary
scene. The place which the Lampreys assume is under the falls,
where the fresh joins the salt water; the season for them I understand
isin May and June. At the time they were affected by the saliva
they appeared to be in pain, starting sometimes to the number of 20
or more several feet above the surface of the water in a horizontal po-

eeseee dscns

# She Dee ‘ “A > a c0'S Seiniabtiee:

woe ee” sy STAG SIMS WR

336 Mr. Tilden’s account of lamprey eels.

sition, with the most disgusting appearance, not unlike the writhing
movements of snakes; when they fell into the water they went down
the stream and did not resume their former place. I tried the saliva »
of a dog on them, but it had no effect. I could not observe whether
the effect was first produced on one and by him communicated to the
others. It would seem impossible that so small a quantity of saliva
should impregnate so large a quantity of water (say several hundred
tons) as to form a mixture or combination and change its properties so
as to affect animals. ‘
I understand that in the season for them these fish are abundant in —
this neighbourhood, particularly at Watertown. ee

337

XLVII.
ON THE VARIATION OF THE MAGNETICAL NEEDLE.
BY NATHANIEL BOWDITCH.

—— DD | a

THE variation or declination of the magnetical needle, in the vi-
cinity of Boston, has decreased since the first observations made in
this country, at the rate of a degree in 30 or 40 years. For, by the
papers published in the first volume of the Memoirs of the American
Academy, it was 9° 00’ W in the year 1708; 8° 00’ W in the year
1742; and about 7° W in the year 1782. Within three or four years, it
has been mentioned in several periodical publications that the varia-
tion had ceased to decrease, and was then rapidly increasing. ‘This was
stated to be the case, particularly in New York, by persons, who, from
their official situations as public surveyors, were supposed to be most
competent to judge of the subject ; and observations were adduced to
prove that this change had taken place between the years 1804 and
1807. Thus one of the boundary lines of Ranssellaer parish in Albany,
was found in the year 1800 to bear N 46° 48’ W by compass; and
in the year 1805, N 46° 12’ W;; the true bearing being N 51°46’ W.
Whence it was inferred that the variation had increased 36’ during that
period. In Herkimer in New York the variation was observed in the
years 1800, 1804, and 1807: in the first interval of four years it had
decreased 4’, and in the last interval of three years had increased 15’.
A turnpike road, which was laid out by compass in 1805, had varied
in its bearing’in 1807, 435’, indicating that the variation had increased
by that quantity. These are the chief observations, that I have
known to be produced, to prove that a change had takeu place in New
York ; but they by no means warrant the conclusion that has been

43

338 Mr. Bowditch on the variation of the magnetic needle.

drawn from them, since no noti¢e whatever is taken of the diurnal
variation of the needle, which sometimes exceeds any of the changes
that have been observed. For if we examine Professor Sewall’s ob-
servations in the first volume of the Memoirs of the American Acade-
my, we shall find that in an interval of two or three months, in the year
1782, the declination changed at Cambridge from 6° 21’ W, to 7° 08’
W, varying 47’; and I have observed at Salem, in the year 1810, that
the declination varied 48’ in a short period of time. lither of these
diurnal changes exceeds the alteration observed at New York; and as
there can be no doubt that the diurnal variation is nearly as great there
as at Cambridge or Salem, it follows that the differences observed in
New York are not too great to be accounted for by the diurnal motion
alone, without resorting to the hypothesis of an irregular increase in
the mean quantity of the variation. It may also be observed that the
variation found at the same time and place with different instruments
will frequently vary half a degree ora degree ; and, by changing the
place of the instrument a few feet, the same effect will sometimes be
produced. This is more particularly the case in compact places,
when the observations are made from the windows or on the top of a
building; the nails and other iron used in constructing it, having fre-
quently a great effect on the position of the needle, Notwithstanding
the difficulty of obtaining the correct values of the variation, it is of
importance to ascertain it, at regular intervals, as correctly as possible,
particularly in this country, where most of the boundary lines of lands
are determined by the compass. ‘To assist in this object, 1 shall here
give an abstract of my observations made at Salem in the years 1805,
1808, 1810, and 1811,

The obseryations in the year 1805 were made at a house in Sut
mer Street, Salem, with a theodolite, furnished with a quadrant of al
titude, telescope, &c. graduated to minutes, After making the usual

Mr. Bowditch on the variation of the magnetic needle. 339

adjustments, and fixing as nearly as possible the quadrant of altitude,
and the north point of the needle at the commencement of the gradu-
ation of their respective’circles, I estimated the errors of these last ad-
justmenis, and applied them respectively to the observed altitudes and
azimuths of the sun, ina similar way to the method of correcting for
the index error of an observation made with a quadrant of reflection.
To ascertain these index errors. to a greater degree of accuracy, I
generally took the mean of ten observations of the needle, and three
observations of the quadrant, before and after eachset of observations.
The instrument was placed within the house, at an eastern window in
the morning, and at a western in the evening, at the distance of two
or three feet from the wall, (or farther when it could be done) in order
to avoid as much as possible the effect of the iron in the walls of the
building. Having obtained. in this way the sun’s true altitude and
magnetic azimuth, the true azimuth was calculated and the variation
deduced by the usual rules of spherical trigonometry. The observa-
tions were as follows. |

ad, 4,5 Ta OF Cae salle ig
1805 November 18915 A.M. 4 observations | 5 58 W.
4, Pp. M. 5 6 17
19 9 A. M. 6 6 02
Zz P. M. 6 5 56
21:2 P.M. 10 6 15
2379 A.M. 9 5 56
2 80 P.M. & 5 45
26 2 P. M. 10 5 51
27 9 . M. 12 5 42
3 P. M. 10 6 o1
28 9 A.M. 10 5 43
3 Po MM. iz 6 06
299 A.M. 3 § a2
30 9 A. M. 12 6 o1
Mean of 115 observations 5 57 We

&
NS

340 Mr. Bowditch on the variation of the magnectic needle.

In the year 1808 at a house in Summer Street about an eighth of
a mile south of the place where the above observations were made, I
observed the variation with another, more highly finished theodolite
furnished with a needle of four inches in length, suspended on an agate.
The places where the instrument was fixed, and method of observing,
were exactly similar to those beforementioned.

Sa et os
1808 June 277 1 A.M. 12 observations 5 11 W.
545 P. M. 20 5 22
28 6 26 A.M. 20 § 25
29 6 44 A. M. 20 5 08
6 22 P. M. 20 5 26
July 17 24 A.M. 20 5.25

Mean of. 112 observations 5 20 Ww.
In the year 1810, at a house in the northern part of Market Street,
Salem, about a quarter of a mile east of the place of observation in
1805, the variation was observed as above by both theodolites, the re-
sults are—

Theodolite used
in 1808.
d.h. ? o> 2 5
1810 April 14.52 P. M. 20 obs. 5 43 32 W Theodolite
2439P.M. 20 54529 | used in
3754A.M. 20 55112 1805.
432P.M. 20 5 40 31
4757 A.M. 20 5 48 03 20 obs. 52413 W
419P.M. 20 53634 20 4.57 56
8815P.M. 20 608450 20 5 18 06
: octal pian FE, = —— ail
Mean of 140 obs. 5 47 44 60 obs. mean 5 13 25 w

The difficulty of ascertaining the precise value of the variation ap-
pears evidently from these observations. For at the same moment om
the 8th of April 1810, with two excellent theodolites in the same place,
the variation differed above 50 minutes, which is greater than any
the changes observed in New York. Iam induced to believe that
these differences arose in a great degree from the shortness of the

a cli

Mr. Bowditch on the variation of the magnetic needle. 341

needles; and, perhaps in part from the imperfection of the brass of
which the instruments were made. ‘To obviate these difficulties I
procured a needle 24 inches in length, suspended on an agate, and had
it neatly fixed in a mahogany box, moveable at one end on a pivot by
which the box was attached to a board, marked with a graduated arch
of a circle, subdivided in such manner that minutes of a degree could
easily be read by means ofa nonius. ‘The box was made wholly of
wood and ivory, and when fixed in its place there was no iron near it.
A table about three feet in height was fixed in the middle of a room
of the building in the north part of Market-street, and by means of the
theodolite and the sun’s azimuth, I marked on the table, with great
care, a frue meridian line, and then placed the box on it, and observ-
ed the differences between the true and magnetic meridian for every
hour, when convenient, from 6 A. M. to 10 P. M. from April 1810,
to May 1811. The greatest variation observed during this time was
6° 44’ W. The least 5° 56’ W. To ascertain whether the building
affected the needle, I fixed a true meridian line on a table in the gar-
den adjoining the house, at 30 feet distance from any building, and
nearly five feet from the ground, and by the mean of 48 observations,
I found that the variation in the garden by this instrument was less by
3' 25” than in the house, so that it was necessary to subtract this quan-
tity from all the observations to obtain the true variation. The mean
variation for each hour of the day, and for each month of the year,
as deduced from these observations, and corrected for the error 3’ 25”,

are given in the following tables.

842 Mr. Bowditch on the variation of the magnetic needle,

Mean - : Mean Variation |
Time. Variation Hour. from April 4810
for the montly. to May 4844. ff
6h A. M. 6° 19° @1"- oa
{i810 April 6° 21’ 21” 7 6 19 O7
May 6 23 36 8 6 to
June 6 .25..42 9 6 20 28.
July @. 28 5! 10 6 21 15
August 6 29 “44 ii 6 22 46 -
September] 6 25°21 12 6. 24 .07.».4
October 6 2b..42 1 P. M. 6 25 47
November} 6 19 11 2 6 27 09
December} 6 12 35 3 6 27 O
1811 January 6 20 55 4, 6 25 57
February | 6 21 19 5 6 24 26
March 6 20 29 6 6 23 19
April | 6 23 39 7 5 S282
May 6 21 38 8 6 91 43 J
7 6
) sath

rary

The whole number of observations was 5125, and the mean of all
made the variation 6° 22’ 35” W, which may be assumed as the
mean variation at Salem in the year 1810.

These observations were made about two miles south of the place
where the late President Willard observed the variation in August
1781 to be 7° 2’ W, as may be seén by examining his paper on the
subject, in the first volume of the Memoirs of the Academy. - The
‘difference of the variation at the two places, at the same time, was
‘probably not more than 2’; so that from 1781 to 1810, a period’ of 29
years, it had decreased about 38 minutes, or 1’ 19” in a year, which is
‘at nearly the usual rate. From which I am inclined to believe, that
the variation has not experienced any change in its direction, in this
part of the country, and that the needle continues to approach the srur
meridian with nearly the same velocity, as at the time of the earliest
observations on record.

Mr. Bowditch on the variation of the magnetic needle. 348

The variation observed by Doctor Williams at Rutland, in Ver-
mont, leads to the same result. His observations at that place were

1789 April 17 P?sW
1810 May 19 6 4
181i Sept. 9 61

Whence he concludes, that the magnetic variation at Rutland, for 22
years past, has been decreasing at the annual rate of 2’ 495.

344

XLVIUI.
DESCRIPTION OF A COMETARIUM.

BY JAMES DEAN, a.™. 4.4.5.
Prof. Math. and Nat. Phil. in the University of Vermont.

Communicated in a letter to Nathaniel Bowditch, A.M. As Ae 8.
ean ai>—— :

I HAVE been for some months excessively engaged i ina course
of experimental lectures, during which I have constucted an instru-
ment to represent the unequal motion of the planets round the sun,
and the equation of the centre. As I conceive it equally useful with
Ferguson’s cometarium, a description of which the compilers of the
Encyclopzdia have thought proper to introduce, and much more con-
"venient and easily constructed, I take the liberty to obtrude a short
description of it on your patience. I shall refer to those expedients
only by which the unequal motion is effected, as the rest may be sup-
plied according to any one’s peculiar taste in mechanics. A and B
(Pl. II. Fig. 6.) are two toothed wheels of the same diameter, turned
uniformly, and in the same time, by two pinions on the same arbor C-
The wheel A, turned by the upper pinion, carries a hollow arbor,
which rising through the dial plate carries an arm with an arch of 60°,
on which the equation of the centre may be reckoned. The wheel B
under the other carries the flat iron bar, DE sliding through a slit in the
upper end of its arbor. In the end E of this bar, which is bent up-
wards, is a triangular notch, in which rests the tail or horizontal part
EF, of a thick iron wire bent at a right angle, and turning in the hol-
low arbor. This carries on its top, above the arbor, a slender rod re-
presenting the vector radius, and moving with any desired degree of
inequality. For when the wire FE is passing over the arbor of the

Professor Dean’s account of a cometarium. 345

wheel B, it is carried slower than the wheel; but when the bar DE
- is passing under the hollow arbor of the wheel A, the wire being
shorter, the arm DE is carried faster than the wheel. The wheel B
is set ina frame by itself, moveable on the centre C, so that it is not
detached from the pinion, while the distance between the centres of
the wheels, and of course the inequality of the totion may be chosen
at pleasure. If a very great inéquality, like those of the comets, be
desired, the claw FE, may be moved nearer its arbor, even so near as just
to pass round the arbor in which the perpendicular part of the wire
turns; but in that case the wire should pass through an eye which
may turn in the bar DE, on account of the — nr of the two
to each other,

~ The avintaaies of this construction I conceive to be its being
eapable of representing any degree of eccentricity, from that of Ve-
nus to that of Mercury ; that toothed wheels are much more secure
than banded ones ; and that circular ones are much more easily form-
ed than elliptical ones. ae od Sores i hi : = of is,
that it represents the € qui reatest, when the
anomaly i is exactly 3or9 signs. But the principal use of all such in-
struments, as orreries, globes, maps, &c. to me has been, to give a
a general notion of the subject. A slight difference of degree cannot
much affect our conceptions, and accurate measures of distance or quan-
tity must be preserved in quite a different manner. If this subject
require any illustration to youthful minds, (which I find clearly to be
the case) this method of effecting it seems so simple and obvious that
I can scarcely imagine it to have escaped those who have tortured
vulgar fractions for ratios of planetary motions far more accurate than
our conceptions can take cognizance of; and yet had it ever been pro-
posed, I'sce not why it has not been as much noticed as “the more
a though = more difficult one, introduced: tt fo the En, Brit.

346
: <ETX.

AN ACCOUNT OF AN EARTHQUAKE IN NEW-ENGLAND.
BY HON. SAMUEL TENNEY, Esa.
‘Communicated in @ letter to Joshua Fisher, M. D.

—: Sa
Exeter, 29th March, 1811. —
DEAR SIR, |. te

THE earthquake, which happened on the evening of the 9th of
November last, appears, by accounts from various quarters, to have
been felt through a considerable extent in this part of New England.
In the judgment of most elderly people it was more severe than any
other that has been observed since that of the year 1755, commonly
called the Great Earthquake. For this reason, but more especially
because it was accompanied by some very singular circumstances»
Thave thought that an account of it might not be unworthy of a place
on the records of the American Academy. I shall place at your dis-
posal a description of its various phenomena, as they appeared to me
and several of my neighbours, with the addition of some circumstan- ;
ces collected, by inquiring from many persons in various. quarters
and at different distances. As I was perfectly free from surprize or
agitation, I think I can ive it with accuracy ; and I shall certainly
give it without colouring.

«As I was sitting by the fire-side, the younger part of the family
being in bed and the house perfectly quiet, at about a quarter past
9 o’clock, I heard a very heavy and singular noise directly under my
feet. My first idea was, that the foundation of the chimney and the
walls under that end of the house had suddenly given way, an and been
violently forced into the cellar ; and I cast my eyes on the hearth, ¢ ex-

Judge Tenney’s account of an earthquake. ST

pecting to see it follow : but as I knew that these were perfectly firm
and sound, I instantly abandoned it. A second conjecture was form-
ed and immediately given up on a reflection, that the cause was total.
ly inadequate to the effect. A third was rendered unnecessary bya
tremendous report in the atmosphere, apparently at a very small dis-
tance from the house. I thought it equal to that produced by the
discharge of an 18 or 24 pound cannon at the distance of half a mile,
and much resembling it in tone and duration. I now concluded it to
be an earthquake ; and expecting, from its singular commencement,
that we should have a severe shock, I set myself to notice the phe-
nomena, that might attend its progress, with all possible accuracy,
This report, though so heavy and to appearance so near, gave no sen-
sible concussion to the house. But it was instantly succeeded by the
sound usually attending an earthquake, which I need not describe.
This continued, with some little variation of intensity, forty or fifty
seconds,.as near as I could judge, though some thought it a minute or
more; then, after afew seconds, it ceased to be heard. It was accom-
panied, from the beginning, till the sound began to die away, by a
most beautiful vibration of the floor under me. The vibrations from
first to last were to appearance as perfectly isochronous as the oscilla-
tions of a pendulum, and, as near as I could judge, passed through a
space of about one third of an inch, succeeding one another about as
rapidly me the strokes of the teeth of the weight wheel of an eight day
clock, when wound up in the usual leisurely manner.

To most people in this town the first noise appeared, as it did to
me, to be under foot, though to others it appeared piety, some
comparing it to one thing and some to another. Aligemr hed stay ee
loud. A maid in my family, who was sitting by the kitchen fire, in
another part of the house, thought a hogshead of cider had fallen from
its blocks, and with all the barrels in the cellar, was tumbling over the

348 Judge Tenney’s account of an earthquake.

plank floor. The loud report that succeeded seemed to most people
to be at their very doors.» A gentleman in N. Hampton, seven
miles eastward of this town, heard the report, but did not notice the
previous rumbling ; and described it precisely’as it appeared to me.
A similar report was heard at Conway, seventy or eighty miles north,
though not near so loud. From the circumstance of this report hav-
ing been heard in places so distant one from another, while in most
others it was not noticed at all, it is natural to infer, that there wasa
number accompanying the earthquake in its progress. My mind was
so strongly impressed, at the time, with a belief that a large body of
elastic vapour had burst from the bowels of the earth, at no great dis-
tance, that I fully expected to hear of a discovery of some striking
marks of it on its surface. The only i instance in which such a report
has been recorded, as attending any earthquake in this country, is one
mentioned by Dr. Williams, in his “ Observations and Conjectures on
the Earthquakes of New England,” in the first volume of the Memoirs
_of the American Academy, that happened on the 3d of June 1744
The opinions of people relative to the course of this earthquake
are various. I attempted to ascertain it by observing the direction of
the vibrations ; but not having turned my attention to the subject sea
— I was not able to satisfy myself. Within the limits of New:
Hampshire it appears, from the information I have by inquiry obtain«
ed, to have operated with the greatest violence over the tract of coun-
try between Haverhill, Coos, and Portsmouth, which is nearly midway
between the Northeastern and Southwestern limits of the earthquake
From the bearing of these two places from each other, we may fairly
conclude, that its general course was in this direction. And this co™
responds with the general course of all the larger ots seit that
have been observed in this part of the country.
The violence of this shock may be estimated by the eee cit 3

©

Judge Tenney’s account of an earthquake. 349

cumstances of its effects. In several places crockery was observed to
clatter on the shelves, and in some places it was thrown off. In some,
doors were unlatched, and stone walls shaken down. The pendulum
of a clock was so much agitated that it struck both sides of its case for
nearly a minute after the noise had ceased, a circumstance, which its
owner had never observed before. A pile of boards on a wharf in
Portsmouth was observed to clatter considerably. Teams stopped in
the road, in several places, and refused to proceed till the shaking was
over. The shock was perceived on the water as well as on the land.
The people on board a vessel in Exeter river were very sensible of
it ; and a vessel coming into Portsmouth harbour received so violent
a concussion, that the captain sprung out of his birth and hastened on
deck, believing it had run on a reef of rocks, though he knew of none
in his course.

Several persons in different towns, who happened to be awake,
perceived a slighter shock towards morning on the same night ; but
it does not appear to have roused any who were asleep.

_ Thus, Sir, I have given you as accurate an account of this earth-
quake as I can make from my own observation and the information I
have obtained from others. Should you deem it worthy of the notice
of the Academy, you may lay it before them—otherwise you will re-
tain it in your own hands. In either case you will confer an equal
obligation on your cordial friend, and most obedient servant.

information from the interior, to the west and northwest of Natchez;

us of certain information.

the lo

350

_ ACCOUNT OF SEVERAL SHOCKS OF AN EARTHQUAKE IN ,
THE SOUTHERN AND WESTERN PARTS OF THE
UNITED STATES.
By his Ex’y. WINTHROP SARGENT, Esa.

Governor of the Missisifppii Territory.
* Communicated in a letter to a member of the Academy, . ee
porate hare e
Gloster Place, 2 miles south of Natchez, April 2, 1842.
I HAVE, my dear Sir, delayed communication upon the subject
ef the earthquakes, which this country has been experiencing, (and
upon some parts of the river almost incessantly) in the hope of correct

but as yet I do not learn that the effects have been felt beyond St
Louis upon the north, and Natchitoches or Nagadoches to the west
and Iam inclined to believe if there were any more advanced toward
the Spanish Dominions, they must have been very feeble, though the
great waste between settlements in that direction will forever deprive

I shall not pretend to hazard a conjecture as to the sources of those —
mighty concussions, nor am I perfectly satisfied of the existence of
volcanoes in the west and northwest, notwithstanding the report of la-
va, scoria, and pumice, in those quarters. An intelligent traveller at
the mouth of the Missouri, upon some of the first shocks and explo-
sions being noticed, set his compass, and was of opinion, that they
had proceeded in a direct line from New Madrid. From this place 0
wer Chickasaw Bluffs upon the river (a distance of about eighty

Gov. Sargent’s account of an earthquake. 351

geographical miles) they seem to have been most awful and tremen-
dous—dismaying men and beasts.* Considerable of the country is
said to be sunk and forming new lakes, banks of the Missisippi
thrown down, one or two islands swallowed up, and the channel of
the river materially changed, inhabitants moved, or moving off, or
living in tents. Those earthquakes decreased in force from the Bluffs
to this place, nor have they been repeated as between them and New
Madrid. ‘The first, which was of as much magnitude as any that
have occurred, was not felt twenty miles down the Missisippi upon
the river, though it extended to Fort Stoddert, forty miles above Mo.
bile Bay ; to Nash and Knoxville in Tennessee; Charleston, South
Carolina; Richmond and Norfolk in Virginia; Baltimore in Mary-
land; Louisville and all Kentucky ; Lake Erie; Cincinnati, state of
Ohio; Vincennes, Territory of Indiana; St. Louis upon the Missi-
sippi, and Nagadoches, which lies west northerly about two hundred
miles distant. In many of these places the brick work of chimnies
was affected—in some thrown down to a level with the tops of the
houses, and a strong vibratory motion given to-every article suspend-
ed, and that was free to move. In Charlestown, South Carolina, and
at Natchitoches or Nagadoches the bells in their church steeples were
rung by the motion of the buildings. This earthquake occurred at
my house within one or two minutes of 2 o’clock, correct solar time,
upon the morning of the 16th of December 1811; the brick floor of
the basement story, which is six feet below the surface of the earth,
was evidently agitated—furniture considerably jarred, and a bed in
an east and west direction appeared to have a motion from north to
south. A bed ina third story was more, but alike moved, and in the

* Old trees, with their roots in the bed of hee river, were seen rising and
sinking by the current, so as to resemble the motion in sawing. Planters are
without motion, generally erect, and both dangerous to navigators.

$52 Gov. Sargent’s account of an earthquake.

middle story glass, plate, and China were put in motion upon the
shelves of a large moveable cupboard: I should observe to you that
the building is of brick, lofty, (thirteen feet stories) and very substan-
tially constructed. In cisterns at Natchez ten feet square, water was
_ thrown up on the N E and S W sides full six inches, and the hanging
leaves of tables, in sli¢ht buildings, had considerable motion. An old
servant, who is very wakeful, and in whom I have some confidence,
observes, that this earthquake was immediately preceded by a noise
like near and very low thunder. Precisely at 7 o’clock A. M. we had
another shock which was light, and gave only a small tremulous mo-
tion to our beds and bed curtains. Some persons living in wooden
houses believe that they felt many small shocks between the hours of
7and 8 A few minutes past 11 A. M. of the succeeding day, anoth-
er shock of an earthquake was felt at Natchez and the vicinity; not
powerful, like the first, but giving a considerable vibratory motion to
articles suspended from the ceilings of stores and shops in that city:
neither of those earthquakes exceeded one minute in duration. —

:
ee. ne

Upon the Thursday morning of January 23, 1812, 35 minutes af-
ter 3 o’clock A.M. (solar time) we experienced another shock of an
earthquake of one minute duration ; not of so great force, as that o
the 16th of December, but giving motion to our beds, glass, China
&c. thermometer stood at 50°, barometer 30°18; weather cloudy: ;
wind SE and moderate. At noon the barometer had fallen, and
thermometer risen much; some little faint sunshine in the day—
sprinkling of rain in the afternoon—generally cloudy—wind strong
in squalls from between S and E, increasing after the earthquake.
__ Friday, Feb. 7th, 3 hoursand 10 minutes A. M. an earthquake of
equal force, duration, and effect with that upon the 16th of December
The night preceding was rainy with SE — sometimes mod

}

4

Gov. Sargent’s account of an earthquake. 353

sometimes strong—and distant thunder. Sun appeared once or twice
dimly through the day, but was generally obscured by clouds with
rain before noon—light N W wind—at 10/. 6’ P. M. another shock,
not equal to that in the morning, but giving some motion to our beds
and furniture, and continuing one. minute—the stars shone uncom-
monly bright, and the atmosphere was remarkably serene at this time,
and continued so during the night—moon rose clear, but was succeed-
ed by a dense vapour rising to the tops of the trees which was dissipat-
ed half an hour after sun rising—the day fair and wind S W and light.
The three last shocks only have been felt at New Orleans, nor can I learn
that any other earthquakes have ever been experienced there, or any
where upon the river, except a small shock between Kaskaskias and
the Missouri, upon the 8th of January, 1795, 3 o’clock in the morn-
ing, and two others upon the 11th and 12th of February, 1804.

Of the earthquakes noticed in the annals of New England, July
9d, 1638, Oct. 29th, 1653, 1658, 1660, Jan, 26th, 1663, 1665, 1668,
1669, 1670.—1705, 1720, Oct. 29th, 1727, Sept. 5th, 1732, Feb. 6th,
1737, Dec. 7th, 1737, June 3, 1744, Nov. 18th, 1755, Nov. 22,
Dec. 19th, same year; July 8th, 1757, March 12th, 1761, Nov. Ist,
same year; 1766, Oct. 18th, 19th, 1769, 1771; Nov. 29th, 1783, and
May 8th, 1804; it seems the centre, or place of greatest violence
has been in latitude about 43°, where the Merrimack enters into the
Atlantic, and their central course from the N W to the SE through
this point. Their effects upon the Atlantic coast have been limited
by Noya Scotia upon the N E, and Maryland on the SW. Of those
very awful concussions, which commenced in Jan. 1663, and contin-
ued to the July following, the date of our settlements would not ad-
mit of any record, but if they had extended to the Missisippi, we
should most probably have had some account of them by tradition.
Marquette, a Jesuit from Quebec, with an inhabitant of the name of

4

354 Gov. Surgent’s account of an earthquake.

Joliet, who visited the Missisippi in 1673, by lake Michigan, Fox and
Ouisconsing rivers, and passed down to the 33° of latitude, returning
by land through the Illinois country, take no notice of any effects of
that earthquake, which had been so tremendous in their own city.

In 1727 there were settlements of enlightened French people at
Natchez, and upon the upper Missisippi, but they have given us no
account of the violent earthquake of that, or the year 1755. I think
therefore we have sufficient reason to infer, that none have ever occur-
red upon the inhabited parts of this river since the discovery of Amer-
ica, except those detailed in this communication.

—

eaten meneee

The following account of the earthquakes is taken from the memoranda
of a gentleman of respectability, who was descending the Missisippi
in Dec. 1811, in a flat boat, and from the 15th to the 24th an ob-
server from the little Prairie (which is about ten leagues below
New Madrid), to the lower Chickasaw Bluffs.

On the evening of the 15th, my observer’s boat was secured tothe
left, or eastern bank of the river, three leagues below the little Prairie,
and on Monday morning of the 16th Dec. precisely at 2 o’clock, he was
awakened by a rocking of the boat, and a sound resembling her run-
ning over a sand bar—succeeded by the falling in of the opposite
bank—apparently to a very great extent, with an agitation of the river
resembling great ebullition. The trees clashed together with great
violence, and there were noises as of roaring cannon— weather warm
—morning dark and cloudy: this was the first shock—very soon
two others followed of less violence, the whole duration not exceed-
Angeight minutes—the left bauk of the river was much cracked, and
threatened to fall in—at day light, which must have been about half
past 6 o’clock, or, as the morning was dark and cloudy, perhaps 7,

Gov. Sargent’s account of an earthquake. 355

the boat was cast off, and immediately experienced another shock,
more violent than either of the former—the left bank of the river fell
in—its agitation increased, rising up like water spouts to an alarming
height—though there was great depth of water, the channel appear-
ed to be changed, and the current very much increased—the heavens
were obscured by dense black smoke, which ascended from the bed of
the river, with roaring noises so powerful as to prevent the communica-
tion of orders on board the boat. Ina short time followed nine feeble
shocks with a continued agitation of the river and innumerable ex-
plosions—in a few minutes there were light shocks—and the trees on
both sides, principally on the right, were violently clashing together
and falling in—*Sawyers and Planters multiplied in every direction,
and to a great extent, and appeared to have been produced at the mo-
ment from the bottom of the river—one island was entirely swallow-
ed up, and another evidently doomed to the same fate—it was sun-
dered in many parts and directions, and the whole appeared almost in
a state of fusion. At 10/. 50’ there was another shock, greater than
the last, and the river was again in violent. agitation—black and un-
commonly turbid—11/. 25’ another shock, the river being disturbed
as at the last—-11/. 50’ a shock, more violent than the two preceding,
not agitating the river so much, but rendering it more turbid. The
interior of the country opposite the Bayon river appeared to be sunk
or settled to a great extent, and near to the mouth of this stream the
banks had fallen in for a considerable distance—many hundred trees

had slid into the Missisippi, standing upright and immersed in full
thirty feet water—others with their roots in the air and branches in
the bed of the river. In general the effects were more like those ofa
tornado or whirlwind, than of an earthquake, | Trees to a great extent

* See last note. <j

356 Gov. Sargent’s account of an earthquake,

were rooted up, or twisted, broken, and cast in every possible direc-
tion. At 1 o’clock the sun appeared dimly—weather oppressively
warm, and producing uncommon languor. At 1. 20' and 1h, 25
there were shocks of less violence than the last, but the river was
much agitated and covered with foam and froth. At 1%, 30'a long
and heavy shock was felt, succeeded by one of less force, and the
heavens were darkened—weather warm as in the Indian summer—
3 o’clock two shocks in quick succession. At 5. o’clock, after
proceeding about’ 50 miles in the course of the day, the boat
was put to shore at the point of a willow island, which point had
been detached from the island about forty yards; in about 10 min-
utes in this position, my observer experienced a_ considerable
shock, and at 5/. 15’ one so. violent that the willow point and whole
island trembled like an aspen leaf—the river was violently agitated
and full of whirlpools, much endangering the boat from the suction.
The sun set in clouds—wind rose and thé weather became cold—at.
5h. 30’ a very severe shock—5h, 50' one less so, but succeeded by
very violent shocks at the following times, viz. 6/. 45’, 7h. 35’, 84. 55
8h. 50’, 8h. 55’, 9h. 25’, at 9h. 50’ two in quick succession, and at
11/. 45’ and 114, 50’ also violent shocks, succeeded by two others
less so.

Tuesday morning 17th, 12h. 12’ a most dreadful shock, followed
by another sixteen minutes afterward—weather cloudy, a few stars
only to be seen, and those surrounded by circles—at 52. 30! a very
awful shock, succeeded by two less so—at 104. 50’ a very tremen-
dous shock, which seemed as ‘though it would rend the wee
main shores to atoms—the river was greatly agitated, and resemble
a most violent ebullition—the island shaken and cleft in all directions,
vomiting up coal and water—“ the boat laboured as in a rough Sea.
and made much water”’—at 114, 15’ two shocks—11/. 24’ a loud roat-

Gov. Sargent’s account of an earthquake. 357

ing sound, and in two minutes a violent explosion—at 11/. 35’ a
light shock, but the river was exceedingly perturbed—11/. 48’, 12h.
30’, and P. M. 2h. 43’, severe shocks with a shower of rain—at 3/.
17’ a light shock and strong wind, with very cloudy weather—at 3/.
30’ severe shock and no rain—3h, 55’ light shock, thunder and light-
ning and heavy rain—4/, 10’ light shock and little rain, high wind
and cold—4f, 50’ a moderate shock, wind very high, rain with a red
western sky—5A. 35’ a shock like the last—5A. 55’ wind moderating ;
many stars visible and comet peculiarly brilliant—6h. 45’ two shocks,
fine clear night, and very strong wind.

Wednesday 18th, at 12h. 20', A. M. IA. 10’, and 2h, 25’ very se-
vere shocks—2h. 30/ repeated, with high wind and extreme cold—at
8A. a light shock—at 34. 5’ a very hard shock continuing some time
—4h. 40' a very severe shock—4h. 43’ one less so, and river very
much agitated—7h. 80’ a very severe shock—10/. 8’ a light shock—
114. 10’asevere shock—4h, 30’ P. M.a light shock. At this time my
observer explored the island of willows and Indian grass, about 1000:
acres, which was rent in many directions into pits, clefts, and chasms.

. of various forms, some of which appeared deep, and had ejected: wa-
ter, and coal in pieces of ten or twelve pounds weight ; one pit meas-
ured 60 feet in circumference, and was 15 deep. At 5h. 50’ was ex-
perienced another severe shock—and at 8/. 43’ one more severe—.
weather very cold and night fair—during the night there were four
shocks, but less violent than either of the two preceding.

Thursday 19th, 54. 20' a shock of greater severity and duration
than any of the preceding—the sun rose brilliant witha clear sky, and
before noon my observer cast off his boat from the island (No, 32.):
and made a distance of about seventeen miles, to the second Chicka-

* saw Bluffs, during the day. At 14. 30’ P. M. he experienced anoth-

er shock—at 2h, 17’ another, neither violent—at 8%. 30a light shock

358 Gov. Sargent’s meteorological observations.

—at 114. 30’ a very severe one, and at 12/. one less severe. F riday
20th, the boat was in motion early in the morning, and progressed
during the day about forty miles, to island No. 42, which is near the
lower Chickasaw Bluffs, mentioned in my communication—at 94. 20
alight shock—at 114. 10’ A.M. a great and awful one. Saturday
21st and Sunday 22d, the boat was stationary near the Bluffs on ac-
count of a dense fog. On Monday 23d, cast off late in the day—
drifted only three miles, and was blown ashore by a violent gale of
‘wind—arrived at Natchez the 4th of January. Saturday the 21st no

shocks, but rumbling sounds—Sunday 22d, 114. A.M. alight shock —

—Monday 23d, 24. P.M. several shocks in quick succession—no
others have been noted by my observer; probably had he continued
at any distance above the Bluffs, he would have experienced them
More or less all the month of March.

In reading this account it may be useful to have recours¢ to the
Missisippi Navigator. S

5 = tt) ED |

Méeteorslogical observations Jrom the diary of Gov. Sargent, taken at Gloster

Place, Missisippi Territory, at sun rising, setting, and at 2 P.M. for De

< cember, 1811. Rain in 225 parts of an inch.
Days: Ther Bar. Rain. State of the weather,

Sunday. 32 30-1 5 Fai me i
: 64 30-14 r—light south wind.
Mond 57 30-11
2 64 30°14 Cloudy—tight squcheast wind.
Tosada 60 30°11 '
uesday. a9. 30,7 F. “ ee
3 71 30-7 orenoon cloudy—drizzly

afternoon fair—light south wind.

pe
S ri
pe,
pk

6
Wednesday. 60 3011 Ci ee i
_ t winds |
ew 78° 90.98 oudy-—moderate—southeas
30

62

Gov. Sargent’s meteorological observations. - 359
Days. Ther. Bar. Rain, State of the weather. :
Thursday. 43 30+5 Rain last night—day fair
5 63 30 moderate northwest wind.
54 30 54
Friday. 33... 30°5 ...., Frost—fair—light westerly wind.
6 63 30°5 ;
5h 805
Saturday. 88 30°11 Frost—
oo Oe AOS wind em da and rather strong.
52 30°5
Sunday. 29 303 Fair—light westerly wind.
oe 56 SO
52 30
Monday, 30 308 _ Fair—light, variable winds. _
9 60 30°15 ?
51 307
Tuesday. 36 30-15 _ Light frost—calm and fair.
10 51 30°15 :
50 30°10
Wednesday. 40 3016 Fair—light = breeze
11 8 30-11 through the
56 30°11
Thursday. 52. 30-11 Cloudy—light stg wind,
12 60 30°11 and small showers.
59 30°7 53
Friday. 58°. 30°7 Rain last mate — day a
=e 59 380°7 and light northerly wind. 2
56 307 42 . ~ @
peas © | 53 30°8 .
52 30°6
Sunday. 50 30 Sunshine till noon—
ep F 69 29:98 remainder of the day cloudy and light
ook. A variable winds.
Monday... 52 30°14. Twoo’clock a. m. earthquake—star li ght—fogey
“it SB, af n69. 30:3 morn.—2d earthq. 7 0 epee ai from 9a. m.
54. 30-1 to 8p. m.—light southeast wind in the day. Star
Tuesday. 60 30-2 light night, with black clouds interspersed, morn.
17 69 30-4. foggy, at 9 clouds and See S. W. wind, mod.
60 30°14 tili noon, veered to N.W. increasing, gale at sun-
set, earthquake about 7 a. m.
Wednesday. 35 30°34 Dense and black clouds, ig N. W. wind all
18 46 30°27 night, wind N.W, tiil 2, with fair weather rest of
44 30°27 e day, moderate and
Thursday. 22 30°25 Moderate N. W. wind and eee of
19 46 30°10 a change of weather.
41 30-11

360

Days.
Friday.
20

Saturday.
21

Sunday.
22

Monday.
23

Tuesday.
24,

2
Wednesday. 27.
25 8

Thursday.
- 26

Friday.
27

Saturday.
28

Sunday.
29

Monday.
30

31°

Gov. Sargent’s meteorological observations.

Ther.

Bar. Rain.
30°11 Cloudy—wind E.S.E. and rather strong—
30°11 small sprinkling of rain at noon.
30°11
30 Strong S. E. wind latter pe of night, rain to-
30 wards morn.—stron a. m. with rain,
29°80 112—calm and cloudy pen m. till fabet fair.
29°90 — last night and sn cloudy—
29°76 _—s light N. E. winda. m. and c
29°76 129
29°88 Strong N.W. aed before day light, and all day
29°96 fair weather

30
30°10 Moderate N. W. wind, and fair weather.
30°10
30°10
30.8 Light S. W. wind, and fair.
30°11
30°12 .
29°96 Fair weather—moderate wind west of south.
29°85
29°85
etn Fair moderate wind west of north.
29°86 — rae
7 ; Light frost—fair, light, and variable winds. —
30-2
30°4 Light, variable winds and sunshine till 4 o’clock,
29°99 evening cloudy and appearance of rain.
29°90
30

Rain latter part of night and most of day: —wind
29°80 _E.S.E. strong till 124.—p. m. light—eve- cloudy
29°70 578 —appearance of rain—N. E. wind—thunder.
29°56 Heavy showers of rain till 11 lak night Ee
rate wind E. and E. S. E, at 2 strong in squalls

29°66
29°79 from W. with thunder—S, W. wind—rain-

361

LI.

ABSTRACT OF METEOROLOGICAL MAL Aka
MADE AT CAMBRIDGE, NEW ENGLAN

| BY JOHN FARRAR,
Hollis Prof. Math. and Nat. Phil. in Harv. Coll. communicated Fan. 1813.
es Be

THE following tables exhibit the result of a regular course of ob-
servations, made by the late President Webber, from January 1790
to June 1807, and continued from that time to the present by myself.
The place of observation is elevated about 31 feet above the mean
level of the seas From 1790 to July 1802 a barometer, furnished by
the Meteorological Society at Manheim, was used ; from this latter time
to the beginning of 1810 a barometer made by Champney ; and during
the years 1811 and 1812, one made by W. & S. Jones, London, provid-
ed with a floating gage and a scale of correction. The two last in-
struments are graduated into English inches and hundredths, the first
into French inches, lines and tenths. The heights are reduced to the
temperature of 55 of Fahrenheit’s scale, a correction being applied for

_ the variation above and below this point; and the observations with
the Manheim barometer have been reduced to English inches and ~

hundredths.

The observations on the temperature from the commencement to
August 1795 were made with a mercurial thermometer, attached to
Reaumur’s scale, placed about four feet from the ground, under cov-
er, but exposed to a free air, and sufficiently protected from any undue

_ reflection of heat, as well as from the direct rays of the sun. From

August 1795 to July 1803 Fahrenheit’s thermometer, made by

Champney, was used, placed abroad in the open air, about 11 feet

from the ground. From July 1804 to the present time a very good

thermometer, made by the Messrs. Jones, London. The observa-

tions with Reaumur’s thermometer are reduced to Fahrenheit’s scale,

for the pyrpose of a — ready comparison. |
¥

362 Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

Barometer. Thermometer.
1790 7To'cl. [eos 9o’cl. Tek
A

e ib Phccst 30°46 130°51 |30°49 47 153 |47

& Mean [29°94 |29°C6 129°97 82.135 133

a Least (29°53 !29°54 |29°43 20 |13 |18
Greatesti30°50 {30°45 [30°49 41 |47 |45
! Mean. {29°94 [49°95 {29°85 27 |31 |30°5

Least |29°20 |29°44 |29-07 6°5| 8 | 5

May. April. March. Feb.
eo,

Least” !29°82 129-17 |29°80 07 158-\59

, { Greatest}30-45 [30°44 [30°47 71 179 \77

a 30°13 {30°12 |30°12 60 |68. |63

am Least {2°68 29°66 |29°73 46 |55 \52

, { Greatest|50°-33 © (30:27 |30~ 53 |71 (63
a "91 129°89 [29°95 49 157 |53 4

Ph te, ; (29°56 [29°46 ) 29°57 32-5|38 |36

5 Mean |29°968 |29:950 |29-946 || azals4 150
Bex 28°83 |29°02 128-83 65, 8 1 5

The numbers at the bottom of the thers! table sh extremes and means for
ie sae = the seasons, and not for the civil year, This signe siguities below zero:

4863

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

Barometer. Thermometer. Winds. Weather.

¢ 4
$011: 7 2 9 #45279 2} hy > ays |(2
-M.| P.M. | P.M. |lam.|p Z |Z A kn 2\5 Sls

. (G-|30°49 ]30:53 |30°54 fi4i 147 la7 (ML! @} | 2 7] 9 3} 17] 4
3 | Mize00 29°85 {29°91 1124 |30 |27 N,| 2; 1} 1 aa. 8 7\ 12) 5
L. |29°47 {29°19 {29°36 |} O {12 | 8 LN} 1} 2) 2 7 1} 12) 4

3 G. |30°43 |30°37 {30°44 1147 149 |41 M.| 3} 2 4) 7 3} 10) 4
g Miao 29°89 |29-95 118 !28 \24 4 .N.| 411 al 65 A) 8) 4
~ CL. [29°07 {28-83 |29-09 |}-2 5 \N.| 4) 1 st 11] tal 4) 9} s
a (G. |30°57 }30°58 (30-54 149 (73 [54 (M.| 3} 3 1| 14 2) 13) 4
a Be 30°04, {30°03 |30-04 136 [46 (39 N, | 2) 2 1\..9 5| 12) 1
= » (29°57 {29°54 129-31 [13 |23°5|20 N. | 2\ 4 2} 11 1} 12) 1
wi 7G. |30°40 {30°27 130°37 I154 1805164 (M.| 41 1 44 11 3) 51.3
&.~ M.|29-90 [29°85 !29-91 [145 [56 [51°35 N.| 4| 2 2 6 4} 6| 7
< + (29°33 {29°31 129-31 1131 (40 139 LN. | 2} 3 ae 2] 416
s ( G [80°31 [30°33 [30-30 |[74 [88 |8 fx. 2) 4 1} 7 14/ 3} 68
& 5 (29°91 130°05 ||57 [67 [59°5< N.| 4) 2 a3 2| 6112
E]M 29°68 !29°62 [29°70 143 [49 [3 AB ws | its 3}. 71 6
. { G-|30°37 |30°37 [30°30 |l74 188 [80 (M.| 2] 1 2| 8 2,695
Bitola: 29°94 129-95 [57 |75 {70 48: 1 31 4 8| 6| 4
L. |29°38 {29°31 129-56 Ilsa [67 [46 LM 3 Qi 5 3] 417

. { G-|30°35 |30°38 130°38 ||79. 192 186 M.}| 3} 1 Sk: 7 4p5| 7
33 Ml30-01 29°96 130°02 169 |81 {7 IN 21 3 | 8| 312
= LL. |29°61 |29-61 |29°67 |lsg 72 |62:5 LN. | 1 1h. 5| 59
zy ( Ge [20°43 |30°43 130-43 189 89 |79°5 [ M.| 3 1; 6 £| 10) 3
3 < M.'30:01 130-02 {3 9 [79 {71:55 N.| 2 Al Al 5| 31> 2ip13].5{ 5} 8
< is 29°61 |29°60 |29°59 |[59 |73 |62°5 LW, | 2 8] 2] 3 14] 5] 8) 4
, ( Ge /30°43 130°43 130°34 171 [78 |76 [M.| 5 3 oa. 3} 14; 2
ane 30°05 |30°03 130-04 150 |67 |62 4 N.| 2 1 ors 6} 72)
® CL, |29°79 [29°71 }29°76 146 159 (52 N.| 4 2 3} 4 5} 13} 6
~, {G.130°53 |30°37 130-44 172 175 |70. (M.| 5 1 6] 13 4) 11] 5
e M.|29-94 29-90 ]39°92 43 [53 48 < N.} 5 2 4l 8 6} 719
™~ UL, |29°17 )29°11 | 29°33 |j29 [41 136 LN} 5 1 4] 10} 3} 77
. {| G.|30*35 |30°40 |30°45 1151 [68 67 [M.| 4 2 6] 7 8} 9} 1
5< M.29:97 {29°04 129-98 136 [46 [41 y, N. | 4 1 3}. 8 4.95
L. }29°29 }29°12 }29°38 17 131 |25 LN.) 1 1 4} 8 1} 10; 3

, [G- ]30°48 ]s0-41 }30°48 ]59 |50 }48 ( M.} 4 Oo On 2} 120
$< M.j29*88 j29°85 [29°87 |!28 |35 |31 1x 4 1 51 10 | 9} 12) 5
A LL. }28-90 128-92 |29 g 18 |i4 LM] 4 | 5} 9b 12] 2) 72t5
3 £ G- [80°57 |30°58 [30°54 |j89 92 |86 4.41106)|144)42)121/56
3 J M.}29-972129-931(29°972!|4.4-7/545)48°9 es | 6/68} 98/80
iim 28°90 [28°83 29-09 -11:5| 3 [+2 LM 129 j 103)61

N. eather is to be distin ished from that of chat

The Sati ieee hedica scar we wos point of the ty ; oe the face ot the sky, divided

ompass
into four aspects for morning marked M, noon marked N, and —— marked N. numbers at the
respective © colum

bottom of these columns are the sums of the

364 Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

Barometer. Thermometer. Winds. Weather.

fas

2 9 2359 Bly fey Z|)
P.M. |P.M. jam p-m,'p.m. Ze ale ab | 2
30°37 |30:33 |37 la7 jog [M.| 4] 2 8 | 1
29 80 |29°87 |13 122 |17:55 N.| 4) 1] 1) 1 3] 8 7
28°85 (29°31 [-11-5|-2 |-5 LN.| 4 1 1] 4] 9 1] 10
30°27 |30°23 |37 |47 139. [({M.| 9 3] 6 ‘| |
29-87 |29°89 |22. |31+5|29°55 N.| 6) 4 5} 2 1 St 8
29°38 (26°43 |12 20 116 LN.) 6 2 1] 4) 3 1
30°35 |30°42 153 [60 |56°5 (M.| 3) 3] 3 6| 3 5}.
29-85 29°91 |37 |46 N.| 2) 5] 5! 1] 1) 6) 1 5)
29°18 |29°26 |28°5/34-5132 LN.) 3} 4) 5] if 1) 6) 1 3}
30-53 |30°51 /61 |68 |68 (M.| 7} 2) 2] 3} 1) 6 3 |
30:04 |30°06 [45 [55 [49 {8 Q| 4 9) 5] 2) 4
29°61 |29°59 132 |35+5|34°5 LN. 2| 6] 5} 4) 4”
30°24 |30°27 177 188 |80°5 (M.} 2) 3 2, 1}10) 1
29°98 |30°00 156 [68 {8 15} slala7y7 1
29°72 |29°76 147 147 [445 LV.| 1] 3} 3] 1p 1/12) 7} 1
30°27 \30°24 |77 |g9 |s1 (M.| 6 6| 2] 1] 3) 2} 2 8
30°03 (30°02 |62 (72 |65+52 N. 5}12 5| 3} 3) 2
29°72 |29°74 |50°5155 {52 | N.!| 2) 5/11 5| 4, 2} 1
30°31 |30°30 |79 |87 179 ¢M.' 1] 3| 4] 1] 1/10 3} &

29-99 |30-02 \68 {78 |71-52 N.| 1] 2! 8] 1} 2} 8} 3 6
2590 avon fos rs rsd N.| x] of 313) 3] 8
30°23 |30°17 |76 191 Ieies CM.. 1] 5] i] 1 5 7 6 6
29°91 |29°95 |42 71 [70 JN. 4] 8] | 4) 8} 2) 5
29°52 |29°67 [52 166 |I55 |W. eal 3i 3 5] 9} 2 il
30°49 (20°46 173 [83-5/75 M.; 7] 2 Q| 4) 5} 2 8
30°07 |30°06 1565/67 {%. 6] 41 6 4) 6) 2 2}
29°80 (29°19 |39-5|54 [39°95 | .M.1 4] al > 3} 7} 2) SP 9
30°31 [30-48 |62-5|70 159 7 ™M.| 6| | al i] 4) 6 5 7 12
29°94 |80°00 |48+5/59 |53 JN.; 2] 2] 6| | 4) 8} 3) 8) 14)
29°02 29°64 |32 |45 i393 | V | 3! ab 6 3} 6 4 Gi} ta,
3025 |80°33 |56-5/71 |59 ¢M.| 6 ; 2} 6} 7) 5p 4
29°86 29°91 |39 [48-5143 JN.! 6} 2) 3] | 1] 8 4. €
29°46 |29°52 |25 130. la7 |W] 2] of af | 1] 7] 4 1¢
30°39 |30°42 |40.5148 |45 -M.| 2 3} 4) 4 18)
29°83 (29°87 |22 |31 [26-55 N.; -| 3 i} 2| 8} 1) 151) *
29°37 |29°32 | 3 117 141 | MI al 2 i} 1] 8) 4 14)! 12
30°58 |80°51 79°1/91 (81°35 CM.Is54loetisi1i ZEB 49 114 13;
8)29°93 1 29°963/43°1/55+1/46-22 N.|35139l66]10]26|7436 8O)} 119
28°85 29-19 | arse [Ls LW. 32|32151] 9|29|80.39, 94

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations. 365

_ eo ae +.
WAARASCRMSwaAte a

Barometer. Thermometer. Winds. Weather.
mr =
1708 ° 7 | 24 O47 9 ih 1S sis
A.M. | Py Ms seg nga Be Ballols ele a\i el:
: Eee 30°23 (30-44 | M.|.7) || 4] 4) 5) 8ig4) “ol 4 ial 4
2 < M.'29-85 (29-80 |29°88 29 N.| 4) 4 4| | 6 als 10) 4 14 6
a L. |29-4 29°49 |29-48 8 |} 4! | al 4] 6! alert gly aal 4
= [G./30°59 [30-59 |s0-50 52 [MJ 3) 4) 4) 4| 3} 6) 4142) 6! 3 43) 6
K M./30-00 [30-04 [30-03 30 an. 4| 3| | 4| B| 4! also 3 14) 4
lao-ay 29°44 |29°06 8 | 3} 8) 4) 4] 8) 8) 242 14 44 2
< (G. (30°53 |30°614 |30-56 63 |M.) 5) 3 4) 8 3| 8 6 10 4
5 < M.|30-02 |30-08 |30-06 40 3 .N.| 2) 4 4) 4) 3/13) 3) 4 3, 10) 2
s 29°49 |29°60 2048 2 | 4) 4% 4) 245) 3) 5 | 9 4
— 30°49 [30-46 {61 {M.) 8 6] 8) 4) 4 5) 3) 5 2 10) 6
'E 4 M.|30-03 |30-03 (30-04 14-4,N. 640| | 6 4 | 6i 42 5 6) 7
a ( L, |29°54 |29°54 [29°54 40. UM!) | 6 7| 4) 6) 5) 2 3 gy el 2.
PS G. |30°49 (30°50 (30°48 (78... (.M.|.3| 6 2) 2; 5| 9 4) 6 44) 3) 644
a” 46 |30°14 |80°43 9. 4,N./ 4) 4) 8} | 240) 4) 4 7/40
= “80 [29°83 |29°82 a7 LW) 4) 5 6 44} | 4 6 6
es (G. |30-24 |30-23 |30-17 86 ([M.) | 3) 2) | 845) 4 3 9\ 9
5 4 M.j29°97 29°97 |29-97 72 4 N | 4 2 7| 4) 8148) 2) 2 6 10
= (L. |29-68 \29°64 29°63 55 NV. 4| 6 5414) 4) 3, 6| 7
gs, { G- )80°22 |30°23 30-20 83-5 {M.| 4) 4) 4 | 6) 8) 4) 6] a 8) 8
= 4 M.'29-99 |29-98 |30-00 574 9 N. 4) 9) 4) 4 6) 4) 6. 513
™ CL. |29°62 [29-67 |29°64 67 (LN) | 4 4 2) 5 6) 3) 4 5
ar G |80°38 [30-37 |30°34 pas M.| 6| 2 4 510 4 6
= 2 M./30-43 |30-42 |30-42 8 < N.| | 243) 4) 340) 4 4
S[ Beh a] 244 4] °4/ 8] 4] 3] 6
2 7G so (M/| > 4| 4) 2 2] 6) 2! 9] “y) 6) 6
Bs : N.| 4 4 | : } F
n | 4 27 : 9
7 49 : 7
6 3 2 6 “
6453 | 27 41
1 8 | 3} 43 6 16
6 t) a 22 3 14
5 1| 2) 4; 2 4 43
i] 4| | 2} @40 6
2 2,4; 2.2 & 14
bd He 4 Ah is.
194] 25}20]10)
. |30/27 /62/11'33]%
2034 | sk

%

‘

366 Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

Barometer. Thermemeter. Winds. Weather.
i. =
1794. 7 } 2 9 7 (219 mH) | 2
oe ae P. M. |/aem.|p.m.|p.m zfs flo fe E/E | :
. ( G. [30°62 \30°63 [30°69 |/51 [156 [47 CM.| 2 2| 7) 5} 15/) gh } 9
5 4 M./29-90 (29°86 |29°88 |/24 [27 /28 N.| 1} 2 1) 3} 8} 3} 13}] 41) 4
™ UL. |29-14 |29°09 29°02 || 2 |13' | 8 LM. 2| | 1) 1/10} 2) 45] 44 ee
3 ( G- [30°54 |30-52 |30-43 [136 |41 [47 (M.| 3) | 1] 2} | 1] 8] 13] 8 9
52 9} M.j29-89 |29-87 [29°87 22 [31 \27 < N.| 3} 2| 2| 1) 2) 1) 6] 131] 10 es
L. |29°11 |29-28 |29-28 || 7 |20 \27 (W.| 3 2} 1) 1) 2] 4) 3! 12] 11) 4 9) 4.
2 (G.|30-66 |30-69 |30-70 |43 |6s [61 (M.| 5| 3| 1| 1] 3| 6| 5] 9l| 11] aitt} 5
E | Misoor 30°04 |30-04 |135°5\46 |41- {x. | 5] 3} 2} 2} 6] 2] 10/] 111 6 9} 5
= UL. [29-42 |29-45 |29°36 || O (12 | 6-5 LW} 2} 6] 2] 1! 3) 5} 2] 10) 12] 710) 2
-: ( G: |[80°74 |30°36 /30°53 ||58 [76 |66 (M.| 3] 7| 1} 1) 3| 6} 2) 7] 14) 3) 9) 4
E 4 M.j30-13 |30-12 /30-13 (45 |56°8\50 <N.| 1) 6| 8| 2| 2| 2] 4| 5| 41] 6 6} 7
a (L. |29-49 |29-56 29-37 30 |41. [36 |W.| 1) 6] 9] | 2) 3] 4} 5] 15) 3.8) 4 -
- ¢G- |30°45 [30:42 |30 37 ||73 84 [78 (M.|} 1/13} 1] 2} 1) 8} 2} 3] 4) 3if3} 11
= J M.|30-06 |30-05 |3u-04 ||57-5167 [61 2 N.} 1/10] 7| 1] 3| 6 3i| 1) gii1) 48 |
& (L. \29-78 |29+72 |29-72 |/38 |49 [37 Lw.} 9| 8} 8} | 2} 9] | sil 2iaajtt| 7
¢ G+ |30°17 |30°17 |30°14 |\73 |s9-6is2 ¢M.| a| 5} 4) | 111 7i| OF 410)) 7%
5 4 M./29-96 |29-96 [29-95 ||63 [73 |68 2N.}| | 4! 9] 2| 2) 8] 2} 3] sina} 6 10 ©
™ { L. |29°62 |2970 |29°56 |\53 (63 [58 (N.| 4] 4) 8] 1] 1/12] 1) 2) 9) 9) 7 5
>. ¢ G. |30°36 /30-41 /30-36 ||79°5\90 |84 CML! 5] 3 5/14) 2| al) 9} 7} 2113 -
=, < M.|30-08 |30-08 |30-08 ||70°5|79 [74 <2 N.! 1) 2| 9 1] 1/10] 3| 4!) 9} 6] 4] 12
L. |29-82 |29-g3 |29-86 ||58 64 (Lw.l | 4] 7) 2] alta] 1] os] 7] 4) 3) 10
éo ¢ G- |30°36 [30°35 |30-32 |i7a |s8 is3 (M.| 1| 1) 4 3] 8| 3] 1| 10] 35/ 8| 6 22
2} Miso0s 30:06 |30-06 [68 |78-5/73 2N.| 9) 2ii2/ 4} 2| g ai| 2|15) 5) 9
L. |29°81 |29°79 |29-73 |I58 |72 \66 (w.| | 3i12i | 6] 6 1} 5]) 10) 614) 4
#, ¢ G-/30°33 [30-31 |30-41 |76 [84 |7s CM. | 1] |.2| 2} of 3| 13] 11,8, 4-7 ©
& 3 M./30-03 30-02 |i63 |72 \6s 2N.| | 116 | 4) 7} 4} 14) Zit). ©
29°70 (29°64 /29°68 47 [58 |47 LW.} | 114) | 4/44} 2} 12] 16) 6) 5) 5
wz ( G+|30°56 |30-58 |30-49 |l65 |67-5161-5 (M.) 4} 5}1) | 4) 5} 3} 12) 10) 3) 4 Ab
& } M3005 |30-01 |30-04 }i45. |55-5/49-52 N.| 3| 5) 4 | 4} 7} 1) 20] 7/2/44) 10
29°51 |29°47 \29-45 jist |42 [35 LwW.} 3] si 4}- | 4] of | tui] 1674) 9 2
3 ( G-)8054 {30°50 |30-41 [165 [70° |63 FM.)1| 1).1] a} 3} at 6) 19!| 5/8) 7) 10
8 4 M-|30-00 [29°98 /29-99 |{36.5/46' |41 J.N.| 3] 1}. | af 5} of 2] 13i| 7/103] 8
C heoen 29°41 [29°55 22 25° las.5bN.1 1 2 6, 5} 4} 12]) 10) 4/10) ©
g (2: [90°35 [30-35 \30-33 [53 \64 [on ¢ Mla} a3] | sito of zt 6 8 8) 9
& 7 M-[29°96 }29:93 |29-93 138 [47 |s2 JN! 1) 44} | alta] 2} tol] 4 7 8) 42
L. }29°51 | 29°52 |29-20 25. $32 136 -W.1 11 al st (Palit 3 8 ae
3 § S-[80°74 130-69 |30-70 |i79-5}90 |s4 ¢ vi [27/4al15}14/30g4alt gajt07
Rs L. 0°017)29 00% |46°5(55°8150-72 N.! 9/44 1/£5|26 79/28
29°11 |29:09 j2902 | 2 lio 2 Ly, 14.42/58) 6130 93123]

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations. 367

HOR MAAAA

Barometer. Thermometer. Winds. Weather.
a 3
sie BB hon A ES) i= z
-m.}p.m.|p A iain | 3 | :
42 j389 (Ms 9) | a) 1) 2 6) 5 7
3 !30 |2g < N./12/) 2) | 4 2) 9 8
is |9 M.| 9} 1 1 7 4 6
33 {45 |47 (M.10) 1 | 1 4i 4 5
22°4|30 |26 -{10} 1} 1) Q} 1 4| 7 12] 35
9/5 7, 4) 1 1 lI 3
65 lst 4).1) 3} |1 7, 6 6
44 136 3} 1) 4 4 i: Ll
27 {26 3} V's} | 5 ll} 4 4
66 60 6) 7 2 8 6
52 [+s 2} 4 9 2 1 5 7
29 ‘23 1} 4} 7} 4) 8 10 4
82 |r 5| 4] | 3| 5 6 Phe
54°5|65 59 i] 5} 7 al 8 4 ow
40°5|47 146 | 5) 4) 11 6 7 5
86 |78 6} 3} | 4/8 “¢ 5
74 [68-5 2) 1) 14) 3) 8 9
65 160 2} 1/11 a) 5 | 9
87 [se 3 4| 1| 7 10
77 ‘735 1\17) 1) 2 9
64 166 / O13 1 8
5\91 (88 2) 5) 4 Qi. ll
67-8177°S 74-6 69 jl gh. i
{60 [58 — 167 43} 8 } 8
89 [79 tits yal se. : 3} 10.
60°4/714 64'8S N.| 1 114 31 6 6 8 id
55 [ 1} 2] 3| al 3g we
75 \66 (FM: 4/9 3] 1) 2 lo
terete x 3! 9] sl al 2
- L¥.| 2 1] 5} 1) 3
62-8)69 84 2M) 8} | 1] tt
39 5) bed bad N 5 4 3
pipe ie MN} 5| | at | 3
‘et i? FM. 3} 1) a} | 3
30°5/38°3 32°45 ~5 1 3) 1 5] | sty
ae ko x a} j 3} 1 3 7 3 1a)
76 5/94 88 MM og 92 eri lire 5 ge) yt 6 85
46°6/35'9180'4 5 ny. |4alaa!74l 19} 103} 100
4 |9 ls 4X: 6 ssl ol fro] 72.

368 Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

mostly cl.

Barometer. Thermometer. Winds. Weather. .
had
1796. 2 e Fi l2 1,9 3) ia) [Sl Fl .sel 3
P. Me | Pe M. | a.m.|D.mM.|p,.m Z hz |B [n | jn |> 7, B\Eel 3
2 (G. 30°44 |30°41 [41 [50°5/51 M.| ¢ t) S| 6} 11]) 9} 4) 13
2 4 M.129:97 |29°95 |29°99 | 23 |35-8)25-75 N.| 3] 1] tf} 2] 2] €| 4) 19]| 5} 6} 13)
tL. 29°35 |29°56 |-1 |'4 <| a} 4} 31 I} 7] 4] a3il 14) af 10
» ¢G: 30°32 |30°40 |45 |47 1395 (M 1) 1] ©} 1) 5] 1] 1€1) of Qa} 10)
7S ~ M,/29-92 |30°CO |30-09 |21-3|33 (25°85 N.| 2] i/ 2] 4} 2] 2} 2] a4l| of al 11
nt eid 29-01 |29-06 |-1-5|24.5| 4-5 LV. | 2} 2} 7] 2} | 6] 2) 14] af sl 19
Ss (G. 30°59 |30°61 |42 (60 4N S$} 1} i] =} 5] 4] a) gil 8 5
3 eM 29°97 |29°97 |'28-4/39-4132 < N.| g| i] | 1] 35] S| al €
= (UL. |28°99 |28°66 [28°59 |\12 |29-5114°5 LW. | 3] i] al a] 5] el al og
= (£G. 30°37 |30°32 |57 |78 |65°5 (MJ 5} 3} 1] 1] 2] 5| 51 8 |
a M. 29°92 |29:94 |41 56 |46 48. 1} 31-G] 3) 1] 4). 2). 4 24
LL. |29°55 [29°54 (29°59 |\29 |37-5|32°5 LW. | | 2) 8] 2! 1-3] 3|--oll saat 8 4
s (G. 30°46 |30°40 |66 75 [67 (M.| 2] 3] al | El 9 gi} 41 8} 9 10
4M. 29°92 |29°90 |/51°7/62°7/5405 1] 3} 6} 2]10) 4 5
7 LL 29°54 (29°42 1/39 [47+5/43 LA} 1] 3} si 2] of 6 SO] 6
g [G+ |30:27 |30°27 [30°26 |\73 |86 [78°35 7M.) | 3} 3 3113 7
£ < M.)30-05 |80°05 |30°05 |\62 |73*5|64-2<2 N.} 2/ 9) o| © | cl 5} 2} 3 10) 9
m= UL. |29°59 [29°56 |29°61 1/52 [54 153 LN. ao} | 7] 5} 1) 6 5} 6 A
- fe. 30°30 |30°34 ||78°590 |76 M.} € 1 3/10} 2) 9 ‘f
3 M.|30°03 |30-02 [30°02 |/68. {78-5 rod N 1]i2] | 4} 8) i] 5i} 4) 7) 90
LL. |29°85 |29-73 |29-68 6s 63 “LN.} | eicl | 5} | a] si 4
G. }30°42 |30-49 |30°40 |'74 |sgsi79 CM| 3} t} 6| of al 7 6812} 8
3 4 M./30°14 |30°14 |30°12 [164 |79+5/68 {N fio} |<} 7] 8] -s| 214) 2) 1%
<7 29°72 |29°87 1147 545156 LW. | 2 7] 1] 8| 5] 4]. 4) 130) 4 °
_ (G. |30°36 [30°41 |30°36 70 81 [77 CM] al il © a] 8} 8]. 4) 5412)
8.4 M.j29°94 |29-92 |2098 54-5 69-5\59:5¢ N.| | il 5} el «| 7} o| 4] 6l13
aH UL. |29°27 29°27 (29°41 140 56 |4 4 14<51 2 41ti]=-3 13 8}
‘. J {8 2 30°65 54 |72 (62 M5} 6] <3b-4).1 vl Al ai GP Sp a4
25 M.|30-24 (30°12 30-20 143 [54 46-52 N.| 9} -jicl | of 5] a} 7} 5i10} 1
© UL. |20-56 [29-54 j29-51 28 43 33) Lav. | a] alec] ol} al st os) aah 4} 22
: 55 [30°50 |30°57 147 [56 (53-5 7M.) 4} | of o| sts} al anh. 78
34 —M./2 39°99 (59°98 /31-5|42 (35-52 No] oly} a] | 6 5p il gait OF 6
Z Ue 28-84 (29:41 29°51 11 f24 az LW. | a] ole} e] of st a! gol) 19h apd
30°26 |30°15 30°30 }36 |42 41 CM} s|- io} 15|| 9 4
sd M. 29°69 29:71 | 19. |28-5\29-52 N12} fol | of yh di az alia $
ra L, |28-87. [29:10 |29:29 |l-6-5l91 | 4. [wl ol 3] qhal. i] 5| 19]| 151.5) *
: {yi 30°73 |30°62 (30:65 1785/90 (79° FM. Iss]: l20! clz6laclas|i09|| 76475 “99101
@ 4 M./29-9y1/29 29 #3°2/55°1/46°8< N. joalig]72/icliulsz}. | 9 il] 68|98} %
m CL. |28-84 |28-66 129-56 ||-1-5/ 14 mat | £9] 21]61] 174 46460} sg) 104) 134)57]2°")

c
*

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

Barometer.

7

a-M*)p.m

Thermometer.

2 9

4
je 78°5 ad N.

atu
a L.

ee &
me

boot

29°20 |:

moO WWIONW NWA won pm mp N

4
ES

Ode 39.39 mh 69 We DO AD OS Oy OF me kr

ois

oo

20):

Winds. .
mi}. if.
Zs bln Ble &
2 4) 4| 3] 16
i} 1 2) 6} 6) 14
1) 3 4] &| 4) 14
1} 1] 3} 3] 8S} 4) 69
2} 1) 2 4) 5) 4) 6
Q 1} 5} 4) 2) 41
1} 4] 2} 2} 4) 2! 13
6} 3) 6) 4) 2) 10
1} 4) 1) 5) 4) 2] 14
6} 8 Si 6p 5
él € S| 54-3) 5
6] 6] 1) 3} 33
2] 31 31 4) 7] 1
1/12} 2} S$} <3] 2
211| 4) 2) 21%
2| 2) 4| 7] 2] 2
1} 7} 21 4/717
1} ¢] 1] 4] 6] 1
Zi 3] €}- 71.4
12] 3] 5| 6
11| 2).7| 4| 2
6] 7|.3).1} 4} 3
1G] 1]}.4| 4] 2
1134 4-2] 2) 2]

}- fl} 2) 4faap

2 5 1)-7] 8}
2 5) 17-1) SPF
pe oye 1 bya

2; 2} Ss} 2) s}10
1 2) 3] 2}11
1' | 6)-4}10
1} 1) 3) 5)1f
2 4) 4)11
1 1) 7} 6) 1
1} 1) }.3! 3)44) 1
1} 1} } 3} S10
2212511 37(62161}107))
21164]17)}40)58]60)
odo 40}52]58}

DAA

tr ow A aT NT

WO DMN OO HH AR

369

Weather.

mostly cl.

—

Cool
Sy ot
ee

-_

=O Amo ca

a a
ot NT Re
eee
ro et

asi anal
a te

-_
Gent th bO SD eS
——
.

58

g = ia) @ hen ar
ies)

“I
&
voor

é

WOON ORDAAWHKANNANAWHMAAH AG

Onhows

wer OOAN OO bh

‘ty

370

ia a,
m
w
e
8

A

bid

» April. March. Feb. Jan.

\

"sarzores
$
$

We
ar
eos
ss

rears
=)

July. June May

Aug. 7
Sm (ey

wo
S
S
oo

- Nov. Oet. Sept.
eeggeee
£soaers

roued

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

Barometer.

| (30°04
29°76

29°72

30°18

29°97

29°73 |29°73
32 |30°34 |30-27—

30°03

29°74

30°40

30-02

amo

44 (38 M.
27 B< N,
14 44 v.

‘iG 93°5/33. ( ML!

Thermometers
219
P Mm p-m
SL: |44 H
31°5/25 ate
2 Bg N.
43 |37°5 | M.
30 $
43 | 35 UN.
72 |56 M.
44 (3455 N.
29 {23
78 |68
49°5)46 N.
33 (38 NV.
84 i741 M.
66 157 N.
50 |45 WV.
84 |77+5 4X:
73 (65 N,
575/53
93°5/82 M.
78°5|69°5 if N.
60 (59 Mv.
93 {83 M.
82 |¥2-5< N.
71 |68 WN.
88 |75 M
72 |62 N
54 |40 NV.
73° 164 M.
56°5\47 N.
39-5\84°5 | M.
57 |50-
41 134 N.
30 {20 ™M.

a2rgersaren
:
CS)

Year. Dee.

a
a
si F
4» w
> 2
.
o
2S

29 FOR ee

29°04 29-20 0 |av-05 |-2

5,

sla Ye
54°9)46°8: Sen

>)

fair.

= |
mmo tm 9

~

pewoonnerooneaN
—

NX
Do HbhOrheartseaneworn aN
Reo wwnvnwwvowarrew W

ie]

me me to St

a
SOnwwnonornanrvwtrer bee wawaa are sw do ww Wd

eH Be Re DD

~
AoBraastaoabkrrnawnwnwwaae ads are o

re to bo He Go to 09 “Em G2 29

~ me be OO

sagt wimg
ee eee © et dD OF wD FDP © Ow BR & Bm © WH EH G Ww & BO 69

or
ob

=

165}

Weather.

~~
EO RATT ED 4

=

(GY GO GW MH WH Om G'S Ob OAT GH gmocl

ro
St ~9
Aeorhaw ora Ber ws ows wo pmMofa

' aes,
SAWHN@eane

4{ 13]
18| 8
9} 7 e
3] 14 19
44) 5) 7 #
9} 5 43) 5
40} 40) — 2
16} 3} 10) 2
93 4 9 8
s| 8} 10\ #
41} 3) 12,4
6) 7] ve ¢
16

42 109s

ey ee)
Erte >) ea

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations. 37k

Barometer. Thermometer. Winds. Weather.
t
1799. 7 2 9 Vif=2,9 )) 1, b> | e
A.M. 1 P.M. | P. Me fjasm.!p.m Zlz ker leo po 2
. ( G- ]30.64 [30 64 [80°68 |41-5/49 M.| 4) 2) 2 $| 2 >
- & ) M.|30-12 |30-12 [30.11 |/22 [305/24-55 N.} 6/1) 1) |g) 2 © 4,
™ UL. |29°53 |29-50 |29-41 |-6 5 SN.) 4) 4) fate) 4 2
3 (G- [30°64 | 30-67 (30-62 48 [51 [44 (M.) 2) 1) | 3) 4) 3) 4 5
2 M./29°96 |29-92 |29-94 |20 |31°5/23 N.| 1) 4 1/3 3 2 3
L. }29°52 |29-23 (29-43 || 4 |16 |10 Lm} 1) 4] 4] fb gle 3 i
(G. |30°51 |30-59 [30-50 ||38°5|53 |42 {n: 71 Q 5 © ls
& 4 M.}29-89 |29-86 [29°89 |/23°5|34 28 < N.| 1} 4! 3l 4} 5 3 4 6
= UL. 29-10 |29-25 |28-89 ||-6:5/14 | 4 Ly] 1] 4) 4) | gi 3) 4 .
-: ( G- ]30°29 [30-23 |30-27 |/55°5|71 158-5 (MJ) 4 | 2) | 3 3) 6 6
‘— 129°78 |29°77 |29°84 ||39 |51°5/41°3< N.| 2] | 9} | 9 4) yh 4
< CL. 29-45 |29-17 |29°16 |25 (32-528 LN,| 1 7, +2 3, 4 i4
4 G. ||30°34 {3 30°33 {66 (86 {71 {8 4). 1 5} 8) Q} Big
a4 M. 29-92 |29°93 |/51 [64 |s0°3¢ N. 3} 2} s| 1) 4] 3s ta
% UL. |29-54 |29-48 |29-62 ||35 [44 [40 Lw.| 2] 3] 3 7} 43 | 5
é ( G- |30°40 |30°41 |30°35 |\76 79 M,| 3 3 6|10, 2 3°
a M. | 2999 |29-98 |29-93 ||62°5|74. |61°5< N.| 1) 1] 8) 1] a! 7) 2 13
™ CL. ||29°31 |29-46 [29-25 |/46 44 \N.} 111) of 1b 6 2 3} 9.
G. ||30°27 |30°26 (30-25 ||76 |s8 |79 (M. 1] 43] 1] 2] 9 3 7
2 + M.|35-05 |29-99 |29:99 |/64+5|88-5/70 {8 1} 2114) | 4} 4 ts)
L. ||29°73 |29-72 [29-74 ||58 |67 |62 LNW. 2\11) 1| 5| 61 4 7
& ¢ G. 30°37 |30-41 30°41 ||75 j90 |80 [M, 5] 2) 1) | 3] 7 7 te
<4 M. POS ga O8 18S (ROE A BE TS al AL 10«
L. |129°70 [29°65 |29*72 ||51 [67 |58 LW. 3) 5] 3| 4] 8 3] sig”
#, CG. | 0-29 |30-26 [30-23 [71 [80 |72 [ML 7] 3} 3] 3 se 4) 6 =
& 4 M.|/s0-07 |30-05 |30°06 ||58 (66 [59 N.] 5/11} 2] 1] 2) 1 110
~ UL, |}29°74 }24°83 |29°85 ||44 [57-5148 LMW.| 1) 410) 1] 2 5
ss (G. ]30°47 |30°35 [30°44 [59 [67 |64°5 (M.| 5) | 2) 1] 2) 5] 5 6
5 4 M.|/30°07 [30:00 |30:06 |/42°5/55 48°5< N.| 3} 1) 4) 3] 4) 3 3 4.
L. ||29°64 429°61 [29°49 |/28 (37 |34 G] 24] 6 1pars 53 3
3 CG. ||30°31 |30°33 |30°38 ||55 (66-5562 (M. 4 1) 2) | 2) 8 7
z M. {29°88 |29°85 |29°87 |/37 1630984 N 3} 1) 1) 11 3 3 i pet
_L. 29°33 |29°32 |29°18 ||22° |33 N.| 2) 4) 37 1} a} 8} 5
$ (G. 30°34 |30°33 [30°35 ||39 |40 |41°5 (M,) 8) | 1 1] 3] 5
6 ) M.|/29-90 |z9-87 )29°88 |/24-5/32 ars) N, 9} | 2 | 1) 2) 6 —
L. |/29°32 |29-18 29:20 || 5 j20 [13 (N.| 6} 1) 4} 4] 4) 2 5] 2 ~~
# (G. |]30°64 |30°67 |30-68 ||76 |90 |80 {flea [44/126
“4 M.||29°970)29°94.5129-960)/42-1/53-4/44°8< N. |27/24 63/15/36)46/37| 1141)
: ‘Lw. le1}25161} 9laolsclaolai:

L, |}29°10 |29°17 28-89 |-6 | 2 [-3 Li

Poa

372 Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations,

2
_—

+-F Gee

Barometer. Thermometer. Winds. Weather.
é
ta Pi ps1 8
Z, 1a | lm [I 7,\| 3 ae
5 2| 3} 6) 15|| a4} af 72
+| 6 1 2; 2} 9] 11! 7] 4! 40
2} 41a) | 4} alta} aii! ag} | 44
1; 3} | | 4 3) 2} 18] of él 7
4| 3) 4 1} 3] 16) 410) 7
2| 2) 2 2] 3] 47] 10] 4 9
‘| 6 2) a) | 1 4) 3) 14) 13) 2] 48
5} 2] 3} 4] 3) 2] 3) 491) 10} 5} 14}
3} 2) 4) 4| 3) 2] 3) 13/1 10) 4) 41
5} 3} 1) 4} 6} 3} 2) 9) 7} 6 10
2|.4| | 8 3) 2) 41] 6 8 8
1} 2} 3) |} 7) 2) 3|.49]| 6) 8 44
7| 4 2) =| 4b 3} 2} ool 20} 3l 42
2/17) 4) 2} 4] ab-o7 -¥) 8] 10
2)14 4; 2) 3} 6] 9} 5) 18
3} 1) 1) 4) 4} 7 3) 10) 14] 5] €
9 | 291 1) of 4) 9-3
1} | 8} | 37] 3} gi aie &
5} 117] | 4) 7] 3 zi aa 7) 4
17/ 4) 3} 4) 2} 4) 8) 8 2
16} | 2} g| 2} 3] 15] 6 &
3} 5} 2! of 21 9g} 2 6] 19 5 ‘6
1} i} 9 4] 2} 8} 8} 6} 10) &| 8
° 1} 7| | 2} 9] 2! qo} 13] 4}
6} 3) 5 2] 5| 2} 7) 8} 4| i
-| a} 4/82] |-4] 6] 1} 5] ah 7] #
2} 3/11] {21 5] a 5 23) 41.8
4) 1) 3] | 5| 4] 5| i! 10} 5} 41
2} 5} 6} 1] 2 sl 4t 6] © 612) 6
1} 5} 1] gh 3} al 6} gy} 14} 3] 11
3} 3! f | 2-4] 4} 14] 8} 4} 14)
Kat? 3| 2 2} 3| 2} 171 SL-7] 2)
eg 1; 2 1) 4{ 4}-18] 10) 2) 16)
wed 3 of4} 4}a4 9) 4] 7
a eae 4 |e] af aaj 5)tc} 42
T~ oi". bana oR 4} $) 3)-24) 7 or
. : af Pa 29-972129-056 i <f5e [3e}132 235 pit
ty & 3 GON ey 5034/4 18), 73/91]100
me Aa |28-77 28°73. salasligel 195 558124

o wa Mostly cl

~

A > RD OO AE NE GH Go Or Am DD

TS oo cr me

—_

ne

A tone cr IS OB Oe

ad
Ss

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.
Winds.

to have occurred twice

month, viz. on the 1
585

Barometer. Thermometer.
1801 7 2 SATs 319 2)
-M. | P.M. | P.M. |a.m./p.m.|p.m, AA
. (G- |30°66 |30+71 {30°69 137 |50 143 (M.| 4) 1] 4
&< M.j)29-94 |29 29°93 |22 |32 |24°55 N.| 3! 1] 1
™ LL. [29°33 [29°31 129-30 |-1 [11°51 3 La.| 3i ai 4
6 [ G |30°59 |50-55 |30°60 |50 |62 48 (M.) 2! | 1
= M.)30°06 | 30:01 |30°04 |24 |34°5]25 N.} 2 2
, KL. (29°26 29-34 {29°51 |3- [17°35] 5 -}21 12
S (G- |30°63 |30°53 |30°53 |47 |56 [43 (M.| 4 81 6
&< M./29-91 |29-87 |29-91 | 36-6/43°4|35°E< N,| 3 8
= UL. |29-40 |29-31 |29°38 {21 {32-3123 Lw.! 310] 6
=: (G. |30°40 |30-41 [30-41 [63 |7o 154 (M.] 4101 3
5.5 M./30:04 |30-02 |30°03 ssaforalieed x 3) 5/13
<= LL. |29°37 |29:22 29°73 |-3-5134 131° LW, | 4
ss, (G- |80°14 30-1 11 |71 |s8 |67- 7M. 3
S< M. 29°87 |29°85 |29°87 [57-8166 554 N.
= UL. 29:47 29°45 [29°43 l51 I52 |47 LM.
¢ (G:- |80°22 |30-18 |30 18 |78 |97 M.,| 2
E< M.|29°97 |29-93 |29-95 |63-2|76'8 18:
= LL. |29 58 [29-62 [29-68 [ig [48-5 N.
. (G- |80°25 |30°23 [30°25 [82 [97 M.| 1
& 2 M./29°96 |29-92 |29°95 |70-4/83°5 48
= LL. |29°65 |29°61 |29°59 |57_ I|71 N.
‘ . 30°15 |30°14 |78 |93 5 M.} 2
we» 3 [29°89 |29-85 [56'3/79°. | #4. a
<q | L. |29°56 [29°34 (29°65 [54 [66 [52 4
a ( G- [80°45 130.44 [3045 [80 [93°5 ig M| 6
EY Mu aos 0°07 |30°09 |51°2/73°9 N.| 1
(LL. |29°85 |29°68 |29°71 139 151 1
. (G. |30°36 130-49 [30°36 [52 |74 3
© 2 M.|30°08 |30-02 |30-05 |45°5/62-9
© | L. [29°65 |29-68 |29-68 |27 |46
. (G. |30°58 130-49 |30°51 |79* 167
8 2 M./30°14 |30-09 |30°15 |57°1145-9
@ LL. |29°59 |29°59 [29°77 |17 |30
g (G- |30°35 [10-32 [30°33 }19 [55
& ¢ M./29°90 {29-83 [29°85 |26-8/36°6
A LLL. j29:56 29-47 les a7 lio lig
- ¢G. '30°66 [30°71 |s 32 |97
a M 29-993/29+95029°9 64157314
uw aF FZ stedend occ! VIRTUOUS
> | LL. [29-26 [29°22 29°87 |-4 [1165
* This is

01D mt et i

28th.

he a

Lx Ment, OR a OR at SE

— SS OB th ar tr 0 &) DB to DB te be ae

AD tO Dob OM Oy A hc,

1

ce ke ee

Ge sy fo ST tr 60S) SY ES bes On 65

bo BS G

re

m DoD C2 ND to & to

cere

Re Sto te tr to oD ot Gy -

bt
2. &

oo

mostly cl,

_
SBOn ho BAT O OO ©

bk
°

SNacane

ms
moO &

probably a mistake, although it is distinctly written in the original minutes, and is stated
ice during the 6th and

374 Prof. Farrar’s-abstract of metecrological observations.

Barometer. Thermometers Winds Weather.
2 | 9 se oe | | 9 x] al iz = 2 he o e
P. mM. |/a.m p.m. ea DAD ip S A & g = z
30°72 |30°76 ||52560 [53 Mi il 1) 4 8| 5| 4| 11] 9) SF 9 42
30:03 |30-10 ||30 |38°931°52 N. 1) 1} 4} 3) 8] 6]. 9) lo 2}. 8] at
28°97 |29-19 6|\|75|y. 1} 1 4| 7| 5| 13] 1g! 3} a 6
30°69 [30-72 1/39 |57 [39 (MJ 2} 2) 2] j| 2} 3} oi 14) 9) 3! ag) 4
30°09 |30°15. ||22°6)34°1/23.64 N.| 3) 1] 3) 1] 4] 4! 9] loll 6 8] 10] 4
29°30 {29-24 ||-3 |i0 | 1 LM} 3] 1) 4] 9} a] 4} 4! oll 40 5} 13]
30°58 {30-62 153 |74 [52 CM! 6 2 3} 1] 5} 3] 11/1 10 7 1, 3
30°03 |30:06 ||32°4/33-9'33.12 N.| 4) 3) 4 3|-6] 4| -7| 51-4] 49Le
29°38 (29-40 |/'3 /26 [15-5 | A} 3] 2} 4) | 2! 7] gi 10] 7 5] Li} 8
3047 {30:47 |/53 |74 M.) 3} 1) 5] 1) 2! 5) a! 12) 39) 5] 7 6
30°04 (30:03 |/43:1/55 |41l-2< N.| 2! | 7] a] 3] al ol ail 6 8 6; 10
29°68 |29-67 |/30 |38 (27 48 STs 4} 3! 3] 12] 15, 4 8} 3
30°22 |30-30 |163 {82 |60 Mj 6] 7} 3} if 4! 3 > 71 4 Q 0
29°83 [29 88 |/51°5/60°5/49 hy 3} 7/11) If 2} 2} a] ail a} 3| 13] 1
29°32 29:37 1139 [46 |36 (wv-{ 3} 5/12] 1] 3] al a] all 6! 3l- isl 4
30°41 {30:44 ||79 |91 (76 M,| 4] i} 1 8| 6| 3} 7 5 3} 9/18;
29°98 130-00 ||65:6|77°6 61.73 N, 1} 8} 1) 7} 6] a} «51 3] 9) 4) :14
39°64 |29-68 [55 |62 [51 {w} a] 3! 4! iol 7 5|| 9] 6 5} 10
30°33 |30:29 ||80 |92°5'76 M 2} 5] 1) 212] a} ell 5} s] a4 7
30°03 /30-13 e280 967-44 W. Would} i a} 7] a} os} aaa] 4 0
29°69 12985 1157 |66 [57 (A-| | 1io} 1] 2} 9] y| 7 19) af 6 3
30°36 /30:37 [76-591 |79 FM] 3} 9] si il 3 7 9} 10), 3! 5} 18) 4.
30°09 /30°10 |/68-4/81°6 67-34 N,} 1] 4| of i} 9] « 9| 7 2 9) 6| 14
29°80 129-88 ||60 [58* /60 N.} 1) 5/10 51 5 si 7] i215
30°37 {30-43 ||76 [87 |74 M.| 3] 1] 1] 1] 4] 6| gi ail 6 8] 3 IE
30°00 /30:00 |/60+4/74-2/59-62 N,| 1 3] 41 Si-6}] 9} 11} 1/13} 6] 10 |
39°71 |29°74 ||37 I58 LM. 4] 31 aio] 9} 9) 9) 9} 11) F-
30°46 |30:44 ||71 (84 |6s FM! 6 3 2! 3l 4) asl 3) 9} lol 2.
30°13 130°15 |149°6/62°3'50-72 N.| 4] 7} 5] 21 | 5} 91 6! 3| 9} 10] 9
29°79 '29-82 |'31 |42 |39 M.| 6| 3| 4 1) 3! 4) gi 7} 1a} 4 13) $
30°37 130-41 |/57 [63 [55 M./ 6) 1/ 1] 3] 2] 3] 4) 10 9 6] 4 8
30°05 [30:07 |/35-8/49 7|36-6¢ N.| al 1] al il 2! af 6 10 8 5} 8] 9
39°31 2965 1125 86. a7 | vis} | 4} af aol si 1s! is st fh 8”
30°71 130-77 148 |6o |55 fl si 4 1] i 1! 6 a! 14, 8, 4413) &
3007 130-15 1127-9137 2/30 52 N.| 3f sl al | sl zl si ail ef af ai] 1
29 60 !29-56 OOULME Ss 1 al s| 3} a4} 9] 3) 12] 7
3072 (30-77 1180 92°5179 M 147/24!99119. 3oleoleilic en g5/60|128)91
30 031/30-068||46 3 57-9 sod Nf 2:167] :4133169133} 98 3391 9g] i21
38°97 Ja9-19 |I-3 lio | 1 | wv 28)22/63] 9/42]/64/28/108]|123|58 128] 56

Mee eee, at 72 and in the evening at 66, there being few

mistake, It is noted as having occurred on the 25th, when the thermome=

clouds through the days

Prof. Karrar’s abstract of meteorological observations. 375

SNWOSHNDAESKeEEe

Barometer. Thermometer. Winds. Weather.
4803. 7 2 9 ".4.9:1-9 “= a s4istsez
A.M P. «M. 4.1m.) p.m, p.m, 7a | 3 z 3| 8
. (G.{30°51 [30-37 [30°39 54 |55 [45-5 | M4) | 2 | 210! 2 6| 6] ail 8
2< M.\29°93 [29°87 [29-92 |l22¢,/33-4/24-25) N.| 2) | 4) 4] 210) 5 3} | 9 40
™ (LL. |29-33 [29-82 j29-47 ‘I | 7.5] 2 ’ 1| | 344) 4 16! 2] 42
g { G. |80'74 [30°64 |30°69 [52 [59 [56 M.| 6 2| 3 4 6 3; 7 101
co M./30°18 |30°42 |30-15 | 26-8/39-2\29-85 N.| 6) 4 2| 68 41 5 4 4 rr
L, |29-53 |29°35 |2948 | 5 l46 | 8 NV) 6} 4 2)5 6 6 8 41 43
4 (G. |30°59 |30-61 30°61 |53 [74 [55 | M.) 2) 2) 2 2) 2 4) 3 8 8! gf 4
& < M./30°13 |30°05' 30-44 |32 |44-4/32-35 N.| 4| 2) 6 4 5) 4 7| 40) 8
S | L. 29°50 |29-19 |29-74 LN} 4} 3] 6} | 3 4) 4 14 3) 40
et G. 30°56 |30°49 |30°55 |63 7 ~Mjt0} 5} 2 | 8 2 oe tae ee
'E { M./30°09/ /30-09 |30-08 5) 7| 8; 2] # 2 6} 6
<{ "29' |29-68 |29°39 WV, 3) 8} 7) | 6) 8 14) |
s, ( & |30°60 (30°56 |30-49 4| 3; 4) 4 3) 2 42) 3
2 4 M./30°12 (30-08 /30- N.] 4) [48] 4] 3) 2 4) 5) 9
= | L. |29°68 |29-58. |29-72 2/45) 4| 5) 2 16
« (G. [30°40 [30-36 |s0-39 | 3} 4) 5 4) 5] 3) 4 7 4
5 < M.|29°96 |29°91 |29-97 4|10) 4) 3| 7) 4 2 7 5
3 * . 29°55 |29°25 |29°66 2) 6| 2| 2/44) 4 5 5
3 (6 30°24 (30-48 80°48 5) 2) 4 5) 6 3 5 6
5. 4 M.|29°95 |29-90 |29-9 2/40) 3] 2 7) 3 3 13
™ ( Li. |29°66 |29-65 |29-71 | 1| 2| 7| 4) 5| 7| 4 4F 6 6
: r G. 30°37 [30°30 |30°29 | 2 4) 3| | 38] 8] 3} 44) 6 42
=) M.|29-93 29°87 |29°94 | 4 2| 6 j 4 3) 10
</L.| "] | 240) | 3} 6) 2 &) 15 i =
a (G.| | 4 4) 4] 2 4) 6 4) 44) a3 6) 4 7
3) M. ‘3 2} | 4) | 2 407 3} 8
L. 4} 3] 4) 2 | 2
2G. 2 1| 2| 7| 4 6
& 3M. 2 4) 4) 4| 3 a
o3a 2 3} 4| 7| 2 | 6
3 ¢G. 4) 4) | 6] «i?
= M. 2 2 {33 | 8
. _L. 2 2| 4) 2 4 6
$ G. 4 1) 2, 3) 3 } 8
@ 4 M. 18 44 65 4 13
LL. +e 1] 2} 5) 4) 45 13
F "G. |s0°-74 }30-64 30°69 144119131 |14139156/3S1L 404
4 M {30-026 | 24/48/86/17138)/55'27; §
> LL. |29-29 [29-19 "fpo-wo he 17 75 ls a }i8} alailoa}29 |

There is a chasm ih the page a ow he'barometer, which extends to the beginning ing of 1805.
The abstract is omitted entirely for the following year, 1804. The thermometrical observations were
abtdged view is an

bee ted without interrup pton of sink

$76

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations,

Thermometer. Winds.
2 {-9 x] a
p-m.| p.m ZZ 1219 le 2 =
44 143 M.| 4 3 g 6] 8
“9/26 2064 N, 2) | 2 2) 5110
6 |-5 (wy.| 3) | 1] al al 612
55 |39 (M.} 1 i 3] 6
ss os9 N. | i] Qt if al 5} 4
15 | 5 LM. i} sit} [eb
67 150°5 (M.| 3| 2] 3} | al él 3
"814698 i614 N a) Si 4} 4|-1
28 |18 LN.| 1) 5] 6} | Qi 5] 4
78 156 M. 3) 3} 2 S| 4
soe 4 ¥. 3} 4} 2] 2} 2} 3
37 134 We 1 SE 2.85 14 BS
84 166 (M.) 2] cl al | sl] 4 8
65°6)54°7< N,| 1] ij 44 2 é] 41 3
45 142 N..| 1) i) 4 4| 6] §
95 |80 (M,| | 3| 3} 1| 4| 4] 6
77 sod N, 1} 1144) | 1) 4
53 149 N.| 1) ‘tof i} 3| 4} 2
97 184 M,| 2 3)13) 1
77 +|60 N.| 1 & 3|1G} 4
sod (i M. oat Ab 2 Ghs
83/6954 N.| | 2ic} 3] 1! 3} 3
66 |60 LN. 2] 9} 2] <! 5] 2
90 176 M.| 3} 4) 5) x} 5) 4) 2
74°6/62°8< N.| 1) 5/14 ey
54 |48 N. | 3) Gi} 4) 4) 6 1
[75 |64 -(M.} 3) | x 2} a} 4) 4)
IS*7145 4K. 1) S| 4 3] 2} 5] 8
43/28 1 2 ot 4! i! si &
68 157 (M.,)| 5 t 4 4S
45°1 724 N. oF oi st 2
*3 aor Sr. Ae fa ae! | 512
°“O 156 M. ] | 4} 3|.6
43°51 35 N. } 41 8 3} i
Gia bet nt 4] 8| 4
97 /84 M./251 i G26}, sl2cloolsel:
56°8) 464 a 257%} 913C1G0}4 :
6 ae » [15|22|60) 7} 27)]70)s3

Fe we SO oh Om AE ma a Oy ~y Mostly ch

>

LER wx oON wo

- sg s

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations. 377

Barometer. Thermometer. Winds. Weather.
Se _%
18pGs |. F's B-fem hie, 3 © ey [ny 2) sz
A.M.| P.M.| P.M. |/a.m_|p p.m, CALA > 3 8 3
‘64 g| i] 1 5 9) 17| 3
8} 2] 1 5 o} 9) 15] 5
7; 111 7 1| 12| 7
| 3} | 4) 4 1 1) 10)12
2] 114 1 3] 10) 3
ie i 5 9| 2
1] 1) 2 2 9 8
2} 41 2 2 9| 7
1} 2 | 916
3] 1) 47 773 11| 8
1] 5} ef 2 } 41/11
1 9 6
5] 4) 3 4) 3 6 8
219} 2} | 2] 2 8| 7
3/11) 1] 1] 31 7 8| 8
4} 2} 2} 3)10 10) 8
5} 8] 1) a}a4 8/10
3! 6| 1| 212} 1 9\ 6
5 3| 9 10) 7
5 4) 6 8| 8
to 4 3} 4] 8 7\8
-G. 1} 3} 2] 6} 6| 4 7\11
i] 1] 6 | 6] 5] 4} « 6)12
ae 1 | | 4) 8] St 10} 4
5| 3 5} 3] 5] 14] 7
7\ 1| 2| 4} 4] 4) 2 11] 8
711 1} 5) 6 6 14; 3
3 2) 5| 9 5| 5
& ; 2 6| 5) 6 3| 7
L. |29°66 g 2 A! 5/10 516
. FG. |30°52 130-51 ]20-53 156 [51 [59 (MJ 5 2| 2] 4) 2 | 12) 6
= J M.\380-08 |30 02 |30-04 ||.25°7|43°7\35:35 N.| 3 1} 3] 6} 4 12} 6
Z LL. |29°47 |29-32 |29-40 }j20 |31 j25 LW.] 3 8} 6} 5 Hi] s
rG “69 |30°65 | 10°64 || 59 5 M}1 1) Qjia) 7 6 12/ 2
3S -/30°04 |3 30-05 |/24°7/32°1/30°5< N.} 2 i} 8}t2) 7} 12| 7
LL. 29°31 |29°49 |29-47 || 6 _N.} 3] 4] } 4 4) 6/12) m6
- ¢G. |30°73 [40°67 130-64 80 193 |78 (M./44/24/17/15/29/60/49) 1 2¢ 123/85
3 -M./30.029]29°991/30°012/143-0155-4/44°6< N [34/26/59)14/33/61/39) 99 61/113)/9
— & TL, l29-23 |29-26 J29-26 |} 6 ji2 | 0 LN. |32/20146) 6]/28)66/67) 984150) 35'115)67

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

378
Barometer. Thermometer. ‘
1807. eS. rina 219
A.M. | Pe P.M. {a.m pm
_ (G.|30:70 |30°52 |30°53 | 41 (48 [45 (M.
& 2 M.|3006 |30°01 |30°02 | 14°6.26-8 18:85 N
™ LL. [29°65 [29-53 129°50 |-16 -1 |-9-5 LV.
3 (G |30°71 {30-63 |30°:76 \\43 |42 143 [M.
ss, 4 M./30°10 |30:05 {3001 ||17°8 26°6 21-45 N.
. UL. (29°15 |29:06 |29°24 |-6 |10 | 2 LM.
S [G.\30-35 |30-33 |30-29 43 |46 (35 [M.
S 29°93 |29°85 |29°87 |'25°8 364 26°65 N
A Lie |29°16 [29°11 (29°04 |/11 |2 4 ' WN.
wt {-G./30°57 [30°57 {30°51 ||55 (76 |57 | M.
a4 M.'29°96 |29°95 |2991 |140°2'49 [42:14 N.
< LL; |29-31 [29-35 29-42 Iles |s3 jas LW.
5. [ G,|30°18 |30-12 |30°20 |/61 {80 [61 M.
3 M.'29°89 |29°80 (29°86 |/48:928'53'55 N.
L. |29°45 (29.45 (29°42 ||38 /43 /36 WV.
g { G.|30°24 [30°29 |30:26 ||77 Ks 79 [M.
S< M./29:95 |29:90 (29-93 ||58:2.71-9 60°15 N.
™ UL. |29°57 (29°42 (29°44 |147 147 [47 LM.
=. { G.|80°19 |30°20 |30°24 |i176 |88 |79 M.
5 4 M.|30°00 |29:94 (29°98 ||70°3.82:2/77:15 N.
. (29°81 [29°81 (29°80 |i6 4 166 LM.
es G./30°:21 |30°13 /30°18 ||74 a 76 M.
<4 M.|30-08 |30'95 (30°05 |'66:5,78 |69°65 N.
_L. |29°92 |29°90 29°92 [58 (68 |60 NV.
2 G./80°49 |30°46 30°52 |/70 |78 |70 M.
2 M./30°22 |30°16 [30°20 ||55°8.69 (57°6< N.
_L, |29-87 |29°88 [29:90 |46 [60 [50 LV.
ws (G.|30°45 [30°47 |30-50 | 62 [78 ‘60 (M.
64 M.)30 04 |3004 |30°08 |46:459°1 47-1 N,
| L.|29°61 {29°65 |29°67 126 |45 26 |v.
s {G.|30°38 {30°23 |30:37 |/37 [57 [51 M.
z M.\29:95 (2987 |29 87 ||33-4'42°4 34:12 N,
“UL, [29°50 )29°29 |29:29 119 27 |19 NV.
g { G.|80°40 /30 40 |30°38 ||50 {51 (42 >
Fas M.30°:01 |29 99 |30-02 ||32-2 vi doe
L. |29°40 |29'45 [2950 |i4 =
a {Mi 3071 '30°63 |30°76 77
s M In lan.aco AbsQl#EO mins 4.0
ve |30°016 2 SPI 9 6) 4) 4e 7
L, [29°15 29-06 6 [29:04 ||+16 |-1 ated

ee ee 2 ed

wo

om ’9 09 =

NE

WERWONNTAAe ARR ORE YH

Winds.
fa] n
ys
1 1
]
3 4
1 5
1 2
1
3 3
7 5
8 5
hs
4 a
3) 4
2
2 1
2 i

a to & © ©

oP Ne oH ©

oNW

a

wwarbhkaraawoonteanantuad

Weather.

ostly cl.

OTWRwWoe Oe wow wv m coMostly fa
DOO De or 8 Go or OM

—ernaw © Ow wo

aa
moo

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations. 379

Barometer. Thermometers Winds Weather.

1808, 7 2

, mostly ch

—-OOPKaAhANANG Oe ye NO

cloudy.

fair.
oo

_—
-— Bmw ©
_ _

N O68 @w
_——

5§4°4/42°7< N.

om ~— 6
—
aSaonn

2
i
1
8
5
8

ne.

by

=

as
. 5 °
—

ee

i)

o

o

io)
—

tom 85 & Co m OO mm 89 & Go Go to to wo WD DD
aN A a

29°74

30°55 |30°56
30°15 39-21
24-82 |29-72 |
30 39 |30°34
12993 2996
29°45 2941
30-52 130 56 |
30°01 bee

OW ADO. 2%

= jae

oF

| 129 14
30 69

oa ead or de oes

‘ 4 tag ds ie
“
e . 2 i
=” $80 Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations,
Barometer. Thermometer. Winds. Weather.
, x sins . ay ’
4708
1809. ; 7 27S 7. | 219 BI lap Fae Z
M. | Pe. - M. |ja.m [p.m.|p.m. Alan | |? 2 /S |
» | (G. 30°38 |30-34 |30°30 |)3 o fM.) 21 es AL
aie g | Noss 29-86 |29°85 ||i7 |21 ino N 1 1} 1) 7
* UL. |29-08 {29-10 |29°36 ||-1 j11 | 5 LW. 1} 1 3} 3
g ( G [80°64 |30-59 |30°58 35 [45 [45 [M.| 2 i] 5
é}m 30°05 |29-96 |30°02 ||16+7/29-9|18-54 N. 2} | 1] 216
L, |29°17 |29-44 [29°14 ||-7 |i0 |-4 Live} af} a} el a} ef al a
. = CG. |30-65 |30-90 {30°73 137 |50 142 (M.| | 1] 2) 2) 3} 7
£ J M.|30-08 {30-10 |30°15 |/6-7/41-9/28 < N. 3| 2} 2| 9}
~ & CL. |29°61 [29-57 [29°62 || 7 [23 | 7 LN! 2] 1/ 4} 1) 4) 4
© - _, FG. [50°51 [30-41 |30-49 [55 [76 \60 (M. 6} | 214
sf — 1 M.{30°08 |29-98-|30°06 | 41-4/54*9|42-6< N. 6} 1} 6] 8
a »~ ove UL, [29°58 [29-40 [29°64 |/32 |36 |32° LM 4} 1} 5
_» »« €G. |30:37 30-26 |30°34 |69 [82 |68 (M.| 2} | 1} 5) 4} 2
. 24 Nisove 29-85 |29°86 ||51°7/66-9/50°75 N.| 1 5] 7| 2} 2
. & UL. [29°60 [29°66 j2o-57 |'41 [43 |4a LW] 2). | 2} 3)11] 4
gg ¢ G.|30°40 130-34 |30°S6 176 [87 |74 (CM. 1) 5| 3] 4
f ae, M./30°02 |50-00 |30°06 |/61°7|75:9/61°5< N. 2!12) 6| 4
: = ( L. |29°81 |29-69 |29°66 |53 |60 [52 UX. 1) 3} 5}. 7} 2].
= - p ¢G. |30°30 | 10-21 [30:19 173 |92 [74 CM.) 1 7/5} | 2/4
= B4 M-}29-97 |29-92 |29°97 ||53-4)76-6 N.| 1° }:6| 7} 2} 3) 4:
, me hay 29 3 }29°73 ||52 |55 (53 | 4) 7) 1) 2) 4)
. 2) 2} 4) 4
4} 9) 7} 3) 3
4} 2} 3] 2)
1} 1) {2
167-8] 1} 2} 1) 3)
Ty ct Re
88. } 2] 5) | 4 2) 0
67+. 1} 7) 5| 3} 2].
1} {10 ps 1)
UR 211) 1) | 4)1).
‘ 1} 1 a5
Ve P 3. 2
3 3} 1.4 3
3] 1}-4| 5] 4 : 1
5 tg | br: 3 3 ‘s
1.)14]12/26)16/31|39)
| 8 5/38)54139/5)
7 a 2C|46}2
ae es ae ‘
0) “oe 2 wee
: a oF i ge
- —* ae be 2h
ed et” 5 eae 4
a tae es ee “eee
‘a ~e* es ce.
*» 2 oo wet

~_

#4

, of
Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations. 381
Barometer. Thermometer. Winds. . Weather.
| # : hes. Ae
ey 1810. | 7; 249 Ir i249 a Sip Ell 1218) 3
ike Ae M+} P.M. | Pe Ms //a.m./p.mjpm. . |iZi4ielnlnaly ¢ @/Els| &
ie G. [30°58 30°58 |30-60 |/39 |51 48 CM.) 1) | 1 6] 3| 16 : 12 4 J 6
} s® * £2M 30-16 |30-10 |30-10 |/19-4! 30-723 N. 1) 7] 18 alt ol Ao)
*. P ary . |29°-53 |29°59 1 4 5} 3) 16 12) 2| 7 9
% G./30°35 130-28 2) 1). 2] 2] 19] 3) 21) 3] 3 11
AS es oe : 1] | 3] 9} 21 4] 44! SH 4a] sl 3}
38 4 M30-02 29-90 3} 2} 1] 3] 17] 2] 181 1) 4) gs
: ice i. 29°63 29°60 1 2 3 1 >
= ‘ 4) 1) 2] 2) 19] 3) 101 4) 5} 92 «Cg
2 ¢G.|30-30 |30°29 |
ae te "4 1 6} 2] 1] 2) 15] 4 8) 4) 15
- & J M.|29-75 |29°73 Bo By eh had
- S [L. |28-88 28-85 4} 3| 3] 2 7 br a Be
© fG: [3042 [so i aliil al st al af 4 12] 2) 2 14
"E M.|30-06 /29°99 alto} =| 3 1] 41) 3)) 14) 5). %
< (L. [29-44 tabph ips ma BK 7 3} 10} 3]| 18 rg i ”
= 4 en ~t 2| 4) 8| 6| 2] 5 11] 4] 1°45
wae 6] 4] 1] 41 13] |} 20) 3} 1] 7 7
a a 13) 4) | 3110) | Zsleleo
oS") 11| g| 1] 2] g 3|10| 5]. 12
Sg : 14/4) 2] 2} 41) ~ || dol 2! 7} ag
= i, 2 - « ina
TG te 4) a] 1) 1) 18) 111 Bi 5I'Sl“ 908 =
of at ier: i} 3} 3} 4) 15] ai) sho} oh a3
ae L. |: 2| 3| 2) 3] 16 ae te r
ps | UL. " , ' ee 1 te
Pee, 16 2| 4] 14) 1); 12) 5) 6) 8 .@
¥ tag G, |30:5 2 3 } 3} 5] 40} 11] oH 4 ae Pg
=. &)]M.j30-01 |: Pale SarS) yo) sist 4a. |
Twa. 8 ee ee es * 13 : 10) 5) 5] 14 “ ~
4 “ies < L. |29° P “| 1a) | ol 6 3 “
Ge 180-4. ‘1, 42) 1) 7h. 4} g
~* 44M. 1) 13) “Hl t2ha/€l 6
ah psd 3| 24) fA) 4) 5 li
: fo ~ ma 1 19 ay oF 2 13 a a
5 | 1. |29- P2) AB) 14) 2) 6 og” ,
abhor 2| 11} 6] 8} slic) g®
“ | 3). 6 Sif-.6|. 8]:0) 6.
14} 1)| 10) 4} -9} 105%
fol 18) 6) Bb SPO. 9 8% ty
ae) 12) 4-9 5. & 11,
ela} 46). } 7)-4) 8) 40°
29)40)137)27|) 89\71/5C1143 7.
> “he Sa a » 4
os : a é F ;
5 m3 at pio ed s . ‘
es en 7" =? ves i nb ei “ on
3 eel ‘oa < i? a : *
begs xh f : —
_ re oS im, ¢ bia ”

4 > ~
382 Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.
Barometer. Thermoineter. Winds.
1sil.; 7 | 2 9.17 ,2 79 af tale je) si
Ma P.M. | P.M. |/a.M./p.m.}9.m Z\Z\R iN Nal - |Z
. [G- |s0-83 |30-82 |30.80 ||50 [56 [52 CM. i] 4 2) 12/12
ars M |30+18 |30°15 |30°19 || 20+3/30°6/26-1< N.| 1) 3 3} 11/13
™" "= UL."l\29:86 [29°68 |29°77 |l-1 |10 | 3 LN. i] 3) 3 i} 17| 6
gs [G- |30-43 |30-32 |30:38 49 139 ¢M 4 6} 3} | 2} | 10) 3
2 9 M |30-01 |29°98 |29°98 |/21°5/3 1-4) 23°5 1s Al 7} 3 2} 10} 2
é _ LL."/29-36 [2928 |29-41 ||-8 ]12 | 2 (M.} 5] 6 3} | 1) 1) 12
" © 6S FG. |30-81 [30°82 |30°73 1/58 171 [50 CM. 1) | 4 5) 1) 4 4
4 M |30-21 |30:19 |30-19 |/40°3/46:7/36 4N./- | 2} 6 8 1) 2 6
= LL. |ag-53 [29°57 |29-72 |ii4 |32 |20 (M 1| 4 3) 16
wes (G- |30°47 [30°41 [30-46 1/55 175 [51 CM. a 3 7\
\\41 spelt N. 1}14|. 5} | 2 4
24 |37 125 (WM. 1} 8} 1] 3 3
65 [84 155 (M.} | 4) 3) £1) 1/20)
50*2/66°1| 50°74 N. 11} 5] 3} 3
37 3} 1) 4) 1
. 3} 6} 5} 3) 4
4 3} Spal
3} 5] 2} 2] 2
2} 51 3] 3
6 4)
7 | ol 2
4} 3} 3) 4
8 1) 4) 4) 1
2 | 3} 2
| 2| 1) 7) 14
4) 2] 2). |
5] 2p 2h
. )S}-A} ap Bit
o ay 1 a vf ; a4 1 of
25 1 | 1h2
soca pees oe 1}-7| 1
/ 29° ~—6«7¥FIAa.Q? Io POs 5

0°83

3 {50-82 |30°86 |/st

29:92 [29:95 |137 |35-5 v7
29-17 |29-26 || 7 li2 | o

av :
=
ere
oe
a
Weather. - !
a i |
> > ‘7
~(2/3) 2 Bye
Sl lee 4)
10 2, 9) : ig
4/10)
| A[L2)
2}:
2)14
3 1] 4
4| 4
}2

a eS ee ee

eS #
Pine, ( . reg . ’ mm
- = * ; te
| | 3 - oes
we, “
Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations. 583
Barometer. Thermometer. Winds. "Weather.

a 64
PFT a19 aff] tS sis) 2
a.m p-m p-m. z 4 {2 w in E < é meer
42 40 [M4 1] 1}.4 it) 14 }
€ 19° 4%. 1 1) 1 ¢ DD) 14- as
oa * | -9 UN. 1 1] 31 3 it) 9*
_ “a (G=|30-60 |30°76 47, (MJ al el | 2 2! s| 8)" ‘
"3 2 M.130-18 |30°15 28 4 N.| 3] 11 4] 5} sha 8.9
« 4 U1. 129-42 !e9°31 5 lM 2\ 3| il 6 i ae
_) 2 (G. [3062 |30°56 (40. (ML) 5] 7) bal | 2 4] 3} 8) Ge eo ;
. © £4M._130-18 |30°20 26 4.N.| 2! 5}-6) | | 3] 7} 8] 13) als
~ “5 UL. |29:58 [29:69 »|,6 Uwe} aps} 5-4] | af a4} a) 15] 4) 8 a ‘
we 66.130:57°130°49 6 (39 (M. 3] 4] 4) 6} 5}.2} 5|. Bo
a a{™ 30°16 |20°11 40 ass 8] 5] 3.3). ‘ ‘7 —
. UL. |29°76 |29°69 as. operdese| SIS) 2) 41 $3) x ‘.
uae Weaef vid afelabal al sol 4 a Fs
22 M.|30-03 |30-01- él] 1) 3] 3} gis -_ > *
= UL. |29°59 |29°59 5| 3 21 3 1| ‘ iene?
g CG: |30°12 3| 2}-3} 2 7 ie +¢
E J M.|29-92 5) 5). | 7} 6.8, O11 ig i.
= | L. |29-59 3] 4 - oe dea oh
- a Bt ‘ 9 9 } i i “
2{n 8] 2) 3] 6| 91.1 314. 2g.
.” }-9}-a} a}-7} 12} 1 sa

~*~

abstract of meteorological observations.

Prof. Farrar’s

84

3

e

and noons in a
ol as ae
month, and
*%

4 Sm
nm 2 cs)
pe "os
Busts
ot 2
egvo =
> > a
o . ep

&h

The observations durin

there has been a fall of rain or snow,
etive are omitted. ‘The last column but two is the mean of th

g table shews the number of mornings,

3
x
ev
2
=
=
o
»
we
=
-
o
&
a
33
56
o
,ghe
ae se
ages
es
2.88
of}
2 a & a
“Se a7)
Fa szoo
See & wo
a
er
Spe lt oy =
=o ow
o3.. a
mes 7s
Pe B's
hommes.

“9081 7 On =n 3 CORK HY He YOM ONO HK = ‘ ¥
ie ce a
EELL GLEE ERLE he a
75081 a TOS Be 2S tO rer i
a i ee

00g, FFF SHOR SSCA OEOGER CAHSBRHOVRHSOVOS
‘le ee eee Pere OS eee h a em ge oi
TO hs. tance ba > andes thie oo. Eleed. ay

1611” Ot a OO SE Oa eN Ne § RAO oh

—

“96 2T Seer eS! Caen wae eoOe nN VOT:

“o6lL 0 >» © THRAARTGHSOHGR
“PeLl oo oe Tae a ieee ee Pe

"e6L1 SRAnNOCHHOHM TOO NYSP 7
soul Sn oP a se Pe ae ig

SZRSAe SAE Tah eieist ide Falceh ert aaa aoe :
ee ae ; pastes oS ee
Pak © a “WIV, eg oie a *, mae ny ad Ss . “PO. ‘AON

A 4 x ie oe ee
“a . ae Pet eee

r 6 vie : — bi sg # sey iam bei
| % =e: ite, Gy 3 , a as Pa fs z ¥ am f a
vr z a ade SEs , ES an ~ ;
Prof. Parar’ 8 abstract of meter. sections 385 spies
* Ps . ‘)
Se) Fa See ol tr ee Nene
a, ee Hysrometiea table, the result of six years ehserration; with De aves eee
he | sale,
‘i Te: ‘ ee, ge eget ce ee ek

56°2 |55°S =
40 j|41 ES
6 .|90 {85 \76 Se
Maen 56 4-4 ve. we fe nd vs ~ ee
4 bo | Bt bes ae * tte,
A as
ieee Sete morning and Pnn0n, se noon mand night. ae

43] 4°56] 4°6
28 le SF 4

iO-1 | 9°2| 82
(4°8 | 7°2| G2
6*3 |10°3| 8°2
41}6 | 4

8°4.| 9-2) 6°
5°7 | 5°90) 41
4.6'°8)-8 }-6

15 | 4°8) 5°9

Be ad 16-7| 4°7| 8-2
ae cA nae { ‘S75 So | 3B] 42] 3

: a
ae is st
ot Sg 612

pee Whe His

~ S38 8 266-62 | 126:
ce a
SS SB 48008 256.66
, . ve 1£0-0 O¥6-6%
S S60 0g | 240-08
“8 700.08 | 29-62
3 _- 8S0.08 | 0f0.08

=)
oa
a
a
aR
bw
=}
2
°
ra

1'0-0¢ | 2£0-08 | 270-08 | £40.08
1g0.08 £20.08 | 010-08 | O10-0F

020-08 | 091-08

166.66 00-08 | 288-62 | 26008 | 226 6% | 288-68. | It
016-66 | 086-66 | EF8-66 | OGO-OS ger | coef
‘oung | “Avy | ydy ! cavyy bie FOL eal

. ces

four Ee 1oF JoVoUIOATG amt ” wet ure omy Saynous, ‘I a1.

é ca
Mee ape a ae oe ‘ ye , a i! Any oe a5 ;
Ae at “ontagogud aHL Kowa jonase sqieys azoarey) Biehic e
¥ : ‘ , a is %, yo h 8 : * t ey ee ce he &: . ng F
Ps M Lee: c ‘

2

387

l observations.

s abstract of metéorologica

by

Farrar

Prof.

(CEP OM} Jo suvaut ay) Suroq sxoquinu pesoaas oy)

"MONVALISGO JO SINOY [VIIAAS 94) 7R yy

VOC

gOS. £68: §9'.] OLE-T
€98- Z81-1 | 2601 | $80.1
AGS. O&S-I | O69. O1O-1
ogg. O9l-I | €S8-1 O6I+1
LGS- O80-T | €0Z-1 £865

o

=

MADD JsaMode aut Surmoys “TT qty,

raged , - i 3, i ere, ee

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations,
s ee ‘ : [aes 2

— "4 5 ie :
fT a = n i a oa ol it

able IV. shewi ing the greatest and leat boris of the barometer
for ck year, together with he times, ie Ae! ocr d, and the

direction aiid. force of the wind, face e sky, state of the
weather at each time. The last column of ‘his table sais ‘ete
greatest annua? variation. ; ‘

=? Greatest eigen a “Least height. ;ofw
h’t. Joa” beast bt
30-74 Mar. 20 20] 28°33 Apr.. 5|NE -

dee 28°83 Feb. 16|W 2
NE a

30°74 Apr. 4
80°67 Oct.

.|28°59 Mar.
fe 708 Oct.

30°86 Nov. 2 W |fa.}29-47 Dec. 19|W 4
}29°40 Jan, ae

20-23 23
28° 974
28-78

ha

fen ‘that atthe peokiost in least heights of the barometer occur e
the colder ira vhen the fluctuations are greatest,
F hive twenty-two observations, | ‘here

1 ier May war: cn
hae Ee:
iw 3 ae

Ju = Paty Ane:

fr rey be

ae
A £ B
: 7" ‘ . ¢
ee Prof. Farrar’s ab
» Larrar's abstract of meteorological observations, 389
v
THERMOMETRICAL TABLES.
TABLE is
' Monthlymean state of the Thermometer.
Feb. [March] April} M une | July. | Aug. | Sept. | Oct. | Nov. | Dec.
29°5 |37°2 |46°5 58*2 |68°3 |70°7 170°7 |163°7 |53°2 |40°0
20°7 |40°3 |50°8 |61°2 |70°7 63°0 |48°0 |41°0
26°7 |41°0 [19-7 |61°3 156-5 31°22 153°5 143°5
30°3 |40°3 [51*3 149-0 !79.2 S5°3 |53°7 [41°3
26°3 |el*O 151°O |61°8 [58-0 66°7 |50°0 ]42°2
26°1 137+0 |47*7 1595 [68-5 5404 |53°1 [40°5
26°7 (33°3 |47°7 |56°3 [66-6 0°8 |47°8 [36°3
33°38 [35°7 145°6 1542 167.0 59°S |47°F 5360
25°O |35*5 |46°3 [59°2 156-5 54°0 |50°3 [35°7 ’
24°38 [28°35 1440 |55+2 166-0 51°O (48°33 141°0 |
27°2 133°7 [50°3 [55°7 |66°7 32°0 |51°0 [36°8
28°8 (38-5. |45-4-|59°9 [56-7 - 64°7 [51-7 [39-6
266 136°5 |46°4 |53°7 [68-5 64°7 |54°2 [40°3 .
31°9 136 1 1465 153°3 170-2 57°7 |50°5 [35:8 '
26-0 132-2 -[42-7-> mikes 36°0 (47°0 |41°0
28°6 139°5 |48°7 157°8 [67-7 566°3 47-4 [35:7
29°7 128°7 441°5 158-8 |66°8 61°6 49°0 [38°2
19 129°6 143°4 155°1 163-4 30°8 50°8 |36°6 -
28°7 |36°5 | 46°7 | 5404. | .7+4, 59°9 46°8 [38°9 ae me
21-7 132.2 |46-3 |>6-4 156-3 56°9 56-9 |33°6 Ba te es
[80°7 132°7 [47-3 [574 |67-3 1:2 [527 52-5 | ‘8-4 | OTe 2
25°4 [44-0 [45 7 [55°7 (68-1 69°9 |63°3 54-5 |40°6 eae oS By eh
; 25°3 (28:7 [44-0 [49°7 '62°3 OT S77 487 zis oe a sh
es Bil dscorlay:bz 46]46°76|56°66)|67°36 Sauer liond 9005), ae. te e
— *®28-99131 |: es 58°66)67°26)72°9. |70°91/62 Ost cA. vs 91 4 aie # :
¢ 22*5 }23-9 [32°9 145-1 [54-4 |56*1 |69°6 [69-4 [60-0 [50-1 blake ie Paige eR
ee a te pe Mea? - j ee ae Pe at v
$454 4 las-6 [57-8 5° [68-4 | 9°7 |69-7. |67°3 [57-4 loom [50-4 < =
* Monthly mean state of the thermometer, according to observations of Dr, sibs Fo a a
with Hawkesbee’s thermo’ ometer, from 1742 to 1774, reduced to Fah. deca on ee a
4 © = Mont hly mean state of the Ghermiometer, according. © the :obserations of ce cota > ‘ z

ams, from

1783 to 1788.

4

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations:

390

"N *d
6

"aUIsnjour “ZEST 07 OGLE mouf suoswas ay) fo ainjosodmag anayy

| pus con £69 28 8-€s | had || 228 |e as

ee tee

£39 | 6-92 |9-39 | F.07 9-45 — ov

“LaUeUnig! © eke

‘T aTavil

£-19 ar loco | pes ae "E98 | ese (9-88.
s9| 62|s-¥9)9-cv\ 268] vy | srelars
8-69 | c-a2|6-s9 817 | s-s5 | Fer | 9.20) 1 29

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations. Sok

TABLE Hil.
Extremes of heat and cold for the several seasons and for the year fronr
4790 to 1842 inclusive. Against each year the upper number signifies the great-
est and the lower the least elevation of the thermometer.

Winter. Spring. Summer, Autumn :s & ¢

2p 97 f2 |S 7] Ppa 9 7 pe) eo yesre 2

A.M. {P Pp. M.||A.M./P. M./P.M./1/4.M.IP. mM - ? = =

¥ 47 153 [47 |60 |75 |71 |:77 |es oy!

1790 $ 65} B } 5 fiz jis li7 Hs7 Iss a es

47 49 1|47 [74 I|88 |so |/s9 |o2 5

are = 5] 3 2 |is6 |a6 {39 |154 67 a.

59 |50 |48 |\|77 |ss |sos|i79 |y1

1792 3 11 |-2 [45 |j28:5/34-5/32 i|sorstss ae
1793. § 92. |54 [52 {175 |90 |78 |[si-sjo2
2 {12 |-8 [16 {22 [22 |Is3 Is57

58 152 |l65 |84 {65 |igi-s/101f

1797 F ios! 6 esslis lee tte ist |s6
17935 50°5|57 |44 |68 |84 |71 [igo joss
a | - ao o1tl. 129. 133 Os O17 3

48 |51 [44 |66 |s6 (71 !I76 [90

1799 3 —~6 |2 [+5 |-es5li4 | 4 |la6 |46
1300 9 43. |48°5/43 60 |82 [65 |i80_ |9s
E> eA. SS 685 12 “50 462

01 § 36 |62 [53 71 {67 |ls2 {97
18019 _1 (11-5! 3 j21 {39-sl23 [las [as-5
1302 § 32°3,60 {53 63 |82 60 |\s0 |92+5
ap -3 \10 | 1 j13 |26 |is-sil55 |s8
54 \60-156 |l6s 185 (66 |184 |95

18034 5 | z5l0 6 {19 | 9 |Is1 |60
57 |63 |51 69 185 |7o lis3 }91

+e06 2 3 \24 | 6 |51 Ire
; 45 |55 143 ||68 [84 [66 {182 |97
18059 5 | 6 I-s5 {lis les lis ‘las {53
.§ 56 |61 [56 |l69 {36 |70 |I!s0 |93
"34 =6 l12 | o (11 16 t13 ks 59
§ 43 (51 {45 1161 |s0 |61 ||77 |90
1807 2 i6 jai [eo-siia joa fia ‘lar {47
1808 § 51 151 148 |l60 |79 169 |i79 lo6-5
-6 115 | 3 {12 (28 l20 {l49 lag

5 55 158 157 |169 |82 \68 llvg los

2 51 160 {52
45 [56 [53 |i65 (83 |63 }I72 (3 | |
-7 |-2 |-9 |[-4 [21 | 6 [145 36 ||17 [32 [21

392 Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

TABLE IV. Greatest monthly variation of the thermometer.

St we HR Or Or tr Co Oo Bb
SOLUS RaSLSS
or *

Feb.

52°S
V.
Mar.

LO°5

Apr. | May.
29 }28
49°5 |49

H 43°5
36 5
46 |47
45 [42
49 |36
54 {45
51 {39
46 {51
49 133
39 {41
47 46
49 153
44, [42
44 |42
46 }46
51 |42
44 139
44 }41
49 | 33
51 *44
i 49
3°3 [45

April.) May.
+) 8°5
11 10
10. £12
9 {10
13 }10°S
9 9°5
io ~tht
10°7 | 13°8
11-5
2511 4°5
tt ii
10..." 453
14 411°5
9-4 713°8
i16
12°6 |i 24
Lig itt
9 .A3
lL eink
13°51 152
£3 ¢ Hie
42°9 6
4 19

June.
28

July.
2

15-4

L
12°8

July.

Ang.
3

Sept.| Oct.
33 |39
32 |46
44 138
42 |49
37 |36°5
45 |45

Sept.
8

72°H

102
Lao Lau is

Oct.
75) 5

‘

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

TABLE VI. Mean temperature of the coldest day and yore day of each year, obtained
by rept the mean : e three observations on each of the said days, together with the
time o eir

of this ei a subjoine
Mean height of
during the warm days 29-935, dilbsonne:

f
te very Few uly poe and cloudy more clouds than clear sky.

e periods of extreme cold
Bar. during the cold days 30°165, ditto

Times M. temp.
SW

393

Wind Weather Bar.

30°15 loudy|30°13
91\Dec.19\—1 |WISW1 clear (30°21 SW 2 cloudy | 30°11
92\Jan. 23|\—8 W 2 ar |30°:03 SW 2 clear |29°87
93|\Feb. 1) 5 |INW 1 __ |few cl. |30°56 SW 2WS3El1 cloudy/29°87
94\Dec.27} 4 |W 3 cloudy |29°81 SW 2 w cl./30°02
95 Feb. 26 3 NW3 We2 cl] 29° 84°2 W NW cloudy 50°06
96\Jan. 31} 7°2.NW 1 {clear /29°88) 80°7\SW 2 cloudy|29°85
97\Jan. 8\—7°5INW2 Inocl. |30°34 July 22/80°8}W 1 SW 2 jcloudy|30-05
98|Feb. 8 NW2_ jnocl. |30°38 Aug. 9/85°2/W 2 SW 2 [cloudy|29-85
99\Jan. 5-3 INW2_ I|nocl. |30°62 Aug. 1/80°3;W 1S 2 © |few ci.j29-90
1800|Jan. 47NW2We2!no cl. |30°37) July 6)80°3|};W 2 NW 2'few cl./30°20
Ol 3} 4:7INW2 Nilclear (30°67 1 few cl.|29°76
o2|Feb.23} 33INW3 [clear (29°76 July 2384-2) W 1 few cl..29°94
03|Dec.17) 2°3INW 2 Iclear /|30°65 843) W2 few cl./29°91
o4\Jan. 21) 4°2;NW1W Iino cl. 83 |SW 1 W 1 \cloudy
05|\Dec.14 NW 1. ifew cl July 13\85 |SW 1 W I |few cl.i29-93
O6|Jan. 16} 3°3};W1SW2ino cl. |29°90 W 1SW 1 |cloudy|29-83
o7\Jan. 26—6°5,NWIW Iino cl. |30°35
osiJan. 16} 6°3;W 1 clear {30°38 July 17\82°3|N W few cl.|30°01
og|Feb. 44 47,NW2 Wiclear [30°48 July 10,79°3|W 1 few cl.|29*90
10|Jan. 19|—4°3/W 3 clear |29- 73°3,SW Icloudy/29°88
11|Feb.22| 4°7/W NW |cloudy |30°31 22\W B {few cl./29°81
19\Jan. 18|—5°7;,NW 1 {no cl. |30° uly 4/75°3;W 1 SW few cl.'29-89
1792\Jan. 22) 3 |INW3 _ {cloudy |29-80//1795 NW 1 few cl./29-95
23\——_8 {NW 2 lear (30°12 2 |SW 1 W'é ifew cl./30-00
24, 4 INW2 _ {cloudy |29°90 7|\84°2)}W 1 NW licloudy/29-97
1797\Jan. 7| 65|;NW 1 |fewcl. 9 10.80 |SW 1 W lIcloudy/29-88
gi—7"°5 NW 2 no cl 1/1801 July 1 82°7 SW 1 cloudy 29°99
9) 12iINW 1 sinocl. 5 2:85°7\SW 1 few cl.|29°73

1807\Jan. 19} 7°3 NW1WIno cl.

4
1803

20| 11°3};W1i SWI no cl. 1 w cl.|30°16

21) 17 o cl. S 1SW 1 j{cloudy|30°15

22) Oo |NWIWIifewcl. W2 r |30°05

23) 7 |INW 1 _ {cloudy |30-38 10:84°3|W 3 clear |29°93
26,—6'5INWIWi)no cl. |30-35||/1805 July 12\83°7;SW 2 y|30"

27 NW1 Niljcloudy |30°39 os {SW 2 few cl.|29°93

18io|Jan. 19. —4°4/W 3 clear /|29°48 iS 1W 1 ifew cl.|30°04

20\—_—3 |W 3 clear (29°86 SW 1 cl./29°91

21\—0-°7|W 2 clear {29° SW 2 jrew cl.|29°77

22). 7°3IN NW _ {cloudy /30- vig irit WwW Ww loudy|29°85

1812\Jan. 16] 4°7/NW W_ {cloudy |30-04 8-2|W E few cl.|29-82

17] 4 [NNW {cloudy |30-04 la zs) few cl.}29-82

*191—5-7|NW 1 cl. {30°35 86:2|W r |29-85

19 7INW 2 © jcl.&sn./30-07 if 19/82-7/SW S few cl.129°94

20} 7-7\INW 1 ata 29-38 86 |W no cl. |29°89

21} 2 |W2} |few cl.|29-82 2182 |SWE few cl.|29-93

22 | 2*7 W clear 30°88 22)81 le SW ed as'yk

$94 Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations,

GENERAL TABLES OF WINDS AND WEATHER.

TABLE I. Relative direction of the wind and state of the weather at
the several hours of observation. “atte

saad
Winds, Weather. Ae Lt ae

N NE E SE 8S SW W NW

}x 40 3] 8 | 14 | 40} 89 | 44] 106
® 4 N.| 36 | 30 | 41] 18 | 47] 92] 37] 64
E.| 29 | 34] 31] 17 | 42] g5 FE 87
oe (M.) 54/28) 15/11] 27] 68! 49 | 114
» } N.| 35 | 39 | 66| 10 | 26] 74/1 36! 80
E./ 32} 32} 51} 9]|29] 80/39] 94
2 | M.| 54/25] 20] 10] 42/961] 31] 987
B® }) N.; 30 | 27! 62] 11); 33] 87; 30! 85
E.| 26 | 31| 51} 8 | 37] 92/28] 99
x) M 27/42 | 15] 14] 32] 83 | 43 | 110
m }N.| 18] 44] 61] 15] 26] 79} 98] 95
E.| 14] 421) 58] 6 93 | 23 | 102 |
} M. 57 | 28 | 23] 11 | 31} 70 | 36 | 103 |
B )N-| 42 | 24174] 12 | 30} 56] 43] 79
E.| 33 | 27| 63} 9/35] 61|46| 91 ,
gfx. 53/16/20] 9] 36] 80 | 43! 109 :
rm )N./} 24/ 18/72/19] 44] 571421] 91 3
™ LE. 19 | 21] 61] 17 | 46] 60 | 38 104

2s
8
os
ra
7
Ss
o
oO
°
2

AS
rs
so
©
wo
or
a
a
.<)
a
a
©
cs
°
ee
°
oo

.
to
n
oo
oe
an
Ny
| nel
~“I
©
oo
an
a
oo
vee
ao
©

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations. 395
N NE E SE S SWW NW fair. m. fa. cl. m. cl.
87

w« CM. | 23/19; 26]13]29| 60] 58 | 137 |} 108] 57} 112
S<2N. | 11/25172! 91/30/60] 41 |119]| 79]|104) 87] 95
= CE. [15 /|22)60] 7|271)70] 53 |111'}127| 60] 117] 61
wo CM. | 44) 24/17) 15) 29;60; 49 | 126 |, 114, 43) 123] 85
g {y. 34 | 261 59}14/33}61f 39] 99)/ 100} 61/113} 91
= ( E. | 82] 20/46] 6 66/ 67 | 983/150] 351113] 67
o CM. } 14; 12] 26116! 31/39!1154}] 53), 128] 34] 917 92
g |x. 8}/ 5/38154139/51/106 |] 44]] 84] 73] 6741120
= JE. | 71 5/|41)20/46/| 26/183 | 22)||148! 30] 79
és M. 114; 7! 61120118) 241192 | 31,1130] 50; 77] 98
x N. |12{ 9|681|37]29)40]137 | 27;| 89] 71] 501143
= - 111} 7| 70; 27|29127/176 | 11)],153; 29] 68) 103
M. ; 15! 23 | 29} 29] 21; 53)133 ; 61]'129] 88| 74} 126
- |11/}19] 70] 43} 22} 36/119 | 44]/ 751 84) 69] 134

mean* 1812. 1811

.'39!23!24/]14131/63] 661103 ]} 110] 53; 108; 91
N. | 24 = 19

E. | 20 | 24 34/61] 69 | 84 |!142| 50|106] 67

TABLE II. Annual mean number of winds at — # the points
used, and annual mean state of the wea

NW NE E SE S SW W NW reli ml m. cl.
42

1791135 |29 |26°6]16 |43 |88-6/ 40 107 | 65°6
1792|40 |33 |44 |10 127 |74 | 41 p02. 7% .,
1793]36-6|27-6.44 s6[87 rs, 29°6 a
1794119°6142°6'44°6/11°6/29 (85 | 31 |1 92°6| 87-6
1795/44 |26 [53 |10°6)32 |62 | 40 109 | 85°6
1796132 !18 [31 |15 |42 (65-6) 41 105 |} 87
1797125 |22 |49°6|16°6|39 |57 | 59°6 108 | 75°6
1798138°6|31 [50 |13°6/29 |71 | 29 109 | 68
1799134 j21 |48°6/10°6/34 [55 | 40 112°6| 80
1900/29°6/23 157 | 7 |29°653 | 39 13 | 76
1801|25+6/28°3|63°6]16 |34°653°6) 23+3 111°3| 906
1802/34°3/25 |51 [11°6|38 |62°6| 30°6 118 | 893
1803/28°6/20°3/63 [14°6|39°3/'58°6) 31°S 106 | 87
1805116 [22 /52-6/ 9°6!28-663 | 50-6 105 | 81
sa0¢|36-ef23 [40-€|11-6)30 62 | 51°6 116 | 80°6
1809! 9-6! 7 |35 !30 |38-6/38-6|148°6 79 {1006
igioli2 | 7-6'66 |28 {25 |30 |168 | 65 |114°6
1811/11°6)19 |48°6'29 {21 /38°6)155 72°6|118
1812|17 a 42 |21 |23-6148-6144 8 i 1176
sd tradh be alc cxsten of cineinels pluie otenenliag "
of aS the meen of saw 7 nae fay dealer eames |
d, and that of the north west. It is to be considered merely as,
a transf from o1 the other, when. the wind was news inte oF the
between them, owing probably oe qe red ar ocr Sonal

different
compass in Dr. Webber and yoelh, Ihave
ccpetints boncsidh parpoons. with the points of the compass carefully fixed un-

396 Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

TABLE Ill. Monthly mean state of the winds and weather at the sev-

eral hours o

Jan.
treet |
mA

a

S

=

m4

1 March Feb.
mA

i

Oct. Sept. Aug. July June May Apr
ea

eesti Ute 1 Gee |
45

(tenn
a8

bz 2

HNoOwWONwWhowwNN bs

ZN Hen vVbnwwRovoewvon Z
ow

*67

-

x)

OF gerape t4°.*. AGE Ae MEAD GO Se Go co Co Co Co A BB kt
co)

ae

MO WRB RDN NTO NOOO MONT OWN OU AN OC BDI mm Eo

oe
rs

ee ot, Et
©

observation ; to which is subjoined the mean of the

morning, noon, and evening observations for each month, .
. Weather.

Winds.

bas f

2.

SE

f

ay) ame ae a ee ee

°
co
Eos

HWoOWWWOHNNNNHWHEhRWOD ROP BROdHWHWNWYWNNHEHENWNDND |

+
2°5

ca
=
4

AWOWWIAITEAMWOHOHUaAaAhaAbaAk eo

5

NEON GN OO AAWOAAEARwWARO WO WAhARAAAMADOAGA

Onn hk SO AnAQwnann

NW fa. mf, cl.
12 3] 12 | 7
12 7 | 6 0 | 7
11 |/13 | S117 4
11-1814 9407
9 813 oL6
9 11.] Sagas
io |10 | #11) 6
9 8 917
8 13. | & 264cs
g |ji1 | 3140! 6
7 8; 5 8] 9
y i118 9| 4
7 |10 | 3} 9} 9
5 6 8 | 10
5 |i 10 | 6
6 & | 3 eg
4 4 {10; 6 | 10
4 |10 } 5| 718
5 o4 @ 74s
4 | 4 1 4) 11
4 |\t1 6! 8
6 9 8} 9
5 |} s }10) 5 | if
5 |13 744°
7 iig| § 6) 7
5 i s.| O eae
5 fit gj} 5
9 10; 5} 9! 7
6 | 8 7| 8
5 13 | 4 81
9 is| 3 9| 8
9 |\11 9 {8
11 |9 10 | §
17 9 | /

11 {\11 1h |
11°7}) Ge] [tt [©
2-7 9 {4 at
9 |lro-s|4-3}10 | %
I yee 63
ari 9 18
67, 7 go
77 579
: g7| 67| 87
31 8 6°7
ate
10 17

°o ° o °
F 19 [}31.435-3]36 |35-7)34°2,52 26-3124
3 8)34°2/27 1/34 [35-40 |45-3 36 {37 35'3)30
93/28 (22 182 (99 )38 |34 |33-4)35 |34-s|29
9°3/13-5)/23- |so-sis2 |30Ja1. jas-aliz-slis

42 137-6129 |29°1
15°8/17-8),26 |95-5|35 [40 |39 132-5'99-s)27-7

12°3/17°1128 |33 [32 [30 |81°S/98-5,94°8/25°2

> &

oa wed

Feb. Jan.
SMU AZSMAZehae
Q
e
Q
v
3
uw
. i]
e
w
io

&
Co
o
aA
&
17
&
«
ia)
—
,
ww
> >
ia)
o
w
oa
"
wo

Mean

a
Zz
5
ao
N
oY
wo >
“i
eo
&
x
&

o~ ie awn &

ba

Fa

ly June

: 15°9116 27°3 32°9/33°3/34-9'35°5 21°2)22
' o| 4 7 | 40.3): “131
CE. |2 23°5|20-8//29 |39-5/35-7/34-7|36-4134-7|29°2|29°8
‘Gen. m. 23°2/21-7|/29°3 34°1/35°3/3 “se 7°5\27°9
“g M/5 64 6/62°4''62°459 160°1/64-6/64°6/68 |64°7/58
§4N.)7 79°) 73 6)64°6,62'3166°9/66 |73 |75-8)71 |66°9
= {E.| — [57-9/62-4'6. 64°6/624||55°6'55°5162°4164-667 |71-3'70 2164-6
>. M./68 64°6/64°6 65-7/68-7|68 (67-1/62-2|/61°5/63'9|66"8|69-1/67°6)71 |69°5/65-5
3 N.|70°2/71-5'76-4 758/83: 1183 1/80°7/80°8)174 66°9|77°5175-8.79°2|87 |go0°1)72-7
E.|64°266 |57°5'71°3|70-6172°5|70°6|62"5|65 |64 |67°7172-5\70°3171-3\69°3/68
“ M.|60°1/7 1 3/56-7/63-6|66-8169°1/68 |62°3||64°8164°8/65°7/66-8171 [70°2'46-8165-7
3s 4N.|77. |52-2\73°6 80°3\78 |73°6\74°7)/70°268°2|73°6)73-6 71: 5177-2\g0-6/77°2
<i E. 5/66°8.71°3\72 |72 |69°1/66"8) 65°7/64°8/66°8/71-369 |72 173-6 71-3
g M.|62°3 63-7/59 3 63-9|63°7|67°2/66"6|62°3||62°9/62°6|64°2|66-8 6771697167 163
4 N. 65 |72°7,74 7|79-8|80"1|77°8)\7 6" 3|\69°6\65°8|72°7,71'8'74°6\80 . |77-9.72°3
= CE. |64-2.61 62:2 69: 1/69-1|79-2/68" 1/63-9||62°1/61°4165-6|69-5168°8171-5|71 {67-9
. (Me | (233 | 14°6) 22-1) 3¢ "5|38°4137-1)34° [38-5|30. [25-3
gg. 37 |39 |43°5/93-5/32. |/33°7|40°7 }1°1144°7/39°7|40°5|37 | 337
a 5|32°5/33°7/.0 2/29 ||33°7|$34°1/37°5/34°7/39 337-3135 131-8
is 29°5'33°1/27°3117 3)/38 31°3/30 19 531 4°37 6-2
a4 37°7|40 33°3/22°3)/31°3|/32_ 33 [56840346 [33 [26-7
cd 33°7|28'3,27 17°3))28°8}32°3/32_ [56 |38 (41 [29-5223
“ 37 [23+5} B°5]15 |] 21*5|24°3/29°5)34-5.41°5/37 |12-2|22-s
3 7}42°3/39°2117 |29°2//26°1}34°3/34 3 8]40°5|26 [29-4
on 8 5
§ ° ;
o =
& LE. 8
\ 5
5

61-5)

Ju

36 2/8 1-2/7

66:2{68-8/73°6|71"4/61 ; ‘9.706
Gen.m. 63:9}. 69°8|7 1°6|75°7|74 66°5|| 76-6|72-9,7 1-2
~-\ © For explanation of thistable see next pagey

64]

898 Prof. Harrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

Tue table on the preceding page is intended to show the influence which the
winds, blowing from different points of the compass, have upon our climate.
The several-numbers are the means of a large number of observations, continu- 3
ed for twenty years. The observations are taken for fair weather and foul, for
morning, noon and night, during the winter and summer months ; and they are
so selected and detached from all other circumstances affecting the thermome- —

_ ter, as to exhibit as fairly as possible the simple effect of the direction of the

' wind upon the temperature of the air. The first part of the table is made from ‘
observations taken with an internal thermometer ; the second from observa
tions with a thermometer exposed to the external air. Below the observations _
for the months in each part of the table, are subjoined the means of the summer 45

it

a Sa. Mee

and winter observations, for morning, noon, and night, and the mean of these a
means. It will be observed that there are. several blank places in this ta- =
ble, there being no thermometrical observations corresponding to the state of Z fe
the wind and weather, to which they belong. Also sume of the numbers in the
columns N E and E are single observations, instead of being the means of sev
eral, the wind being very rarcly at either of these points in fair yout in

_ the winter months.

Tt ought to have been mentioned, that the aceatiiy mean state ob the ethers
mometer, according to the observations of Dr. Winthrop, given page 389, Was, ; ;
the result of only two observations each day, namely, at 7 o’clock A. M. and at: Bia
P.M. The mean of the morning observations for fifteen years, beginning vith =
1743, is 46:42° ; thé mean of the morning observations for the winter mouths
only 28°10°. Mean temperature at the same hour, according to the ong
tables, 44°22° for the year, 23°7° for the winter months.

4 3

Se TT ek oe Te aN ie, oe

EL eee Pe eee

*

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations. 399

An abstract of meteorological observations, taken in the south parish in An-

dover, Mass. in latitude 42° 38’ N. by the late Rev. Jonathan French. ‘The

mometer used in these observations appears upon examination to be 0 It

was placed upon the north west side of a building about ten feet from the ground,

exposed to a free air, and protected from the direct J of the sun, The of
e

observation is about eighteen miles from the sea, levated above it about one
hundred and ninety feet. .
3 ace Winds. Weather.
1798 g fo| = tz] “te 2
a |g°| 3 NIZ/E|SE|SIR [FE 1Z ont
2 (G./45 |61 [46 [5 51 6 ¢€M) <é 4| 6 3] 4 6
Ks M.|21 |34°2/26 | 2 18-5 son 240} N, 2 5) 2) 7 5 5
-1 |14 ~ 6 j-2 CE./ sia ae 6
4 (36 146 | 4] 3 3} 2} 2) Ht Ss
{Mi testao754 }* 3] S|} 1] 2] 1} 4,5 8
m OL. i-7 |12 H.] st al al sf | af 6 log
4 ¢G.|50 |76 66 M.| 4/1] 1) 2} 8| 3] 8 6
g | M.2rato-fas N.} 3] 1] 1] 3} 6] 9} 3} 11
= CL.| 4 |26 j24 E. 3} i] 5/6) 3) 4 9
= (G. |57 |83 {73 64 186 |75 Mj} 1] 8) 1] 4) 6| 3) 3 6
£4 M.|39-6)54°4147°4)-= 39+3155°1/46°8 J N.j i} 0} 6} 4] 3] 4) 2 11
< OL. |24 [33 |29 |G 4 |26 loa PE. 8} 4) 5] si 2} 3 10
>, (G- 64 [86 [75 M.| 3] S|} 1} 3}i2] 5} = 6
s ~M.,|51+2'68°1157°7 }%: 4 51 9} 5} 2 9
j 48 |43. K. 4 7, 8| 4 2! i0
© G. (71 Is9 [re | oa cM. 2] 3} 2) 410} 4) I 7
3} Mioorirs eT ae ees Pet fa 7] 2} 2 9
™ UL. 149 j56 [50 1. - oe Be : t} St Bf 2 ar =
_ €G. (76 loasiss |3 76 87 cM al 11] 49} sf 5 6
5 4 M. 62 g0-7719)6 627 70-¢70:s4 N. 2 3|}.4/ 10) 6] 9
"™ CL. |50 [66 |59-5|5 49 50 (CE.| 2} 1} 1] 4} 5] 10) 4 10
&(G-|75 joa |e7 |? M.| 4] 1] 4] 10} 4| 10} 3 5
34 M. 65-6/83°9)73+4 N. 1} 1] 8] 3) 14} 2] . sé
S UL. |s1 j72 |59 {x 9| 4 13] 2| 3
=z (G. |68 |j90 [81-5 M.| 1] 1] 6} 8} 3] 4) 3 5
3} Si st rovlocs {x 1} 2} 4] 10] 2} 5) 2 | 4
MCL, [34-5145 [42 E.}.2] 2 3] 9] 4] 42 i
a (G.-|58 70 |62-5/ sis f M. 8) 3) 4) 3} 2) 4) a 5
6 | M./44-5/58°7/53-3! 3 42°2/57-4)41-49 N.} 3/10) 3} 3] 3) 2 3 5
L. 24 |38 135 7 (26 LE. 1/10) 5} 4) 2) 2 8 7
3 (G- |47 [58 |54 | M.j 8} |. | $} | 10) 2 , §
S 4 M.|27-6)41°1) 36-6 N.| 9 3} O| 8} 3 3) 7
4 UL. |11-5127 |265 E.| 6 1} 1) 9} 4] 8} 2 6
g ( G.|87 |45°5/41 M,j 5} 2} 1) 4] 1) 4 2 4
S 4} M.j15-8)27°3)23+1 N.{ 5} | 2 3) 4 v.
s L. |~2*5|11 412 sut il 4 7
= (G. 63°2|80--4172°4 ¢ M./40/28)18) 48/64) 59/30 | 66
% 4M. | 40-7|55+7145°9 4 N. [31/32/23 a 21 90
Ln 14°4(27°5 24:5 LE. 23}38|18} 58 Al 87

400 Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

pte

pee a E Winds. Weather,
7991 8 Es | 2 > |ls [2 |.
ies zie lalS ho Ble lala i ie
3g §G: 405]56.545 [845 |56-5/46 (M.| 8)-2) 3) | 3) 3] 6 6 16] 125
& 4 M./i9-3/31°3 26-4| S 17-1|29-3|24-84 N:| 8 | 13)
Ss g 1} 4) 1) 2] 5) 51 Sif 13) 11) 7
L. |-12| 0 |-3 | -12| 0 |-3 E-{ &| 4) 1] 2) 3} sl 3] sil i7] 86
3 FG. ([45 |50 [46 M-| 4 5| 6] 4] of] 15]. 716
te, M. 16°3 29°3/25*1 N- ] 8 1} 4) 4 6 8 16) | 6
L. |-3 |14°5/11 E+| 2 1 49}
ij 3} | 1] 3} 6 4] off 19] 316
‘3 (G. |39 [56 |45 M:‘ 6 1 5| 5) algsll 15] 121-4
@ 4 M.|20-9/37+6 28-7 N-| 4| | ol | 5! sf slioy 19 f -
= LL. |-9 |i2 | 8 E-| 3| sl af a el ef of sf a6 ait
FG. |56 83 \64 [x70 [ss |77 (M- 3| 9) | 2! 5} 4| gl gl at} 45
&) M.)34 |53_ /43-4)-8 34-4)52-1/4264 N- 4) | 1) 3] 9/ al 6f 9 216
L. 24 32 jas |&-9 l12 | 8 LE 3} 4} | 4} al als a4
> oT he 4 M: 3} 1| 1] 3} 8} 4) 4 86
ie +] 48°5/99°7155°7 N- 3] i] 4] 3] 6 3) 5 8/10
La 89 ee 89 E+ 2) 41 | 5] 4| 2] 8 6) 9.
eo FG. |76 M: 1 h 4
£2 M.\62 |76-5/65-4 dt Se at
— 44 \44 E 3} 5) 5:11) 1) 6 .
‘ ‘ e aig 2. 6) 6 7 2) 4 fee
bea } : ae
7 378 |92 |83 (M™ 5} 3) 4) 4] 9) 3] 4] gay 99
ae | Oy" Bay 77°69 a Ps 1) 6 1) 6| 7 3] 5/2 SS
; 2 43 (E+ | 3] 1 7| 6 6) 3 3 dy
tb M- 3} 3) 1} 2} 5|10) 6 ie Bd
< 2 | 5) 2) 3] 411 4 aa
*\. | 4) 2 6) 2 OL, |
B fx: 2} 2 3| g| 1| 2) 3 eh
2 * 214 3} 5] 1) 3] 2} Of HY
a & 68 E+ 1] 7| 3| 6 1) 4 1 be ue
3° 18 gaeelsedagad wel tot 4] Oe as
: 3 42°2'56°4:49-84 N+ 1] 5| | gj 4] a] 4)
“ar ais 26 CE-| 1/6 | oa 1 58
wks M*| 1) 1) 1] 4) 1/16) 4) 5
Al N-| | 2] 1) 2 1)|11) 5) 8
at E-| | 21) 2} 1/2 3] §
Paes M71 | 2 27148
Aa} N-| 6] 1. | 3} 1] 6 8 €
+o pi *] 6] 1 1] & 2] 6 Gat
s) 65°2/80°1/70 -M+i48/18/13)30|54|75}52)77|
>) oe 'e|50"opeere N> |30}28}21|40]45|70]54
9°5}21°5|18°5 | E+ |27/42113/51/41166154

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

AOL
8 “ ie Winds. Weather.
P g-3 3 r | = é. = ro
5 F — Civ
ele (Ee be blll Bets Ele
1 2 3h14
G.138 | 48 |41 [244 | 57 147 [ML] 2} 2 2\ g ;
22 M.|20-2] 30°1/25-7) = 20°5 | 31-6|26-4< N.} 3] 1 2) 6) 5{121| 22 : ;
SL. |-6 | 10 & te-6 41 5 E. | 3] 2 1} gs} S|12}} 22
Is 14 = M.} 4] 2 1] { 5} 1i15') 17] 5| 6
4 Suidigal s-7iar N.j 6] 4 1} 7|10\| 21] 4| 5
< _M-l19°3! 32°7127+1 - ait iy 7/10} 2a al 8
ws a + Mt. 3} 2} 1] af al 4 alia 17|10| +
ebm 3 N.| 2] 4] 1| 4] 1-4} 4iaa)! 17) 9) 5
& 2 M-|24+5| 42-1|3404 N. “+e
led 0.4 20.413 E. { 2] 2) 1) 6} 1) 8| 4/16 ‘
o bile 74 |%65 | 89 |74 Lg se ae Bo a ae
‘BS M-|42°3| 57-3/50°3 5 S81 sialtoa dN. 1] 5} 1 . Pal 6.8 : ole
“LL. j28 | 38 [36 la o | 20 113 MEECEEGEE EEE
, [G.}65 | 89 |67 M45) 7.2 3 2 [Sear ee ol
&< M-/47-6| 64-8154°6 No} 9 5) Spee ey ooh 5
2 bint | 3S M.| a! | 1) 5] 6l 7/ 2} sil 24! 2) 4
G. 172 | 94. 177 : =
Fo ° N. 2 8 3| 7 :
M-159°4| 78°4/67¢4. ees
=\L.l46 | 62 Is6 |. E. a} | 7\ 3] 6 57 :
G.|79 |100 |s6 279 00 M.| 1} 1) s} 6 4l12l 3] 4 5
. Z . 9 i
22 M-\64 | 84-6|72°3] g 61-2 coa}a0's 4 N 6} 3) 6 ata} 2] af 39h
(LL. |48 | 69 [53 1344-5] 60 [53 HT a tS ay Waa er
op (Gs |74 | 89. |81 Mil <9) ibe 2) 3h 28 al 7
54 M.|62°2| 77-7168°9 ! Bs oa at Se 6| 8
S (Le j445).60._|61; fee | M.| 3} 3] 3 3] z/ 2) 2} 5 45| ‘| -
a flere Poe ee Kg Jn.] al a} al al ef af 3} a! 18) 6 &
M:+l52°8| 69°2/61°6 13 “s re A ae rat at aot s|
7 ee 71. les. (der 75 (M4 6 2 5| 5|) 21) 4) ©
G. |62 | 71 les 186 AE be ot ae al 7
32 M-+/42-9| 57-4|50°7| 3 41-9| 55*9)49 Beha} Sees 5 9 a
© LL. j28 | 45 (40 |311 31 j21 . 4 as : a a calal 5
theca E.| 5; 1) 4| 4 6|10}| 14; 8| 8
= £2. 118 .-Sk. (91 A - SP ato! ol 3
: 8 2 M28 | 37+9|33°4 eis tee sliol| 19 5 7
" GC. 1 TY | 6s | eérlros FMl4 33\83221)70 0"
23M | 40-9| 556/48 4 N.|33|3 | j09169
> lL. | i241 so-ales LE. |31]3 |

402 Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations,
2 ‘
3 oh : Winds. Weather,
o oo. ¥ ee
1801 | = | : 3] [3 | [= ra
a lg°| 4 7B laa 3 | iE
G. |83 |42 48 |-56 [66 [56 M,} 3} 1 “| a 71 5 47
a] Nilter202!04 8 asulssa267 N.} 3} 2{ | 1] ol a! 4,9
PUL Jt fs | 5 lS-7 | 8 | 5 E./ 3) 2] 1) 1) 2] 4} 5 5/10
*(G. 465/61 [51 |= MJ 4} 2) | 3! al sls s| 5
f{ Nitodhslrs ’ }s 2 3] 41 41 6 8
ee Le(+7 14 410 Bi 5 2} 31 514 a Ce
S(G./48 |55 146 M.} 6/10) 2) 1! 3] 9}-4 110
a M./32+6|42°9/39+3 18: 4) 14. 1,273 1 12
= UL. |12 7 E.| 4/12] 4] 3 | 614
= (FG. [s8 |76 |60 68 74 ¢M.| 7 6) 4! 2} 3} gf 2} ail a7 6 7
&.4 M.|39 ahem gy F t-als5-ala7-9 N.| 4/10) 6| 2| 1] 3] 2 17 3
™ wi2 (33 jay CE.| 4) 9) 4) 4! 3] a} | stg 7
M.| 3) 4) 3] 4/10} 5] a} a/{ 1412) 5
ECREEEEE uke?
E.} |14) 1] 6] 7} gl 4 As:
M.| | 5/ 1} 5/19} 3} 4] 3}| 20) ae
N. 5} 3] 4] 9} 5] 11 3 hares
E.] | 4) 2/ 6} g| 6| 1] 3 Pee
576 96 |ss ¢M. 3! 4/10] 7] 2] 5 iy ee
7 # g61sl70-400 1} 2) 1] 8! 5] 8} 2} 4 ates
42 (48 [48 CE.| 1) 2 | 9} alsa} | 4) 19) bh
A M.| | 2 3/ 8] 9| 7 | ee id $5
1* 1) 3) 4} 4) 7] 3} 9) 208 oe
E.] 1) | 4) 3} 5] 9} 2 Leah poe:
M.] 7| 4) 1| 2} 4] 64 eee
N.| 7] 5 2 3) 4} 4] 1 bat gee
E.| 4] 6] 3! 3! 4) 4 : ue
g75 |90 [83° (MJ 4] | 9 3 4|10}. 1}10} 28) 3 ¢
5 43°7/58*7/50°34 N.| 1] 2! 4) 4] af gf ait0 i? :
885 9 [26 [24 CEL | 4| 4} 6 al of 1142 ie
is M.} 2! 2} | of y} 4) 4 ye
8 Nj | a) | 4 3} 6 2114) 20 6B
E. 1 | 3} 4) 6) 2a gs
M.| 2) 1) | 2} 2} 5] 5/14] 20,6 ee
ix 3 3} 2] 4) 415 a
a 3 3} 2} 6] 3/141 “a
68-7/84: 74.5 ¢ 35/3712
4.2°1156+8 18-84. 2619: 19}41]45)57)91
14 287/26 Le clea geez

;

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteqrologicat observations." 403

33
aie
$38 3 Winds Weather.
ma youd y S$, ’ “se

1808 2 1E'S 18 Lilla Ble 18! 2

ya ee Pe Z\Al|oinln|E'7| 1S] ee

. (G.(58 |61 [55 Jsg Jo: tos > CMY HQ} 1) ab ejial aly) Y 3
3 27°8138 Pa Zas4 35:2 10 {x Wd aes 14, | 7 6

+35 11: ub 716 -CE.] 1 | a} af tral a). 5

3 (G.137 151 )49 ae ; M,| 3{ 3 1) 14 310 z

4 M.117°6 29-9 25°3 J N.} 4) 3} | 2) 3 5! 3) gig 10
L.|-6 | 8 : E.} 4] 1 3} 3} 41 Sito iG. >

rs G.|49 (66 |54 M, 4 1) 10 2 4| 7] 6.

S ol Ade ae 2 31 2 1, NS 3! 6) 10

"| 7 122 [15 F..| 4] 1] 2) 2] 3 3| 6 "ae

on G.|51 |71 |60 |..58 Igo [6s M,} 2 1, 1, 8 2)14 4
- M.|38-9/54 646 |.5 58-1 /53-1 (44-5 2 N.| 2) 4) 2) 1) 5 112 =

< (L.\34 [35 a & 7 i23 IIs 2) 2] 2)°4) 1] 5) aigh 5

G.|58 |s2 {68 | 7| 446) | 6 af alg «
= J M.|47-7|60-3 52°2 N.| 3} 8] 5} 3] 51 2] 2l 3 i.
Ali. 35 |45 |4 pts E. | 5} 6| 5] 4] 2] 5] | 4 a

o (G73 ‘\39 {78 M.| 4} 1] 1) 2/1 3} 2} 16; 6) &

S 4 M./61°1/77+4 66°6 N.} 1} 3} 1) 2 3} 3] 14] 5} 1k

™°UL, [51 62 [56 E.| 1) 2] 1| 4) 9} 7} 4) 9! 17] 3) 10

p(G.|75 90 \81 |275 [91 [81 M.} 1| 5 1/13 1] 4 6

3 - ee ie eee 79°1 grad N : ; : f 3 6 7

.|50 |66 £50 (62 . 4

‘gy (G-(T1 Jol |78 2 (M.| 2} @| 3; 2/10 4, ist 7] >

3 J M.|63°5/79°2)65'°9 N.| 1] 5| 3] 41-7 3 8

< 14.152 |65 iT. ale ss s 2 10
&.2 M.|56°9'70 |60°3|- = 34 N./ 2] 2) 2] | 4 6} 8). 6)
8 [L.[34 [56/4 1? to TER i 3] 2) aes #21617 S- <
oo es : 85 {79 (M.| 7| 2} 2] 4) 5) 5 yO} 3.
32M. 59 |5942 N,| 6) 3} 1).4] 6 _ =

mE. 34 |29 \|E.| 4 7] 1) Ji s 4

srGils M,| 4) 1) 2}.1) 4 3.

82m. N.| 4] 1) 2] 2) 5 5.

# |, |e: E.| 4| 3} 2| 1) 4 6
. 3 Gi M.} 2} 3} 2 2 4 3
23M N.| 2} 3} 1 4G,
ify +x 4} | 1] 1] 3 tel i

Ge 66°2179°7 |70°'7 © M.| \20|15\76,78/24185/2 70,

23 2 Mie. ol 42°5 56'6 |48°5 2 N, |29/41|20/23)54\90/30)78/ 191/73) 100-
=the] | 18-2'41,7 \26 |B. |31]34/24|96|42|89/98/g1 214/69] ah”

404 Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations,

3 3 2 : : Winds. if rea,
é [Es] | |, fle 12 48
a[g°] 3 2 Blaglo ESE ae

a FG [54 [98 [51 [554 |59 |x EM! 3} 4} 4) | slfals [10 | 5
&, } M.|19:0)32-0)28-3| 2 29-8 |35-1 (31 4 Ne 2} 2) | 1] 4) sl | 7] 19 712
L.4-755) 8) 7 iS -7°5 8 | 5 CE] 3} 1] 1) 1) 2! of of si 15 ly
g (G:|50 [59 [53 M+ 5] 1 1) 7) 7 2) 8} 15) 8
3] | 23°O/382)32°6 N-} 3] 2 6| 8} 2} 7) 141 6 |g
m ET, 12 |10 E+| 4] 2 6] 7} 3} 6) 14, 5 |
5G. |s2 I74 164 M+ 3} 3] 3} 2] 5] 4! gf gi 169) 6
i]. 27°9'43 136-1 N:| 2} 3} | 4] 4] 8} 2} si) 15/10 | 6
= UL.} o |14-5/12 : E-/ 1} 5] 1] 5] 21 g] a}+si 16] 8/7
ES: 87 |79 l67 | 67 [86 |71 (M+ gs] 3] 3} | of ol | 5] 10416
z} Mos 6 1/46°7].5 39+2 |55°6 |46-1 4 N+| 4] 8] 4] 1] 7] | | 6) 1671/7
“CL. j26 [30 j22 [20 |t4sli2 CE. 2i14] | 2! 7] gl | sl 4a 8
» (G67 (86 |74 M-| 4) 7| 1] 4/10} 1} a} 3 21) 8 | 2
E} als 65°7|55°7 N-| 3] 5] 3] 7] 7} 2 3 20, 7 | 4
131 133 |34 E-| 4} 2] 4) 9] si a} | 3 G4
» (G. 173 |93 |s4 M+ 1 3} 3/ 3] 7] 7} | 6} 1610) 4
a} 579917741673 N+} | 2] 4] 4) 5] 8} | 7) 17,815
= UL. |48 |62 |53 CE} | 1) 4) 6 si 6} | sh 14947
>, 9G: j71 |91 |82 |s73 4 M+ | 3} 4] 3/11] 5] 4) 7) 168]
2) M.|67-6|77-1)72+3) & 62-4 177-9 67-8 JN.| | 5! al 5 4) 9} 2) 4) 14)
~ OL. |49 [59 [54 |841-3\59 |gs (LE-| | s| ol sl ol ol 1] ol 14 i
& FG. |\72 |s8 |\s2 kA FM | 4) 3] | af 7 4 8 20414
2 7) M.\61-9]79-2\69-9) N-| | 4! 3] | 4] 5] sito} 22) 4/5
~L. 141°5/69 156 E- 3} 3) 2! af 6} 4i11}) 21) 4) 9°
a (G. |66 [78 |68 My | 2) | 2 gf 9 | 72
4 M./49°9168-6| 59-7 N: 3] 2} 3] g{10} 1) 9) 22
a L. 34 {60 [51 E- 3} 1) 4) 2} 9) |11)) 28
= {G-/63 [77 \67 |d66 ize lez 1}10} 8} 2} 4)} 18
3 ) M [48°7|59-1153-1! & 40-9 [5606 | 3} 7} 5| 1] 7) 2
-L.|28 42 39 1318s 20 29 3} g} 3} 4} 5 18
= FG [51 [61 |s4 1] 4| 7] 6} 4) 2
S M.|29°2/42-9/3g 3} 1} 7} it
+ UL. /18 (20 |20 1} gs} 5} 2ji1}) 1
3 §S. |57 62 |59 i] 7) 7} 4 6
& ) M-|29-1)39-2] 34-7 6 2 5
-L. |95 j22 |1g 7| 2) 8
a(S) 65 [79 (66))
= 3M. | 41.3/56+3 |83
ee 13 |25-4 g4|it
-%

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations. 405

cs %
@ BE os Weather.
1904.] = JES| 2 ! |
ht el is | | ol oa El
. (G.135 |46 jai }§57 [62 59 (Mylo) | 2 | 4} a 3
G2 M/\15.1|26-6|29-4) = 21-1|32-7 logs 2 N. | 1} 3] 3} 2jist
LL.[-5 flo | 9 [S-5 [lo | 9 Bly at al af af ape
rege 65\41 f" M, 4} 2} | 1) 9] 5) 6
& 3 M.{19°3/32-3\27°8 *: 6) 2) 1) 1) 1) Sp 6
-2 lle | 9 E.| 3| 3| 1) 4} 1} 6 6| &
$4 sipped M. 5] 3\31| 3) at 6 S
=< M.[24°1|41-4/32°9 N.| 3 7| 1] | a! gi 3
Ss (1.441 jar fs 4}. EEE 9{ 6, 2/10
— [G.147 |66 {ss [eer 86 |75 (MJ 9) 3 4| | 9} 4) | 8
E< M.|36.6|49°8/ 43°42 37°3 [53-8 1453 J N.| 3] 7) 3! 9! a] i 2] 9
< LL.}17 py 1 j21 fis” | E.} 2} sf 3} 2} al 4} als
4 7 M.| 5) 3} 7| 3} 9 ,
3 4x. 4) 3} 8} 5} 4] |
is “LE.| | 3} 7] 6! 6
wi} + 5| 7 i)
2 N.| 3i11 2| 5
= LL. |53 : {x 2171 | si 6
pf M178 |s9 82 |S78 905/82 CM! j 1)10
2 9 L. |60°6)77°868'8 76.2/67 2N.| 1/3} | 4) 6
~ LG.|44 [62 59 55 54 E.| 1 5| 7
7 M, 3| 5} 2] 3| 7
9-2 N.| 1] 6| 9] 9) 7
E./ 1) 6 3 a4 ,
{MJ 2) 2) | 1) 6 6
N.| 3) 2) 3) | 3
E.| si sia} 14
Mi 5| 2/9} | 4
N.| 4| 3\ 1) | 4
E.| 3} 3} | il 5
MJ 3} 2] a) | gito} [12
N.| 4) 2 11) 4
E.} 3} 3] 2 12] 2
M, 3) 2] 1) 2) 1/10) 4
N.| 4,1) | 3} | 9) 4
E.} 4 1 4; |10) 3} 9
(f M.55/31/20)12/57/75/26)8 -
N. |44/47|22|2¢|33)8 1/28/93]
42 LE. |s5\4 Irglaslsslesiaal

aes ead

ae S

see ae ee any

406 Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

me]
mo
g Fay F Winds.
1805. ¢ |E% Fy 2]
& : 2 15 7, bh I len os a4

, (G.|87 |41 (38 (1s 58 /43 M.} 5} 2 3}11 | |10 ;
S< M.J16-2/25 |21-4/> 19°6 |30-2 |25¢7 }x. 6| 1) 1) | 3} 7 | 1/12 ,
“TE: 4/0 |—105}4 |o CE.) 8) 1 2| 6 | 113 |
ig [G- 186°5/58 [43 M., 1) 1 1} 3)10 | 411 |
34m 21°7/34°6|28°7 }e: 1} 2} | 2) 1] 8 | 113 |

© 14.°|12 E. | 2| 1) | 2| 2] 6 | aji4 :
2G. (52 [65 |58 M.| 5} 3} 2) | 7| 6 | | 6} |
5 M+/31+3/45°9/395 N.| 4) 6} | 4] 3} 8 | 4) 5}
= UL. |11 |25 21 je 48 4} 4) 8 | 2) 5}
mm {G.|51 [75 [68 | 264 jo {71 M.| 2| 4| 1} 1} 5/10 | 2} 5} 15) 11) 4
55 M+[42 |56°6/48-4/-5 41-1 [55-7 |48°4 9N.| | 4) | 1) 5] 8 210) 13) 89
< LL. 134 [39 |s2 (B11 jes lo jx. 4) | 4] 5] 7 | alta) 16) 7 ;

5 80 {71 M.| | 8 fois 112 6 ;
- M>|50°1/64°7|57°5 JN 1} 1} | 5/15 | 35 det
~|38 |45 |42 E.; | 1) 1) .| 5|14 4 6) 17) - |

« C2 95. |80 M.| 3} 4| 3} 2] 7} 4 9} 5] 174 8°
SJ M-|59-5|75-2165°9 N. 3] 5/3] 4] 5] 2 2} 6} 21) 68
™ UL. |46 : E. | 2} 4| 4| 4] 7} 2 2} 5} 17) 8
> (G-|78 |95 |85 |S78 jos les eM. 1/1/14) | 911 | 8) 25) 44
"3.< M-/64-1|85 |73-4) £ 62-5 |80.7 |70°3 Jy. 4} 7j14 1) 5] 26 4
™ UL. |52 iy 62 |B46 las las UE. 1] 7] 3/13 | a 9) 49)
ky [ G |74 se M. 4| 8} 4} 7 44 if
a M./63°9/82°1/71 N. 31 9} 3/12 | | # z

L. {54 |72 |66 E. | 4| 9] 3] 9 | 2,4) a:
. (G.|69 |89 |78 M.| 2] 5| 1] 2| 8] 7 | 1) 4: ee.
E Mi|sr-}r1-}oa N.j 1/11} 2} 2} 3} 8 | 3} - By
UL, |41 (51 47 |, E.} 1/11] 1] 2] 4) 8 | | 3 4i )

G.|56 |78 |70 |/269 |89. [7s (M.) 6 1| 5} | 2\10 | 1 6} 18 8

M-|39-2)54°9)48°8) 3 43°6 |57-6 |51°6 4 N.| 1) 2/ 4) 4) 1) 9 | 2 8] I Oe

L. j28 40 [36 222 |32 E.| 1) 2] 4) 3} 2) 9/ 3 7 84)
ss [G|53 [72 [64 M.| 3| 3] | 1) 2)9| 3 9 49 |
g{ i 33+8)46+2/42+6 ix 3| al 1g | 313 a¢
4 32 {31 E.| 3} 5| | 1) | 7) Spe
sf 69 |58 M.| 1 1] 6} 8 | 6 9 la
& < M+|33-8/43.8/38°8 N. 11 1] a| s| 7 | 2it4 Aé
a 25 E. i} 1} | 4] 8 | 3/14 2
» [Sr] 62°7 |80°5 1692 ¢ M.|29)27/17 9 lng
x L. 41°7|56 [49 4 N.|20)36/15/31/41]106,19)98 40

17*1 |27-2/25 (CE. }20|36/16|33/41|97 |2alo3|

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations. AO7.

i
: $ 32 2 Winds. Weather
806. Z Bs 2 2 > She jo te
eig°1| 21% Zi balalalaleizis ts |e
4 140 (49 137 |#55 G.| 7 | 1) 1) 5! 4} gl10l| 14] 8} 9
N, |20°8}29°6/25+1) & 261 |36+1 sts} | 1] 1] 2) 2 | 5; 4/10]) 14, 8) 9
E. |-6 |1 = -6 2 L.| 4 al 2 4} 7/ gi} 12 9
3 [M55 [58 [54 . (G.| 1] 3) 1) 2} 4] 7] 4} of 19] 11) 5
2 9 N./23-7|35-1|30°3 M. 2| 2! 2] 6 gl gl) 13] 101
E. |-5 |19 |14 ii 2| | 2} 8] ai oll a 6
S (M.|40 |71 |59 G.| 3} 4] 1| 1) 1] 6 aj14) 1 3
a N. [24°1|34-6/30°8 M,} 4) 4| 1) 2} | 5] 1/14) 1 6
= LE.|10 |15 lis |, L. | 3] 4] 1) 2) 1) 3} git) 1 8
= M.|57 [66 |63 | & 90 G. | 3} 5] 1} 1] 2] 5} 5] gi] 1 4
G9 N, )34°8/46-5)41+6/'5 36-1 |49*5 |43-1 } M.| 3} 5] 2) 2) 2] 3) 5) 8) 1 5
“ LE./19 |29 j27 \a10 jis {18 CL.| 4} 7/| 1/ 3] 2] 2) 9] 6 13] 19] 5
>, (M.|68 |90 |75 G.| 3} 9} 1] 2}.9] 2} 2) 2 8
et = 149°6 6724/57 : M.| 1] 7] 4! 6) 5} 7} 4) 4 4| 5
E. |36 {50 [45 iL. 4) 6| 6) 6 1) 1 8) 4
= 75 |92 |82 G.| 2 1/11) 6| 2) 4 8} 3
z4. 59°5|76°5/65¢1 M. 1, 2/10 3 5| 3
m LE. /47 (61 |52 | . Es. 2) 2/10 2 7| 2
>, fMA75 j92 \80 {G75 |92 |82 (G.) 2] 9} 1) 4) 1/11) 1) 5 49
Ss < N. |60°7/77-8/65+1| & 61-7 |76°9 |65°7 4 M.| 2/10, 1. | 1|13 4 4}12.
LE. 154 |61 (56 |847 |e1 52 L. 3}10| 2) | [13) | 4 6| 8
w (M.I72 |91 |s1 |? ~ | 1) 3} 9} 7 | 12) 8
24 76°5/67°9 7 2} 4) 2) 4) 5] 8) 2} 4) 13) 7/11
S LE. /48 (65 [58 L.| 2} 4) 2 4) 4) 8 3) 4) 14, 5/12
a (M.j69 |83 [76 G.' 5] 5] | 3] 9 2) 1) 6 11,9
HN. 53°8/68°7/61°4 M. 5} 9} | 2) 6 4) | Zi] 15] 5/10°
“ (E.|37 |57 (50 : 8} | 3| 6 5} | 7 15] 5/10.
[M.65 [76 [69 |£69 |83 [76 (G. 10 » | 4] 8] 4} 5 24) 403
é4%. 40°6| 58°6|51.1| 5 42°6|57°5 |51°2 ¢ M.) 2} 6) 2) 1) 2) 9} 4) 5)) 26) 4) 2
_E. |28 |38 [34 |3 32 {30 {L.| 2} 4} 4) 2] 2) 7] 4) 6) 25] 5) 1
s M.Is5 |62 [57 |S .| 4 5] 2) 1] 3] 5] 3] 5|| 14) 8 8
34%. 33°5/4.5°4)41 64 M.! 4} 6| 1] 1] 3} 4] 6 &/ 144 79
E.: 32 |s L.} 4| 7] 1] 2] 3] 3] 6 5h 144 71 9
3 {M. 45 G.| 1] 2} | 1| 2/45} 2) 8) 18) 76
34 w-poslics|son M.| 3} 1) | 1) 2} 9} 510} 14; 10) 7
E.| 2 13 |11 L. | 3} 1 12] 5, 8] 18) 6 7.
= ~ — 66*7 /83°5 72-7 ¢ G. |43/48) 917/61/79'26/81)/192)103)70
oN, 41°6/55 [47°84 M 9} 83/85:
i1 18°7|30 [25-2 (L. |24/64)21}26/38]79|39|75/|198) 86/84

of day.

warmest pt.
co

“tT sunset,

Jan.
—_ hob
oO

1 =e 4 = © sunrise,
-_

‘to me G9

5
:
9

April March Feb.

51
27°6
-6

76

19

75
50
23

+ 29 9
5

me de

© Go Go bo et et
we
are

PANDOSSCARMOANORKODO

wwe DONIVeuUwYyNnny BWorvaune

45°9

“IST to

mt mm 0D 0D 2D Co mm Co om dD DO OO
bok ek

arise as ae 06-0: dhe RAMEE AL AO 00 Sor <x: “GE Ae Oo GeO) tO Co Gv-GT Gh a coeur ee te 1 4n
Oh & DW dD PB & Oo

89°5 78
73°7 |63°
42 \40

ee
wD

ab DWH HOO ODP

SOR ew ooOe
ay

bo»

Year Dec. Nov. Oct. Sept. Auge July June May

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

. Weather,
5

= 3

1 9 2

2 36

4 3] 5

1 4) 6

1] 1, 61 4

3}. | 4

Qi 1 '$

2 4 . 17

1 6 15

a 110

1 ¢

' ‘ 4

m8

8 8

6

Saoaanuan

ge
No Gr to

:

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations. aug

= ier Winds. Weather.
2 33 8
wont eee eB beleta |S |
- (G./38 |44 «38 (M,) 3} 3} 1) 2) 5 10) 4
2) M./12-6|23+7/21 z 15°3 1 7s. 1/12) 16, 7 8
1. 4/1 6-9 1 CE.) a i) 1 12) 16) 5/10
s (G. 47 |43 M.| 4 | 4/10) 3} 3/} 12) 7)10
AL. +4 lis | 7 E.| 3| 3| 1] | 5) 8 5| 4) 15) 8) 6
; 3 (G./48 [56 (51 | 3) 1| 2 3/10) 20) 8] 3
3 M.|26°6|37°3|33°6 N.|. | 5 3]10 2/11) 17, 6) 8
: 6 |18 |15 “| 1 B} 3)11) 17 ;
: E (G. |54 54 |75 |63 5 1) 8) 18
4 i} i laralso suzsi a6 48°3 41 N. 2 5} 1 20) 1 6
; L. |19 32 6 jt8 |15 (E.| 3) 7 | 5| 5} 3} 4) Of 17) 6 7
=> |. n 7 51 13) «8/10
= ) M./4 | 7] 3) 4) 4) 3) 3) 6) 15) 610
’ L. | 5] 3} Si a| 5/13) 610
g ® 2} 4] 5] 1) 8| 7) =| 3} 13) 11] G
: = 3| 2) |11/ 6 6) 19) 5/6
4 L 6} 2} 1/11] 6 | 5) 19) 35 6
> 1} 3) 3} 1/1 } 3} 16) 6) 9
cs a) aii 2) 16, $)10
L. |4 1] 2 8 a} 19 3°
* : | 5
4 <p —— | 9] ee! 81
z Dy a! 2 11 5 5
2 1) 5] 7, 4
‘~~ ¢G.!70 8 1,10) i 4
: S ¢ M.!375/49°1 3 8] 7 8
; L. |18 3 sd | | 7
S ¥ M./29-2/39°4/36°6 2 4} 14) 10 6
. 4 (1.113 hg 3 | 3} 14 24) ©
: 3 (G-|50 [55 2 AS :
af) 1.21-3/28-6 2 3) 7 ait
Stile lu 2 ea _
G. |43/37\1 2172) *
: es) M- 2015: 7 aaieal
: on 6 » 123 26,726

410

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorologicai observations.

The following table shows the greatest, mean, and least elevation of the ther-
mometer for each month and year of the foregoing period.

| Jan.| Feb.|Mar, Apr.|
G. \54 46 |76 {83
hI M.)27+4 |24.3 |35°2|47-1
& UL.H-1 24-7 24,
pG. * 50 [56 {83
Sd M.(26 |23°6|29°1143°5
Ss { Lij=12 (63: 490i 124
(G./48 157 |60 |84
S M.|25+3 |26-4 33-7 |50
= LL. |-6 3 O i78
- ~ 42° 161 (55 (26
3 M.42798 [274 |38-2 [463
=~ (L.-4 |[-7--/12 -|28
a | G 61 1 |66 {71
S 4 M.|32°9 |24°3 |35°8 |46+5
— Cp 18-5 beg | y *|24
wo» {G.|58 |59 74 179
34 M.|26°4|31 [55-7 |47-8
“Tes | 2-20): ise
2 4M 46 |46°5 [57 66
OS M./21°3 |26-4 |32+8 |43,
nen SF Fe —5 —2 1 7
ee 4 Ni 58 \65 {75
2 < M.'|20°9 |28°3 38-9 |49
ee) : VO Ff
rei FS Ps 4 |11~ 132
i - 149 [58 {71 |66
2< M./25°6 |29°9 |27- 9140-9
L646 “110 29
r [G.151 j42 2
4 {Hi 17°5 |19°9 |26+3 40:2
™ £L./=18 |-11°1'3 [20
2 {G44 |47 |56 }72
% 3 M./19+1 (245 132-5 l4ge5
™ UL.j-9. -4 476 fig
Great’st}61 {61 |76 184
Gen. M.|24+5 126-0 [33-4 |45+3
ast Ls -11; 0 |1i7

May|
86

Junel
89

49
92
68°S
4S

69°6 [7

| Sep.

90
63°8
3405
84

89

40

gO
63°8

Mean state of the thermometer at t

he observed, that the mean temperatur

inean for the year, or as the

Sunrise.
Warmest pt.

Sundown,
nat

11778]1779
40°7 139*3

535*7 153+

uot

46°6 |48

88 |48°5

e

he several hou
at sundown i
mean of the other two
1800]1801]1802!1803 1804/1805|18
40°9 |42+1 [42°5 141°3 |40+1
55°6 |56°8 156-6 S 54°6

48°8 |47°6

‘e numbers in this column are the extremes and m

§O°6 |¢
* 140

§1°2 |.

Oct.

Nov:

”

55

49 |47°8
cans for the year of the

rs of observation.
s nearly the same;
41°7 410 56
49°3
42°7 |43°7
season’:

Dec.
4bs§
224 |<
~2°5| =
wis

50°2

iwi

ag the

7

1807|1808|Mean
3 \39°6 40°55

Prof. Farrar’s abstract of meteorological observations. 441

Annual mean state of the winds and weather, 94.)

(aetna
min

Se wt

1800 1799. 1798

A2ZMAz

Zz

Pi

25

3 1802 1801
Baernee

Fi

=

Bz

1807 1806 1805 1804 180
aaa
MAS

PEGE Ee

‘ Mean. semper
RRS

412

Prof. Harrar’s abstract of meteorological observations.

General table, deduced from the’ receding, shewing the meanstate of the winds

and weather at the several hours of o

bservation; to which is subjoined the mean

of the morning, noon and evening obseryations for each month and for the year,
Weather.

2s

-_ Ae
en a

Jan.
Pe) ey
2 tt zo

acy

=

May . April March Feb.

azenee mee (ewher prechows,

EZ
1 8D

Aug. July June

MARAZS

Sept.
Zs

Nov.

Oct.
Z

ar Aah

Dec.
ike

.
.

Year
aaa

. aN
~

02 09 9 09 09 w& & cs
MeN KNQmMae godeseavec

~ Winds,
<2 Nn
Bee ae
14} 1-4
seb “PS
3 1+4
*S 1-5
“5 1:4
14 1-]
od 1:8
1-3 2:6
2 16
2.2) 25
14513
2°3-} 2-6
28 | 41
27 .|..§-2
1°6 |. 2-6
17 | 35
L7 | 47
1:°5 2"
Al} 4-4
1:2 se 5-7
1-3 | 3+5
22°) 3-7
2:5 | 48
3 | 2-9
7 / 3:5
8 aes]
t Fots
6 HORE
$23
1:
8 cirek
1-1 }-4
*6 ind
*6 -bade
5 1
1:4 1-9
1°4 pte &
1°4 Sa |
1 12
"4/14
Tj 1°8
19 | Q-4
26 |. 4
V7 | 36
13 | 49
231 4
5 | Ss
17 | 2°3
1 1°4
"6 1 Fs
I*4 | 2°6

G2 89 — 09 89 Go 9 Oy
WAY & Bo

ANA WO

413
Lil.

ON THE MOTION OF A PENDULUM SUSPENDED FROM
TWO POINTS.
BY NATHANIEL BOWDITCH, a. a. s.

Fi fe 4 of the American Philosophical Society at Philadelphia, and of the
Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences.

— +

i THE remarkable variety of motions in a pendulum suspend-
ed from two points, in the curious experiment in Professor Dean’s
paper on the apparent motion of the earth, as viewed from the moon,
induced me to examine the theory of such motions, and I have found
the fluents of the fundamental equations, where the arcs of oscillation
are small, which is the case usually considered in simple pendulums.
Some of the most important results of this calculation are contained
in the following articles.

2. Let A, B, (Pl. III. Fig. 1.) be the points of suspension of the
ee which the. ball D is a ac beth by the sea line £0:
in G, each rotet tone Galen ba Oe off Be iiligde te
dinates, we shall call GD the axis of z; GB that of x ; and GH, per-
pendicular to the plane of the figure, the axis of y. If the pendulum be
supposed to vibrate in the plane of xz, the point D of the body will
describe an arch of a circle EDF, whose centre is C, and radius CD;
and if this arch be made to revolve about the axis AB (or chord EF)
it will generate’a curve superficies which will be the locus of that point
of the pendulous body in all its successive revolutions. It must how-
ever be observed, that the arcs of vibration must never be so great as”
to bring the pendulum in the direction of the line AC or BC, which
would reduce the double, to a single, point of suspension. ,

3. In calculating the motion of the pendulum, we shall neglect
the resistance of the ings and shall consider the whole pendulum as a

682

414 - Mr. Bowditch on the motion of a pendulum

point D suspended by the line ABCD void of gravity. Suppose that — |
at the end of the time ¢ the pendulous body is at L, and the centreC’
at ec; the co-ordinates of the point L being GM=x, MK=z, KL=y.
Continue MK to meet the arch EDF in I, and on MK let fall the per-
pendicular CS. Draw Lea, ICa, which will evidently meet in the
point a of the line AB, making Ie=La and IM=LM. Put CD=r,
CG=r', the force of gravity=g, and the tension of the thread Le

at the point L equal to as ee compound quantity is taken
Vrr—x2x0 ; :

rather than a simple one, in order to render the equations found by

this method identical with those investigated in a different manner in

Ma, LK, KM
in the next article. This tension being multiplied by —— = che

will give the corresponding forces in directions of the axes x, Y, Te
pectively. Now by the similar triangles ICS, IaM we have Ia(=La)=

ee rJzztyy
SSG / pre?

because LM=,/MK? + KL?= JBTW &
S ry
IS=,/CP?—CS' cpocs a 1T—XLL5 also Ma= pans _iMcs_ =v,

which substituted give the forces in directions of these axes
ae =< bei prefixed
Se pee alas yy? Vf azyy’ the negative sign beimg

because these forces tend to decrease the co-ordinates: This a

force is to be increased by g, because gravity acts in direction of
AZ ,

axis z, and the force in direction of that axis becomes Jae
Now (by the usual rules for variable ‘qnations) these forces beim
ye-

multiplied by the fluxion of the time d¢ will give sis eae of a
locities in direction of those axes, namely, d. =, d i yOeGe

herice by the transposition we have the following system peo

suspended from two points. 415

the integrals of which, combined with the equation of the curve sur-
"face, will give the values of x, y, z, corresponding to the time ¢.

FP ih axdt
4 eee
; aydt
O=d. yt (A)
at VW2zz+yy
O=d. om: == edt.
dt Wzztyy °

4. These equations may be investigated by the same method that
La Place has used fora single pendulum in vol. i. page " of his “ Me-

canique Celeste,” md substituting 3 in the equations o=d. < > adt & =)

ond. 7a (S “) 5 O=d. Sad (3) see the value of u=o re-
presentiug the equation of the curve surface on which the pendulous
body moves. This equation is easily investigated by observing that
MI=MS+SI>r'4yr7—22 ; ML=/2zz+yy, and MI=ML gives 7+
V pena EEF yy 5 5 OF O=r'4+/ rr—az—V zz4yy=u. This value of
u, substituted in the preceding equations of La Place, gives the sys-
tem (A) of the preceding article.

If AB were inclined to the horizon, and GD to the vertical, by the
angle I, the force of gravity in direction a would be gsine I, and m
direction z would be g cosine 1; which would produce, in the first
equation, the term — gdf sine I, and in the last — gd¢ cosine I, instead
of —gdt, which when I is very small and a, y, small in comparison of
r, (which, asin § 5 following, give A=g nearly) may be reduced to the
same form as the equations (A), by writing a+ sine I for 2, which
is the same as changing the origin of the co-ordinates, consequently
the values of x, y, z, given in the following articles for the case of AB

416 Mr. Bowditch on the motion of a pendulum

horizontal may be easily reduced to that, where the axis is inclined to
the horizon by a very small angle. :

It is worthy of remark, that the distance of the points of suspension —
AB does not enter into these equations, consequently that distance may
be varied at pleasure, without affecting the motion, provided rand r' re-
main unaltered, and the condition at the end of § 2 be observed.

It may be observed that these equations would remain the same,
even if the term r’ were to become negative, or the point C were to
fall above G, provided that by any light mechanical contrivance,
whose weight might be neglected in the calculation, the ball D could
be retained constantly in the moveable plane ABC, while vibrating
about this axis AB, the ball at the same time vibrating in that plane
about the centre C.

5. If we suppose the arcs of vibration to be small, the vertical as-
cent or descent of the body, denoted by the change in the value of z
would be very small in comparison of a or oe consequently in the last

of the equations (A) we may neglect a 773 and, as y is very small i =

comparison of z, we may, in veplectan terms of the order

2 put [== =I, then this equation divided by dt gives a=g> This
ttl age af zz Z—+yy eq Vi y $} :
being substituted in the other two equations (neglecting quantities

like those before mentioned, by putting r for /rr—axe, and rr for
= P g ;
vzz+yy) they become 0=d. +i oon eat O=d. a8 sya which inte-

r+r

grated, putting for brevity = —=44,—— =a'a’, give

ere
=b cosime (atc)

=b' cosine (a’t+c’)

as may be'easily proved by substituting these values in the prope
equations ; 4, 2',c,¢’, being constant quantities,to be determined by

(B)

suspended from two points. 417
initial values of x and y, and the velocities of projection in directions

' of those axes. The general expressions of the velocities are 2 mr =,
which by means of the equations (B) become
dx

_ G=— a sine (at+e)

4 (C)

= =— ab sine (dt+c’)

If we therefore suppose the value of x, y at the commencement of the
motion to be ¢, e’, we shall from the equations (B) have e=) cosine c,
e’=/' cosine c’; and if the velocities in directions a, y, be at that time
v, and v’, the equations (C) will become v=—ad sine c, and v’=—a’b
sine ¢. From these we deduce

VV
b=,/ee+ oA

, fo vy!
b =e d Ba re
(D)

v
Tang. ore?

Tang. « ¢e ae
which determine the constant quantities.

The commencement of the time ¢ being arbitrary, we may, by
taking it at that point of any revolution where y=0', reduce the con-
stant c’ too. For in this case the second of the equations (B) be-
comes 4'=0' cosine (at+c), or 1= cosine (a’é+c’), and, as =O, we
may take e’=0, and then the expressions of x, y will become.

a = 6 cosine (at+c) a
y = 6 cosine at ),

which may be omnia equally general as the equations (B). _

418 Mr. Bowditch on the motion of a pendulum

If the body fall from a point atrest, we shall have v=o, v'=o,
whence, by the equations (D) d=-+e, b= +e’, c=o,c'=o, consequently
a =6 cosine at
y SEQUISS (F)
y= 0 cosine at
These last equations may a/vays be used when a, a’, are incom-
mensurable, which includes by far the greatest number of cases.
For if the arch at be decreased by any whole number f of circles re-
ae by p. 360° the arch a¢ would be decreased cay pre “7

a?

a—a

become 4 cosine Btto—p 360". ty and if a ka were incommen-

surable, we might take p ach that p. 360% would inneglecting mul-
tiples of 360°) be equal to ¢, or differ from it by a quantity less than
any assignable, which would reduce the expression of x to 6 cosine af,
taking for epoch the time corresponding to this value of p. But when
a@and a’ are commensurable, this reduction can take place vege for
particular values of ¢, which it will not be necessary to note, since

they may be easily discovered.

6. The equation 0=1 + /rr—ze—V/ zz4+yy Of $4, esas in

series, neglecting the fourth powers of x and y gives z=r He

x”
Poe which by substituting the values of x, y, given in the equi-

c B t iaieth
tions a béconiés zertl ae, cosine at+c) a?) :

a we have bedava approximate values of a, Ys 25 seit?
ing to the time ¢, which will enable us to trace nearly the course of
the pendulous. body; and if greater accuracy were required, We
might substitute the values of Z, y, in the third equation (A). and.
thus obtain a more correct value of A which substituted in the ‘other

two equations would give exacter values of a, y, and in this way, by

suspended from two points. 419
successive operations, we might obtain the co-ordinates to any re-
quired degree of accuracy.

7. The equations (B) give +4 for the greatest value of x, and
+6’ for the greatest value of y. Hence if on GS the axis of x (Plate
3. Fib. 2.) we take, on each side of the point G, the lines GS=GN=
6; and in like manner on the axis of y, the lines GE=GW=9, and
through these points draw lines parallel to the axes, to complete the
parallelogram ACKD, the projection of the path of the pendulum on
the plane of xy will always be contained within this figure.

8. on tangent of the curve must be parallel to the axis of x,
ab sine (4/0) ig infinite, and perpendicular to that axis

a’b’ sine (a’t-+-c’)
when that expression is 0. ‘The first condition takes place when
b'=o, or sine (a't-+c’}=0 ; the second when 6=0 or sine (at+c)=0. When
b'=<o, the second equation (B) gives y=o, consequently the pendulum
must vibrate in the plane of za: when b=o, the first of the equations

when © a or

(B) gives a2=o, and the body must then vibrate constantly in the plane
of zy. When sine (a't+c )=0, y=b' cosine (a t+’) must be +4’, con-
sequently the line AD or CK must then be tangent to the curve.
When sine (at+c)=o, x=b cosine (at+c) must be + 6 and the line
AC or DK must be tangent to the curve. Hence in general we may
conclude that the sides of the parallelogram ADKC become tangents to
the curve in every vibration. There is one exception to this, name-
ly, when sine (at+c) and sine (a't+c’) are both =o, which correspond
to 2=+h and y=+0', when the body is at one of the corners A, C,
_ D, of the parallelogram. In this case the preceding expression of
qa = becomes of the form, and we must, according t to the usual rule,
ar the fluxions of the numerator and denominator, vishal

420 , Mr. Bowditch on the motion ofa pendulum pee
calf aab cosine (at+c) a
dy” a’a’b’ cosine (atc) - rap which by §5 is eg? to = sii ‘

axa

hence the subtangent “= _ becomes
struction. Take on ag axis NS (Plate 3, Fig. 2 or 4) GI=GL=
“.GS, and join KI, AL, DI, CL, these will be respectively the

tangents of the curve at the points K, A, D, C. If we substitute the
values, sine (at-+c) =o, sine (a’t+c’) =o, in the equations (C) we shall
find the velocities in the directions of the axes a, y, are equal to 9,

. 6, which affords this con-

consequently the pendulum must be at rest when it is at —_ * the
points A, D, K or C.

9. In the case of the last article where 4’=o, the vibrations must ~
be performed in the plane za, exactly like those of a pendulum of the
length r suspended from a fixed point C. (Plate 3. Fig. 1.) Be-
cause the values a=0 cosine (at+c) given by the first of the equations
(B) is not altered by supposing AB and x’ to be decreased till they
become 9, and this value of a shows that one vibration 1s performed
while 2 changes from 6 to —, consequently the arch a¢ must ig
180° in one vibration.

_ In like manner when 6=0, the body must move. in the plane 9
and one vibration will be performed while y=d' cosine (a't+¢) changes
~ from 8’ to —Z' ; consequently, in the time of one vibration, the
@'t will increase 180°, and the body will vibrate like a simple pend
lum of the length r+’, suspended from the point G. For aa’ being

——— the value a it would not be changed by decreasing r till it ‘be.

came 0, provided 7 were increased by an equal quantity The same
would take place if r were decreased till it became 0, 7’ being 1
by an equal quantity, so as to preserve the same value to r+r and a.

suspended from two poirits. ) 421

Hence the vibrations of the pendulum ADB, (Plate Il. Fig. 8) about
the axis AB would be performed in the same time as those of a sim-
ple pendulum of the length GD=r++’. :
10. From the preceding articles it follows, that if at the moment
the compound pendulum is set in motion, from a point whose ordi-
nates are e, e’, and velocities v, v’, in the directions of the axes a, 7, as
mentioned in § 5, two simple pendulums are also projected —One of
the length 7, suspended from the point. C, and projected in the plane
za with the velocity v, from a point where a=e: The other of the
length r+r’, suspended from the point G, and projected. in the plane
zy with the velocity v', the distances of these simple pendulums from
the axis of z at any time will be respectively equal to the values of x, y,
in. the motion of the compound pendulum. For in all these pendulums
the values of a, y, will be given by the same equations (B), since the
constant quantities a, b, c, a’, b', c’, will be the same in the compound
pendulum as in the simple ones.- It being always understood that
the arcs of vibration are small in SOMpArison: of the lengths of the pen-
dulums, and the bodies are srr ie not-to interfere with each «
intheir diferent motions. <2 |
The same result might also be obtained in the peers manner.
Suppose the pendulum were projected from the point D (Plate III.
Fig. 1.) in a direction corresponding to the diagonal GA, (Fig. 2) with
a force represented by GA, that would make it ascend to the point
corresponding to A. This force might be decomposed into two,
GN, GE. . If the first of these only acted on the body it would vi-
brate in the plane of za about the centre C, (Fig. 1) and if the. last
only acted, the vibratians would be in the plane zy about the centre
G, and when these forces are very small, they may be considered as
acting at the same time independently of each other, as is well known’

rg OR!
702 2s

422 Mr. Bowditch on the motion of a pendulum

by mathematicians, consequently the motion of the compound pend
lum may in this case be investigated, as if it were two. simple ones,
agreeably to the former part of this article. ra
11. For illustration we shall here compare the path of a sso
pendulum on a spherical surface with that of the compound pendulum
on the surface DILN, supposing the body to fall from rest, froma
point N. — In the first case when the surface DILN is supposed spher-
ical, (the point C coinciding with G) the body in falling from rest
from the point N, would, by the force of gravity in the first sae
describe the small arch Nv, situated in the vertical plane, perpendicu-
lar to the spherical surface at the point N, which plane would pass
through the lowest point D of ‘the spherical surface, and the action
of gravity upon the body, in the successive moments of time, contin-
uing to operate in the same plane, the paths described would be an
arch NrD of a great circle, whose projection on the plane of xy
would’be a right line. Ina similar way, if the surface DILN were
_ not spherical, the line NR passed over in the first moment of the fall
would be in the vertical plane perpendicular to that surface at the. .
point N, and this plane woudd not pass through the lowest point D, €x-
cept bor =o; and the force of gravity would act in she r
the successive points of the path described by the body, consequen
ly that path would be represented by a curve, as NRP, meeting the
arch DEP in P, the points N and P being on different sides of ‘the
point D (or rather on different sides of the plane yz), when 4 does not
much exceed a’, For at the point P the value of y=d/ cosine at is
0, at being =90°, and as ais greater than a’, at would exceed 90°
and its cosine would become negative, consequently nial saa a
tee have a different sign from 6.
2. That we may more fully understand the nature of the ape

suspended from two points. 423

described by the pendulum, we shall endeavour to give an idea of it
for various values of a, a’, by tracing its projection on the plane of ay,
and for brevity we shall speak of the motion of the body as if it were

actually made on that plane. Denoting therefore by A> the
arch, whose cosine is — we shall have from the equations (E)

att+c=A ~ and at =A 4 » whence, by exterminating t we shall obtain
the equation of the curve projected on the plane of ay.
A = =e+ <, A 4 (G)
and taking the cosine of each side of the equation
y
This equation is generally transcendental, but may be easily re-
duced to an algebraical form when , is a whole number. To il-

lustrate Pe en OOS) pe: Ree a few

a . . * al a
== cosine ¢. cosine (< AZ) —sine e.sine (5 AZ) (H)

By ee, pe Sosa

ae OS 0 3 an Geyer a vey am quantity.

13. When =i, or 7'=o, the points C and G (Fig. 1) coincide,
and the pendulum is of the common simple form, suspended from the
point G. In this case, the equation (H) becomes ==cos, ¢. COS. (Az)

—sine ¢. sine (AS ) , or by reduction

=< . cosine e—y 1— sine ©.
When sine c=o, this becomes —= and if b & 0 are both finite the

b
equation is that of a right line, Wee to the diagonal. KA, or
CD. If 4 or é'=0, x or y must be respectively 0, aud we shall obtain

424 Mr. Bowditch on the motion of a pendulum
the same resultsa in§9. If cis finite, we must transpose the term

a

> cosine ¢, and square both sides, which by reduction will Sie sa

ee +
oF 9 eg! a cosine rad a = sine c

the equation of an ellipsis or circle, when 4 and @ are finite. Wher
e=90° the equation is reduced to = +55 7 5; =I, corresponding to an dl

lipsis, which becomes a circle, ate radius is 0, when b=.

14, When @’ is nearly equal to a, we shall put — =1—-—, aes .

att , we shall have m

ing a large number; then, si

ar s .
=— nearly, and 7’ will be very small in comparison of 7 This is

the only case mention in Professor Dean’s paper, and the motion may
be compared to that of a body ina variable ellipsis. _ For let P (Pl.
Ill. Fig. 7.) be the place of the pendulum at any moment, when, by
the equations (B); x=b. cosine (at+e) and y=0' . cosine (atte). This
last expression, in putting A=z—2’ . t+ce—c’, becomes y= slats
(at-+c—h) =0'. cosine h. cosine (at+c) +6’. sine ee sine (atte). Ifin

this we substitute for J’ . cosine (at+e) its value 22, and for Gi. sne
fi7 ey iV biz fee
(at+e) its value B, = it will become ate . COS. =

sine. Therefore, if we take on SK, the line SL=J'. cosine h ad
draw the line GL to cut the ordinate PM in T, we shall have, 1romh from |

the similar triangles GMT, GSL, MT.22 — + cosine h, and

/GL?—GT?
=" Se Whence y=MP=M T+0' .sine h.

a TP=i -sineh eae =. Hence, if we take on GW, of

line GR=0',siic 4, we shall have TP=GR, YOE—S™, which is

DA a OES i pe ee

| of bb6— eh aie ponte

has ce 2 ‘

suspended from two points. 425

evidently the equation of an ellipsis, whose conjugate semidiameters
are GL, GR. Hence the place of the body may be found upon the sup-
position that the curve described is an ellipsis, one of whose semidiameters
GL is found by making SL=b' cosine (a—a' .t4+-c— c’), the other GR being
taken on the aais of y, and made equal to b' sine (a—a’ .t+c—c’). The

orresponding point P of the curve being found by taking, on the axis
of x, GM=b cosine (at+c) and drawing the ordinate MTP, perpendic-
ular to that axis.

A second method of computing this ellipsis may be found by put-
ting a=b. cosine (a’t+c'+h) =6. cosine h. cosine (a’t+c’)—b. sine h.
sine ('t4c’), andif in this we substitute 6. cosine (@t+c')= 3 and 6
sine (a't+c’) =b Y" =, it will become a= 4 . cosine h—J. sine h .
me “2—PM;, in Desie M’T'P parallel to GS. Now if on WK
we take WL’=4. cosine 4, and draw the line GL’ to cut MP in T’,
we shall have by the similar triangles GM’T’, GWL, M’'T’= “4 COs

ae GL?—GT’2
sine h, T’P=—. sine /.- _ By taking therefore on the

axis GS thevline GR'=6. ye we sat lave TP oCR.
/GL?—GT?
eo Ma

, which is evidently the equation of an ellipsis whose con-
jugate semidiameters are GL’, GR’,* consequently the place of
the body may be found by making WL'=b . cosine (aa .t+o—c’)
the other GR’ being taken on the axis of x equal to b . sine (s—al «t+
—c’). The corresponding point P of the curve being found by taking
on the axis of y,GM'=b' . cosine (a'tc’ and drawing the ordinate M'T P’
perpendicular to that axis.

* In the present figure the point P is supposed to correspond to a negative
value of the ordinate T’P.

712

426 Mr. Bowditch on the motion of a pendulum

The jirst of these methods is best to be used when 6 exceeds 6,
the second when b’ exceeds 8. It is evident that in both methods the
sum of the squares of the conjugate semidiameters will be equal to
66+8'b', and the area of the parallelogram included by the tangents
drawn through the extremities of the diameters will be 400° sine
(a—a’.t-+e—c').

The greatest value of the semidiameter GL or GL’ corresponds
to the case where SL=+4' or WL=+4, or a—a’ . ¢+e—e'=0° or 180°,
For then GL, GL fall on one of the diagonals AK, CD, of the paral-
lelogram ; the conjugate semidiameter GR becomes 9, and the ellip-
sis changes into one of these diagonals. The semidiameter GL of
the first method cannot be less than GS, that of GL’ in the second
method not less than GW. :

15. In the time of one vibration of a simple pendulum of the
length r the arch a¢ will increase 180°, by § 9, and the arch A=a—a'#

to—e will increase in the same time 180°. —— ase ee 5M by § 14: the

archh will therefore i increase 360° in 2m a ics i or m revolutions }
of the same pendulum, (or 2m—2 vibrations of a simple pendulum of
the length t+1') and in that time the conjugate diameters of the above-
mentioned ellipsis will go through all their changes of magnitude and,
if m be a whole number, the compound pendulum will be at the same
place as at the beginning of the time, consequently the whole cycle of mo-
tions will be complete, and the body will again begin to describe the same
curves as in the former period. The same thing takes place nearly
when mis large, but not a whole number, in taking m’ for the nearest
whole number to m: for, in this case the curves described after sad
revolutions of the simple pendulum r, will be nearly like those in the
preceding period, as when m is a whole number.

suspended from two points. 427
16. From what has been said in the last article,-we can easily
: a al
trace the curve described when o is small, and for illustration we

shall take the case when the body falls from rest from the point K
(Fig. 2). The arch 4 becomes (a—a’) t, because by the equations
(F) ¢ and ¢’ are then =0; and in using the first method (Fig. 7), we
have SL=0' cosine (a—a ) t, and GR=0' sine c—a’.t. At the com-
mencement of the motion when ¢=o, the direction of the body will be
in the right line KI (Fig. 2), which is tangent to the curve in K, as
was observed in § 8, and this line nearly coincides with the diagonal
KA, the semidiameter GR ۤie. 7) is 0, and it rapidly increases in the
successive revolutions. After 37 vibrations of the pendulum of the
length 7, the arch (a—a) t becomes 90°, then GL=4 and GR=V’, and
the ellipsis becomes as in Fig. 8, the motion being in the direction
ESWN. The semidiameter GR (Fig. 7) will then decrease, and
after m revolutions the arch c—a’. ¢ will become 180°, GR will be o,
SL=—J’, and the point L will fallin D, the motion being then in the
straight line DI (Fig. 4), soreeponeng pearly. with, the pines et cna Ds
nal DC. The body when D will be at r ‘the equa

tions (C), ¢ and ¢ being 0; at=a't+180°, and m 7 elie sappésed a
whole number. From this point the body will begin to fall in direc-

tion of the line DI, the expression of GR (Fig. 7) will become nega-
tive, and independent of its sign will rapidly increase, and the motion
will become elliptical. After 3m vibrations the arch c—a’ . ¢ will be-
come 270°, GL=é and SL= Diy and the ellipsis will become as in
Fig. 5, the motion being in the direction SENW, contrary to what it

~ was when the number of vibrations was $e which is conformable. to
the equations (C), which show that at the sop W, (where: the
curve touches the line CK) £?<0, and that = eo its sign in

428 Mr. Bowditch on the motion of a pendulum

consequence of the increase of the arch c—a’.¢ by 180°. After this
the value of GR (Fig. 7) independent of its sign decreases, and finally
becomes 0, at the end of 2m vibrations, when the body will proceed to-
wards the point K (Fig. 2), nearly in the right line IK, and when ar-
rived at K the arch z—c’. ¢ will be 360°, and the pendulum will be at
rest, as at the commencement of the motion, and it will begin again to
describe the same curves as inthe former period. In Fig. 6, the curve
described in a quarter of a cycle of revolutions when m=1@ is marked.
What has been said for the case c=o, c =o and ma whole number, will
apply, with but little modification, to other values of those soni so
it will not be nesessary to examine this class of motions more partic

larly.
17. When =, =2, or 3r=r’, the equation (H) becomes =
¢. cosine (2. Ax =>) —sine c. sine QA+ 5 =), which by substituting
the values of cosine (2A. =) and sine (2A. =) becomes
== (4 —1), cosine c—2, 2 MW sine. Grey ws
which is in general a curve of the fourth order, but becomes of :
second when sine e=o; that is, when e=o, or 180° &c.

When c=o the equation (I) becomes =- — —1i or (ban).

=yy, which is the equation of a parabola, whose axis is fie |
y, and parameter“. Hence if we take r'=3r, and let the pendulum ,

fall from rest from the point K (Pl. 3, Fig, 9) of the parallel ui ¢
gram, it will describe the parabolic are KND, whose axis is NS,Ve™ 4

tex N; the parts KN, DN, being exactly similar and equal.

the arch af is 180°, a’t will be 90° and the body will be at N, as is evi: ee )
deat by the equations (F). When at=360°, a't=190°, and i pis

Pe Oe Se TeES 6 Mea een Pe

suspended from two points. 429
will be at D, and will then be at rest, by the equations (C.) When at
=540°, the body will be again at N, and when at=720°, it will be at
K. Hence the pendulum will keep vibrating backwards and for-
wards in the parabolic are KND. |

= e=45° the equation (I) becomes ; S17
/1—%, of the fourth order.. The body will then describe a curve

b/'

of the form abcdefga (Pl. II. Fig. 10,) according to the order of the
letters. This curve is easily traced by means of the equations x=)
cosine (2a't+45°) and y=0'. cosine a’t, deduced from the equations (E).
The velocity of the pendulum at the point e in the line CK is, by
the first of the equations (C) —aé. sine 45°, or “} multiplied by the
velocity acquired by a simple pendulum of the length r in falling from
the point corresponding to S towards the lowest point G. The points
a, e, are found by putting y=d' and y=—0’, corresponding to a’t=o
and a't=180°; which give in both cases x=. cosine 45°=b/}. The
points g, d, where the curve touches the line DK are found by putting

a=b, which gives at=315° or 675°, and eye frie mach
es AC, by putting a=—b, which gives at=135° or OSA;

When c=90°, the equation (I) becomes J-—4 J 1 1— of the
fourth order. In this case the body will describe the curve EeGdWf
GgE (Pl. Ill. Fig. 11) according to the order of those letters. This
curve will be described if the pendulum be projected from E in the
direction EA, or from W in the direction WC, with a velocity equal
to that which a simple pendulum of the length r would. acquire, in fal-
ling through the arch whose projection is SG. The curve is easily
traced by means of the values x= —4é sine 2a't, y=U cosine a't, deduc-
ed from the equations (E). By taking 2=+ we obtain yrttYy
which is equal to the es Sg, Sd, Ne, Nf. The parts of the path in

430 Mr. Bowditch on the motion of a pendulum

the four quarters of the parallelogram are exactly similar and equal,
The pendulum will return to its point of projection E, in a time equal
to four vibrations of the pendulum 7, after which it will recommence
its former course. The same may be observed in other values of ¢.

When c=135° the equation (I) becomes saa! He 4

fj 2 = of the fourth ‘order. ‘The body will then describe a curve
of the form abcdefga (Pl. III. Fig. 12) according to the order of the let-
ters. ‘This curve is easily described by means of the equations #=6
cosine (2@¢t+135°) and y=é' cosine a’t, and is exactly like that in Fig.
10, corresponding to c=45°, except in being placed in an opposite po-
sition.

When c=180°, the equation (I) becomes — = =1— 4 or (b—w).

ayy, which is the equation of a parabola ASC (PI. IIL. Fig. 13)
whose axis is NS, vertex S, absciss 6—a, ordinate y ; being exactly
similar and equal to that in Fig. 9, (corresponding to c=0) _—
in an opposite situation.

By taking ¢ greater than 180° and less than 360°, we obtain nonew
curves; the form being precisely the same, whether we use the: value
¢ or its supplement to 360°; but there is this essential difference, that
the curves are described ina contrary order. Because when t=0, this
change in the value of ¢ produces a change of sign in the value of dx
in the equation (C), the value of dy remaining in both cases =% Thus
when c=225°, the curve is as in Fig. 12, described according t° the
order of the letters gfedebag. When c=270°, the curve is aS in Fig-
LL, described in the order EgGfWadGcE, When c=315%, the euve
is as in Fig. 10, described in the order gfedebag.

Hence it appears, that when e=o the curve has but one vertex N (Fig. ;
9); as chara amaee this opens into two vertices, which gradually separate

suspended from two points. * 431
tilt they come to the points C, A, Fig. 13. In like manner the points
D, K of the curve (Fig. 9) form the vertices g, d, as ¢ increases; and
these points gradually approach till they meet in S, when c=180°.
While ¢ increases from 180° to 360°, these points go back in the same
order as they advanced, and when ¢=360°, the curve becomes as in
Fig. 9, where c=o.

18. When 2a’ is nearly equal to a, we may put — += 24+-, m be-
ing a aa number, and since (by )5)— act
, consequently 7’ must baa Sr, by a very small quantity

, we shall have nearly

= IF
to render m positive. If we suppose the pendulum to be let fall from
rest from the point K (PI. IIL. Fig. 9) the —— (F) will give y=0'
cosine a’t and x=. cosine at=. cosine (2a't4.— a) Hence if we put

C= — and take at successively =0°, 2x 180°, 4x 180°, 6x180°, &c.

the values of y corresponding will be constantly equal to 4’, and those
of a will be successively 6, 6. cos. 2C, b. cos. 4C, . C8 6C, &c. and,
Po abe ee oe oo oe oe Por Meee ngth ; + r', th Pm e value

after n vibrations of a s imple fp of the

of x will become 4. cosine 2nC, or be cosine (360°. =), Hess it is

evident that at the commencement of the motion the body will begin
to vibrate backwards and forwards in the parabola KND, as in the last
article, when e=o (Pl. III. Fig. 9), but after a few revolutions the arch
2nC will increase so much as to make the pendulum return to the line
KC ata point e, Fig. 10, sensibly different from K, and falling be-
tween KandC. Thus when n=im (which corresponds to $m vibra-
tions of the simple pendulum r+7’) the arch 2nC will be 45°, and ue
curve will be as in Fig. 10, which will be described by the
according to the order of the letters abedefg, as in the ricci
cle. When n=im, the arch 2nC will be 90°, and the curve will be as
in Fig. 11. When =m, the arch 2nC will be 155°, and the curve

A532 $, Bowdiich on the motion of a pendulum

will be as in Fig. 12, both these curves being described according to
the order of the letters ed/g. When n=3m (which corresponds to 3m
vibrations of the pendulum 7+’) the arch 27C will be 180°, the curve
will become a parabola (as in Fig. 13), and the pendulum will vibrate
backwards and forwards in the archCSA. When n={m, the arch
2nC will be 225°, the pendulum will then again revolve in the curve
described in Fig. 12, but in a contrary direction, the motion being ac-
cording to the order of the letters gfedcba ; for at the point e where

d d a
the curve touches the line CK, we have = =o and changes sign

by making 2nC successively equal to 135° and 225°, as evidently ap-
pears by the equations (C). When n=$m, the arch 2nC will be 270°,
~ and the curve as in Fig. 11: When n=Zm, the arch 2nC will be $15
and the curve as in Fig. 10, both these curves being also described in
a contrary direction to that when m=1 and2. When n=m, which cor-
responds to m vibrations of a simple pendulum of the length r+’, oF
2m-+1 vibrations of the simple pendulum of the length r, the arch 2nC
will be 360°, the curve described will be as in Fig. 9, at the commence-
ment of the motion, and the cycle of motions will be complete, pr0-
vided m be a whole number, and the body will again hegin to describe
the same curves as in the former period. The remarks, made at the
end of § 15 for the case of m not being a whole number, apply without
modification to this.

”“_, consequently 5r

= I
If we put gu —, we shall have m= a
must exceed r by a very small quantity to render m positive and great. |

In this case a will become €qual to 4. cosine (2a’t— es and in the
- |

_. Successive revolutions, mentioned in the first part of this article, it will
become b, b cos. (—2C), &e. equal respectively to b, 6 cos. 2C, U
_ Sos. 4C, &c. as in the case of = =2+—. Consequently the curves

suspended from two points. 433

described must be identically the same, in both cases, but they will be

«

described in a contrary direction.
9. When <= 8, or 8r=r' the equation (H) becomes = = cosine
c. cosine (3A. ? —sinec.sine (3A. =) whence we easily deduce
cas
> =(4. 3-5 - =>) cosine c + (l—4. —— A wf Bl » sine ¢, of the
sixth order, except sine c=o, when it becomes of the third order.

In the case of c=o, the curve described will be as in Fig. 14. The
body being let fall from rest from the point K, will vibrate backwards
and forwards in the curve KaGdA, which is easily traced by putting
x=b. cosine 3a't, y=0' . cosine at.

When c=90°, the curve described will be as in Fig. 15, EaSeWd
N/E, where x=—4. sine 3a't, y=b' . cosine a't.

20. When —=4, and c=o, we shall have 2=6.cosine 4a’t,y=0' . co-
sine at. The body being then let fall from K (PI. Ill. Fig. 16) will

vibrate backwards and forwards in the curve KaScD. When ea: !

x=—b. sine 4a't, y=6'. cosine a’ and the body will hen escribi ee,
curve Eabed WefghE, Fig. 17.

By taking ¢ of different values, in this and in the last srt: _

should find as great a variety of curves asin § 17: and, if instead of
taking = 8 or 4, we had taken s =3+— or S=4t+ —,m being a
large number, we should find that all the varieties of curves thus 83

. covered would be described by a pendulum adjusted to erat ue

of eS : - ah
“, P e* rae
Sitnilar results would be cindy ing ena veal:

er whole number, or equal to any rene tay mbes

3 My ea if ee eo te &
735 rh. . . . a _ i =. ne

aN,
a
“
te

# a
3 #

ba
ey
_/

434 Mr. Bowditch on the motion of a pendulum :

large number; but it is unnecessary to enlarge on the subject, since .
the method of finding these curves is very easy from what is here
taught, and there appears to be such an endless variety, that it would”

be useless to attempt to note them. ee,

21. The equations (B) are exactly similar to those for finding the ;
apparent motion of the earth viewed from the moon, in the sapiee..
mentioned in Mr. Dean’s paper on this subject. or let the inelina.
tion of the lunar orbit and equator be 6° 39’=4, the greatest equation’
of the moon’s centre 6° 18'=d', at and a’t’ the mean motions. of the.
moon from her node and perigee in the time ¢; ¢+90° and 0490 the :

mean distance of the moon from these points when ¢=0, ¢ onsequently ,
the distance at the time ¢ will be respectively at-+e+90°, at+e490%
The sines of these angles multiplied respectively by 6 and will give
nearly the earth’s declination x, and the equation of the moon’s centre.

. ¥% which may therefore be put under the form x=é cosine (att) and
fan ctaine ae isis we — pregecy like the equine Bat ;

2 x will apply. to the motion of the earth received from tel moonand re-

a *

e

* =. es : is
: 4 2 # eS & He” ee
Oe * ad — * ‘ i, a

. ferred to the concave surface of the visible hemisphere, and the form’
of the curves described will depend on the ratio or the terms a, 4 OF ©
: on the’ mean motions of the moon counted from the perigee and node

a.

' feck i p18) are @=1°004021, a'=0-991548, and as a’ is nearly equal
, =805 neatly, con ;
na ®

-¥ asin ay Stieeycle of motions of the earth ast from the moon,

C01 n ipleted i in about 80} revolutions counted from the node, as

‘ - | has observed in his paper. The values r,s corres: ar
ng Ipound pendulum which completes its motions | int ‘the Be

> oo of revolutions may-be found ae making (asi in bie eM;

=

z “<8 The values of a, a’, given in La Place’s lunar theory (Mee. Cele sf

~
Fl
al
=. :
ee

|

ie

suspended froin two points. 435
iri:aa:ad 3: 14,4: L nearly, hence r= =, which agrees exactly
with Professor Dean’s experiment mentioned in the 245th page of the
volume.

22, I made a few experiments in order to compare the preceding
theory with actual observation. ‘The first was similar to Mr, Dean’s
jast mentioned, corresponding to the case of } 16. ‘Yaking AB (Fig.
1, Pl. 111) equal to 43 inches, r’=0°65 inches, r=46'5 inches, and at-
taching to the point D a leaden ball of about half an inch diameter.
These values give (by § 14) Im=S = 286, hence (by § 15) the cycle

of the motions would be completed in 286 vibrations of a pendulum

of the length r. The mean result of three different trials, in which ”

GK (Fig. 2) was three inches, and the angle SGK successively 22°,
45°, 67°, made the number of vibrations 282, differing about yh.
from the theory. The ball being let fall from the point corresponding
to K, vibrated at first nearly in the diagonal KA, the path then gradu-
_ ally became elliptical, and at the end of about 70 vibrations, corresponded

- to the figure SWNE (Pl. IIL. Fig. 3) deseribed according t0 the order

E (Pl. panes si naif main) opin gue cemche.. Le Tay eae
ofthese letters; this by degrees became more eccentric, and at the end
of 140 vibrations the motion was nearly in the diagonal CD (fig. 4); of-
ter a few more vibrations the curve again became elliptical and gradual.
ly opened till the 210#h vibration, when. the ellipsis was as in lig. 5, sim-
ilar to that of Fig. 3, but described in a contrary order ENWS. dn
about 282 vibrations the pendulum had completed its cycle of motions and

recommenced the description of the diagonal KA (Fig. 3). These re- |

sults are nearly conformable to the theory.

In another experiment made to compare with the theory of 18, :
AB was made equal to 69 inches, r'=64'4 inches, r=21-9 inches, 4

* ; . Pepe Se a >." é
' which correspond to the latter case of that article where jee

436 Mr. Bowditch on the motion of a pendulum.

and gives m= => —=67. The body attached to the point D was
a sphere of lead of 13 inches diameter. The measures r, 7’, were ta-
ken to the centre of the sphere, which differed but 0°01 inch from the —
centre of oscillation. The ball being let fall from the point correspond.
ing to K (PI. III. Fig. 9) began to vibrate in the parabola KND, which
gradually changed into the curves marked in Fig. 10, 11, 12, 13. Af-
ter which the same curves were again described in a contrary order, as
in Fig. 12, 11, 10,9. By the mean of several trials it was found that
in 16 vibrations of the pendulum of the length (r+1’) the ball described
the curve of Fig. 11, according to the order of the letters gf Wdckg.
In 33 vibrations it described the parabola CSA (Fig. 13). Jn 50 vibra-
tions it described the curve of Fig. 11, in an opposite direction to its for-
mer course, or according to the order of the letters gE.cdWig, and in 67
vibrations it recommenced its former course in the parabola KND, Fig.
9. The cycle of motions being completed in 67 Yervien Te which |
agrees with the theory.

The comparison of the theory of § 19, 20, is not so easy aS that of

the preceding cases, For the value of 7 is much smaller in compari- -
son of 7’, consequently the vibrations are quicker, and as the diagonal
GK is taken much smaller, it becomes difficult to observe the form of
the curves with any great degree of precision. A few roug’? experi-
ments were however made in these cases, and the results cgi ¥
be sufficiently conformable to the theory. :

OB iant => tt Sat hy sik “

43 tedt bo

UL.
Deragnstration of the rule for finding the place of a Meteor in the
5 Ge _second Problem, page 218 of this volume.
atic BY NATHANIEL, BOWDITCH.

WE, shall refer in this demonstration to PLAN) Figs18, which is
similar to Pl. I. Fig. 2, with some additional lines and letters; The
po drawn. through w perpen to bch is SauEpoe to cut sm in

b, Mm in-e,‘and Aa ines, formit triangle dew,* right an-
gled in c, because the line do is the common. Jinterseetion “of the two
planes web, Ceb, drawn perpendicular t to the “Plane. Cwe, making the
angles web, Ceb, acb, each equal to a tight ‘angle. On the right line
Cw, let fall the perpendicular ag. “In the plane triangle wem, erect
the line’ of perpendicular to we, intersecting wm in f and making ef=
pasa mS Ce we X ee: Cwm, because the angle Cwe is a

“Tn like ‘manner, in th —

tang. shinee: x cotang. é Cas, because Cas. or cab i is the ‘complement of
ebm, the angle at ¢ being aright agle. fs:

~The spherical — AWB ix evidently equal to the plane angle
wb, whose tangent is — =. In the right angled plane triangle ach we
have éc=aextang. cab or Cas. The plane triangle wea gives ac : we
:: sine awe : sine caw, or 11 cosine Cwa: sine Caw, because Cwe is a
right angle. Hence tang. AWB= 2% 20s: Ces _ cosine CRs “EES
as in the note at the bottom of ie ee This may be come to

* The ine bm wa secidetally ote in he Rae

438 Demonstration of the rule for finding the place of a meteor.

5 * sine Cwa
another form by observing that cosine Cwa= re ary and that the

plane triangle Cwa gives — — = aa, Then the plane coe
Cag gives ag=Ca x sine aCw = Ca x sine ACW=Cax sine AW, and
Cg=Cax cosine AW. Whence we= Cw 2Ca x cosine AW, and

l we Cw Ca X cosine AW
iang.Cwa ag Pee, dae This substituted gives ang

py % CO

AVR tone. Cores erame aw” > ane RW ie
sine AW).

The spherical angle MWB is equal’to the plane signin and
the plane triangle ewd gives we: be :: sine ebw : sine ewb ort: cosine
AWB : sine MWB, because _ angle ebw = = chw = comp. ew or

AWB, | Hence; e sine ¥ MWB =— — x cosine AWB. Now in the plane

Cm, the triangles Cmw, so are > simailar: whence Cm: Cw. me.
ef ; and in the plane Cam, the similar triangles Cam, en les
Cm::: de: me, whence by. composition of ratios Ca ; Cwi:4 de: ef (and.
by substituting the above rules of de, ¢f,) :: be x cotang. Gas: : WEX COP,

fs Ca ., cotang, Cwm bem Overs dog ne Com
sia. Cwii; whietice! =—* cotang. Cis Cas 3 pie a

x tang. Cas, which Soa 0 oy gives sine MWB= = = je = or is
2B epee

Cwmxtang. Casxcosine,A WB, as in page 218.. The’ rest oft the york
(depending on t the common rules of f spherics) requires no explanation.

‘i 7 er
Leen? “oppeetce? euygi’ =
S35). 2RiG. Sai 4

489

LIV.

MEMOIR ON THE PRESENT STATE OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE IN THE
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA; WITH A

VOCABULARY,
containing various words and phrases which have been supposed to
be peculiar to this country.

By JOHN PICKERING, a. 4.5.
; — @

THE preservation of the English language in its purity
throughout the United States is an object deserving the attention of
every American, who isa friend to the literature and science of his
country. It is in a particular manner entitled to the consideration of
the Academy ; for, though subjects, which are usually ranked under
the head of the physical sciences, were doubtless chiefly in view. with
the founders of the Academy, yet, as our /anguage is to be the in-
strument of communicating to the world the speculations and discov-

eries of our country™ - Ta See a i aaa tall NECES-_
sarily “ to fall within the design of the institution 5” because, unless

that language is well settled, and can be read with ease and sutisfac-
tion by all to. whom it is addressed, our authors will write and pub-
erinvain. + sont: oo si
It is true, indeed, that our countrymen may speak and write in a
dialect of English, which will be generally understood in the United
States ; butif they are ambitious of having their works read by Eng-
lishmen as well.as Americans, they must write in a, language that
Englishmen. can read. with facility and. pleasure. And if for some-
_ time to come it should,not be the lot. of many -Americans. to publish
any thing which shall be read out of their own country, yet all, who

440 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

have the least tincture of learning, will continue to feel an ardent de-
sire to acquaint themselves with the works of English authors... Let
us then for a moment imagine the time to have arrived, when Ameri-
cans shall be no longer able to understand the works of Milton, Pope,
Swift, Addison, and the other English authors, justly. styled classic,
without the aid of a trans/ation into a language that is to be called at
some future day the American tongue! By such a change, it is true,
our loss would not be so great in works purely scientific, as in those
which are usually termed works of taste ; for the obvious reason, that
the design of the former is merely to communicate information, with-
out regard to elegance of language or the force and beauty of the sen-
timents. But the excellencies of works of taste cannot be felt even
in the best translations ; a truth, which, without resorting to the ex-
ample of the matchless ancients, will be acknowledged by every man,
who is a with the admirable works in the various ks lane
Nab is: this the: lait view in. which a radical cag anguage
would be a loss tous. To say nothing of the facilities afforded by 4
common language in the ordinary intercourse of business between the”
people of the two countries, it should not be forgotten that our reli-
gion and our laws are studied in the language of the nation, from
which we are descended ; and with the loss of the language we should
finally suffer the loss of those peculiar advantages, which we now dee
rive from the investigations of the jurists and divines of that country:
‘But, itis often asked among us, do riot the people of America now:
speak and write the English language with purity? A brief consid-
eration of the. ‘subject will furnish a satisfactory answer to this ques é
tion ; it will also — us to correct the erroneous opinions enter
tained by some Ame on Bent ing and at the same time (0

> in the United States of América. 441
fend our countrymen against the charge made by some English wri-
ters, of a design to effect a radical change in the language.

As the inquiry before us is a simple question of fact, it is to be
determined, like every other question of that nature, by proper evi-
dence. “What evidence then have we, that the English language is
not spoken and written in America, with the same degree of purity that
is to be found in the writers and orators of England ?

In the first place, although it is agreed, that there is greater uni-
formity of dialect throughout the United States (in consequence of
the frequent removals of people fromi one part of ouir country to anoth-
er) than is to be found throughout England, yet none of our country.
men, not even those, who are the most zealous in supporting what
they imagine to be the honour of the American character, will con-
tend, that we have not in some instances departed from the standard
of the language. We have formed some entirely new words, and to
some old ones, that are still used in England, we have affixed new
significations ; while patbers, sath bawe long since Sennen obsolete in

England, arestill re vith aple; it
is emma viens Ghintacagiaas
a "few others, are of American origin ; and, that the adjective clever’
and some other words of English origin have been generally used by
us in a sense different from their present signification in England. If
men, we allow any weight to the opinions of Englishmen, (who
must surely be competent judges in this case) it cannot be denied,

that we have in many instances deviated from the standard of the
language, as spoken and written in England at the present day. By
Singhonevet cone scent ae a
as to have rendered any considerable part of our ianguage uninteliis:

a |

ble to Englishmen; but merely, that so many corruptions have crept
753

442 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language :

into our English, as to have become the subject of much animadver-
sion and regret with the learned of Great Britain, And as we are
hardly aware of the opinion entertained by them of the extent of these
corruptions, it may be useful, if it should not be very flattering to our
pride, to hear their remarks on this subject in their own words. We
shall find that these corruptions are censured, not by a few con-
temptible critics, but, so far as the fact is to be ascertained from Eng-
lish publications, by all the scholars of that country, who take any in-
terest in American literature. In proof of this, I request the attention
of the Academy to the following extracts from several of the British.
Reviews; some of which are the most distinguished of the present
day, and all of which together may be considered as expressing the
general opinion of the literary men of Great Britain. That all the re-
marks are just, to the extent in which they will naturally be under-
stood, few of our countrymen will be willing to admit. ie
The British Critic, for February 1810, in a review of A =

Mr. Bancroft’s Life of Washington, says—“ In the style we observ
“* with regret mn ratlier than with astonishment, the introduction of several
‘‘new words, or o/d words in a new sense; a deviation from the
“rules of the English language, which, if it continues to be practis-
“ed by good writers in America, will introduce confusion into the
‘medium of intercourse, and render it a subject of regret that the
“= —— of that continent should not have an entirely separate language

‘as well as government of their own. Instances occur at almost €V-

“ery page ; without pains in selecting, the following may be taken as
‘“ specimens,” &c. The Reviewers then mention several
which are all inserted in the Vocabulary annexed to this memoir. —

_ The same Reviewers (in April 1808) in their account of Chief Jus-

tice Marshall’s Life of Washington, have the following remarks :-—
“In the ‘writings of dmericans we have often discovered deviations

in the United States of America. 445

“from the purity of the English idiom, which we have been more
“ disposed to censure than to wonder at. The common speech of the
“United States has departed very considerably from the standard
“adopted in England, and in this case it is not to be expected that
“ writers, however cautious, will maintain a strict purity. Mr. Mar-
“ shall deviates occasionally, but not grossly,” &c.

The Critical Review (for September 1809) in remarks upon Zrav-
els through France, by Col. Pinckney, says of the author’s style—
“ He falls into occasional inaccuracies. .... but the instances are rare,
‘“‘and by no means so striking as we have freguent occasions of re-
~ “marking in most American writers.”

The same Reviewers (in July 1807) in speaking of Marshail’s

Life of Washington, have the following, among other remarks on the
style of that work—that “ it abounds with many of those idioms which
** prevail on the other side of the Atlantic.”

The Annual Review, for 1808, in speaking of the same work, af-
ter pointing out mecocsish instances of sae eigen enon Gs a to many
of u yhich, however. the Re
richie: OF thé English edidion of thavwork; ¢ as. Will Dedeen sa: thiciellows
ing Vocabulary,) has the following observations ; which, if they had
been made in a manner somewhat different, would probably have been
more favourably received by those, for whose benefit they seem to be
intended :—‘* We have been more particular in noticing these faults in
“« Mr. Marshall’s language, because we are not at all certain that the A-
“‘ mericans do not consider them as beauties ; and because we wish,
“ if possible, to stem that torrent of barbarous phraseology, with which
“the American writers threaten to —_ —— the ——
oe ae

The Monthly eciasedeags in talaga ofa little workyenttled
A Political Sketch of America, cite, with approbation, the following

444, Mr. Pickering om the present state of the English language

passage—‘* The national Janguage should be sedulously cultivated;
“ and this is to be accomplished by means of schools. ‘This circum-
“ stance demands particular attention, for the language of conversation
““ ig becoming incorrect ; and even in America authors are to be found,
‘* who make use of mew or obsolete words, which no good writer in
“this country would employ.” Monthly Rev. May 1808.

The Edinburgh Review for October 1804 (which is the last I shall
cite) has the following general observations on this subject :—

*¢ If the men of birth and education in that other England which
“ they are building up in the West, will not diligently study the great

** authors, who purified and fixed the language of our common: forela-
of our

“thers, we must soon lose the only badge, that is still worn,
“ consanguinity.”
The same Reviewers, in their remarks on Marshall's and Rae

W: ys -
vo

say’s Lives 0 , say—

“< In these volumes we have found a great many wwordeand phrase
“which English criticism refuses to acknowledge. _ America bas
“ thrown off the yoke of the British nation, but she would do well for
“ some time, to take the laws of composition from the Addisons, we
‘“* Swifts and the Robertsons of her ancient sovercigns++++ Phes®

“remarks, however, are not dictated by any paltry feelings of jealousy
“or pride. We glory in the diffusion of our language over 4 new
“world, where we hope it is yet destined to collect new triumphs
* and in the brilliant pesepintive of American greatness, we aol
“pleasing images of associatec pamepesitp sande giory of the land

* which we live.”

_ Such is the strong language of the British literati on this sje
And shall we at once, without examination, ascribe it wholly to prejil
dice? Should we not by such a hasty decision expose ourselves 1°

the like imputation ? On the contrary, should not the opinions of such

ee a eS ee ee ee

in the United States of America. 445

writers stimulate us to inquiry, that we may ascertain whether their
animadversions are well founded or not? We see the same critics
censure the Scotticisms of their northern brethren, the pecul-
jarities of the Zrsh, and the provincial corruptions of their own
English writers. We cannot therefore be so wanting in liberality as
to think, that, when deciding upon the literary claims of Americans,
they are governed wholly by prejudice or jealousy. A suspicion of
this sort should be the less readily entertained, as we acknowledge that
they sometimes do justice to ourcountrymen. The writings of Dr.
Franklin, for example, have received their unqualified praise ; and a
few other American authors have been liberally commended by them.
The opinions of these critics too are supported by those of some
distinguished menin our own country. Dr. Franklin censures, with-
out reserve, ‘the popular errors several of our own states are continually
falling into,” with respect to “‘ expressions and pronunciation.” Dr.
Witherspoon, who, by having been educated in Great Britain, and by his
subsequent long. reswlencs. in the United States, was peculiarly well
arks :——“ I shall also admit, though
« with some’ “hesitation, that P pticsies ct whalers os Great Wrllin
“speak as much with the vulgar in common chit chat, as persons of
« the same class do in America ; but there isa remarkable difference
“ jn their public and solemn discourses. I have heard in this coun-
« try in the senate, at the bar, and from the pulpit, and see daily in dis-
« sertations from the press, errors in grammar, improprieties and yul-

“ garisms, which hardly any person of the same class in point of rank
« and literature would have fallen into in Great Britain.”

With these opinions of such distinguished writers before us, shall.
we entertain the illiberal jealousy that justice is intentionally withheld
from us by our English brethren? Let us rather imitate the exam-

762 a

re. -——

alified j sn

446 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

ple of the learned.and modest Campbell, who, though he had devoted
a great part of a long life to the study of the Lnglish language, yet.
thought it no disgrace to make an apology for his sty/e, in the following
terms: “Sensible,” says he, “‘ of the disadvantages, in point of style,
*‘ which my northern situation lays me under, I have availed myself of
“ every opportunity of better information, in regard to all those terms —
“* and phrases in the version, [of the Gospels] of which I was doubtful.
* T feel myself under particular obligations on this account, to one gen-
“tleman, my valuable friend and colleague, Dr. Beattie, who, though
“‘ similarly situated with myself, has with greater success studied the ;
“ genius and idiom of our language ; and of whom it is no more than
“justice to add, that the acknowiedged purity of his own diction, is
“ the least of his qualifications as an author. But if, notwithstanding
“ all the care I have taken, I shall be found, in many places, to need
. the indulgence of the English reader, it will not much surprise me —

“ ,,., The apology which Irenzeus, Bishop of Lyons in Gaul, in the
“ second century, makes for his language, in a book he published i “
“ defence of religion, appears to me so candid, so modest, so sensible,
“at the same time so apposite to my own case, that I cannot avoid
“ transcribing and adopting it:—‘* Non autem exquires a nobis, qui
“ apud Celtas commoramur, et in barbarum sermonem plerumque
“ avocamur, orationis artem quam non didicimus, neque vim cone
“‘ scriptoris quam non affectavimus, neque ornamentum verborum, ne-
“que suadelam quam nescimus’.,..”*

Upon an impartial consideration of the subject, then, it seems im-
possible to resist the conclusion, that although the language of the U:
nited States has, perhaps, changed less than might have been expe
ed, when we consider how many years have elapsed since our ances

SSSTS Tees es eer TSE ®

* Campbell’s Four Gospels, preface, p. 28.

_ in the United States of America. 447

tors brought it from England, yet it has in so many instances depart.
ed from the English standard, that our scholars should lose no time in
endéavouring to restore it to its purity, and to prevent future corrup-

This, it is obvious, is to be effected, in the first place, by care-
fully noting every unauthorised word and phrase ; or (as Dr. Franklin
many years ago recommended, in his letter to Mr. Webster on this
subject*) by “‘ setting a discountenancing mark” upon such of them,
as are not rendered indispensably necessary by the peculiar circum-
stances of our country; and, even if we should continue to have a
partiality for some of those expressions, and should choose to retain
them, it will always be useful to ‘now them. By knowing exactly
what peculiar words are in use with us, we should, among other
advantages, have it in our power to expose the calumnies of some pre--
judiced and ignorant writers, who have frequently laid to the charge
of our countrymen in general the affected words and phrases of a few
conceited individuals ;—-words and phrases, which are justly the sub-
ject of as much ridicule in Amerioa, as they are in Great Britain
As a general rule also, we should undoubtedly avoid all those words
which are noticed by English authors of reputation, as expressions
with which they are unacquainted ; for although we might produce -
some English authority for such words, yet the very circumstance of
their being thus noticed by well educated Englishmen, is a proof that
they are not used at this day in England, and, of course, ought not
to be used elsewhere by those who would speak correct English.

With a view to this important object I have taken some pains to
make a collection of words and phrases, which I offer to the .Acad-

eececcncersocoesnengaesesete® ,

* See the word Improve in the annexed Vocabulary.

448 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

emy, not as a perfect list of our real or supposed peculiarities of lan.
guage, but merely as the beginning of a work, which can be complet-
ed only by long and accurate observation, especially of intelligent
Americans, who shall have an opportunity of residing in England,
and of well educated Englishmen who may resort to this country. It
has long been the wish of our scholars to see a work of that sort;
but, though several words have been occasionally noticed by Dr.
Witherspoon, Dr. Franklin, and some others, yet nobody seems to
have been willing to undertake the laborious task of making a gene- _
tal collection of them. Seeing no prospect of such a work, and ob-
serving, with no small degree of solicitude, the corruptions which are
gradually insinuating themselves into our language, I have taken the
liberty to ask the attention of the Academy to this subject, by laying
before them the following Vocabulary ; a performance, which I am sen-
sible is not so worthy of their notice, as more time and ability might
have rendered it.

In making this Vocabulary, I have resorted to aif ihe SOUTCES rat
information in my power, and have, under each word, given some of
the authorities for and against the use of it. I have also subjoined to
some of the words, the criticisms of Dr. Franklin, Dr. Witherspoon,
and other writers, at large, in order that the reader may avail hims
of their instructive observations, without the trouble of searching for
them through the numerous volumes of their works ; and in all case
es, where any word had been noticed by English or American wrie

ters, which I had also myself observed, (particularly during my resi
dence in England, where my attention was first drawn to this subject)

I have chosen to give it upon their authority, rather than my own.
Many words will be found in the list, which are not in fact of Amere
‘ean origin, or peculiar to Americans; but it appeared to me that it
would be useful to insert all words, the legitimacy of which had been

in the United States of America. 449

questioned, in order that their claim to a place in the English lan-
guage might be discussed and settled. Several of the words have
been obtained from British Reviews of American publications; and I
may here remark how much it is to be regretted, that the reviewers
have not pointed out all the instances, that have come under their no-
tice, of our deviations from the English standard. This would be do-
ing an essential service to the cause of literature, and be the most ef-
fectual means of accomplishing what those scholars appear to have so
much at heart—the preservation of the English language in its purity,
wherever it is spoken.

It has been asserted, that we have discovered a much stronger
propensity than the English, to add new words to the language ; and
the little animadversion, which, till within a few years, such new-coin-
ed words have met with among us, seems to support that opinion.
With us, every writer takes the liberty to contaminate the language

with the barbarous terms of his own tasteless invention; but in
a coe es eee ee aes ee, Ee ee a ata riers

ever, has for some time past been declining. Our greatest dan-
ger now is, that we shall continue to use antiquated words, which
‘were brought to this country by our forefathers nearly two centuries
ago—(some of which too were at that day provincial words in England)
and, that we shall affix a new signification to words, which are still
used in that country in their original sense. Words of these descrip-
tions having long been a part of the language, we are not led to ex-
amine critically the authority on which their different significations
rest ; but those that are entirely new, like strangers on their first ap-
pearance, immediately attract our attention, and induce us to inquire
into their pretensions to the rank they claim. 4

773

450 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

But it is not enough for us to note’ single words; our idiom, it
would seem, is in some degree changed, and is in danger of still great-
er corruptions.* At the same time, therefore, that we are “ setting
a discountenancing mark” upon unauthorised words, we should as-
siduously study the language of the best authors, especially Dryden,
Swift, and Addison, to the last of whom, Dr. Blair, in his Lectures
on Rhetoric, justly applies Quintilian’s well-known remark upon Cic-
ero—that “to be highly pleased with his manner of writing is the cri-
“terion of a good taste in English style—Ille se profecisse sciat cui
“ Cicero valde placebit;” and of whom Dr. Johnson emphatically
Pe pee whoever would attain a good English style, familiar but not

“ coarse, and elegant but not ostentatious, must give his days and
“nights to Addison.” Dr. Franklin, who informs us in his Life,
that it was one of the greatest objects of his ambition to write English
well, formed his style upon that of Addison ; “and Franklin is one of the
very few American writers, whose style has satisfied the Englis .
ics. This is the discipline to which the most distinguished scholamil
Great Britain have submitted, and without which neither they, nor the
scholars of our own country, can acquire and preserve a pure English
style. It is related of Mr. Fox, that when speaking of his intend
History of England, he said, he would “ admit no word into his book
“for which he had not the authority of Dryden.’ "This. determina-
tion may perhaps seem, at first view, to have been dictated by too fas-
tidious a taste, or an undue partiality for a favourite author ; but un-

* That a radical change in the language of a people, so remote from the
‘source of it, as we are from England, is not a chimerical supposition, will be
apparent from the alterations that have taken place among the nations of Eu-
rope ;, of which no instance, perhaps, is more striking, than the change and final
separation of the languages of Spain and Portugal, notwithstanding the vicinity
and frequent intercourse of the people of those two countries.

wt the United States of America. 451

questionably, a rule of this sort, adopted in the course of our educa:
‘tion, (extending, however, to two or three of the best authors,) would
be the most effectual method of acquiring a good English style. And
surely if Fox found no necessity for any other words than Dryden had
used, those authors have little excuse, who take the liberty not only of
using all the words they can find in the whole body of English au-
thors, ancient and modern, but also of making new terms of their
own at pleasure. Who shall have a right to complain of scarcity,
where that distinguished orator found abundance? Such standard
authors, therefore, should be made the foundation of our English ;
but as our language, like all others, is constantly though slowly
changing, we should also, in order to perfect our style,fas we advance
to mature age, study those authors of our own time, who have made
the older writers their models. Every word in the writings of Addi-
son, is not now in general use, in England; and many words have
been adopted since his time, and are now sanctioned by all the best
Writers of Hid emeesiats wench, guzitcrs, terior, as well as their il-
i sht to be dilig d; for we should always
remember, that in spears as in the fine arts, we can only attain to
excellence by incessant study of the best models.

VOCABULARY ;
- or, a collection of variouswords and phrases, which have been supposed to

b¢ peculiar to the United States.

ACCOMPLISHED. Dr. Witherspoon thus notices a peculiar use of this word,
which he places among his “ Americanisms :’? “ He is a man of most ac-
-_compilished abilities. A man may be said to be of distinguished abilities,
or great accomplishments, but accomplished abilities is wholly new.” With-
ersp. Druid, No.7. No American at the present day would make use of
this extraordinary expression. I have never found any person who has met

with it in American publications.

“Sh.

452 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

ACCOUN TABILITY, “ a being subject to answer, or account for.” Mr. Web-
ster’s Compendious Dictionary. This word has been adopted from the
French, by some of our writers, but it is not to be found in the English dic-
tionaries, nor do I recollect seeing it in any “aes publications, except
translations from the French.

To ADMIRE. To like very much ; used, in Vew England, in expressions like
these—I should admire to go to such a place, I should admire to have such
a thing, &c. It is never thus used by the English, and — it is only used
_ in conversation.

fo ADVOCATE, to be an advocate for, to defaed, to support. This word is
used by all our writers. Some are taking unwearied pains to disparage
the motives of those federalists who advocate the equal support of,” &c._
Hamilton’s Letter, N. York, 1800. “TI shall endeavour to ascertain pre-
cisely the true value of this opinion, which is so warmly advocated by all

the great orators of antiquity.”’ dams’ Lectures on Rhetoric, &c. vol. i. p.
38. “ This seems to be seis and local dialect; and cannot be advo- —
cated oy ee person who tands correct E = he” : Welytee's Disser-

en Sees a a

‘a : PS
wo Vetoes eu Cale

writers ; but it has not yet been adopted oF them, T do not :saeniiogs idee

ing ever seen it in any British publication of high rank, except the Edin-
burgh Review ; and in that, Ihave observed it once. only, which was in the
following passage: “ But though the argument is given up, and the j jus-
tice of the Catholic cause admitted, it seems to be generally conceived that
‘their case is at Present utterly hopeless ; and that to advocate it any longer
will only irritate the oppressed.” Edinb. Rev. vol. xiii. p. 77. Notwith-
standing the high reputation of this work, yet the occasional use of a word,
in a periodical work published in Scotland, camotbe considered as conclu-
sive evidence of its being in general use in England. The authority of
this work, too, in the present ¢ase, is the less decisive, because, in addition
to the above circumstances, it is understood, that sonie of the articles in it,
have been written by Irish, and some by American peice residing in
Scotland.

Since I met with the above Scotch authority, I haye found an Iris#

in the United States of America. . aw. 458

one, for this verb, in a “ Speech of Counsellor Phillips before a Convention
of Catholics at Sligo, in Ireland’—~ Indeed, gentlemen,” ‘says he, “ you
can have little idea what he has to py who in these times edvorates

your cause.” — I have never yet met witl English authority for it; and,
in the preface to the London edition of Rumany? 8 leah of the American
Revolution, it is classed among those American words, which the English
(to use the editor’s words) “ have altogether declined to countenance.”
Our own countryman, Dr. Franklin, who wrote very pure English; con-
oe it ee res ol * The English, in parliamentary language,

~ commor ; ty the verb.to sufport.—* Mr. W. shortly oppos-
ed PETES Cass aie. Si. supifiorted it.” . Debates in Parliament, Bey 4,
1813.

ALIENISM 3 alienage:~ idiaihishiaetiom was convicted anuaiiied: on his ar-
~*“raignment he suggested his alieniem, which was admitted.” 2 Johnson’s
New York Refrorts, 381.

This is the only instance, in which I have ever met. with this word.
. The term alienage is common in professional books, though it is not to be
found in the English dictionaries. ‘“ Where he sues as executor, &c. the
plaintiff’s alienage is no plea.” Lawes’ Pleading in Assumpsit, p. 687 ; et

3 passim, oo > NOSE arr a aside estteees Gabterecaieny wd Lalostisc.t .

- To ALLOT; used with the preposition ufon ; as, I allot upon (i. cain up-
on) going to such a place. It is used only in conversation, and that, chiefly
in the interior of New England. It is very rarely used by people of edu-

cation, Some use the verb to count upon in the same manner.

ee “ a love of America and preference of her interest.” . Weds‘.
- This word is sometimes heard in conversation ; but I have never known it

~ “to be used in ¢his sense in any American publication. Dr. Witherspoon
““eoined it (as he says) many years ago, to denote “ an use of phrases or
terms, or a construction of sentences, even —— penne rank and edu-

L

~ “cation [in America] different from the use of phrases, or
- the construction of similar sentences in Great Britain.” Tn this sense it is,
“as he justly observes, “ similar in its formation and sig the word

. Se fe God freee.
783

454 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

Scotticism ;” and it has accordingly been generally so used in America.

To AMERICANIZE, “ to render American.” Webst. I have never met with
this verb in any American writer, nor in conversation.

ANNULMENT ; the annulling: “ the annulment of the belligerent edicts.”
Correspondence of the Sec. of State and Mr. Pinkney, in 1810. Thissub-
stantive is not to be found in the dictionaries.

ANTAGONIZING ; conflicting, opposing.

This word has been censured, by an American critic, as used in the following
"passage of a well known American publication—“ Nor can I forbear to
remark the tendency of such antagonizing appeals,” &c. This is the only
instance in which I have known it to be used in this country. Jo/nson has
the verb to antagonize, which he defines “ to contend against another” but
his authority is the Dictionaries ; and he says in his preface, that such words
in his work “ are to be considered as resting only upon the credit of those
dictionaries.” Mr. Webster has not admitted it into his dictionary.

ANTIFEDERALIST. ‘This word was formed about the year 1788, to denote a

person of the political party that cepoent aie y ane tee Constitu-

> m2 fat. ~ er =— -
; basiee aes vnited St tates, which was th then f by th of
the Federat Cor Sihe-word fs wobec “neéd now, having been

superseded by various other names, which have been successively giyen to
the same party. See Federalist.

APPELLATE;; relating to appeals: “ In all cases affecting ambassadors, &c-
the Supreme Court shall have original jurisdiction: In all the other cases
before mentioned the Supreme Court shall have affellate je

~ Constitut. of U. States, art. 3.
- This is criticised as an American word in an English review of Mar-
_ shall’s Life of Washington. The reviewers’ remark is, that Judge Mar-
shall uses “ efpellate court for court of appeals ; appellate being the term
applicable to the ferson against whom the appeal is made.” Annual Rev.
Jor 1808, p. 241. The reviewers probably consulted Johnson, who cites
from Ayliffe’s Parergon [of the Canon law] the following expression —* the
name of the party affel/ate, or person against whom the appeal is made.”
Mason, in his Supplement, makes the following remark upon this citation:

AP;

in the United States of America. . An. 465

“ Johnson gives this word fora eudstantive, and produces an authority
from. Ayliffe proving it tobe an adjective. The sense there is, affiealed
against ; but it is also used for created on afpeal— the king of France is
not the fountain of justice ; the judges neither the origina! nor-the afipel-
fate are of his nomination.’ Burke.” ‘The word seems to be here used by
Burke, as it is in America. The passage cited by Mason is from the Re-
fiections on the French Revolution, where Burke is discussing the French

__ constitution; p. 261. Duwdlin edit. Though Blackstone often uses the term
. original jurisdiction, yet I do not recollect the word apjieliate in his Com-
_mentaries.. “ The next Court that I shall mention is one that hath no orig-

inal jurisdiction, but is only a court of appeal.” 3. Blackst, Com.31. “The
house of peers haying at present no original jurisdiction over causes, but
only, upon appeals.” p. 56. —

ICANT, a hard student. This has heen much used at our alice. The

_ English use the verb to apply, but the noun afifilicant does not seem to be

in use withthem. The only dictionary in which I have found itis Entick’s,
in which it is given under the word afplier. A writer in the Monthly dn-

thology, (vol. vil. p. 263.) in reviewing Mr. Webster’s dictionary, takes no-
tice of ne Se pice, that it “ isa mean word,” and then adds, that

in the t common sore: ° Lech stu-
= aie eet et wig!

Pie PO

a Bidet ent ca gees

To ROR TE to rise in value.

The reviewer above mentioned makes the following renee on 1 this

word.—“ He [Mr. Webster] gives‘ appreciate v. to value, estimate, rise

in value,’ yet this third signification, being neuter or intransitive, is not, we

believe, found i ina single English author, and in the United States is only
admitted into genteel company by inadvertence.” Monthly Anthol. idid.
‘We also in the same manner use the noun affreciation ; andthe verb de-

freciateasa neuter or intransitive wert Seung ta ofa: in value 5 3 ‘see De-

preciate.
To APPROBATE. This was formerly much used at our piece ingtend of

the old =e verb effrrove. The students used to speak of having their

s —- _ thes instructers. = tis also used 2A t this s time | by

456 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

the clergy as a sort of technical term, to denote a person who is licensed to

jrreach ; they would say, sucha one is afprobated, that is; licensed to
“freach, Yt is also common in New England to say of a person} who’ is |i-
~-eensed by the county courts to sell spirituous liquors, or to‘keep a’ public

house, that he is apipirobated ; and the term is adopted in the» law - Mas-
- sachusetts on this’ ‘subject.

To ATTAIN. The use of this verb, without the preposition fo, has been said by

some to be peculiar to American writers; but this is not the case. Dr.
“Campbell (Philos. of Riet. B. ii, ch. 2. p. 207. Boston ed.) ranks this verb

among those “ which are used either with or without a preposition indis-

criminately.” ,

ASSOCIATION. «A convention of clergymen: New England.” ‘Webst. See
Consociation. .

AUTHORITY. « In Connecticut, the Magistracy, or body of Justices.” Webst.
Used also, at some of our colleges, (as I am informed nt a Ay mag in speak-
ing of the officers of the institution collectively. ;

AVAILED. Dr. vero notices, among his “ 47: ag nisms,” a mode
_ of using this p a 4 The ‘mem s ofa F ie lar g ’ ment t should
de availed of thé’: etaston and nate or every, soos a The author of
this did not know,” he adds, “ that avaid is neither an active nor passive, but
a reciprocal verb ; a man is said to avail himself of any thing, but not to
avail others, or be availed by them.” Druid, No.7. I think I have obsery-
ed this idiom in one or two instances in conversation ; but no American
would, at this day, use it in writing.

AVAILS. « Proceeds of property sold, produce. Connecticut.” Webst.

To AVERAGE. “ To reduce to a mean.” Webst. It is also used as a neuter
verb. “ The work will be comprised in fifteen or sixteen yolumes, averag-
ing from four to five hundred pages each.” A friend has suggested a
doubt whether this is a legitimate English vers. I do not recollect seeing
it in any English publications,

AWFUL; ugly, disagreeable. _ Many of the people of New England would call
a disagreeable medicine, awful; they would call an ugly woman, an awful-
éooking woman ; an ill natured child would be said to behave awfully, if he

an the United States of America. 457

did not obey his parents. This word, however, is never used but in very
familiar conversation, and is far from being so common as it was some
years ago. A late English traveller has the following remarks upon it.
“ I found in several instances that the country-feople of Vermont and oth-
er New England states make use of many curious phrases and quaint ex-
pressions in their conversation, which are rendered more remarkable by a
Sort. of nasal twang which they have in speaking. Every thing that cre-
ates surprise is awfu! with them ; ‘ what an awful wind! awful hole ! aw-
Jul hill! awful mouth ! awful nose!” ke. Travels through Canada and
the U. States, by John Lambert, London, 1814.
B,
— ayy FORTH; backwaras and forwards. He was walking back and
“forth. New England. Used only in familiar conversation. —
BACKWOODSMEN ; ; a name given by the people of the commercial towns in
the United States, to those who iphabit the territory westward of the Al-
legany mountains. “ The project of transmuting the classes of American
citizens and converting sailors into dackwoodsmen, is not too monstrous for
speculatists to conceive and desire.” wisiress 8 Ble p- 144. This word is
"commonly used as a term of reproach (and that, oly in the familiar style)
te designate those people, who, beng" ‘ata Aiiance Tone the sea, and en-
tirely agricultural, are supposed to be hostile, or indifferent, to the commer-
Cial interests of the United States.
BANDITTI. The use of this word, in Marshail’s Life of Washington, as a
noun of the singular number, is censured in the Annual Review, vol. vii. p.
241, The passage alluded to by the reviewers is this :—“ The expulsion
3 ; or suppression of a danditti of tories collecting on Long Island.” Life of
_. Washington, vol. ii. p. 285. I donot recollect seeing it thus used in any
. other American work ; and Judge Marshall hitnself, in other places, uses
jt as a plural noun. “ The perpetrators of the late murders were danditti
composed chiefly of Creeks and Cherokees.” Vol. ep set. Pee
BANK-BILL; a bank-note. It is remarkable that neither Dr. Jofinson tor the
other Lexicographers have the term 6ank-note in their dictionaries, though
79.

458 Mr. Pickering-on the present state of the English language

they have dank-dill, which Johnson defines—“ a note for money hid up in
a bank, at the sight of which the money is paid.” His authority is.a pas-
~ sage from Swift’s will—“ Let three hundred pounds be paid her out of my
_ ready-money or bank-dills.” The same phraseology occurs in another part
of the will. It is not certain, that Swift (or the scrivener who drew his
will) intended by Jank-dills what are now called éank-notes in England, as
will presently appear; but if he did, the term 4ank-note was themalso in
use; and, at the present day, isthe only name given to what are called
bank-bills in America. In Rees’ Cyclopedia, article BANK OF ENGLAND,
the term dank-note is constantly used :—“ This money [of the. bank] con-
sists in ordinary times, partly of coin, and partly of dank-notes.” In the
American additions to this work, bank-bill is generally used.

The term éank-dill seems to haye been used formerly in England to.
denote a bank security, which differed in some respects from common bank-
notes. From a case before Lord Holt in the year 1698, just after the bank.
of England was incorporated, Gini 1 | Lord Raymond’ s Reports, 738) it would
_ Seem, that the benk tills were pee in the real names of the original hold-
in oS names of the aes owners.

‘there was ot i

= <a ae eee ee

rare Serercn bills aa NOLES r—6t Opa this the credit cy ene bank [of
England] recovered immediately, until in a few weeks their notes, which
bore 0 interest, were equal with money, and their di//s, that bore interest,
better than money.” Tindal’s Continuation of Rapin’s Hist. of Engl. vol.
__ iii, p. 335, folio edit. The English statutes for preventing forgeries « of the
bank-securities also use both the terms, and, apparently, to signify two dif-

ferent things. Mr. Webster has bank-bill, but not bank-note.

BARBACUE, The following extract from the work of an English traveller in
America will ‘explain the meaning of this term, and at the same time vin-
dicate the people of Virginia from the calumnies of prejudiced foreigners :

“ Mons. de Willd, in his French translation of these travels, makes the fol-
lowing observation upon the word barbacue :—* Cet amusement barbare
consiste & fouétter les porcs jusqu’ 4 la mort pour en rendre la chair plus

in the United States of America. 459

delicate. Je ne sache pas que les cannibales mémes le pratiquent.’* In
justice to the inhabitants of Virginia, I must beg leave to observe, that
. Such a cruel and inhuman act was never, tomy knowledge at least, practis-
ed in that country. A Jaréacue is nothing more than a porket killed in the
usual way, stuffed with spices and other rich ingredients, and basted with
Madeira wine. It is esteemed a very great delicacy, and is, I believe, a
snetly dish.* Burnaby’s Travels in North America, 3d edit. 4to er
e: 1798, pe 29.
BE, (indicative mood present tense of to be J) This was formerly much
_-used in the New England States, instead of em and are, in phrases of this
sort—“ Be you ready? Be you going to such a place? I be.” It was
common in England as long ago as when our ancestors left that country,
and is often used in the common version of the scriptures—* They that de
~ with us gre more than they that de with them.” 2 Kings, vi. 16. and in va-
rious other places; but it is now nearly obsolete in England. Mr. Marshall,
_ however, observes, that “ be is generally used for is_in Gloucestershire.”
_ See his Rural Economy of Gloucestershire. . The above use of be is not so
common in Vew England at this time as it was some years ago; it is sel-

_ pees el sxcept BS wie IeRerIOr 3 towns-or SB the vulgar. The
8 3 as. y be you got

rites” * silt ciatiae sales

; $j for have you "got i it.
Dr. Witherspoon observes, that the verb fo be is often omitted Pires.
es like this—“ These things were ordered delivered to the army,” for or-
dered to be delivered, &c. He then adds—* I am-not certain whether this
is a local expression, or general, in America.” Withersp. Druid, No. 5. 1

“have never known the verb tobe omitted in the manner here mentioned.
BEAKER, the drinking vessel which we now calla tumbler. Twenty years
ago, or more, this name was in. common use in New England and in some
other parts of the United States; but it is now seldom heard except among
ald people. It is te be found in the. dictionaries, bat Tn never heard it in

} orenpoens seonmmtenets | hiker’ ‘ og

* Translation. ‘‘ This barbarous amusement (a acheg ca fe deat, in or.
.. der to make their flesh the more delicate. Ido not know that even cannibals practise it.

»

460 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

BESTOWMENT, the act of bestowing. This is sometimes heard from the
pulpit in this country, and has been supposed to be of American origin. It
is not to be foundin Johnson’s nor the other dictionaries, (except the Eng-
lish part of Ainsworth’s ) nor do I recollect meeting with it in English au-
thors, or ever hearing it used in England. It cannot, indeed, be said-to be
very common in this country. Mr. Wedster has it in his dictionary.

BETTERMENTS. A word used in some of the New England States, to sigs
nify the improvements made on new lands by cultivating the soil, erecting. ‘
houses, &c. “ Betterments, where plaintiff recovers in a real action, kc.
the jury are to ascertain the increased value by reason of improvements.”
Index to the laws of New Hampshire. The act here referred to is com-
monly called the Betterment Act. This word is not in Mr. Webster’s, nor
in any of the English dictionaries that I have seen, except 40h’s, and there
itis called “ @ bad word.” It is on noticed by an Rogie traveller when _
Speaking of that class of peopl enter upon new lands without any right,
and proceed to cultivate them— These shen tieimandieitinte to be left own-
Eon the spiber:pad Dor « heir derterme nts, that is, for what they have done

‘init >? ak dat az Vol. iii. -p, 160,
~

BOATABLE,« navigable 1 with boats.” Webst, s“ ‘ Pyoga river... ig Beitable
about fifty miles“ the Seneca Indians say they can walk four times ina
day from the d0ataéle waters of the Allegany to those of the Tyoga.”
Morse’s Geography. Notused by sioeatig authors, and rarely seen in 4+

BOATING, | “ conveying, or 7 iki eS ‘of transporting in » Webs
This, as well as the preceding word, seems to be technical among boatmen,

» 88 carting is among carters, &c. Such words are rarely heard, ig
among the people of those orcupations.

BOOK-STORE ; the common name, thro ut the United Scene books
seller's shop. The Edinburgh Revive notices this term, as one of our pe-
culiarities ; “ Their booksellers’ shops passing under the name of 600k-
stores.” Edinb. Rev. for Nov. 1810, p. 121.

Yo BOTTOM; used with on; v. a. « tobuild ‘upon, to fix sate as. support”
Johnson.

ae gtk rd has be oo ae ee ae gee aye diff ene egislative

Wal ALECG a ha MU ALU whee

in the United States of America. 46%

bodies in the United States, and has been supposed by some writers to bea
pure Americanism: but this is not the case. The word, however, does not
seem to be much used by good English writers of the present day. John-
son’s authorities are, Hale, Collins, Atterbury, and Locke, the last of whom
uses it also as a neuer verb, in the following sentence quoted by Johnson—
“Find eut upon what foundation any proposition advanced, bottoms.”
| Burke (who i is the latest, and only modern, writer in whose works I have ob-
served it) uses it both as an active and a neuter verb—* But an absurd opin-
ion concerning the king’s hereditary Tight to the crown does not prejudice
one that is rational and dottomed upon solid principles of law and policy.”
Reflections on the Revolut. in France, p- 15, Dublin edit. of 1792. All
the oblique insinuations concerning election bottom in n this proposition,” &e.
. -m ibid. 2 37.

tes +1 Coch Ses

) this verb can hardly be said to be in
use in eee: Our using it is alluded to as one of our peculiarities, in
the Monthly Review for 1808, yol. 56. See To Predicate. - :

BOTTOM-LANDS ; used in Pennsylvania and some other states to denote the
rich flat land on the banks of rivers, which in the Northern states is gene-

ce of Britain was her scbkibiloes ee on tile importation oF eau:

stuff,’ &c. Marshall’s Life of Washington, vol. 5. p» 519. The Annual

Review (vol. 7. p. 241) points out this as one of the Americaniems of J udge

- Marshall’s work. The term was first used; I believe, in some of the offi-

cial papers of our government, soon after the adoption of the present Con-

stitution. “The articles of exports... are bread-stuffs, that is to say,

- bread-grains, meals, and bread.” Report of the Secretary of State (Mr.

Jefferson) on Commercial Restrictions, &c. Dec. 16, 1793. It has probably

_ been the more readily allowed among us, because we do not commoily (as

the English do) use the word corn asa general name for all sorts of grain,

_ but apply it almost exclusively to Indian corn, or maize. - Mr. Webster has
“not the term éread-stuff in his dictionary. See Corn. airuorc>

To B) R IDGE. A peculiar use of this verb in ‘Connecticut’ is. thas noticed by an

8035

462. Mr. Pickering.on the present state of the English language

English traveller: “ Here a sufficient, though not very agreeable road, is
' formed by causeysof logs ; or, in the language of the country, itis dridged.”
Kendall’s Travels, vol. i. p. 235.

BRIEF ; prevalent ; used in speaking of arumour, as wellas of ida dis-
tempers. It is mostly used in the interiour of New England, Grose has
it in his Glossary among the frovincial words of the nor¢h of England. -

BRUSH for Brush-wood. Mew England. | ‘The word ety in this, sense, is
not noticed, I believe, by any of the English lexi , except Mason,
who cites Sfenser as his authority for it. It is dinbtless obsolete in Eng-
land. Mr. Webster has both drush and drush-wood.

te CALCULATE ; to think, suppose, or expect; as, I calculate he will ¢y
such a thing. | The use of this ‘word, with some others, in the country
towns of New England, j is thus ridiculed by an’ English trayeller—* The
at are he shag 1% says Nathan, though I ae as how this is a firo-

; a res Travels in Canada and th € U. States,

‘ip. 506, 28 edit. London; 1: aici toads, =
CAUCUS. This 1 noun is used Seren ehoet the United Sater as a cant term
for those meetings which are held by the different political parties, for
the purpose of agreeing upon candidates for office, or concerting any meas-
ure “which — they intend to carry at the subsequent: fudlicy or town-
meetings. The earliest account I haye seen of this extraordinary word is
the following, from Gordon’s History of the ererioge Revolutiony pub-

- ished at London in the year 1788, -
“The word Caucus (says the author) aaa its derivative caueusing,
are often used in Boston. The last answers much to what we style parlia-
- menteering, or electioneering. All my repeated applications to different
gentlemen have not furnished me with a satisfactory account of caucus. It
seems to mean a number of persons, whether more or less, met together to
consult upon adopting and prosecuting some scheme of policy for carrying
_a favorite point. The. word is not of novel invention. _More than fifty
years ago, Mr. Samuel. Adams’ father and twenty | others, one or. two from
the north end of the town, where all the ship-business is s carried on, used to

in the United States of America. 463

meet, make a Cau cus, and lay their plan for introducing certain persons in-
to places of trust and power. When they had settled. it, they separated,
and used each their particular influence within his own circle. He and his
friends would furnish themselves with ballots, including the names of the
parties fixed upon, which they distributed on the days of election... By act-
ing in concert, together with a careful and extensive distribution of ballot,
they generally carried the elections to their own mind. In dike manner it
was that Mr. Samucl Adams first became a representative for Boston.”
Gordon’s Hist. vol. i. p. =e note.

An English travelle r. Kendall) who has taken; notice of many A-
merican words, seems to think that this “ felicitous term” (as he ironically
calls it) is applied only to party meetings, or consultations, of the members

Of the legislatures. m the different states; but this is not the case. Al!
meetings of the parties, for the ‘Parpete of concerting any measures, are

called by this name.

From the above remarks of Dr. Gordon on this word, it read geen
that these meetings were in some measure under the direction of men
concerned in the “ shifi-business ;’ and I had therefore thought it not
Tiopeobabie ee. feucas a oes | be a SorruD OD pt Szatkers, the word

| ood. I was “afterwards informed by a friend
ie isaion that the late ‘Andrew Oliver Esq. had ccs mentioned this as the
origin of the word ; and upon further inquiry I find other gentlemen haye
heard the same in Boston, where the word was first used. I think I have
~ sometimes heard the expression, a caucus’ meeting. It Bee as be remark-
ed, that this can¢ word is never used in good writing.

CENSUS, the enumeration of the inhabitants of the United estees which is made

\ every ten years. -
_ This is used by us to denote merely the enumeration of our inhabitants,
-which is a departure from the signification of the term among the Romans,

-- from whose language we have borrowed it. In England they still use the

old word enumeration, except when speaking of this country. As a. tech-

‘nical term, however, the word census may be found useful.
CENT, “ a copper coin of the United States, value one hundredth part ok a dol-

lar.” Web Si.

464 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the Engish language

CERTAIN. Dr. Witherspoon thus censures a mode of using this adjective in
America—“ A certain Thomas Benson. The word certain, as used in
English, is an indefinite ; the name fixes it precisely, so that there is a kind
of contradiction in the expression. In England they would say, a certain
person, called or supposed to be Thomas Benson.” Withersp. Druid,
No. 5.

CHAIR; used in some of the southern states, to signify a one-horse pleasure-
carriage, which, in the northern states is generally called by the old Eng-
lish name, chaise.

CHECKERS or CHEQUERS ; a common name in some of the states, for the
game, which in England is called draughts. Ash has the ancient word
“ checkere,” for the chess-board, (for which he cites Chaucer, ) but marks
the word as odsolete. The board is here still called a checker-board, by
those who call the game checkers.

CHUNK. Dr. Witherspoon has the following remark on this word—« Chunks,
thats; brands, half burnt wood. This is customary in the middle colonies.”
_Wiherapi Druid, No. T cbr tenlecstenenngeite a large. chip or bit of

eee

a oa

Provincial Glossary (word hath 3) sayieok Chuck, a a great chip. Sussex.
In other counties called a chunk or junk.” . The vulgar here also(by whom
these words are chiefly used) say chunk and junk. The Engiish dictiona-
ries all have chump. Mr. Webster has “ chump or chunk, a short. piece
of wood.” Hence probably the low word chunky, that is, short and thick,
_ applied by the yulgar'to the stature of a person; as, he is a chunky fellow.

CHURCH. This word, in Johnson’s third signification (a place of worship) is
generally used by the people of the Vew England states to denote the place
of worship of the members of the church of England, or Episcopalians, as
we usually call them. The places of worship of other denominations of
Christians are generally called meeting-houses. Inthe southern states, I
believe, the word church is used by all denominations. See we Mats
of the church.

CIVISM, “ patriotism, attachment to the public welfare.” Webst. This is one
of the productions of the French revolution; andy though frequently aed
several years ago, is now obsolete here, as well as in France. I think it

2 in the United States of America. 465

was never more used by American than by English writers. 1 do not find
it in any dictionary but Mr. Webster’s.

CLAPBOARD ; “ a narrow board used to cover buildings.” Webst. A technical
word, in general use. In England a clapboard is a“ board formed ready
for the cooper’s use, in order to make casks or vessels.’ See Rees’ Cyclo-
fed. articles BoaRD and CLAPBOARD, and Bailey’s Dictionary.

CLEVER. This word is in constant use throughout Vew England, in a sense
very different from the English. The following remarks of Dr. Wither-
spoon will explain the American and the English significations : |

“ Heis a very clever man. She is quite a clever woman. How often
are these phrases to be heard in conversation? Their meaning, however,
would certainly be mistaken when heard for the first time by one born in
Britain. In bere cases Americans generally mean by clever, “only good-

_ ness of disposition, worthiness, integrity, without the least regard to capac-
ity; nay, if I am not mistaken, it is frequently applied where there is an
acknowledged simplicity or mediocrity of capacity. But in Britain, clev-
er always means capacity, and may be joined either toa good or bad dispo-
sition. We say of a man, he is a clever man, a clever tradesman, a clever
fellow, without any reflection upon his moral character, yet at the same
time it carries BO approbation. oe it. Itis exceeding. ood English, and
very but I it, he is al-
so a great rogue. When prcnnege is applied pemaarily to conduct and
not to the person, it generally carries in it the idea of art or chicanery not
very honourable ; for example—Such a plan I confess was very clever, i. e.
sly, artful, well contrived, but not very fair.” Withersf. Druid, No. 5.

In speaking of any thing but men wemse the word much as the
English do. We.say a clever horse, &c. and it is not uncommon to see in
the London news-papers, advertisements in this form—* To be sold a c/ev-
er grey gelding,” &c. Dr. Johnson observes, that it “ is a low word, scarce-
ly ever used but in burlesque or conversation, and apple 2 to any thing a

‘man likes, without a settled meaning.”

"CLEVERLY. Used frequently in some parts of New England instead of weld
or very well, In answer to the common salutation, How do you do - we

- sometimes hear, Iam cleverly. I believe, however, this frequent ‘use of

he word is confined to some particular towns.

812

, eal ee
jae

466 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

CLITCHY ; clammy, sticky, glutinous. I have heard this word used in a few
instances by old people in New England; but it is very rarely heard. In
Devonshire, in England, they have the frovincial word clatchy, in this
sense ; and it is doubtless the same word, a little varied in the pronuncia-
tion. See London Monthly Magazine, for Jan. 1809, p. 545.

CLOSURE; a shutting up, a closing, I have never seen this word but once in
any American publication—‘ Very soon after the closure of our ports, I
did submit to the consideration of the senate a proposition,” &¢. Letter to
the Hon. H, G. Otis, by the Hon. J. Q. Adams, Boston, 1808. The use of the
word.in this passage was objected to by one of our own critics, in“ Re-
marks and Criticisms” on this Letter, (published in the New York Even-
ing Post) in the following terms: “ We ‘object, too, to his new word c/o-
sure, as it is at best a superfluous word, and has no support in analogy.”
Dr. Johnson has the word closure in this sense, upon the authority of Boyle ;
but it seems to be rarely, if ever, used by the writers of the present day.

CLOTHIER; a fuller; “ one who fulls and scours cloths; 3 an nant
“maker of cloths.” roe

there at the present day + PS aie Sora a
** ‘The clothiers all, not able to maintain
The many to them ‘longing, have put off
The spinsters, carders, fullers, weavers,”
It is to be observed, that although we use clothier for fullery po the:
place, where the cloth is cleansed and dressed, is called a fulling-mill.
COMPANIONING ; used in the following passage of an American poem :

s - Companioni jing, > far: 1 — +} I ste nwn?

‘Upon which one of our own critics makes this remark : “ Companioning is

a word inyented without taste, low and unpoetical. ”* Review of Linn’s Va-

lerian, a narrative poem, in the Monthly Anthology for 1807, p. 321, The

word was never used in this country, I presume, by any body but the in~
Mo ah

in the United States of America, 46%

COMPOSUIST ; a writer, composer; as, He isa good composuist. This ex-

traordinary word has been much used at some of our colleges, but -_ sel-
dom elsewhere. It is now rarely heard among us.

To COMPROMIT ; to ‘commit, expose, hazard. The government compro-

mitted itself. ‘The minister compromitted the welfare of his country.
- This word is not used by American writers only, but is perhaps more

~ common with them than with English authors. It occurs frequently in the

official letters whieh have been published by our government, and may per-
haps, like the French verb compromettre, from which we derive it, be con-

- sidered as an authorised diplomatic term. The English verb to commit

(which, though not to be found in sAis sense in any of the dictionaries ex-

cept Walker’s, is now generally adopted) seems to Pender: this word un-

prager ‘See Wailker’s remarks on it.

- This verb is much used in New iin in conversation,
without the rebel ptonoun: Ex. He conducts well, instead of, he con-
ducts himself well. It is frequently used in this manner also by our writ-
ers: “ There were times when he was obliged to exert all his fortitude,
prudence, and candour #o conduct so as not to give offence.” Eliot’s New

' England Biograph. Dictionary, p. 29. But this « corrupt idiom” (as an

*

i»

entirely excluded the correct -

English traveller justly calls it) isnot so. omy. Sct here, as to have

orrect English © sf will conduct your-
se/f in the office of an attorney,” &c. pug 8 Se in Massachusetts
Stat. of 1785, c. 23.. And in the valuable work of Dr. Ex just cited, the
verb is sometimes used «with, as well as without, the. pronoun : “ No man

could have conducted himself in this office better.” p. 14. It is also con-.

stantly used with the pronoun in. a late work, of a New England scholar, of

great purity of style ; “ In every thing which is innocent or indifferent they
Should permit him to conduct himself by his own discretion.” . Sermons on
particular occasions, Boston, 1812, p.14, The writers of G. Britain i inva-

riably use it in this manner. “ But in what manner will the. ‘House cone.

: duct itself 2” Fox’ 8 Hist. James 4p. 228 They took and pillaged. sev-

me ‘eral cities, conducting themselves all the while, in. ‘such a manner,” &e.

ice at se

_ Robertson's Charles V, yo). ii. p. 359. Dr, Johnson also defines the verb.
_ behave, in these words—« to conduct one’ s-self ;”’ and he further remarks,.

468 Mr. sche on the present state of the English language

that the ren behave also is “ used almost always with the reciprocal pro-
noun.”

CONGRESS ; “ the toga of the United States of America.” Wedst.
This word, originally a common name, and still so used in Europe, has in
America become a firofer name. English writers, however, generally use
it with the article ; as, zhe Congress passed such a law; but we, without ;
as, Congress passed such a law; just as they would generally say in Eng-
land, such a law was enacted by Parliament, and not zie Parliament.

CONGRESSIONAL; from the noun Congress. ‘ The conflict between ¢o7-
gressional and state authority originated with the creation of those authori-
ties.” Marsh. Life of Washing. vol. v. p. 354. .

A reviewer in the Monthly Anthology (vol. vii. p. 263.) calls this one
of the “ darbarisms” in common use with us, _

To CONSIDER. The use of this verb, without as after it, has been thus criticis-
ed by Dr. Witherspoon: “ I do not consider myself equal to this task. The

word as is wanting. Iam not certain whether this may not be an English
— as (th vaseline wt the renowned author of Common

Se i We Poe? eure eae aa
: his

" pueclicer ‘Iti is owner andoabledly a an Merce for} it is ge by au-
thors greatly superior to him in every respect.” Withersp. Druid, No, 5.
This idiom sometimes occurs in English writers of the present day.
CONSIDERABLE. This is still frequently used in the manner pointed out by
Dr. We itetapoot 1 in the following remarks: “ He is considerable of a a sur-
_yeyor ; considerable of it may be found in that country. This manner of
speaking prevails in the northern parts.” Withersh. Druid, No. 7.
CONSOCIATION ; “a convention of pastors and messengers of churches.”
Webst. 1 believe this use of the term is peculiar to the state of Connecticut.
CONSTABLE. The following distinction is made, by Mr. Webster, between
the English and American significations of this word: « In England, a
_ Sovernor or commander; in America, a town-officer of the peace with the ©
powers of an under-sheriff.” A writer in the Monthly Anthology speaks
of this as “ an idle attempt to exhibit a distinction” between them. Zntick
and other lexicographers define constable, a kind of peace-officer ;” and

in the United. States.of America. | 469
it.is the sie I,believe, that in many.,of.the.cities, bor oughs, and, other lo-

cal jurisdictions in England, they.h peace-officers called constables, whose

Ps i ee & aS:

powers are not EE if at all, different from those of our constables.

CONSTERNATED. Inever met.with.this. uncommon word.in the writings of

Americans, except in the following instance: “When it was. found. that
General Hampton was not. at St. Regis, his place of rendezvous, all_ranks
were consternated.” Letter from an officer in Gen, Wilkinson’s army, in
Dec. 1813. The only English dictionary, in which I find it, is 4sh’s, and
it is there said to be “ mot sufficiently authorised.”

CONSTITUTED AUTHORITIES; the officers of’ government collectively,

in a kingdom, city, town, &c. This expression has been adopted by some
of our writers from the vocabulary of the French Revolution. “ Neither
could he perceive danger to liberty except from the constituted authorities,
and especially from the executive.” Marsh. Life of Washing. vol. v. p.

354, The English have used it only in translations from the French.
_CONSTITUTIONALITY ; “ the state of being agreeable to the constitution,

,

or of affecting the constitution.” Webst. “ The argument upon this ques-
tion has naturally divided into two parts, the one of expediency, the other
of constitutionality.” Debates in Congress, on the Judiciary bill in 1802,
p. 76.

This word is not in Johnson nor Mason ; nor have I been able to find

itin any other English dictionary. Ido not recollect it in any English pub-

lications. The adjective constitutional is used in England as well as in this
country.

CONTEMPLATION. A distinguished foreigner, who resided in England

many years, and is well acquainted with the language, upon his arrival in
this country was ‘struck with the frequent recurrence of this word i in con-

- yersation ; as, “I have it in contemplation to do sucha thing, for I intend to

dosuch a thing.” The expression is not uncommon in English writings,
though I do not recollect it in conversation,

To CONTRIVE. Dr. Witherspoon has the following remarks on a singular

use of this word; “ I wish we could contrive it to Philadelphia. The words

_ #0 carry, to have it carried, or some such, are wanting. Itisa defective

23

470 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

construction, of which there are too many that“have already obtained in
practice, in spite of all the remonstrances of men of letters.” Withersp.
Druid, No. 5.

I doubt whether this strange expression is ever used at the present
day. I never heard it myself, nor have I been able to find any person that
has heard it from any class of people in this country. .

Yo CONVENE.. This is used in some parts of New England ina very remark-
able sense, that is, ro be convenient, fit, or suitable; Ex. This road will
convene the public, i. e. will be convenient for the public. The word, how-
ever; is used only by the illiterate.

CONVENIENT TO. A writer in the Monthly Anthology, for August 1808, p.
458, censures the following use.of this word in Marshall’s Life of Washing-
ton, vol. iii. p. 120. “ The army was convenient to the highlands.” This
expression is not often to be found in American writings, :

COPPER. The common name in New England for British half-pence, which,
until the « coinage of our cents, constituted the cofiper currency of this coun-
try. We used to say a cofiper’s worth of any thing, as in England they

would say a peppy. worth. The name is already pearly, obsolete,
CORKS. Tee

— — ee 1s called frost-nails. From the noun we have formed
a verb zo cork, and we accordingly say, the horse is corked, &c. I donot
find the term or its derivatives ; in any of the English dictionaries, except
Ash’s, where the participle corking is thus explained—< turning up the
heels of a horse’s shoes.” Mr. Webster has both the noun and the verb.
CORN. This word, in many parts of the United States, and particularly in New
England, signifies exclusively Indian corn, or maize, which has been the
principal sort of corn cultivated in those parts of the country. Wheat, rye,
and the other sorts of corn are generally called grain, and frequently Eng-
lish grain. In England, corn is a general term, (as it was here used
by our old writers,) and means all sorts of grain that are used for
bread. “ Corn, in Agriculture, a term applied to all sorts of grain fit for
food ; particularly wheat, rye, &c—The Sarmers, indeed, rank under the
denomination of corn seyeral other grains, as barley, oats, and even pulse,

}

in the United States of America. 471

_ peas, vetches,.&c. which, however, they sometimes distinguish by the de-
nomination, smaller corn.” Rees’s Cyclop. art. Corn. The meal of Indian
‘corn, which we call Indian meat, is in a generally called Indian corn
meal,
CORN-BLADES ; “ leaves of maize (south. states.)” Webst.
CORN-STALK ; “a stalk ‘or'stem of maize.” Wedst. The farmers of New
‘England commonly use this word inthe flura/ number, corn-stalks, or
\ "simply, stalks, to denote the upper part of the stalk (above the car of corn)
“© which is cut off while green, and then dried, to feed their cattle with.
COSSET ; '“ a lamb brought up by the hand.” ‘Wedst. Also, a favorite or darl-
ing. This word is used in New England, as the word fet is in the south-
ern states and ‘in — Itis’ now a ecniuat word in — accord-
~ ing to Grose.

COUNTY, © In speaking of counties, the names of which are compounded of the

word ines, (for Saeed Hisntipiahines Berkshire) &c.) we ie the county of

Hampshire, the county of “Berkshire, &c. In England. they would say,

either Hampshire or Berkshire simply, without the: word county ; or, the

county of Hants, the county of Berks, &c. The word shire of itself, as ey-

ery body knows, means county and in one instance, (in Massachusetts,) this

* latter word is used instead of s/ire, as a part of the name.: “ the county of
Duke's , bye sorst tT ‘pen eGasyen exw srinesia I brow 2:

COUNTERACTION; a counteracting. ‘It is sometimes, though ici used

- by American writers in this manner: He prevailed over his enemies by

the counteraction [counteracting] of their designs. . I never saw it so used

in any English work. It is not to be found in any of the dictionaries except
Mr. Webster’s.
CREATURE. An English traveller makes the following remark on this word :
-« Creature, pronounced creatur, is used in New England, in regard:to men,
in all the senses of the French animal, béte and monstre.” Kendall's trav-
els, V. iii. P- 255. Tn the hlural- number it is in yery common use among
__ farmers | as a general name for horses, oxen, kc, Ex, Fhe creatures will
be be put into the pasture to day. It is frequently 50 used i in the o/d laws of
“some of the states. “ The owners or claimers of : any such creatures fe é
- swine, neat-cattle, horses, or sheep’] impounded | as aforesaid shall pay
the fees,” &e. Province Laws of Massachusetis, Stat. 10. Wm.3. &

.

472 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

friend, to whom I: have. mentioned this. use. of the word, doubts whether it is
peculiartous;

CROCK; the black ai @ pot, or.ofa chimney, A. writer inthe Monthly Anthol-
ogy, (¥. 7. p. 263.) in reviewing Mr. Webster’s dictionary, where this. word
is found, says—“ Crock is indeed, common. enough in: this section of the
country, but it isnot. an Znglish word, and,our southern brethren ridicule.
us for using it.” It is,in fact, only.a.frovincial word in England, and is
mentioned.as such by. Mason, who cites, Ray’s. South,and East Country.
Words ;, and inthis latter work both the.nouz,and the veré are marked as
peculiar to Essex, in England. Grose also has it-as. a frovincial word. It
is never used here but in conversation.

CROW-BAR ; an iron crow, or simply,, acrow. Used in New. liad: Crow-
bar is * a name often frovincially applied to an iron crow.or lever.” Rees’
Cyclop. Marshall has: it-among the: “ Provincialisms of : West Devon-
shire.” See Rural Econ..of West of Engl. voly is > ~

To CULTIVATE. While:these:(in the phrase ofa. Mew: England writer)
ane.cultivating the ocean.” Kendall's Travels, viiis p. 113; This. appli-
cation of the epbiomedts I Lapigpeine aaa the writer al-
ludedto, I it:to-be thus: used: im: Americ

cusToy ABLE ; “subject to. duties. (Law. of: Siskecascmep Webst.
This word I presume was never in use. I never heardit among: profes-
sionad_ men. in Massachusetts, and mercantile friends, to.whom. I: have,men-
tioned it, do. neh: eee hearing. it used. Rhawted duseiiee some-

heard.: = eo
times x ( sxhich ¢ ~

D.

DECEDENT ; “one dead: (Law of WV. Jersey and Pensylvania.)” Webst.
This word is unknown se Be northern states, eyen as 2 technical
term.

DECENT’; tolerable, pretty good: Fx. He is a decent scholar; a decent wri-
ter; he is nothing more than decent. This has been much used at some
of our colleges ; ; but never except in conversation. It has been thought ;
by some to be an Americanism, but others have doubted whether it is-

DECIDEDLY. “ He was decidedly at the head of the bar.” Marsh. Life ¥

dl

in the United States of America. 3 473

Washing. vol. vy. p. 214. I do not find this adverb in any of the English
dictionaries except Entick’s ; I think, however, it is used by some English
writers. In America it is very common both in conversation and in writing.
DELINQUENCY. The use of this word in the following passage of Bancroft’s
Life of Washing. (p. 207) is condemned by the English reviewers: “ The
delinguency of the United States to prepare for the approaching campaign ;”
that is, (say the reviewers,) “tardiness or unwillingness.” British Critic,
1809, 7. 182. It is not much used here; I never saw it in any other in-
Stance than the above.
To DEMORALIZE; “t t, undermi destroy inciples.” Webst.
This has ce iil from the ee since “the reyolution. It is
used by some English writers, but perhaps not so often as by us. It is not
in any of the dictionaries, I believe, except Mr. Webster’s.
DEPARTMENT. ‘See Heads of Departments.
DEPARTMENTAL; © pertaining to.a department.” Weédsc.
This adjective has been ranked, by one of our own critics, among our
“ barbarisms.”” See Monthly Anthol. y.7. p. 263. It is not in the English
dictionaries,
To DEPRECIATE;; y. newt. to fall in value. The English use this only as an
active verb; in America it is (like appreciate, ) used as a verb neuter.
To DEF UERAe-edematee: | ee ee Sirah bes gk
_ This word is sometimes heard in conversation, but rarely 0 occurs in
F oekian. I have never met with it but once in any of our publications :
* They seldom think it necessary to defutize more than one person to
attend to their interests at the seat of government.” Description of Nan-
tucket, in the Port Folio for January 1811, p. 33. Mr. Webster has
_ Roted it as a Connecticut word. It is also used in other parts of New
England, but has always been considered as a mere vulgarism.
DEROGATORY The use of this adjective by itself, instead of degrading, has
_ been observed upon by Englishmen as an 4mericanism. Ex. The government
did such an act, which was very oe ; such " as duct is ste sei
atory, i.e. degrading, tes
DESK ; a pulpit. ' te
An English traveller has thus noticed the use of this word in Connec-
ticut ; “ The pulpit, or, as it is here called, the DESK, was filled by three

; 835

474 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

if not four clergymen ; a number, which by its form and dimensions, it was
able to accommodate.” Xendall’s Travels, vol. i. p. 4. It is also used
in some other states: “They are common to every species of oratory,
though of rarer use-in the desk,” &c... Adams’ Lectures on Rhetoric, vol. i.
p- 198. This word, however, with an epithet (as sacred desk, for example, )
is, I think, to be found in English authors.
DESTITUTION ; want, deficiency,
This is criticised in an English pamphlet on America, (quoted in
the Monthly Review, vol. lvi. p. 104,) as one of our words, and this phrase
“is given as an example of our use of it: “ were it not for my deszitution of
leisure,” &c. The following may be added: “Is it not true that our deszi-
tution of competent fleets and armies, the state of our finances. ..com-
bined to furnish,” &e. Answer of the House of Representatives of Massa-
_ chusetts to the Governor’s Speech, June Session, 1813. This word is in the
dictionaries, but does not seem to be in common use in England at this day.
DICTATION; a dictating. « Was not this an arbitrary dictation to a national
vessel?” This word is in Jofinson, upon the authority of former diction-
res pt, 3s Ash says, It, is = ot mack wee. es a ee 4 it can
y be ‘be in use in this c a

Dae © A miver'< coin rhe United States, ae ten cents.” “Webet.-
DISCONNEXION. This word is not in Johnson ; and it has been calli
an American writer, as an unauthorized word. See Monthly Anthol. vol.
iv. p. 281. It is, however, sometimes used by English authors. Mason
_. has 5 in his supplement, upon the authority of Burke, as he has. also the
disconnected.
DISDAIN ; contempt.
Dr. Witherspoon gives the following example: «1 should have let
_ your performance sink into silent disdain,” He then observes : ‘“ A per-
formance may fall into contempt, or sink into oblivion, or be treated with
disdain ; but to make it sink into silent disdain, is a very crude expression
indeed.” No American author at the present day would use the =
disdain im this extraordinary manner.
DOCITY, (fronounced dossity.) A low word, used in some parts of this country

in the United States of America. « 475

to signify guick apprehension. It is used only in conversation, and gener-
ally with anegative, thus: He has no docity: It is a provincial word in

- England. I do not find it in any of the dictionaries, except Bailey’s' (fol.
1736) and 4sh’s, in which it is said to be “ an incorrect spelling” of docility.
In this country it is a Jocal werd, and employed only by the same class
of speakers, that would use the low word gumption, which is also fro-
vincial in England. See Gumption.

DOMESTICS. It has been remarked, by Englishmen, that the people of New
England always call servants domestics. The correlative master is also
very seldom used in the xorthern states. -Domestic is “a term of some-
what more extent than that of servant.” See Rees’s Cyclo.

_ To DOOM; to tax at discretion. When a person neglects to make a return of his
_ taxable property to the. assessors of the towns, those officers doom him, that

js, judge upon, and fix his tax according to their own discretion. Used in

New England. “ The estates of all marchants, shopkeepers, and factors

shall be assessed by the rule of common estimation, according to the will
and doom of the assessors.” Massa, Colony Laws, p. 14 ed. 1660,

DOOMAGE. « A fine or penalty. Law of New Hampshire.” Webst.

DUTIABLE. «Subject to duties or impost.” Webst.

The use of tis word i in eerie s Life of eouieeston, vol. ii, p. 73.
has been censu1 t er in the Mont MO patie, yol.

v. p. 438. It is very little used even in conversation.

E.

EAGLE; a gold coin of the United States, of the value of ten dollars.
EITHER. Dr. Witherspoon has the following remarks on one use of this word
in America: “ The United States or either of them. This is so far from
being a mark of ignorance, that it is used by many of the most able and
» accurate speakers and writers, yet it is not English. The United States
are thirteen in number, but in English either does not signify one of many,
_ but one or the other oe two. I imagine either has become an adjective
pronoun, by being a sort of abbreviation“of a sentence, where it is used
adverbially, either the one or the other. It is exactly the same with sxariges
in Greek, and alteruter in Latin,” Druid, No. 5. But Johnson says, it is

476 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

used sometimes of more than two ; any one of a certain number; any of an
indeterminate number.”

Zo ELECTIONEER, v. and ELECTIONEERING, 2. and fart. We say,
an electioneering pamphlet, an electioneering trick. The verb electioneer
is not in any of the English dictionaries; and Mason alone has the noun
electioneering, which he explains in the sense in which we use it ; and cites,
as his authority, this passage from the writings of Soame Jenyns :

si Adieu, say 1, to all electioneering.”

But of Soame Jenyns he says, in another place, his “ writings are remark-
ably deficient in accuracy of English.”

Yo ENERGIZE ; to impart energy. “ Instead of aiding and energizing the
police of the college,” &c. The British Spy, written in Virginia. This.
word is noted as “ wnauthorized,” by a writer in the Monthly Anthology,
vol. i. p. 635, I never saw it in any other American work. Harris (the

_. author of Hermes) uses energise, but in a different manner.
EQUALLY AS, for EQUALLY. Dr. Witherspoon puts this among his “Amer-
canisms.” He seater Hanglly as well and Sau as good. This is
; jh PO UNSRE Mm comverss ion. and . put = ae fis ale giso.,to be. : found in
some eS ERE tel the authors ; but it is
just as good English to say, the most highest mountain in America.”
Druid, No. 6,
Oca, This is often joined with the title of Honourable. Ex. «The
onourable A. B. Esquire.” It is never thus used in England. .

EVIDENTIAL; evincing. I have heard this word a few times from the pulpit,
‘but never saw it in any American publications,

EULOGIUM ; eulogy.

A writer in the Monthly Anthology (vol. i. p. 609.) observes, that
“ eulogium is not an English word.” ‘Some English writers, however, use
it: “ On this constitution a modern historian has passed a high eulogium.”
Kendall's Travels, v.i. p. 69. The errors of public characters are too
well known not to expose unfounded eu/ogium to the distrust of all who
prefer truth to enthusiasm.” Seward’s Life of Darwin, prref. p- viii s

in the United States of America. TT

and in other places. It is not in Johnson, (quarto edit, 1799,) nor Mason’s
Supplement; nor do I find it in any of the English dictionaries except Walk-
er’s,and it was not inserted in the early editions of that work. It is in the
fourth London edition (in quarto 1806) with this short remark ; “the same as
eulogy.” It is notin Mr. Webster’s dictionary.

EVOKED ; conjured or raised up.

“ Every phantom of jealousy and fear is evoked.” Letter of the Hon.
J. Q. Adams, Boston, 1808, p. 30. The Editor of the New-York Evening
Post,in “Remarks and Criticisms’? on this letter, says, “ We doubt whether
the verb fo evoke be English} the substantive evocation is an English
word.” A Boston critic seems to intimate that e-voked here may be a mis-
take of the printer for in-voked.

EXCHANGEABILITY. See the next word.

EXCHANGEABLE. This and the preceding word are incidentally noticed, as
unauthorized words, by a writer in the Monthly Anthology, (vol. i. p. 635.)
who says they are used in Washington’s [official] Letters, vol. ii. pp. 80,
94, 257. I do not find them taken notice of by any of the lexicographers
except Mr. Webster.

EXECUTIVE. This word is now in general use here, as a noun, signifying
the Executive Power Pa Meshes i ent at as ee =o gaat whom that
power is vested,

A writer in the Monthly hathoben cies; p- prey” seems to think that
“ we have succeeded in incorporating it into the language, as it is now in
Seneral use in England.” It is certainly sometimes used in England; but
I do not recollect it in any instance- except where the writer or speaker

was alluding to the American Executive, and seemed to employ it as an
American name. In the preface to the London edition of Ramsay's History
of the American Revolution, (which however was published twenty years
Ago,) it is classed among those American words, which the English “ have
listened to without as yet adopting.” The constitution of the-United States
says the executive fower, and never simply, the executive.
To EXPECT ; to suppose, think. =
“In most parts of the world people expect things that are to come.
842

478 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the Englsh language

But in Pennsylvania, more particularly in the metropolis, we expect things
that.are past. One man tells another, he exfects he has had a very
pleasant tide, &c....1 have indeed heard a wise man of Gotham say, he
expected Alexander the Macedonian was the greatest conqueror of anti-
quity.” Port Folio, 1809, p. 535. This use of the verb expect has now ex-
tended to other parts of the United States. It is frovincial in England :
“Eapect, suppose. North”? Grose’s Prov. Gloss.
F. :

FACTORY. This is a new word in America, and is doubtless an abbreviation of
manufactory ; the latter word, indeed, is not in Johason’s and some other
English dictionaries, but it is in Mason’s Supplement, Walker’s Dictionary,
and Rees’ Cyclopzedia, and is well known tobe in common use ih England.
The word factory (according to Rees) is applied “in some of the manu-
facturing counties [in England] to the places where particular processes
of the manufacture are carried on;” but its common English meaning is

well known to be (as Johnson gives it) “a house or disttict inhabited by
traders in a distant country,” and “ the traders embodied in one place.”

To PALL 5: Bo fell; towel down Ps Se Se

A reviewer in the Monthly Anthology, vol. v. p- 438, condemns this

as an “ American barbarism” in the following passage of Marshall's Life of

_ Washington : “for the purpose of cooperating with the Continental troops
in breaking up the bridges, falling trees in the roads,” &c. v. ifi. p. 456.
Dr. Belknap, in his History of New Hampshire, and all other American
Writers whose works I have consulted, use to fell ; and to fail has always
been considered as a vudgariem in New England. The verb to fall, in

copied his definition of this word from Sheridan, But it is not in Johnson,
Mason, Bailey, Barclay, Entick, and various others. To fell is constantly
used by Zvelyn, throughout the chapter on felling trees, in his Sylvay

in the United States of America. 479

(which was first printed in 1664,) and the same term is also used by his
editor, the late Dr. Hunter, in his notes on that work ; and it is constantly
used in Rees’ Cyclopedia ; see articles, FELuinc of timber, Ast tree, Kc.

- To FAULT ; “to charge with a fault, to accuse.” Johns. I have heard this
verb used ina few instances by old people; but it is nearly obsolete here,
as Ash says it is in England.

FEDERALIST ; “a friend to the Constitution of the United States.” Webst.
Mr. Weédster also has Federal, as a noun of the same meaning ; but this
Inever heard except in the mouths of the most illiterate people; and
it has always considered as a corruption of federalist.

FELLOW-COUNTRYMEN. “ This is a word of frequent use in America.
It has been heard in public orations from men of the first character, and
may ‘be daily seen in newspaper publications. It is an evident tautology,
for the last word expresses fully the meaning of both. If you open any
dictionary, you will find the word countryman signifies one born in the same
country. You may say, fellow-citizens, fellow-soldiers, fellow-subjects,
fellow-christians, but not fellow-countrymen.” Withersfoon’s Druid, No.5.
To thé above authority I may add, that Swift begins the Drapier’s Letters
thus: “ Brethren, Friends, Countrymen, and Rites Seehoaten and ends

_ them ina similar “Lam, my dear eounérymen, your B Jovin, fllowe

subject, fellowesufferer,” &t. 2
FIRSTLY. This adverb is ircguentip used re, lesen weriteras ‘bur shere
' seems to be he English authority for it. None of the dictionaries have it,
and English authors invariably use first, which has always been considered.
_ both as an adveré and an adjective. Ex.“ This action [in an epic poem, |
should have three qualifications in it; first, it should be but one action;
secondly, it should be an entire action; and thirdly, it should be a great
action.” Spectator, No. 267; e# fiassim. “The other purposes are to show
Jirst, that the time of the remarks was the favourable time....secondly, that
* on the enemy’s side,” &c. Burke’s fourth Letter on the Regicide Peace.

FOLKS. Used in New England instead of people or persons; 1. for the persons
in one’s family ; as, how do your folks do? i.e. family. 2. for people
in general ; as, what do folks think of his conduct in the affair ?

480 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

Johnson observes, that “ it is now used only in familiar or burlesque

language ;” and in New England it is less used now than for-
merly.

FORTED IN. “A few inhabitants forted in on the Potomac.” Used in
Marshail’s Life of Washington, vol. ii. p- 28. and animadverted upon in”
the Monthly Anthology, vol. v. p- 438.

To FOURFOLD ; v. “ To assess in a fourfold ratio.” Webst. Peculiar to the
state of Connecticut.

FREDONIA, x. FREDONIAN, FREDE, FREDISH, &c. &c.

These extraordinary words, which have been deservedly ridiculed here
as well as in England, were proposed sometime ago, and countenanced by —
two or three individuals, as names to designate the territory and people of
the United States. The general term American is now well understood
(at least in all places where the English language is spoken,) to mean an
inhabitant of the United States, and is always so employed, except where
unusual precision of language is required. English writers, in speaking of
us, always say, the Americans, the American government, the American

- ambassador, &c. The words Fredonia, kc. are never now used ex-
oa @epe Gp-wepiel widiewie.£<> -:-sodtirioe 28 ot tae ee Se os
FRESHET. This word is peculiar to New England at this day, and means, (a5

Dr. Belknap observes, in his History of New Hampshire, vol. iii. pref.)
“a river swollen by rain or melted snow in the interior country, rising
above its usual level, spreading over the adjacent low lands, and rushing
with an accelerated current to the sea. In this sense,? Dr. B. adds, “it
is understood in New England, and, as it is a part of the language of the
country in which I write, it is frequently used in this volume.” The word,

seems, had been noticed (in another work of Dr. Belknap’s) by the
Monthly Reviewers, who made this remark upon it—« We are not acquaint-
ed with this word.”* Inthe next number of the Review, Dr. Belknap
informs us, “a correspondent kindly attempted to correct what he imagined
to be ‘atl errour of the press,” by substituting the word fresh in its place ;

* «Month. Rev. for Feb. 1787, p. 139”

in the United States of America. _ 48 i

meaning a tide or flowing of fresh in distinction from salt water. But

thé reviewers were not satisfied that there was any errour of the press; and

in fact there was not ; the word /reshet is a term familiar to the people of

New England, as it was to their forefathers, who brought it from England,

where it was equally familiar in the last century.” Dr. Belknap then cites

two authorities for the word ; the first is from Milton’s Paradise Regained,
- Book II. line 345, which is also given by Johneon :

ee

all fish from sea or ‘shore,
Freshet or purling brook, of shell or fin.”

Upon wich Dr. Belknap remarks, “It seems this author, by a fresher,
meant a sfreading collection of fresh water, distinguished from a brook.’?
The commentators on Milton, however, seem to have understood it to mean
—- stream. In Todd’s edition of Milton’s works there is the following note
on ‘the above lines: “ Freshet, a stream of fresh water. So Browne in
“ his Brit. Pastorals 1616, B. II. s. iii. of fish,

Who now love the freshet, and then love the sea.”

The other authority cited by Dr. B. is the Description of New England,
written and published in England, in 1658, by Ferdinando Gorges, who
uses the word, as Dr. B. justly observes, aeeaeaipe De nenee in which
it is now understood in New. England: “ P, 29——Between Salem and
Charlestown is situated the town of Lynn, near to a river, whose strong
Sreshet at the end of winter’filleth all her banks, and with a violent torrent
vents itself into the sea.”

Fas Sf NAA Ie 3° 3
t l ula USC this ft ndG in Ar yalmost two

centuries ago, does it follow that it is mow a 2 ple of the English language ?
If this rule should be ad pted, it thorize us to use many words which
would be as new to most Americans of the present day, as Sreshet was to
the English Reviewers. The English would doubtless use the term floods
_ or freshes, as is done, in the following example, by an English traveller in
New England : “ This bridge, like the others, having been carried away
by the floods or freshes, here called ern 8 &e. A sgremape Travels, vol,
i, p. 291. The Encyclopedia Britt t Fresues, which

853 aS

482 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language :

¢ it says is “ a local term signifying annual inundations, from the rivers being
swollen by the melted snows and other fresh waters from the uplands, as is
the Nile, &c.from periodical or tropical rains.” One of Johnson’s defini-
tions of Flood is,“ the swelling of a river by rain or inland flood;” and
Rees’ Cyclofiedia says, “ Fresh denotes the rise of water in a river, or a
small flood.” But fresh is provincial in England according to Grose, who
defines it thus: “ Fresh, a flood or overflowing of a river. This heavy rain
will bring down the freshes. North.” The people of the southern states
use the word fresh.
FRONDESCE ; to put forth leaves, “His powers began now to frondesce and
blossom.” Eulogy on Dr. Rush by William Staughton, D.D.
I never met with this word in any other instance than the above.

GAWKY. This is sometimes used in conversation, by the people of New Eng-
land, in the same sense as in the North of England, where it is provincial:
“ Gawky ; meen ‘ecm used to — a ue awkward person.

P J aT. “4: ar 3: x q 4) oa ; whic ice dane
To GIRDLE: th that of ing the tees h by mak-

oe ee ee ee es ee 1 it ve ee 3° ie ding.”

Belknap’ Hist. of New Homfshibe: vol. iii, oe 131. “This is =

upon as an unauthorized word by a writer in the Monthly Anthology, vol.
i, p. 635. It is also noticed,as one of our words, in Kendall’s Travels,
vol. i. p. 235.

GLUT ; alarge poset saan Nem ny tena This is also a frovincial term
in England, in the same sense. See Marshall’s Rural Econ. of the Mid-
land Counties, and Rees’ Cyclopedia.

GONDOLA. _ Thus noticed and explained by an English traveller: “ Vessels
of the burden above described are floated down to the sea by means of flat
boats or lighters, here [in Portsmouth, New Hampshire,} called gondolas,
and elsewhere scows. ” Kendall’s Trav. vol. iii. p. 31. The word gondola

is also used in this sense in other parts of Vew England.

GOUGING. The following account of this word is given by a late English
traveller, upon the authority of an American: “ The General* in-

Seeecersesesee

* General Bradley, a senator in Congress for the state of Vermont.

in the United States of America. 483.
formed me, that the mode of fighting im Virginia and the other
southern states, is really of that description, mentioned by preced-
ing travellers, the truth of which many persons have doubted, and
some even contradicted. Gouging, kicking, and biting are allowed in
most of their battles....Gouging is performed by twisting the forefinger in

- a lock of hair, near the temple, and turning the eye out of the socket with
_ the thumb nail, which is suffered to grow long for that purpose,” Lambert’s
Travels, vol. ii.p. 300, “A diabolical practice (says the Quarterly Review )
which has never disgraced Europe, and for which no other people have
even a name.’ Quart. Rev. vol. ii. p. 333. The practice itself and the
_ hame are-both unknown in Vew England. ae
GOVERNMENTAL ; belonging to a government.
Areviewer in the Monthly Anthology (vol. vii. p.263) ranks this among
_ the “ barbarisms in common use” in America. It is not im any of the dic-
tionaries, nor is it ever used by the English, oe
GRADE; gradation, degree, rank, order. “ To talents of the highest grade he
[Hamilton] united a patient industry not always the companion of genius,”
&c. Marshall’s Life of Washington, vol. v. p- 213. “The high rank he-

Review (in the account of Marshall’s Life
of Washington) remarks upon it thus—“At page 367 [of the filth volume |
and in many other places grade is used for degree, Ann. Rev. vol. vii.
p- 241,

y Review,

To GRADUATE. To take a degree at a university. This yerb was, till lately,
always used by us as a verb neuter or intransitive: Ex. He graduated ate
the university of Cambridge; but it is now very common to say, “he

was graduated at Cambridge,” &c. which is also used in England : “ You,
methinks, are graduated.” See Brit. Crit. vol. xxxiv. p. 538. But the
ether mode of using it is aiso common in English authors. In the London.

_ Monthly Magazine (for Oct. 1808, p, 224) a writer, speaking of Mande--
ville, says—“ He graduated at.Leyden in 1691 ;” andjin the same work:

484 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

(for Feb. 1809) it is again used. In Rees’ Cyclopedia, art, GLANVILL, it is
said—* he took his first degree in the year 1655, and removing te Lincoln
college he graduated master of arts in 1658,” &c. In the same work, art.
Maenot, (which etree to be written by Dr. J. E. Smith, President of the

Ts a Se ee 8 4

ys) “ wherever Magnol graduated,” &c. The

Eclectic Reviewers wi use it—“ We think dissenters, merely as such,
should not be deprived of the privilege of studying and graduating at the
English universities, kc. Eclect, Rev. ba 1811, p. 295. Johnson has the
word as a verb active only.

GRAIN. See Corn.

GRAND. Much used in conversation, for very goad, excellent, fine, kc. Ex.
This is grand news; he isa grand fellow ; this is a grand day. New
England

GUBERNATORIAL ; “ relating to a governor.” Webst. Ex. At the late
gubernatorial election ; that is, at the late election of governor.

To GUESS; to imagine, suppose, believe, think, fancy. Wew England.

This is one of the most common words in our yocabulary ; and, from its fre-
quent recurrence, bas boce, pate sie of more ridicule than any of 2
our words. A late English tr: s amuses himself with the use

of it in the country-towns of New England: “ Instead of imagining, sup-

posing, or believing, as we do, they always guess at every thing. ‘I guess
as how, Jonathan, it’s not so could as yeasterday.’? ‘Why I guess, Nathan,
that the wind has changed.’” Laméert’s Travels, vol. ii. p. 506.

It is well known to be an old English word, and is still sometimes,
‘though rarely, used in England, very much as it is here. An intel-
ligent friend informs me, that he has heard it used by people of Kent, in
England, just as it is in New England.

GUMPTION. A low word, which is sometimes heard in conversation here,
and signifies understanding or capacity, as it does in some parts of England,
where it is a provincial word. Grose, under the word gawm, has this ex-
planation—« Gawm ; to understand. I dunna gawm ye; I don’t understand

“you. Hence gawmtion, or gumftion, understanding. North.” Prov. Gloss
See the word Docity.
To GUN; to shoot. Ex, I am going a-gunning. New England.

in the United States of America. 485

HACK. An abbreviation of hackney-coach. In England Aack signifies “ a Aorse

much used or Jet out for hire.” Mason’s Sufplem. The English “ instead
_ of our abbreviation, go call me a hack, say, go call me a coach.” Monthly
Anthol. vol. vy. p. 660.

HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS. A general term, used in speaking of the
Secretaries of State, of the Treasury, &c. collectively. “ The temporary
heads of defrartments were required to prepare and lay before the first
magistrate such statements,” &c. Marsh. Life of Washing. vol. v. p. 176.

HEAT or HET, (fret. and fart. of to heat.) This is sometimes heard in con-
versation ; but (as Mr. Webster observes,*) “ the practice is not respect-
able.” Mason, in his Supplement to Johnson, gives heat as a participle
used by old poets for heated,” and cites W. Browne. Ash has it, written
het, on the authority of Chaucer, and says it is obsoleze. .

HEFT, ». and To HEFT, v. The noun /c/t is to be found in Bailey’s and En-
tick’s dictionaries in the ‘sense, in which it is often used in this country, that
is, to signify « heaviness, or the weight of any thing ;” and in this sense (ac-
cording to Grose, ) it is frovincial in England. The verb fo heft, which
here commonly signifies ¢o lift any thing in order to judge of its weight,
is not in the dictionaries. Both the noun and the verb are used only

HELP, n. Often used in New England instead of servancs ; and it generally.
‘means female servants: Ex. My het is very good 5 ‘such « one is very

good hel. The word domestics is, however, more common.

HITHER AND YON. Used in some parts of the interior of New England for
here and there. It is a frrovincial expression in England: “ Hither and
yon; here and there, backwards and forwards. North.” Grose’s Prov.
~ Gloss. It is never heard except in the country towns.

HOLPE or HOLP ; from Ae/p. This form of the verb it seems is still used in
Virginia, where, Mr. Webster says, “ it is pronounced Aofe > Shall I hope
you, Sir.” Webst. Dissertations, p. 384. It seems too that in England, as
late as when bishop Lowth wrote, the ancient irregular form Ao/jie (in the
hreterite -) was “ still used in conversation.” See his Grammar, gibi ular

Verbs, sect. 3. I never heard it during my residence in that COUMEEy

* Philosophical and Practical Grammar, p, 113.

86}

486 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

HOMINY or HOMMONY ; “ food made of maize broken, but coarse, and
boiled.” Wedst. Hence a vulgar comparison—As coarse as hominy.
HONORARY. Some writers among us frequently use this adjective instead of

honorable: Ex. It was highly Aonorary to him.

Zo HOPE. “ We may /ojsie the assistance of God. The word Sor or to receive
is wanting. In this instance Aofe, which is a neuter verb, is turned into an
active verb, and not very properly as to the objective term, assistance. It
must be admitted, however, that in some old English poets, hope is some-
times used as an active verb, but it is contrary to modern practice.” With-
ersfioon’s Druid, No. 5. This verb, I think, would not be used in the

manner above pointed out, by any American writer of the present day.

HORSE-COLT. “ We frequently see in advertisements [in America] these
terms, horse colt, mare colt, &c. A horse colt is simply a colf, a mare colt
merely a filly.” Port Folio, new series, vol. ii. p. 309.

HUB; the nave of a wheel. Used in New England. It is a frrovinciad
word in England: “Huds, naves of wheels.” Marshali’s Rural Econ. Mid
land Counties of England. It is not in ee dictionaries.

t a:

ILLY; illadv. This word rare Ha wn
sation and in writing. It is not to be found in the English dictionaries,
nor is it now used by English authors, the word i// being always employed

by them both as an adverd and an adjective, just as the term weil is.
dilly has been thought by some persons to be of American origin ; but this
is not the fact. A friend has given me the following British authority :
“ He then set himself wholly to God unfeignedly, and to do all that was
possible in that little remainder of his life which was before him, to redeem
those great portions of it, that he formerly so illy employed.” Bishop Bur-
nets Accouns of the Life and Death of the Earl of Rochester, as reprinted.
in the Christian Monitor, No. XX. p. 112. I was also told some time ago,
by a friend, that it was used by Steele in the Spectator ; but the numéer,
in which it was used, was not recollected. I have not been able to find it
in any part of that work. Ainsworth has illy in the Latin part of his dic-
tionary, (under the words mele and malim, y but in the English part he
has il/ only.

in the United States of America. 487

17> IMMIGRATE, IMMIGRATION, IMMIGRANT. These words were.
first used in this country, I believe, by Dr. Belknap in his History of New
Hampshire. In the preface to the third volume of that work he has the
following defence of them: “There is another deviation from the strict
letter of the English dictionaries, which is found extremely convenient in
our discourses on population. From the verb migro are derived emigrate
and immigrate ; with the same propriety as from mergo are derived emerge
and immerge. Accordingly the verb. immigrate, and the nouns immigrant
and immigration are used. without scruple in some parts of this volume.”
There seems to be a conyenience, as the learned author observes, in
having these words in the language ; but in practice they have not been
found necessary. I do not recollect that any American writers (except
such as haye copied from Dr. Belknap’s work) haye adopted them. None
of them are to be found, I believe, in any of the English dictionaries except
Bailey’s and Ash’s ; and these have only the verd, immigrate, not the sud.
stantives, immigrant and immigration. They are all unknown to the
English authors of the present day. Mr. Webster has inserted them in his
dictionary, upon the authority, I presume, of Dr. Belknap. Mr. Kendall.
(the English traveller already quoted) observes, that “immigrant is per-
haps the only new word of which the circumstances of the United States
fas in any degree demanded the a¢ dition to the English language.” en-
dall?’s Travels, vol. ii. p. 252, note.

te

To IMPROVE ; to occupy, employ. The use of this word in the Jirst sense is
very common in New England; but it is not much used in the second
Sense, as in the following example; “ In actions of trespass against several
defendants, the plaintiff may, after issue is closed [joined] strike out any of
them for the purpose of improving them as witnesses.” Swift's System of
the Laws of Connecticut, vol. ii. p. 238.

: The following remarks of Dr. franklin, on this and some other words,
will not be uninteresting to the reader. They are taken from his letter of
Dec. 26, 1789, to Mr. Webster.

“ I cannot but applaud your zeal for preserving the purity of our lan-
guage both in its expression and pronunciation, and in correcting the pop--

488 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

ular errors several of our states are continually falling into with respect to
both. Give me leaye to mention some of them, though possibly they may
already have occurred to you. I wish, however, that in some future pub-
lication of yours, you would set a discountenancing mark upon them. The
first I remember is the word improved. When I left New England in the
year 1723, this word had never been used among us, as far as I know, but.
in the sense of ameliorated or made better, except once, in a very old book
of Dr. Mather’s, entitled Remarkable Providences. As that man wrote a
very obscure hand, I remember that when I read that word in his book,
used instead of the word emfiloyed, I conjectured that it was an error of
the printer, who had mistaken a short / in the writing for an 7, and a y with
too short a tail fora v, whereby employed was converted into improved ;
but when I returned to Boston in 1733, I found this change had obtained
favor, and was then become common; for I met with it often in perusing .
the newspapers, where it frequently made an appearance rather ridiculous.
Such, for instance, as the advertisement of a country house to be sold, which
had been many years improved as a tavern; and ina character of a deceased
coupty gentleman, that he had been for more than thirty Fae improved
ice of the peace, This use of the word improve is peculiar to New
England, and net to be met with among any other speakers. of English,
either on this or the other side of the water.”’*

Notwithstanding Dr. Franklin thus amuses himself at the expense of
Dr. Mather, the word agama to have been used, at least in the éawe of his

e Aapeeasrascessare eee “ae

| * Dr. Franklin then has the following remarks on some other words: “ During
my: late absence in France, F find that several other new words have been introduced
inte-our parliamentary language. For example, I find a verb formed: from the sub- ,
stantive notice—I should not have notieed this, were it not that the gentleman, &C. Also
another verb from the substantive. advocate ; the gentleman who adyocates ar who has
advocated that motion, &c. Another from the substantive progress, the most awkward
and abominable of the three ; the committee, having progressed, resolved to adjourn. The
word opposed, though not a new word, I find used in a new manner, as, the gentlemen who
are opposed to this measure, to which I have alvo myself been ieee If you: should
happen to be of my opinion with respect to these innevati will use your au-
thority in reprobating them.” Franklin’s Essays, vol. ii. p- 79. oo eat. *

'_ in the United States of America. 489

‘native state, long before the period above alluded to. See Provincial
Statutes, 4. William and Mary, A.D. 1692. and Massa, Colony Lawa,
title, CATTLE, CoRN-FIELDS, FeNoEs ; p. 12. Edit. 1660.

This use of the verb improve is also noticed by Dr. Witherspoon ;
see his Druid, No. 7.

IMPORTUNAEY. This has been called an American word. (See Monthly
Anthol. 1806, p. 92.) It is not in Johnson, but it is in Bailey and Mason,
the latter of whom cites Shakespeare’s Two Gentlemen of Verona and
Timon. The word, however, does not appear to be much used by English
writers of the present day.

INCIDENT TO; liable to. “Such bodies are incident to these evils. The

- . evil is incident or ready to fall upon the person; the person liable or subject
to the evil.” Withers. Druid, No. 5. I have never known the word
_. incident used in this manner in America. é

INCIVISM; « unfriendliness to a state or government.” Webst. This modern
word has never been heard in America since the first years of the Preach
revolution.

To INCULPATE ; INCULPATION ; to accuse ; accusation. These words

_ are used by some American authors; but they are not in the English dic-

_ tio aries, and _ are certainly not qmuch, if at all, used oY English writers.
INDESIRABLE. © This word is c in the N ) Anthology, (1807, p.
281 -) I have never met with it it In | Rpdaacae i except in the

instance there cited.

INEXECUTION. “ The extensive discussions which had taken place relative
>)» to the inexecution of the treaty of peace,” &c. Marsh. Life of Washing.
' vol. v. p. 474. I believe this has been sometimes used by English writers ;
~but.they generally make use of the term non-execution, as J udge Marshall

himself commonly does ; see pp. 184, 275, 370, 473, &c. of vol. v.
INFECTED. The Annual Review has hastily criticised Judge Marshall for
using this word in his Life of Washington in a peculiar sense. The
remark of the reviewers is :—“ Vol..v. p. 144, [Eng: edit.] meaning to
praise them, our author says, ‘ the patriotic veterans of the revolution,
infected by the wide spreading contagion of the times, arrayed themselves

87

490 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the Linglish language

under the banner of the laws,’ Ann, Rev. vol, vii. p. 241. But the word
infected is an.error of the press, in the London edition, for un-infected, In
this same sentence theré is another alteration in the London edition : “ the
fairiotic veterans” for “fatriot veterans,” as it stands in the American
edition. x ns

INFLUENTIAL; having influence. Zz. “ Persons who are strangers to the »
influential motiyes of the day.” Marsh. Life of Wash. yol.v. p. 380. “He
was a very influential man.” - Johnson and other Jexicographers haye this
word in the sense of exerting influence ; but it does not appear to be used —
nowin England. Burke, in one instance, seems to use the word prevalent
as we should inflwentiai : “ I know that he and those who are much prrev-
alent with him,” &e. Burke’s Works, Letter Fourth on the Regicide
Peace, vol. y. p. 89. Ameri ed. eR

fo INFORM. This verb is much used in the United States, in the following
manner: The master of the ship which has just arrived, informs that he

~ left London on such a day ; for informe us, or says, or states, &e.
To INFRACT. This is used by some American authors instead of ‘the’verb

. £0 infringe. which jc ke -emn)
A ore
a ees

a
Wiss |

oe 2 fing arate fee > 3 = a ee ee
TaTOT rn + «. a ree er ee

‘Thi is a favorite word with some American writers, but is not in general
use. The adjective infuriate is often used by the poets, and is in the Eng-
lish dictionaries ; but the participle infuriated and its verb are not.

INSULARITY. Used by some American writers. It is not in the English
dictionaries, and, I believe, is never used by English authors. ©°° |

INSURRECTIONARY. «Suitable to insurrections.” Mason. This word

‘was criticised a few years ago, in a review of “ Letters Srom Europe by a

native of Penneylvania,” (see Monthly Anthology for 1806,) as an Ameri-
canism, or, as the reviewers with some severity call it, an Indianism. It
is not in Johnsons dictionary, but it is in Mason’s Supplement, where this.
passage is cited from Burke—“ True democratic, explosive, insurrection-
ary nitre,’” To which may be added the following, from the posthumous
works of the same author—“ Why, the author writes, that on their murderous
ineurrectionary system their own lives are not sure for an beds Whilst

%

*

in the United States of America. 491

““the:sansculotte gallery instantly recognized their old insurrectionary ac«
-quaintance,” &c. Burke’s Fourth Letter on the Regicide Peace, yol. v.
of his works, pp. 34, 35. Amer. ed.

| _This word is a production of the French Revolution, and perhaps

- (like the term sanseulotte and some others) would not have been used by

» ~~ Burke, except when writing upon the affairs of France. I have never met
with it in any other English author, and it is not mentioned by any of the

lexicographers but Mason.

are eon ere: or INTERVALE. “¢ sier the borders of the rivers,
ata dist from one¢ another, are some small portions of meadow, or of
those eit! ixipliada; that, in New: England, are included with meadow

in the denomination of interval-lands, Kendail’s Travels, vol. ii. p. 71.
Mr. Kendall then criticises Dr. Morse for using interval as synonymous.

_ Jewith meadow, observing, that “if the word interval were synonymous with
meadow, it ought upon no account to be employed; and it is only because

it is not synonymous, that it is useful, and deserves to be retained....The

~ interval, intended in New England geography, is the iterval or space be-
tweena river and the mountains, which on both sides uniformly accompany

its course at a ee or less distance from.its margin. Hence interval-
_yalley through which | 7
Belknafi uses the word intervale 3 fee that he can “ cite no very
ancient authority for it; but it is well understood, in all parts of New Eng--
land, to distinguish the low land adjacent to the fresh rivers, which is fre-
~ sequently overflowed by the freshets, and which is accounted some of our
» most yaluable soil, becauge it is rendered permanently fertile by the boun-
tifal hand. of nature, without the labor of man.” Hist. of New Hampsh.

vol. iii, preface, p, 6.
To ISSUE. The British Critic for 1809 (yol. xxxv. p. 182) censures the use
of this. verb, in the following passage of the Rev. Dr. Bapcroft’s Life of
. Washington: “The northern campaign had isswed in the capture of gen-
eral Burgoyne. p. 169.” It has been often used by American authors,and-
is “still. sometimes met with in writing. Dr. Witherspoon has not mem-

492 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

tioned it among his Americanisms, but has himself used it in one instance :

“ A curious debate ina certain family, which isswed in nothing.” It is also

used in Ramsay’s Life of Washington, and censured in the review of that
~ work in the Monthly Anthology, vol. iv. 664.

ITEM;; an intimation, a hint. Ex. I had an item of his designs. This isa oe
word, and is used here only by the illiterate. It is in JoAnson’s dictionary ;
but Grose has it among his frovincial words, and marks it as she to
the Worth of England.

JAG; asmall load. Vew England. Grose has it among the ecadhane: words
of England: « Jag, a small parcel or load of any thing, whether on a
man’s back or in a carriage, ee Bailey also marks it as a “ coun.
try” word.: 9s

JOCKEYING. “The Sco irene their bios accusing sion of un-
fair dealing, or, as their phrase is, of jockeying.” Kendall's Trav. vol. i.
pp. 87. -The verb to jockey, signifying “ to cheat, to trick,” is in Johnson’s
and other English dictionaries. I do not know whether it is at all used
at this time in England or not. In America it is considered as a low word,

poe oa Ne and to! e soeee: 0.2 peksaiuts. ane sagas pags in pepe ee

similis nr 1 A

but they a
Po ounce 5 a fol or OL a jouncing ey a heal Tough trot: Norf. Hs
Grose’s Prov. Gloss.

K.

KEDGE ; brisk, in good health and spirits. Fa. How do. you do
today? Iam pretty kedge. This is used- only in a few of the country
towns of New England, but is unknown on the sea-coast.’ It is hrovincial

“~~ in England. Grose defines it, “ brisk, lively,” and says it is used in the
South. Ray also has it among his “ South and East Country words,”
and explains it thus— brisk, budge, lively. Sugolk.? ©

To KEEP; to stay ‘at the house of any person. #2x. Where do you keep?

_ — ‘keep'at my friend’s house. ew England. This is noted as an Amer-
“icaniem in the Monthly a vol. v. p. 428. It is less used now

&. _ than formerly.
ence aparlour. Vew patel “ The latter pee it

il

in the United States of America. 5 493

in the parlour, or, as it is called, the keeping-room.” Kendali’s Trav. vol.
il, p. 264. This is now more frequently called the sitting room. The
term is frovincial in England: “Keehing-room, a sitting room. Worfolk.’”
Marsh. Rural Econ. Norf. The term harlour, howeyer, is in general use
in the sea-port towns of New England.

KELTER or KILTER; good condition, order. Ex. This cart, or plough, is
out of kilter. This is very common among the farmers of New England,
It is one of the frovincial words of Great Britain : “Kelter or kilter ; frame,
order, condition. orth. In good kelter; in good case or condition.”
Grose’s Prov. Gloss. It is also mentioned by Marshall among his “ Pro-
vincialisms of Yorkshire,” and by Ray in his “ South and East sour
Words.”

KNOLL ; a little round hill. In common use in the oonttey towns of New
England. Grose has it as one of the provincial words of the orth of Eng-
land.

L.

LANGUISHMENT. “ This disease [pulmonary consumption] which, after
the country-people among the whites, they [the Indians] call a denguish-
ment.” Kendall’s Trav. vol: ii. Re! 21), bei the author is speaking of
the island of Nantucket. The wor ot in J. use in New England.

LAY; n. terms or conditions of a bargain, price. ER I bought the articles at
a good /ay ; he bought his goods on the same day that I did mine. 4 low

word.

Yo LAY for to LIE. Dr. Witherspoon observes, that “this is not only a pre-
vailing vulgarism in conversation, but has obtained in public speaking, and
may be often seen in print. I am even of opinion (he adds) that it has some
chance of overcoming all the opposition made to it, and fully establishing
itself by custom, which is the final arbiter in all such cases. Lowth in his
Grammar has been at much pains to correct it; yet though that most ex-
cellent treatise has been in the hands of the public for many years, this
word seems to gain, instead of losing ground.” Druid, Vo. 6. This vul-
garism, which is heard in England as well as America, is much less fre-

88?

494 Mr, Pickering on the present state of the English language

quent at the present day, than it was when Dr. Witherspoon wrote, “Tt is
still heard in conversation, but in writing every body avoids it,
LEANTO, n. (commonly pronounced /inter.) “The part of a building which
: appease to lean upon another.” Webst. It is not in Johnson; but Mason
has it in his Supplement, where it is called an architectural term, and is
defined thus: “A low shallow building joined to a higher,” which is the
New England sense of it.
LEASE, ». Used in some towns of New England thus: A cow-lease, that is, a
right of apse for a cow, in a common pasture. Grose has the word,

asa frovincialism of the West of England, : and remarks, that it is perhaps
the same as /ees.

LEGISL

ATIVE. This, like the word Executive, is sometimes used in Amer-

ica as a noun. “In the preface to the London edition of Ramsay’s History

of the Revolution, it is classed among those American names, which the
English “ have listened to without as yet adopting.”

LENGTHY ; longish, somewhat long. This word has been very common in
America, both in writing and in conversation ; but it has been so much
ridiculed both by English and American critics, that our writers now avoid

using H.- Mr. Webster has admitted it into his ictionary, but it

be found in any ‘ofthe English ones. ‘Ttis: applied eas ie...
remarks) chiefly to writings or discourses.
pamphlet, a lengthy sermon, &c.

Thus we should say, a lengthy
The English would say, a long,
or sometimes, a longish sermon : They make much more use of the
termination ish than we do; but this is only in the language of conver-
_ sation. Sometimes they use lengthened where our writers would hi ive em-
ployed lengthy : “For the purpose of bestowing upon him, and upon all
that belong to him a lengthened and elaborate eu

logy.” Quarterly Rev.
Jan.

1814, p. 314. A learned English friend, who has been in this country

several years, informs me that he has sometimes heard lengthy used in
conversation in England.

LIABRATY: This is is common use in the United States,

but is not to be
found in the — dictionaries,

None of the lexicographers, indeed, have

vin the United States of America... 9) A495

the noun ¢iadleness, except Entick and Mason, the last of whom gives it on
the authority of Butler's Analogy.

LICIT ; jawful. This word was criticised ia the Monthly Anthology (18945 p.
54) in a review of the “ Miscellaneous Works of David Humphreys, Esq.” sq.”
The reviewers say, “ ‘There is no such word as Jcéz, and we cannot allow

> the author, respectable as he is, to coin language.”

BICE; SALT-LICK. “A salt spring is called a dick from the earth about them

393 being furrowed out in a most curious manner, by the buffalo and deer,

which lick the earth on account of the saline particles with which it is im-

-pregnated.” . Imlay’s Fopographical Descripit. of the Western Territory
of Nv America, p: 46, 2nd edit.

BT} yn. Used by the farmers in some parts of New Eoitend eden:
of gate without hinges. In some counties of England they use the term /i/t-
gate for the same thing: “Lift-gate; a gate without hinges; being lifted
into notches in the posts. Vorfolk.” Marshail’s Rural Econ. Nor,.

LIKELY; sensible, of good talents. ew England. “Throughout the British
dominions, and in most parts of the United States, the epithet /ikely conveys
an idea of mere personal beauty, oncofinécted with any moral or intellectual
_ quality. Buti in Vew fnetand: ...a@ Man or woman as deformed as a Hot-

may be. pete or very keh. The epithet

7 sto >, Oe fe. 535.

LINKS; ‘sausages. ‘Used in some of peg oe “of New inglan

_.. is also used in Suffolk in England. See Grose’s Prov. Gloss.

LINTO. See Leanto.

LISTER. “One who receives and makes returns net ratable estate. Connecti-

Pi out.” .; Webst.
LIT or LIGHT, (pret. and part. of to light.) This word is censured, in a
_. review of Bancroft’s Life of Washington, in the Monthly Anthology, vol.
iv. p. 666. _ The reviewers say, “it has never been admitted into good
company, aud we hope never will be.” This form of the verb i is to be found
_+ in all the. dictionaries ; but in this country, as in England, it is only used in
conversation. Bishop Lowth remarks, C See chapit. on pee Verba,

496 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

sect. 1.) that “ the regu/ar form is preferable, and prevails most in writing ;”
and this is agreeable to the general practice in America.

To LOAN ; to lend. In the preface to the London edition of Ramsay’s stadia
of the American Revolution, this is classed among those American yerbs,
which the English “have altogether declined to countenance,” and igen
(says the Editor) “appear to be verbs invented without any apparent reason.”

To LOCATE. 1.To place. “A number of courts properly /ocated will keep the
business of any country in such condition as but few suits will be instituted.”
Debates on the Judiciary, p. 51.

2.“ To survey or fix the bounds of unsettled land, or to designate a

tract by a writing.” Wedst. This verb is not in the English dictionaries.

LOCATION ; «the act of designating or surveying and bounding land; the

tract so designated.” Webst. This substantive is in the English diction-
aries, but not in this sense,

M.

MAD 3 angry, vexed, “I was see mad xt him, he made me mad. In this

si instance mad is only a } or angry. ‘This is perhaps an English
vulgarism, but it is not found? in ria accurate writer, nor used by any good
speaker, unless when poets or orators use it as a strong figure, and, to
heighten the expression, say, he was mad with rage.” Withersp. Druid,
No.5. This is considered here as a low word (in this sense) and at the pres-
ent day is never used except in conversation. It seems to be an Trish idiom.
In Miss Edgeworth’s Castle Rack Rent, an Irishman says, “My lady would
haye the last word, and Sir Murtagh grew mad;” i. e. (as she explains it
in the Glossary to the work) “ grew angry.” The same use of the word
by an Irish youth in the “Eton Montem” (Edgeworth’s Parents’ As-
sistant) is the cause ‘of his offending one of his English fellow-stucents,
till the Zrish meaning of the word is explained. The word occurs in the
Spectator, No. 176, and seems to be used in this sense: « ng bid dear
says she, you make me mad sometimes, so you do.”

»

mn the United States of America. “= 497

MANKIND. Mr. Kendall quotes the following expression of a Vermonter ;

_ “if the government can put mankind in gaols,”” &c. and then makes this
remark : “ It is to be observed that the word mankind, so ludicrous in its
application here, is frequently used in New Zingland, as in this example,
for men, in the indefinite sense.” Travels, vol. iii. p. 253. ‘This use of
the word is not known in the towns on the sea-coast.

MEMBER OF THE CHURCH. <« Returning to his house I missed a young
man who had been with us; and on inquiring for him, was informed, that
he had stayed behind, to receive the sacrament, with the addition that ¢ he
was a member of the chureied, _ I was at length made to understand, that
the church consists in a narrow circle within the circle of settled, qualified,
and approved inhabitants, as that is within the circle of the society ; and
that it is only to the church that the sacrament of the last supper is admin-
istered.” Kend. Trav. vol.i. p. 115. Members of the church are fre-
quently called, in New England, by way of eminence, professors of religion.

To MILITATE. The preposition with is often used by American writers after
this yerb ; the English say, to militate against.

MISSION ; anembassy. This word, till lately, was. generally used to signify a
religious embassy, as se Johnson pra it. It was first employed as

a diplomatic term, I eli *» by Amer an » but is ni ett - the
7 3 4 ee apie
“same manner by the English, “ He ‘had neard it reported, rted, that the aS

tleman who had been sent on a mission to America, ke,” 2 — in
Parliament, Feb. 26, 1808.. “ The French mission was still suffered to
remain at Stockholm.” £dind. Rev. No. XLI. p. 155.
MOCCASON or MOGGASON. “A shoe of soft dether without a sole, orna-
‘mented round the ankle.” Wedsz. An Indian name.
MUSH. “Food of maize flour and water boiled. (Local.)’” Weést, The
same thing which in the Vorthern States is called hasty-fpudding.
MUSICAL. A friend informs me, that in some towns in the interior of New
England, this word is used in the extraordinary sense of Aumorous, or
sprightly. They would say of a man of humour, he is very musical.
893

498 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

N.

To NARRATE ; “To relate, to tell.” Johnson. This verb is noticed, by being
printed in #¢alics, in’ some English works, where extracts have been made
from American publications. Dr. Johnson says, it is “a word only used in
Scotland.” Walker, without controverting Johnson’s assertion, thus defends
the word: “As it is regularly derived from the Latin narro, and has a specific
meaning to distinguish it from every other word, it ou ght to be considered as
anecessary part of the language. To ¢e// seems to imply communication in
the most general sense : as to tell a story, to tell a secret, kc. Torelate,
is to tell at some length, and in some order, as to relate the particulars of
a transaction. But to narrate seems to relate a transaction in order from
beginning to.end ; which often becomes insipid and tiresome. Hence the
beauty of Pope’s—narrative old age:

“The poor, the rich, the valiant, and the sees

And boasting youth, and narrative old age.”
Writers do not, I think, aes this distinction, The load is used in the
Edinhorgh, dtevicn.- See vol. ii. p. 507, where it occurs twice.

NATIONALITY. Used by some writers in America. 1 ve als¢
‘jtonce write Sieiny Reve buries prarer in ae
word, and is not to be found in the dictionaries.

NAVIGATION ; shipping. “The word navigation is used in New England —
for shipping, and for sea-faring.” Kend. Trav. vol. i. p- 321, note. It isin
“ constant use in the first of these significations, but I never heard it used in
the other ; nor do I perceive how it could well be employed as a “substitute
for this adjective. Johnson has “ vessels of navigation,” as one of the mean-
ings of the word, but it is on the authority of Shaksfeare :

* “Tho? you untie ‘the winds, and let them fight
Against the churches, tho’ the testy waves
Confound and swallow navigation up.”

NETOP. An Indian word which, a friend informs me, is still sometimes used

in the United States of America. — 499

in conversation in a few towns in the interior of Massachusetts, to signify a
Jriend, or (to use a cant word) a creny. The word is in Roger Williams’s
| Key to the Narraganset Language, published in the Collections of the
Massachusetts Historical Society, vol. y. p. 82. Williams says, “ What
cheer, netof, is the general salutation of all English toward them [the In-

*

dians, |”
T> NOTICE ; to observe, to take notice of. This is not, as some persons have
- Supposed, an American word. It is a modern word, and is not in Johnson’s
“ae dictionary. _ Mason says, it is “a word imported into English conversation
from Jaswant 3” but it is now in use in England, both in conver-
~» sation and in writing. “This work, which we really thought we had
jymoticed long ago.” British Critic, vol. xxxiv. p. 537. “ The fourth, which
_ we lately .woticed, &c. vol. xxxv. p. 18, The only English dictionary, in
~ whichI find it, is 4sh’s, where ‘it is said to be “ not much used,’ But that
_ Work was published forty years ago.
Yo NOTIFY. The following remarks of Dr. Witherspoon will explain the
_ American and the English manner of using this verb:
“This is to notify the public ; or the people had not been mor: ified, By

this is Sater and pene In nals we do not notify the person
: the this i instance there is

derivation, to make-known. Now if you cannot say, this. py ie ety the

» “public “known, neither ought you to say, this is to notify the public.”
Druid, Now 5. Some American writers, however, preserye the English
: “idiom. - “& The official letter notifying to the Convention the appointment of
Mr. Genet,” &e. Marsh. Life of Washing. vol. v. Appendix, p18. The
‘practice of writers in England seems to have been invariable from the. days
of Addison to the present: “ Having norifed ¢o my good friend. Sir Roger,

_ that I should set out for London,” &c. Sfrectat. No; 132.: The act of no-

: tifying to the world.” Johns. Dict. under the word Publication. “The
‘Coramander | in Chief, therefore, has it in comman¢ to convey to all hire
officers the highest displeasure of the Prince ae conduct so unmil-
itary and disgraceful, and to notify to them that they are no longer officers

500 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the Engiish language

in his majesty’s service.” Duke of York’s General Orders, Sept. 10, 1813.
In advertisements in the newspapers, where we should commonly say,
the fiublic, or the inhabitants of the town, &c. are hereby notified, the Eng-

lish would say, Votice is hereby given,” &c.

O.

To OBLIGATE. “ The word oddigate is unnecessary, and has no respectable
support.” Review of Mr. Webster's Dict. in the Monthig. feeen sy»

vol. vil. p. 263..

To OBLIVIATE ; to cause to be forgotten: I have never seen this ‘extraordi-

nary word but once in any American publication.

OBNOXIOUS. This has been generally used by American writers in the sense
of odious, offensive, noxious, disagreeable, &c. “Habit renders the burden
not only less obnoxiows, but less oppressive also.” Marsh. Life of Washing.
vol. v. p. 264, The English formerly used odnoxious in the sense of
liable or subject to; and Johnson accordingly explains each of these words
by the others... But the practice in England is not invariable. . A writer in.
the ceeds se ae (for Sept. 1806, p. 182) mentions among the

Aropri sent day in England a thin ¢ “ use a of ihe: word obnox-

a

EE ree Sean ee es Sy Ca 1 eas er Now,

58 iy vedatu ee:

“Sy, j you pak é Sys he t6: B the adit) that the fact i is, , that the wortt § is per-

fectly innocent of any such meaning, and that it simply implies, incident,

liable, or subject to; such as, that people are obzozxious (liable) to agues.”

The use of this word in the sense of odious or offensive does not seem to
to be altogether an impropriety of the present day. Ash (who wrote forty
"years ago) mentions this as one of the meanings of the word; he says, how-
“ever, that “ this'sense is colloguial.” At the present day it is often used in

writing. “ Every proposition made in your parliament to remove the orig
inal cause of these troubles by taking off taxes obnoxious for their princi- |
ple or their design, had. been overruled.” ‘Burke’s Fourth Letter on the
Regicide Peace. “ While, therefore, the Church of Rome declares any

mitigation of her most obzoxious doctrines to be impossible,” &c. Quart

Rev. Jan. 1814, p. 421.

in the United States-of America. 501

OCCASION. Dr. Witherspoon ranks the following use of this word among the
* local phrases and terms” of New England: “ Shalt I have occasion, i. c.
opportunity to go over the ferry.”” I never heard it used in this sense, but
it is often used for zeed in this manner: I haye no occasion for it.

OCCLUSION; a shutting up, closing. The occlusion of the port of New
Orleans by the Spaniards was calculated to give general alarm through the
United States.” Letter of President Jefferson to Gov. Garrard, Dec.

16, 1802.

This word has been often noticed, and ridiculed, by the English, as if it
was a word in general use in America; which is by no means the case.
Some few persons in this country, however, whose writings have reached

England, have made use of it; but, though this may be a reasonable

ground with an Englishman for presuming it to be one of our common

-words, yet the peculiar opinions of a few individuals can no more make a

usage here than in England ; and this very word has been the subject of as
much ridiculein this country, as it has been there. Some persons have sup-

_ posed that occlusion was used for the first time in this country in the letter

above quoted; but this is not the fact. It was used many years before
that, in Dr. Ramsay’s History of the A Revolution, (published in
1789) vol. i. p. 103. “ He had also hoped, that the prospect of pdvantage
to the town of Salem, from its wae tale the seat of the cu: se,
and from the occlusion of the port of Boston, would detach hem from the
interest of the latter,” &c. In the London edition of the work, this word,
being doubtless new to the English editor, was probably supposed to be an
error of the press in the merican copy, and it is accérdingly changed into
a word resembling it in sound, and which would occupy the same space in
the page, the word ex-clusion. Occlusion is in the dictionaries.

OFFSET. This is much used by the dawyers of America instead of the
English term set-off ; and it is also very eon nee. language, in
the sense of an equivalent : “ The exp f th d been strongly
urged, but the saving in insurance, in ships pol mae and the ransom of
seamen, was more than an offse¢t against this item.” Marsh. Life f
Washing. vol. v. p. 529. It oo not in the dictionaries.

=

fr

502 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

OLD for szale ; in this expression, o/d bread. New England. From the fol-
lowing extract this seems also to be a Scofticism. “ The Scotticism old
bread seems no way inferior to the Anglicism stale bread.” London
Monthly Magazine, Apr. 1800, p. 239.
ONCE IN A WHILE. Dr. Witherspoon has put this among the “local
phrases and terms” of the Middle States : “ He will once in a while, i. e.
sometimes get drunk.” Druid, No.7. It is often used in New England.
ONTO. A writer in the Cambridge Literary Miscellany (vol. ii. p. 217) pro-
poses this as a new preposition in our language, to be used in such phrases
as these : “An army marches on‘o the field of battle; a man leaps onto a
fence,” &c. In the examples, however, which he gives, there seems to be
no need of any thing more than the old simple prepositions, on, ufon, or to,
The vulgar, indeed, constantly say on-to, or onto ; nor is it, as this writer
supposes, a new term in writing. A friend has referred me to the works
of Mr. Marshall, the well known English writer on Agriculture, who uses
it; but he frequently divides it into its two parts, oz and fo. “ When
the stack has risen too high to be conveniently forked on to from the
ground,” &c. Rural Econ. Yorkshire, vol. ii. p- 144, London edit. 1788.

_ And in his Gloucestershire (speaking of the method of feeding cattle in
Wiltshire) he uses the compound: “The hay is all carried onto the land
upon men’s backs,” &c. vol. ii. p. 154, and in other flaces. - But Mar-
shall’s works are written in the most familiar style ; and some of the Eng-
lish Reviewers have censured him for what they call (in one of his works) “a
new-fangled language of his own.” See Brit. Crit. vol. xxii. p. 93. I had
supposed that o% to had never beed used by any American writer; but an
obliging friend has given me the following example: “ Take all your ci-
garrs and tobacco, and in som¢ calm evening carry them on ¢o the com-
mon,” &c. Lecture on the evil tendency of the use of tobacco upon young
hersons, by Benjamin Waterhouse, M. D, p- 32.

TO BE OPPOSED TO; to oppose.
this motion, but others, who were

“ Several members were in favour of

offosed to receding from the ground
already taken,” &c. Marsh. Life of Washing. yol. y. p. 206, et assim,
Dr. Franklin many years ago censured this use of the verb as an innovation,
See the note on the word Improve.

in the United States of America. 508

ORGANIZE, ORGANIZATION ; applied to political bodies. In the pre-
face to the London edition of Ramsay’s History of the American Revolu-
tion, these words are spoken of as American “ additions” to the language :
“ Some of these additions (says the editor) we have ourselves received, as
in the case of the words “ organize and organization,” when applied to polit-
ical bodies.” p. vi.

fo ORIGINATE, v. a. “To bring into use.” Johns. The use of this as an
active verb has been thought by some persons to be peculiar fo this coun-
try ; but this is not the case. It is perhaps not so common with English as
with American writers, but it sometimes occurs in their works. One of
the English Reviews thus mentions it among the “ few blemishes in lan-
guage” of a work entitled Discourses on various subjects, by the Rev.
Robert Gray,author of the Key to the Old Testament: “We object to the
word originates used actively.” Brit. Critic, vol. i. p. 95.

It is very common with American writers: “ Bartholomew Gosnold,
who had originated the expedition.” Marsh. Life of Wash. vol. i. p- 33.
In the London quarto edition of Judge Marshall’s work this expression is
changed into—“ who had planned,” &c.

OVER for UNDER ; used in these expressions : He wrote over the signature
Bs e., He published s © papers over his own signature.

= A fow-of our writers: still comilenence th ‘ble innovation ;
but the principle, on which it is defended, bison mettle the whole: lan-
guage. The use of the word wnder in phrases like the above, is as well
established as any English idiom. As it has, however, been questioned, and

some writers appear to be serious in their conviction, that it is incorrect to
use under, it seems necessary to give the subject a brief considera-
tion.

Mr. Coleman, the able editor of the New York Evening Post, has re-
peatedly exposed this “ piece of affectation” (as he justly calls it,) and
produced the following authorities from Dr. Johnson. and from Junius :
“ The attention paid to the papers published wader the name of < Bicker
staff” induced Steele when he projected the * Tatler’ to assume an appel-
lation which had already possession of the reader’s notice.” Johnson's Life
ef Swift. “J admit the claim of a gentleman who publishes in the Gazette

504 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

‘under the name of Modestus.” Junius’s Letters.* But neither the argu-
ments nor the authorities produced by Mr. Coleman seem to have convinced
all the advocates of this new phraseology ; for some of them imagine that
in one case, at least, it is necessary. They observe, that where a writer as-
sumes a fictitious name, we miay say, under the signature, because some
disguise or concealment is implied ; but that where he signs his true name,
we should say, over his signature. But what difference is there in reality
between the two cases? The advocates of over contend that they are right
in the use of that term, because the writing is placed over or above the name
ofthe writer ; but this is equally true in the case of a fictitious and a real
signature. It is, indeed, a sufficient answer to them, that in fractice, among
the few writers who: have adopted over, this distinction is not observed, but
they use the term in both cases indifferently. But, after all, the question is
a simple question of factm—what is the hractice of the best English writers 2
Now it:is so well known to be their invariable practice (and I may add, the
Practice of our best writers) to say wader a name, and under a signature,
that it will perhaps hardly be credited by English scholars, that any persons
who pretend to speak the English language, could have questioned the
Propriety of it. To the: authorities cited by Mr.» Coleman I will subjoin
only two or three others: “ The first works which were published wnder
my name,” &c. Dedication of the Tatler. “1 really doubt whether I shall
write any more under this signature.” Private Letters of Junius to Mr.
Woodfall, No. 5. In the late edition of Junius by Woodfall (published in
1812) the expression wnder the signature is continually used : the very title
- page begins thus : « Junius, including Letters by the same writer under oth-

er signatures ;” and in the Advertisement and Preliminary Essay to this

edition the phrase occurs in almost every page.

: ae

+" C000 ecesesencecce

* See the New Fork Evening Post of March 15, and Noy. 22, 1803. A writer in
another newspaper, who adopts the signature of The Good Old Way, ironically closes
his remarks upon this “awkward and absurd term,” as he styles it, by thus employ-
ing i# for wnder— Given over my hand and seal,” &c, Salem Gazette, Apr. 2, 1813.

in the United States of America. 505

oe

PACKET, To the usual definition of this word, a vessel that carries letters,
Mr. Webster adds, “ In America, a coasting vessel for frassengers.” A
writer in the Monthly Anthology, (for Oct. 1809, p. 262) treats this (among

_ other instances) as “an idle attempt to exhibit a distinction” between the
English and American significations. The word seems, indeed, to be ap-
plied in England to vessels employed for carrying fassengers and detters.
The term facket has been considered as an abbreviation of facket-boat,
which Entick and other English lexicographers define, “a boat for advice
or fassengers ;” and this definition of packet-boat is is adopted by Mr.
Webster.

To PACKET. “To ply with a packet.” Webst. I have never known this
verb used in America ; nor is this signification given in the English dic-
tionaries. It is probably a /ocal use of the word.

PAPPOOSE, (acvented on the last syllable, ) “the Indian name of a child.”
Webst. Hence, as some have supposed, the vulgar expression of carrying
any thing a-foose back (for pfrickback or hickafiack,) from the custom
among the Indian women of = their children, or biases on their

_ backs... The te |

To PARADE; “to a se
of drawing up troops. £x. The general Anraited his see at such a
place. This verb is not inthe English dictionaries, and I do not recollect
hearing it used by Englishmen.

PARAGRAPH. Mr. Kendall (Travels, vol. i. p- 31.) after quoting a Connec-
ticut writer, who speaks of the faragraphe of one of the laws of that state,
makes this note upon the word: « By faragraphs is intended sections
or clauses.”

PARTLY ; nearly, almost. A friend informs me that this word is thus used
in some towns of the Middle States: His house is partly opposite, i. e.
nearly opposite to mine. Dr. Witherspoon has taken notice of this word,
and gives the following example: “It is fartly all gone ; it is mostly all
gone. This (he remarks) is an absurdity or barbarism, as well as a vulgar.

ism.” Druid, No. 6.
912

506 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

PASSAGE; a passing. Used in speaking of the passing of laws. Ex. “ Be-
fore the question was taken on the fassage of the bill,” &c. Marsh. Life
of Wash. vol. v. p. 844. “ The opinion....derived additional support from
the fassage of an act by the present Congress,” &e. ibid. p. 510, et passim.

This use of the word passage is now very common in Congress and
our other legislative assemblies, and has been adopted by many of our
writers. It is criticised by the English Reviewers as an American inno-
vation. See the dnnual Review, article, Marshall’s Life of Washington.

Zo PEAK or PEEK; to peep. A friend informs me that this word is very
common in the towns on Connecticut river; but it is only used in conver-
sation. The participle fAcaking also, he informs me, is used there for
sneaking, as it is in Shaksfeare: See Johnson’s Dict. Mr. Webster has
observed that peek is “used corruftedly for peep.” See his Dissert. on
the Eng, Lang. p. 387.

PECULIARS. “All feculiars, viz. such places as are not yet layd within the

bounds of anytown.” Massachusetts Colony Laws, tit. CHARGES PUBLIOE;
p. 15. Edit. 1660. This word is now so wholly obsolete with us, that I
have heard even lawyers “2 sags re! Soe

To PEEK. See To Peaks

PENDING. This is criticised as ele in the review > oF Mashall’s Life of
Washington in the Monthly Anthology, vol. v. p. 438. It is rarely heard
in this country except at the Bar. :

PERK; “lively, brisk, holding up the head.” Weést, This wird 3 is in Johnsony.
but is marked “ odsolete.” It is used in the interior of New England,
and is commonly pronounced fark, (the ea as in fear ) just as it is written:
in the passage which Dr. Johnson quotes from Spenser.

PIECES ; papers. The Edinburgh Reviewers, in their review of the American:
Mineralogical Journal, (published at N. York in 1810 by A. Bruce) make
the following remarks upon an article in that work written by Dr. Mitchell —
“The two first words of it bespeak a foreign idiom, characterizing, a3
might be expected, the Anglo-American language in which this Journal is
written. The author begins by saying, ‘ These fieces were collected
during a tour in the summer of 1809 ;’ and soon afterwards describing @

= Sad a ce)

in the United States of America. 507

specimen of black flint, he adds, such as abounds ia the Seneka frairies.”
Liding. Rev. Nov. 1810, p. 115."

This. Gadlicism:is not in common use here ; but it has been adopted by
some American, as it also appears toe have been by some English writers :
“I received this moment your letter....with the enclosed pieces relative to
the present dispute between rea king and the parliament.” Chesterfield’s

. Letters, No. 244.

PLEAD’; for pleaded. This is in constant use, inthe colloquial language of the
Bar in New England ; but the verb to plead is a regular verb, and in
England the regular form fleaded seems to have been invariably employed
for centuries. “ He fleaded still not guilty.” Shaksfeare, as cited by Dr.
Johnson. It is also used in the common version of the Bible. “ There I

_ will plead with you, face to face, like as I fleaded with your fathers in the
wilderness.” * Ezek. xx. 35, 36; and in various other flaces. “ Formerly
the general issue was seldom pleaded.” « Every defence which cannot be
thus specially pleaded. 3 Blackst. Com. 305,

This word is noticed as an “inaccuracy” in the Monthly Anthology,
for Feb. 1808, p. 109, and as an Americanism in the Port Folio, for Oct.

1809.

hills mecowns: ar

pools, in New England always denominated fonds.” Kendall’s Trav. yol..

ii, p. 39.
POPULATED:; peopled. “A. thinly populated country.” Very ravely used
in America. ;

* The reviewers add to the remarks above quoted the following : “ Other exam-
ples, proving the alteration to which our language has been exposed, chiefly by the
introduction of Gallicisms, may be noticed in the rest of the Journal ; resembling
expressions found in American newspapers, where for ‘a ship taken’? we read of ‘a
ship captivated? 1 presume this is not intended to be given seriously as a real speci-.
men of the style of American newspapers, but Gf the expression may be a ws.
caricatire ; for Inever saw the word i thus ee even in our ne' moe
We say “a ship captured” as th English do, but perhar
expression than they do. j ee

508 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

PORTAGE. A carrying place by the banks of rivers, round waterfalls or rape
ids, &c. In this sense the word is very common, and has been thought ne-
cessary, in this country. In the following example it is used in a manner
not common with American writers: “These re-inforcements could not ar-
rive with the necessary quantity of provisions and other supplies, because
the river La Boeuf....did not admit of their portage down it.” Marsh. Life
of Wash. vol. ii. p. 16.

PRAIRIE. A French term, which has been much used of late by American
writers, to designate those remarkable meadows or plains which are describ-
ed by travellers in Louisiana. Mr. Webster writes it frairy, and defines
it “a natural meadow, or a plain naturally destitute of trees.” None of
our writers, that I recollect, have adopted this orthography. The word
hrairie is censured by the British reviewers, as a Gallicism. See the word
PIECES. .

PRAYERFUL; PRAYERFULLY. <£z. In a prayerful manner; may we
be prayerfully disposed, This is used by some of the clergy; but it is not
very common. It is not in any of the dictionaries.

PRAYERLESS ; “not praying, not using prayers.” Webst. I have never

- known this word to be used here. ‘It is not in the English dictionaries.

To PREDICATE;; to found. “ Being predicated on no previous proceedings
of the legislature.” Marsh. Life of Wash. vol. y. p. 408. “ It ought surely
to be frredicuted upon a full and impartial consideration of the whole sub-
ject.” Letter of Hon, J. Q. Adams, p. 5. Upon this passage the Editor of
the New York Evening Post remarks: “ The fredicate is that which is
affirmed of the subject of a proposition; it is here used as synonymous with
Sounded,”

This use of the verb predicate is very common with American writers,
and in the debates of our legislative assemblies.

PRESIDENTIAL; “ pertaining to a President.” Wedst. This is mentioned
by a writer in the Monthly Anthology as “ one of the Jarbarisms in common
use” among us. L£nglish writers have sometimes used it, but only in
speaking of American affairs: “ The friends of Washington had determin-
ed to support Mr. Adams as candidate for the presidential chair,” &c-
Quarterly Rev. Jan. 1814, p. 497,

in the United States of America. 509

PROFANITY. This noun is in common use here, more particularly (as a
clerical friend once observed to me) with the clergy. It is not in the dic-
tionaries, and I do net recollect eyer meeting with it in English authors:
they continue to use the word frofaneness. “ We now sce them turn their
arms with unimpaired vigour against vice and frofaneness.”? WW arburton,
as cited in Knox on Education, vol. ii. p. 274. This word was also used
here from the first settlement of the country till the period of the Revolu-

tion.
Yo PROGRESS. This obsolete English word, which (as I have been informed)
was never heard among us before the Revolution, has had an extraordinary
currency for the last twenty or thirty years, notwithstanding it has been con-
demned by the English critics, and by the best American writers. The
use of itin Judge Marshail’s Life of Washington has been censured by
some of our eritics (see Monthly Anthology for August 1808) ; and a
well known English Review, in noticing the same work, thus speaks of this
verb: “ We object to the continual use of the word frogress asa verb; we
are aware that authorities may be found for it in English writers, but such
use had fortunately become obsolete till the American revolution revived
it.” — Rev. vol. vii. p. 241. It is true that some authorities may be

pees Feo,
that the accent was forrneety placed on the first syable, and not (as’ we
pronounce it) on the /ast :

“Let me wipe off this honourable dew,
That siverly doth prégress on ty cheeks.”

Dr. Franklin condemned the word many years ago. ‘See the Vote on the
word Improve. tr coeeety TET SE
PROVEN; proved. This is often heard in the debates of Congres wis is
sometimes used by writers in the Southern. States ; but. itis unknown in
» New England,
PROVINCIALISM. This has been censured by some American writers.gs.9n
unauthorized word, ninly and, though
923

510 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

it is not to be found in the dictionaries. ‘The English reviewers use it.

PROXIES, This word is thus noticed by Mr. Kendal, in his Travels, vol. i. p.
32. “The written votes or ballots, which through a mistake, or else abuse:
of terms, the statutes occasionally call froxies.” This use of the term
firoxies is unknown, I believe, in any other state than Rhode Island, and,
perhaps, Connecticut.

PUBLISHMENT ; an official notification, made by the clerks of towns in New.
England, of an intended marriage. The term is in common use in most
parts of New England, and is also adopted in some of their laws. “Any
persons desiring to be joined in marriage shall have such their intentions
published...or posted up by the clerk of such town; and a certificate of such
fublishment....shall be produced as aforesaid previous to their marriage.” -
Massachusetts Stat. June 22,1786. In England-they use the word fiwdli-
cation of the banns: “ Marriage must be preceded by fudlication of the
banns.” Rees’s Cyclo. v. MARRIAGE.

PUNK; rotten wood, touchwood, spunk. A friend has mentioned this to
me as one of our corruptions of the English language. The word is in
common use in many, if not all parts of New England, but it is not to be.

, found in this sense in any of the dictionaries. _ Ash, however, in the Sup-
plement to his dictionary, has the following signification of it : “—a kind
of fungus often used for tinder ;” but Bailey gives this meaning to the word
sfunk, Mr. Webster has spunk.

R.

RACKETS; (used in the flural ;) a common term in some parts of New
England, for the same things which in other parts are called snow-shoes.
They are called rackets, no doubt, from their resemblance to the rackets
used in playing tennis.

RAFTY ; damp and musty, rancid. I have heard this word used by old people
in New England. It isan English provincial word: “Rafty; damp and
musty, as corn or hay in a wet season.” Marshall’s Rural Economy &
Norfolk.

To RAISE, In Wew England the farmers commonly say fo raise corn, wheat,
&c.; butin England at the present day they say, to grow corn, &c. and this

: in the United States of America. 511

expression is now getting into use in this country. This verb, and the
noun Growers (which, according to the English writers, is “aterm /ro-
vincially applied to farmers,’*) seem to be a part of the éechnical language
of the agriculturists. Dr. Johnson calls grow a verb neuter, and his twen-
ty-first signification of 70 raise is, “ to procure to be bred or propagated ;””
one of his examples is this, “ he raised wheat where none grew before.”

Ash, whose dictionary is the only one in which I find to grow asa verb active,
Says, it “is a colloquial word ;” but, at the present day, it is certainly used.
by the agricultural writers of England.

In some of the Southern States they also use the verb fo raise in
this manner: I aas raised, i.e. drought uf, in such atown. The word
is never thus used, I think, in the Vorthern States.

This verb is also much used in our legislative assemblies in the following
manner: A member moves, that a committee should be raised to take any
particular subject into consideration ; and a committee is accordingly rais-
ed. The English say, in parliamentary language, a committee was formed
or appointed: “ Earl Liverpool moved that a committee of twenty one
Peers be appointed by ballot to examine the Physicians on the state of His
ce s pealth,, ad Beco, aba tee in Saha Sette Jan. 9, 1812; and “ The

RAPIDS C fa river ; comateniy need bs in sae hierar: .)é Sa sae of a a rar Gebere
the water is rapid over a moderate descent.” Webst. The following des-
cription of the rapids of the river Ohio will further explain the term:
“ They are occasioned by a ledge of rocks that stretch across the bed of
the river, from one side to the other, in some places projecting so much
that they are visible when the water is not high, and in most places when the
water is extremely low. The fall is not more than between four and five
feet in the distance of a mile,” &c. Imlay’s Topograph. Desert: of the
Western Territory of the U. States, p. 51, 2d edit.

RAW SALAD. Dr. Witherspoon makes the following remarks on the eet
sion: ” Raw salad is used in the South for salad. N.B. There is no sal-
ad boiled.” Druid, Vo.7. 1 donot know whether this expression is used |

%. vd

512 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language.

in the Southern States at the present Cay or-not: Itis not used, I believe, in
New England.

RECIPROCITY. This word has been remarked upon, by some of our writers
as “hardly admissible.” See Month. Anthol. for 1806, p.102. It is not
noticed by any of the lexicographers but Wa/ker and Mason, the latter of
whom cites a /aw authority in support of it: “Any degree of reciprocity
will preyent the pact from being nude.” Blackstone. But it seems to be
used by English writers ; perhaps, however, it is mostly used by them in
those political and other discussions which admit of a kind of language ap-
proaching to the legal style: It is often used in the diplomatic style.
Watker has inserted it in his dictionary without informing the reader that
it is a new word, as he usually does in such cases. *

REDEMPTIONER ; “ one who redeems himself by services, or whose services
are sold to pay certain expenses.” Wedst. This term is used in the Sourh-
ern States generally to designate the Germans, Irish, and other Europeans,
who emigrate from their own country to the United States, and sell their
services for a term of time to pay their passage money and other expenses.

REFERENCE, The frequent use of this word in the following manner is notic-
ed oe a late English traveller STON. ie “ aneine. expressions” ae to

= ns AGH as the €1 )

nite SOTERA SOCK p. 306. Neo es Sek

RELEA ASEMENT. The use of this word in esters s Life of Washington is
censured by some ofthe English reviewers. See British Critic, vol. xxxv.
p- 182, Itis very rarely used by American writers. I donot find it in any
of the English dictionaries except Bailey’s and 4sh’s, and it is um uestion-
ably obsolete, I never met with it in any work printed in England, except
once accidentally in the Index to Smollet’s Historylof England ( Lond. edi-
tion of 1796 ) in this article ; “ Murray Hon. Alexander—procession at his
releasement from Newgate.” _

RELISHES. « About eight or nine, in-the morning they breakfast on tea cand cof-
fee, attended always with what they call relishes, such as salt-fish, beef-
‘Steaks, sausages, broiled fowls, ham, bacon, kc. Pricst’s Travels in the ©
U~ States of America.

To RELOAN; “to lend a second time,” Webst. See To Loan.

wm the United States of America. 513

ToRELUCT. This word is censured, in a review of Bancroft’s Life of Washing-
ton in the Monthly Anthology vol. iy. p. 666. Most of the dictionaries have
it; but it is seldom used by American writers.

REMOVE. n. “ At an infinite remove.” First Ripe Fruits, being a Collection
of Tracts, &c. by the Rev. John M. Mason, New York, 1803. The Eng-
lish Reviewers quote the above expression as an example of what they
call the “ occasional vulgarisms, possibly Anglo-Americanisms,” of Dr.
Mason’s work, See Review, in the Christian Observer, v. il. p. 564.

RENEWEDLY; anew, again. This word is often heard from the pulpit. His

not in the English dictionaries,

REQUIREMENT. This is sometimes, though rarely, used in America. I do
not find it in any of the English dictionaries, except Aailey’s, folio edition.

RESEMBLAGE. This has been criticised by some of the English reviewers of
“Marshall’s Li ife of Washington, as an instance of the “ incorrect language”
of that work ; the reviewers evidently considering it as the American word
for re-a bi. See saniat review, Vv. Vii. p. 241. But they have, in

tS Ce

this and several other instances, been misled by the incorrectness of the Eng-
lish editions of Jadge Marshall’s work. In the present instance, the Ameri-
can edition has re-assemblage which the reviewers themselves propose as
the Substitute.*

* The Linidod setae edition of this work (if we may judge from ¢] ‘the take giv.
en in the Annual Review) must be grossly incorrect ; for of the thirteen j instances which ©
the reviewers give of American i accuracies in language, several are errors of the Eng.
lish press. The word infected for un-infected has been already mentioned Another
instance occurs in vol. ii. p. 551, London octavo, edit. [p. 479, Amer. ed.] where the
reviewers suppose the author uses patrole for pore But = tones quarto, and
the American, editions both have parole. NoA two words.
A typographical error also in the name of Dr. Robertson (which in the London octave
edition, it seems, is printed Robinson, though the quarto has Robertson) and an inad-
vertence on the part of the author, in giving that distinguished | historian the title of
‘Mr. instead of his usual one of Dr., are made the subject of an unmerited degree of
ridicule. In the American edition, the name is correctly printed. We have enough

corruptions of our own to answer for, without being responsible for: those which the
ete printers make for us. ye never, I trust, be so wanting imeandour, as

514 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

RETORTIVE. This is called “ anew word” in an American review of Barlow's
Columbiad. See Monthly Anthoi. vy. vii. p. 117. 1 presume no other A-
merican author ever used it.*

ROCK. This is much used in Vew England instead of stone: We often hear
the phrase heaving rocks, for throwing stones. .

Yo ROIL.; “to render turbid by stirring up lees; to disturb the mind and ex-
cite anger.” Webst. New England.

This verb is often used, in conversation, in the first of these senses, by
people ofall ranks ; but the second sense is confined to the vulgar. I do
not find it in the dictionaries, with either of these significations. Grose has
it as a frovincialism thus : “ Roil or royle ; to perplex, fatigue. Vorth.’’

ROILY ; turbid, thick.

ROMANTICALLY. Thisis ridiculed in the Monthly Anthology for 1806, p. 92.
as “an Indianism.” It is not in use in this country. I haye, in one in-
' Stance, met with the still more extraordinary word, romanticity.

RUGGED ; hardy, robust. ew England. Englishmen remark upon our use of
this word in conversation in the above sense, as one of our peculiarities.
Thus we often hear the expression, a rugged, i, e. robust boy..

RUN, 2. “A ‘small stream,” Wik Kew England. This is sometimes used
in conversation, but not in writing. The English dictionaries do not give
this sense of the word: Most of them, however, have runnel, which John-
son defines “a rivulet, a small brook ;” jbut Walker says this is “ little us-
ed :” I may add that in America it is never used. ee

RUNGS, x. flur. A very common name in New England for the rounds or steps

to charge these reviewers with ignorance because they have in this very review given
our countryman Minot the name of Minor.

* Mr. Barlow has used a great number of words which no other American writer per-
haps would have ventured to employ. Many of them have been condemned in the Edin.
Review, vol. xv. p. 28, and by almost every one of Mr. Barlow’s own countrymen. As
these words may, with the strictest propriety, be said to be peculiar to Mr B. and

will probably never be used again, I have thought it — particularly to men-
tion them.

in the United States of America. 515

of aladder. Grose gives it asa provincial word of the North of England,
and .4s/ also calls it “ a local word.” The braces or rounds of common
chairs are also called rungs. The word has generally been considered
here as a mere corruption of rounds, and stein of education use only*this
latter word.

SABBATH. “On Sunday, or as it is ere {in New England] uniformly denom-
inated on Saééath, I accompanied an entire family to church.” Kendall’s
Trav. v.i. p. 115.

To SAG ; to sink, or settle. An English friend has pointed out the use of this old
word, as one of our peculiarities. It is in the dictionaries, but Sheridan and
Walker say “ itisnotin use.” Itis used here in Johnson’s first signification
of ¢o swag, that is, “ to sink down by its weight ;” and it has, I think, been
generally considered as a mere Corespoee of that word.

SALAD. See Raw Salad.

SALT LICK. See Lick,

SAMP; « maize broken coaraty boiled and mixed with milk, &c.’? Wedst. An
Indian word.

SAPPY ; “ full = sd jucys young, simple.” Webst.

An. _ revie - Webster’s. dictionary, observes—* We

never saw his “word ete yes ‘ased ir this 7 last seme." priditineas Anthol.
vol. vii. p. 263.. Mr. Webster, however, in ad ti the
word has only followed Z£ntick’s dictionary, of which his own is “ an enlarg-
ment and improvement.”* The same signification of the word is also given
in Perry’s and Dyche’s dictionaries, but I have not found it in any other. It
‘is universally considered here as alow word, in this sense, and is not very
often heard even in the most familiar language of conversation.

SAT for SET. Ex. “Isat out yesterday morning, for I set out.” This is
hot, as some have supposed, peculiar to this country. Lozw?s, in comment-
ing on the use of these two verbs in English works, observes, that “ se¢ can

* See Prefuce to Mr. Webster’s Dictionary, p. xix.

516 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

be no part of the verb ¢o sit ;” (see his Grammar, Irreg. Verbs) and Dr.
Witherspoon classes the example above given, among his “ Vulgarisms of
4ingiand and America.” Druid, 0. 6. I do not, however, recollect seeing
eat ever used for set in any English publications of the present day, not even
in the newspapers ; and in America this error is much less common now
than it formerly was ; for though itis still heard in conversation, it is not of-
ten to be met with in writing.*

SAUCE. A gezeral termamong the country people of New England for all the
common esculent vegetables. Hence those farmers, who supply the mark-
ets with vegetables, are sometimes called by their brethren, sauce-market-
ers. The term sauce is sometimes used “ more strangely” (to adopt the
words of an English friend) to signify impertinence.

In some parts of England (as the same friend informs me) the term
garden-stuff is used as a general name for vegetables, and Ash accordingly
has that term ; the other English lexicographers have garden-ware.

SCOW ; “a large flat-bottomed boat.” Webst.

In some parts of the United: States it is called a ee (which see.)
The word scaw, a snower American writer, is properly an American
word, eaade fro a 2 em 1 boat, which is us-
¥ aPunly"he inericn. afd a reer as” a pood a Pwore's as the track schuyts of the
Dutch. »Port Folio, New Series, vol. vii. p. 328.+

SEA-BORD or SEA-BOARD; «towards the sea.” Bailey.

This nautical term is often heard in conversation, and is sometimes used

in writing. Ido not find it in any of the English dictionaries except Bailey's,
Ash's, and Mason’s Supplement to Johnson: and it is doubtless out of use
ron —— except among sea-faring people. There is some difference of

ici” Thi gross inaccuracy bean not E capaped the ridicule of our own writers. The fol-
lowing | agraph ig ) appeared a few years ago in a periodical pub-

lication :
“Why do so many persons write “ Saz out in a coach.” or “ sat out on foot.
SAT Versum.”

tT Mr. Webster’s definition agrees best with the scows or gondolas of the Worthern
States, which are strong built, heavy boats, about 30 feet long and 12 feet wide.

in the United States of America. 517

opinion among the lexicographers as to the orthography of this icrm, and
what part of speech itis. Bailey writes the last syllable of it with ana,
Sea-doard ; Ash copies Bailey’s orthography, as well as his definition, and
calls it an adverb. Mason writes it without the a, sea-dord, and calls it an
adjective. His authority is Spencer, who, however, according to Horne
Tooke, is one of “the worst possible authorities for English words :”

“ Sea-zorp. adj. Bordering on the sea.

There shalf a lion from the sea-bord wood

Of Neustria come roring.
F. Q. B. Ill. c. iii. st. 47.

The watry South-winde from the seabord coste
Up-blowing doth disperse the vapour loste.
Jb. c. iv. st. 15.”
Mr. Webster has it as an adjective (adopting Mason’s definition), and also
as a noun, which he defines—* the shore or edge of the sea.” He writes
it Sea-bord. |
The term Lind dian Ihave never met with in any instance but the
following, either in writing or conversation: “ The position and circum-
stances, of the United States er them —- to fear on their /and-board,
and nothing to sent rights... But on their sea-board
they are one o injary,” ‘&e. 5 acne Sereary of Sate Me a
son) on Commercial Restricttons tc. Dec. 16,1793.
SECTION. Since the French Revolution this word has been much used here
instead of part, quarter, kc. Ex.“ In this section of the United States.” It

_ is not in general use in England.

SECTIONARY; (from the preceding noun) belonging to a section of a country,
or local. I have never met with this extraordinary word except in the fol-
lowing instance : “ This veneration arises not from a little and = cae

I have once also met with sectional. —

SEE for SAW, (freterite of to see.) “I see him yesterday, or #¢¢” him last
week; forI saw him, In Scotland the vulgar say, I seed him last week. s
Withersp. Druid, No. 6. This is never used except in the language of

conversation, and at the present day is only heard among illiterate people.
948

of sectionary attachment.”

518 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English lanai ve

SERIOUS. “ Serious, has [in New England] the cant acceptatioa of religious.”
Kendall’s Trav. vol. i. p. 323, not.

SEWENT:: See Suant,

SHEW for SHEWED or SHOWED ; pret. ofto show. Ex. “I shew itto him
yesterday.”

Several years ago this corrupt preterite was very common in New Eng-
land, but it isnow much less used than formerly.

SHOTE; a young hog. Mew England. This is a provincial word in England.
Ray in his South and East Country words, under the word Sheat says“ A
Sheat ayoung hog: Suffolk. In Essex they call ita Shote; both from
Shoot.”

SIR. The words Sir and Ma’am are used in some parts of New England for Fa-
ther and Mother, and for Master and Mistress. But they are not so com-
mon now as they were some yearsago. At our colleges also, the Bach-
elors of Arts have the appellation of Sir, as in England they have that of

Dominus.

SIRS; z/. of SIR. One or two attempts have lately been made in this country to
revive this antiquated pAb. but they have been unsuccessful,

i 7 pasasinm 20 a doors | shat 5 is, £9 abat it with

ek,
Sees

The common use of this low word is.a subject of rematk with English-
men. Itisnot, however, peculiar to this country ;_ but in England, (accord-
‘ing to Grose) it is a a pfrrovincialism. I do not find this use of it in any of the
dictionaries, except sh is, Barclay’ Sy Perry’ s and. Entick’s; and Ash, in
his Supplement, does not note it as Joca/, or provincial, but only as“a a col-
Joquial word.”” Mr. Webster adopts Entick’s explanation of it. English

writers sometimes put it into the mouths of low characters in plays and

SLANG-WHANGER. The Monthly Reviewers, in their account of he Eng-
lish edition of the well known American work called Salmagundi, have the,
following remarks on this term :

“ When, for instance, he [the editor] tells us that ¢ Caucus’ (an assem-
bly) is the only ¢merican word that he has found in these volumes, he evi-

in the United States of America. 519
dently forgets the fayourite compound term‘ sleng-whanger’ (u newesfaper-
writer ) which occurs in almost every paye ; and indeed many more vulgar-
isms, or at best frovincialisms, which we forbear to mention, but hope we
may not see repeated in similar compositions,” &c. Jonth Rev. yol. \xv. p.
429.

This word, which is of yery recent origin in America, does not denote
merely a“ writer ;” it-also means a noisy ‘acker, who makes use of that
sortof political or other cant, which amuses the rabble, and is called by the
vulgar name of s/ang. It is hardly necessary to add, that this term (as well
as slang-whanging) is never admitted into the higher kinds of writing, but
like other cant words, is confined to that familiar style which is allowed on-
dy in works of humour.

ToSLAT ; to throw down with violence, to dash against. Zax. “ He slat the
‘book down upon the floor.’ 4 low word, used only in conversa~
‘tion. It is an English frovincialism, and is not in the dictionaries. Ray

has it among his Worth Country Words thus: “To slat on, to leck on,
{pour on] to cast on, ar dash ‘against. “Vox evouerom.” Mason adopts it
from Ray, and adds an authority: “To slat, v. to dash. Slatted his
brains out, then soused him in the briny sea. Marston’s Maicon.” “Those
pasts = use it here, do not make the preterite slatted, but slat. It is

SLEIGH ; a a carriage for travelling on the snow!” 0777 7a sea
Mr. Kendall, after mentioning this word in his Travels (vol. iii. p. 119)
thas this note upon it: “A /ocad name for sledge, Jearned of the Dutch colo-
“nists.” Mr. Webster writes it Sley; anda reviewer of his dictionary has
‘the following remark on the word = : ee

“ Sley being a vehicle in on use with 1 unk
has a claim, we confess, to a place in an English dieiniate 3 but whit

it here to remark, that we have commonly, we believe ones oe aa
ed sleigh”? Month. Anthol. vol. v. pe 429+ 2 gaat
SLIM ; $ ordinary, mean. 4 low word. ea ;
we
Ray has slim, among his orth Country Words. — in dia
word generally used [in Lincolnshire } —— a a .
says, that even in its usual sense (i. e. slender) it 18% a word,

520 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

seems, and therefore not to be used ;” though Mason is of opinion, that
«“ Addison’s —_ it may be deemed a sufficient reply to the supposition of
its being cant.’

SLOSH or SLUSH. (The frst orthography is most conformable to the com-

mon fironunciation). A low word. ‘This term, and its derivative sloshy,
(or slushy) are often used by the people of New England, in speaking of
the state of the roads when they are covered with snow and a thaw
takes place. It is very common to hear people say—The roads are
sloshy ; it is very sloshy going, kc. It isnot in any of the English dic-
tionaries ; but all of them, I believe, except Bailey’s, have the word sludge,
and define it as Dr. Johnson does—“ Mire, dirt mixed with water.’ Grose
has s/udge in the same sense, as a frovinciai term, peculiar to the Vorth of
England. ( Prov. Gloss.) Marshall also has sludge among his Provincial-
isms of the Midland Counties ; sluss, among those of orfolk, and slush
among those of Yorkshire ; and he defines them all nearly in the same
words, Mr. Wedster has sludge, but not slush or slosh.

To SLUMP ; « to sink or fall into water or mnd, through ice or other hard suT-
face. New England.” Webst. A colloquial word. « This word (says a re-
viewer of Mr. Webster’s dictionary) is certainly be ere As ofa ewes in such

3 work.” Monthly Anthol. vol. vil. p. 264. Loh eh

‘This is an English provincialism : To slump ; to eye or “fall iis down
in any wet or dirty place.” Ray’s Worth Country words. This author has
it also, with the same explanation, among his South and East Country
words, where he observes that “ it seems to be a word made fer onomato-
faian from the sound.” Grose copies Ray, but considers the word slum/i
as peculiar to the North Country, and says, that “in the South, flump is
used in that sense.” Prov. Gloss. The word slump is in Bailey’s diction-
ary (where it is marked as a Worth Country word), but it is omitted by John-
son and the other modern dexiavgraphons; except .4sh, who has it with this
remark, that it is “ a Zocal word.”

SLUSH. See Siosh,

SOCIAL. “In Franklin Place apartments are occupied by the Boston Social
Library, &e. By social is here intended sServintie 3 for by a perversion of

in the United States of America. 521

language the sociery-libraries, of which some account has been given in a
former chapter, are so called.” Kendail’s Travels.

SOCIETY. Mr. Kendall has the following remarks upon the use of this word in
the state of Connecticut: “I have used the words society and church [See
Member of the Church | in senses new to most English readers.....A society
is a community or corporation established, for the most part, for the two-
fold object of religious worship and common schooling ; but in some in-
stances, for religious worship only.....Sometimes a town composes one so-
ciety, sometimes it seis two or more.....950 far the arrangements sup-
pose Is opinions; but if these jar, then the society, as
to inthe arrangements, has no reference to territorial subdivision. Two
or three societies may subsist in the same town; and while one neighbour
belongs to one, the next may belong to a second. * In like manner a socicty
may be composed of portions of the inhabitants of two, three, or four towns,
who severally disagreeing with their immediate neighbours unite them-
selves with each other; but, however societies may be constituted, as to
matters of religious worship, the second object, that of common schooling,
is always of a local nature ; and towns therefore, uniformly consist of one -

Kendall’s Trav. vol.i. p- 106.

or more societies considered as distinct.”
i t parts of New England, however, the term gociety is not ee to
howe communities or districts which are ed for the” 4
maintaining schools, for they are commonly called school-districts.

To SOLEMNIZE ; to make solemn, or serious. This is frequently heard from
our pulpits. It is not explained in this sense in the English dictionaries,
but is sometimes to be found in English authors. An obliging friend has
given me the following example: “ It seems to have a good effect in so/-
emnizing the minds of the hearers.” Letter of Lindsey, quoted in Bel-
sham’s Life of that writer, p. 113, not.

SOME ; Somewhat, something. £2. He is some better than he was; ‘it rains
some ; it snows some, &c. Used chiefly by the illiterate. Ss

This is not so much used in the seaports, as in the country towns, of
New England. It is also a Scotticiem : “ Some is very often used in the
North for somewhat or something ; as, He is some better.” Monthly Mag.
Jor May 1800, p. 323. , 2
SPAKE; (preterite of wen This antiquated word is sometimes heard

$22 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English anguage

from the fulfit, and I have in one or two instances heard it in cone
versation ; but itis always remarked upon asa sincularity. This, and the
old preterites sang, sprang, forgat, kc. (as Mr. Webster justly observes)
“ are entirely obsolete in ordixary practice, whether popular or polite ; and
it seems advisable not to attempt to revive them. In addition to this rea-
son for omitting them (he adds) there is one which is not generally under-
The sound of @ in these and all other like cases was originally the
broad 2 or aw; which sound inthe Gothic and Saxon, as in modern Scotch,
~ corresponded nearly with'o in sfoke, ewore. Spoke is therefore nearer to
the original than sfiake, as we now pronounce the vowel a with its first or
long sound as in sake,” Philosoph.and Practical Grammar, p. 117. not.
SPAN; a pair, Used in this expression: A span of horses. Vew Eng-
fand. 1 do not find this sense of the word in any of the English dictionaries
nor in Ray’s or Grose’s Glossaries. The Germans say, a sfan or gesfann
ochsen oder pferde,a team (not exclusively one pair) of oxen or horses.
From sfian we have, in some parts of New England, the term sfan-shackle,

or draft-iron of a cart or plough.
SPELL. “A spell of sickness, a long sfell,
borrowed from the sea dialect”. Withereft. Druid

__ is speaking of the « Vulgarisms of America,”
SPRIGH or SPRY; “nimble, brisk, quick in action.” Webst. Mr. Webster
adopts the latter orthography,

This word is very common in New England, in conversation, A re-
viewer of Mr. Webster’s dictionary observes, that it “is a word which has
neither use nor dignity.” Morith. Anthol. vol. vii. p. 264, ;

I do not find it in any of the English dictionaries; but a friend informs
me, that it is used “ by the common people in Somereetshire,” in England ;
and Grose has a word which is perhaps the same, though with a dif-
ferent orthography : “ Sfroil, lively, active. Weet (of England]” Prov,
Gloss. Under this word he refers to the word stroil, which, he says, in the

Lxmore dialect, means « strength and agility.”
SPUNK, This is frequently used here by the yulgar to denote spirit or cour-
age ; and the same class of people use it in England; but perhaps it is not
so common there as here. Walker says, it is“ used in Scotland for anima-

tion, quick sensibility.”

in the United States of America. 523

To SQUALE ; tothrowa stick, or other thing, with violence and in such a man-
ner that it skims along near the ground. ew England. It is frovincial in
England :. “ To sguale; to throw a stick, as atacock. West (of England].”
Grose’s Prov. Gloss.

To SQUAT; to squeeze or press. Ex. The boy has sywat his finger. Used
by the vulgarin New England. It isan English provincial word: “ To
squat; to bruise or make flat by letting fall. South.” Grose’s Prov. Gloss.
The dictionaries have to syuash, in the same sense.

SQUATTERS. A cant name in New England for those people who enter up-
on new lands and cultivate them without permission of the owners. “ The
Jarge proprietor.....upon visiting his lands, finds his timber cut down and
sold, and crops growing, houses built, and possession taken by a race of men
{the settlers and /wmberers) who, in this view, are called sguatters.” Ken-

. dall’s Trav. vol. iii. p. 160.

SQUAW ; an Indian woman. “The men make the poor sguaws, their wives,
do all the drudgery for them.” John Dunton’s Journal, in the Collections
of the Massachusetts Historicad Society, vol. ii. p. 114. Wew Series.
“Squaws; woman: Squaws-suck ; women.” Roger Williams's Key into
the language of the Indians of New England ; frublished in the Collec, Mas-
“eas Hiat Society, vo). iii. p-208... 2 ee

To SQUIGGLE ; to move about like an ‘el teaveritae’ sare of New Eng.
fand, but only in very familiar conversation. It is often used figuratively
in speaking of a man, who evades a bargain, as an eel eludes the grasp.
Ido not find this word in any of the dictionaries, or glossaries,

To SQUIRM ; to move about like an eel. Wew England. This is an English.
frrovincial word : “ To move very nimbly about, after the manner of an eel.
Itis spoken ofaneel.” Ray's South and East Country words,and Grose’s
Prov. Gioss. It is innone of the dictionaries except Bailey’s (octavo edi-
tion) and .Ash’s, in the latter of which it is erroneously printed sguirn. It

is never used here except in the most familiar conversation.

STAGE; astage-coach. x. I rode in the stage s the stage is gone, &e. In
England they never use the word stage by itself, but say, either the coach,
or the stage-coach. We say, the mail-stage; the English say, the mail-
coach. The expression is analogous to fost-coach, host-chaise, &e..

STAGING ; scaffolding. Used in New England, and, I believe, in other parts

of the United States.

524 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

STALKS. See Corn-staik.
Yo STARVE; “to perish or kill with hunger ; (with cold ; England.)” Webst.
“ This [* with cold’] applies to conversation only.” Month. Anth. vii. 262.
STEAL (pron. sail); the handle of various implements; as, a rake-steal, a
Sork-steal, &c. Used by the farmers in some parts of New England. It
is a frovincial word in England: “The s¢eai of any thing, i. e. manubrium,
The handle, or fediculus, the foot-stalk: @ Belg. steel, stele: Teut. stiel,
fretiolus.” Ray’s South and East Country Words.
STOCKHOLDER; a proprietor, ina Bank or other incorporated Company.
The words fropfrrietor and member are sometimes used here, but stock-
holder is the most common. In England, when speaking of the East India
Company, they uniformly say froprietors or members ; andthe same words
are also used in most other cases. Sometimes, however, the term share-hol-
ders is used. The word stock-holder is not in the dictionaries, nor do I re-
collect meeting with it in any British publication, except ‘in the following
instance, where it is used to signify the holders of the fudiic stock or funds :
“The stock-holders, who allow inferior capitalists to derive a profit from
chcages will diminish that allowance.” Edin, Rev, vol. ili. p. 475.
® several si and warehouses, called. stores, for
the male or erie nor ere ogg &c. Kend. Trav. vol. i. p. 128, & A druggist’s
shop is sometimes called an afothecary’s store,” yol. iii. p. 128. This

word is used in the same manner in the British province of Canada. See
also Book-store.

STRICKEN. This antiquated peaticinls is much used in our legislative
assemblies. A member moves, that certain parts of a bill should be
stricken out, &c. It has long been considered as an obsolete word in
England: Dr. Johnson many years ago called it “the ancient partici-
ple of strike.” But some individuals in that country, as well as in this,
occasionally use it, The latest instance I have seen is the following, from
a London newspaper: “ Many of the foreigners were much stricken with

the splendour of the scene.” The Statesman of June 10, 1814, in the ae-
count of the“ Court at Carlton House”? Our own critics have all condemn-

ed the use of it, and I do not reccollect: meeting with it in any of our best
writers.

in the United States of America. 525

SUANT ; even, regular, x. The grain is sown suant. Used in some
parts of New England, It isan English frovincialism : Marshall has it a-
mong his Provincialisms of the West of England thus: “ Souant ; fair,
even, regular. (A hackneyed word).” Grose also has it, with only the
change of s into z, which is common in that part of England: “ Zuant ;
regularly sowed. The wheat must be zown zuant.” Prov. Gloss.

SUBSCRIBER, “Letters signed by princes are a very uncertain test of the tal-
ents of (what by a very convenient American innovation is called) the eué-
acriber,”’ Edinb, Rev. No. xii. p. 188.

SUCCOTASH; “a mixture of new soft maiz and beansboiled.” Webst. An
Indian word.

ToSWAP. See To Swof.

SWEEP, zx. The same thing which in Yorkshire, in England, is called a swapie ;
that is, “a long pole ‘tuning on a fulcrum, used in raising water out of a
well.” Marshall’s Provincialisms of Yorkshire. Itis hardly necessary te
observe that it is used only in our country towns.

To SWOP or SWAP. “ To exchange, or,as they term it, o swaf:, are the pur-
suits in which they wish to be constantly engaged.” Kend. Trav, vol. iil.

p. 87.
juni word 2 bas | becn, often noticed by English travellers in this country,
scar acne

by the wsigar! in that Seay. Dr, Johnson and the other lexicographers
call it a low word, but do not speak of it as provincial. Horne Tooke also
mentions it without any remark of that kind, and gives the following etymol-
ogy of it: “ The Anglo-Saxon yerb is swifian, in modern English to sweeft.
Swoop and swop are (as we have already seen in so many other instances)
its regular past participle,by the change of the characteristic I to O..A
swof: between two persons, is where, by the consent of the parties, without
any delay, any reckoning or counting, or other adjustment of proportion,
something is swept off at once by each of them.” Diversions ¢ Purley,
Part 2. p.317—18 Amer, Edit, This word is also much used in Zreland :
«He makes me an offer to seu. his mare.” Edgeworth Castle Rack

Pid ar

te

526 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

cf

To TACKLE;; to harness. ew England. I never heard this word used in Eng-
land, and it is not in Johnson’s dictionary, as a verd, in any sense. dsh calls
it “ alocal word from the subtantive’ Tackle, and defines it— To accou-
tre ; to put the saddie and bridle on a horse.” £ntick also’ has it with the
following definition: “ To saddle, accoutre, fit out, prepare.”

To TARRY ; to stay, to stop. Wew England. This verb is entirely obsolete in
England; and it sounds as strangely to the ear of an Englishman, as J
wist not, I wot not, and a thousand other antiquated expressions of that sort
would to us. |

TAVERN. “ By the word savernin America is meant an inn, or publick house
of any description.” Annual Rev, vol. i, p. 106, note. This word is also no-
ticed in Kendall’s Travels, vol. i. p. 129; and the expression to keeft tav-
err,in the same work, vol. ii. p. 148. In Great Britain (as an obliging
English friend observes) “ a tavern is a mere eating house; an inn is a
house with lations for man and horse.” The word tavern is used
in the British Province of Canada just as it is in the U. States. See Lam-
bert’s Travels,

TEDIUM; ¢ irkso 7 ” Bailey, fol. edit.

nae ge

dani PeVieWEr OF Han srGrr LPS oF Wasnineen Wii this
word is used) observes that “ tediwm is not English.” Monthly Anthot. vo
iv. p. 665. The only English dictionary in which I have found it is the folio
edition of Bailey’s ; the octavo edition of that work (of the year 1761) omits
it. Itis not in Mr. Webdster’s dictionary. Itis extremely rare in the writ-
ings of Americans ; I never met with it except in thei instance above alluded
to by the reviewer.

To TEST ; “to compare with a standard, try, prove.” Webst. This verb is now
in general use with American writers. “ An occasion presented itself for
testing the firmness of the resolution he had deliberately taken,” &c. Marsh.
Life of Wash. vol. v. p. 400. [p. 469. Lond, 8vo. edit.] “Let us test this
dogma by plain fact.” First Ripe Fruits, &c. by the Rev. John Mason,
New York, “In order to test the correctness of this French system of ser-
monizing,” &c. 4dams’ Lectures on Rhetoric and Oratory, vol. i. p. 334
The use of test asa verb is condemned by the English Reviewers. The

in the United States of America. 527

Annual Review (vol. vii. p. 241) mentions, among the instances of “ incor-
rect language” in Marshall's Life of Washington, the use of « testing for

hutiing to the test,” inthe example above quoted from that work. The

Christian Observer (vol. ii. p. 564) in the review of Dr. Mason’s First
Ripe Fruits, gives the expression above quoted from it as one instance of
the “ occasional vulgarisma, possibly Angio-Americanisms,” of that work,
Some of our own writers have also expressed the strongest disapprobation
of the use of this verb: “ Test isa -veré only in writers of an inferior tank,
who disregard all the land-marks of language!” Monthly Anthol. yol. vii.
p- 264.

TO for AT: “I have been to Philadelphia, for a¢ or in Philadelphia; I have
been éo dinner, for [have dined.” Withersp. Druid, No. 6. Expressions
like the following (which have been noted by an obliging English friend)

_ are very common with the illiterate : “ He lives to York ; he is fo his store.
I have even heard, He isn’t co home.” Dr. Witherspoon classes this use
_ of to among his“ Vulgarisms in America.” The following instance is from
an American edition of Rodertson’s Charles V.“ He put himself to the head
~of the men at arms, &c. Book iii. a. p. 1524 (Vol. ii, fp. 175 Philadelphia
edition of 1804) the English quarto edition, f. 203, has—He put himself at
the head &e.

To TOTE ; “to carry, convey, remove, ke. ( Virginia Fe. aa Webst, A review-
er of Mr. Webster’s dictionary says—“ Fote is marked by Mr. Webster,
Virg. (Virginia ) but we believe it a native vulgarism of Massachusetts.”

Monthly Anthol, vol. vii. p. 264. Dr. Withershoon, however, many years

“ago noted it as a word peculiar to“ some of the Southern States.” See

his Druid, No.7. It is. mere ee much more used in the
southern than in the northern states,

TOWN. «A collection of houses, a district of certain ges: the inhabitants or
the legad voters of a town.” Webst.. "

“ A collection of houses joining, or nearly joining each other, - the first.
“requisite in the definition of a town, though the word be taken in the oos~

_ est sense that is admissible in Europe, In Vew England, however, a town.

__ is very commonly described as containing two or three villages ;, and these
are frequently separated from each other by two or three lakes, and two or
three tracts of forest....A ¢own, then, in Connecticut and the other parts of.

528

Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

New England, is first, a district or geographical subdivision, in which sense
is the phrase ‘ Inhabitants of towns ;’ secondly, it is a body corporate...
In truth, the society, town and county in these countries, are new modifica-
tions of the farish, hundred and shire, in which the powers, and immuni-
ties are differently distributed. Kendaii’s Trav. vol. i. pp. 12, 85, 113.

The word town, in the sense of a district, is in common use in Ireland :
“ The word town in Zreland does not mean as it does here [in England]
houses inhabited, but is merely a technical description of a particular. dis-
trict, and is notorious there.” See the case of Massey vs. Rice, Cowfrer’s
Reports, 348.

TOWNSHIP; “ the territory or land of a town.” Webst. This word is seldom

TRADE. Doctor’s ¢rade, that is, drugs o:

used now in England, I believe, except to signify “the corporation of a

town,” which is Johnson’s first sense of it. His second signification, how-

ever, is—“ the district belonging to a town;” and his authority is Sir Wal-

ter Raleigh. The following instance is from a modern English author:

“ The common field sownshifis were divided into a certain number of ¢ liv-
ings,’ i.e. tenements or farms,” Marshall’s. Rural Econ. of Midland
Counties ; word Living.

_ Used by the vulgar
only. fakaniaapepde piri thiey ‘ave the name of Doc-

tor’s gcer. See Grose’s Prov. Gloss,

TRICKY ; trickish. .4 iow word,
TURNPIKE. “A toll-gate set on a road, a road on which a turnpike is erect-

ed.” Webst. This word (says an obliging English friend) is always used
in America “to signify the road. It is unquestionably the gate, and im
England they always say the turnpfike-road, and by turnpike alone they.
mean the gate.” “The turnpike roads of England are placed under the
management and direction of certain bodies of trustees,” &c: Hawkins’
Pleas of the Crown, by Leach, B. I. ch. 76. “ The passage of carriages
or horses through any turnpike, toll-gate, or bar, at which. any toll is col-
lectede? &e, Stat. 25, Geo. 3. c. 57, cited in the same chapiter of that work.

U. mae

UGLY; ; Miso se om Lz. He is an ugly fellow, that i is, of a bad Sieni-

in the United States of America. : 529

tion, wicked. The compound ugly-tempered is sometimes used. They
are both used by the illiterate. Vew England.

UNFEELING, z. want of feeling. This word is censured in the Monthly Ans
thology, vol. iv. p.281. I never saw it in any other instance than the one
there referred to.

. Vi
VENDUE;; auction, New England. This word was formerly more common
than auction. Itis now chiefly used in legal proceedings, in conformity
with the phraseology of ancient statutes of the different States. Itis neither
in Mr. Webster’ 8, nor the English dictionaries; but it has been added to
- Some of the American editions of Johnson and Walker.

w.

To WAGE; “to lay a wager,” &c. Webst.. The English use the verb ¢o
bet. Dr. Johnson indeed says, that the verb to wage “is now only used in
the phrase to wage war ;” and does not give it in the sense of daying a wa-
Ser, but has only the verb to wager. Bailey, however, and Entick, and
some others have ¢o wage in this sense.

Seppe lil of wharf. We always make the plural of this noun, wharves ;
the 2 “say wharfs. “There were not in London used so many

wharf or ‘eye for the landing of merchants" goods.” Child, as Ched by

Johnson. “ Something that is artificial, as keys and wharfe, &c. Lord
Hale, De Portibus Maris, ch. 2. “This occasioned the statutes.....which
enable the crown by commission to ascertain the limits of all ports and to

“assign proper wharfy and quays in each port, ke. Blackst. Com. i. 264,

“ The Legislature must have supposed that the warehouses, quays, and
' wharfe would not be so constructed, kc. Lord Ellenborough in the case of
Harden ys, Smith, 8 East’s Reports, 20. The word guay (anifpeasty a
“nounced key) is in more common use in London, thanwharf. iiss

7% ebchll to ged This is \frevinctal in the South and West of ‘cage
oi ‘

Prov. Gloss. It j is not in the dictionaries. : tic othe
orp | SUPPLEMENT.

SUPPLEMENT.

ANY MANNER OF MEANS. A friend who has resided in Connecticut informs me
that this expression is very common at the Bar in that state.

AnxiETUDE. [never met with this word but in one instance in any American
publication.

AppeLttare. (See V ocabulary.) ‘The Edinburgh Reviewers use this term :
“ An appeal presupposes, in order to be effectual, a decided superiority in
the Court of afpediate jurisdiction.” Edind. Rev. No. xii. p. 110. “ Alt
the other branches of the affellate jurisdiction,” &c. p- 120. I have also
met with it once in Leach’s edition of Hawkins’s Pleas of the Crown:
“ Consent cannot give original jurisdiction to a court that has only an >
fellate jurisdiction.” Book I. c. 76. § 132.

oe eas in hi. cxpression : “ Sales at auction.” phe Eagteh, say, Sales by

Some = - te | jee lee aoe
aay: aad analogy © WAtsA WELL DO by prsvace Vig Veaive by pet 2s)

candle, &e.

To AveRrsce. (See Vocab.) Used in some parts of England: “ The fall [of snow]
averaged full twenty inches, which unusual depth was formed in little more
than six hours.” London Star of Jan. 27, 1814,ina Plymouth article.

Banpirri1. (See Vocad.) The following is an instance of the use of this as a
singular noun in an English work : “ It was indeed a noble triumph of a fe-
rocious banditti in arms oyer helpless women,” &c. Brit. Crit. vol ii. p.
242,

Bawnk-BiLL. (See Vocab.) Ihave once met with this word in a modern En-
glish publication: “ For nearly the same reasons that a bank-dill is fre-
quently called by the name of the sum of money which it represents.”
Brit. Crit. yol. xxii. p. 35.

®o Borrom. (See Vocad.) To the authorites cited and referred to under this
word may be added the following : “ Most of our laws respecting personal

Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English language. 531

Tights are bo¢¢omed upon it, [i. ¢. the Roman Law.”] Brit. Crit. vol. xxi.
p- 17.

To Conriacrare. Ex.“ With the exception of conflagrating the Navy-yard.”
On this and some other words of the same kind an English friend remarks
—<they are so obviously uncouth and ridiculous, that I think they will do
little injury, and must be considered as peculiar to the quaintness or igno-
rance of the single writer that we first observe them in.” I never met with
the word conflagrate except in this instance.

Counreracrion. (See Vocad.) Ihave lately met with this word inan En-

glish review: “ All the eloquence and fire of Demosthenes could not
rouse the Athenian people to a timely dread or steady counteraction of the
formidable plans of Philip,” &c. Brit. Crit. vol. i. p. 51.

Decipeptr. (See Vocab.) 1 have remarked on this word, that I think it is
used by some English writers. This expression is more guarded than it
ought to be: the word is unquestionably in common use in all parts of
Great Britain. See, among other instances, the British Critic, vol. xxi.
PP- 109, 306, 368, 375, 397, &c. and the Edinburgh Review, vol. i. pp.
233, 378, 492, ke.

Decker, Ex, Inadegree ; that is, extremely. An observing friend, who has
resided i in the Southern States, informs me, that this expression is very
common in South Carolina; but it is not much, if at all, used by. people
of education. I have never heard it itin ew England,

DeEMoRALIzArion. & The destruction of morality.’ Webst. This noun om
well as the verb demoralize) is sometimes used by American writers. Itis
also to be found in the writings of some English authors, but it is not ac-

» ‘nowledged by the critics of Great Britain as a legitimate word. The Ed-
inburgh Reviewers, in their remarks on the style of a work of Miss H. M.
Williams, thus speak of it: “ Throughout all these comments we have the
same contempt of 4ngliciem as in the translation. We have imperturbability

in, and demoralization.” sancti Rev. vol. iii. 2 2

has subjoined to the Preface of the second folio edition of his Dictionary,
under the description of “ Words in some Modern Authors,” which did not
eccur to him till the Dictionary was entirely printed. It is, however, omit-

532 Mr, Pickering on the present state of the English languase

ted in the oc¢avo edition of his work (of 1761) and none of the succeeding
lexicographers have thought it worthy of notice.

#urocium, (See Vocab.) From deference to the opinion of the reviewer here
quoted, I have only said that some English writers use this word. But it is
certainly in more common use than even the Anglicised term eulogy. It oc-
curs very often in the Edinburgh Review, British Critic, and other reviews.

FELLOW-CouUN?TRYMEN. (See F ocab.) A friend has pointed out to me an in-
stance of the use of this word in Southey’s Life of Nelson, ii. 237. 4mer. ed.

#1sxk ; the treasury, or exchequer. This word has been proposed by the learn-
ed translator of Bynkershock’s Quest. Jur. Pub. as an addition to our lan-
guage. He uses it inthe text of his author, and then has this note: “ As
we make use of the words fiscal, confiscate, confiscation, why should we not
adopt in America the word fisk from the Latin Jiscus, which is the root of
all these derivatives.” Duponceau’s Bynkershoek, p. 51.(chap. vii.) The
word has not, however, been adopted by any other American writer.

#ioor, Used in Congress in this expression—To get the floor, that is, to ob-
tain an opportunity of taking a part ina debate. The English say, to be in

frossession of the House. “ Lord J. rose at the same time with the Hon.

_ Baronet,! but the nee decided ae wee Mae Baronet was in possession

< of the Howse,’ if aa fi | d his rig ‘ees * 7 8 in Par iament Jan. 7, 5:

1814, as Ph oried in the reataaere

GoveRNMENTAL. (See Vocab.) I did not think this word had ever been used

by Znglish authors, but I find it has been, by Mr. Be/sham in his Memoirs
of George the Third. It is, however, (with the words /iderticidal, royalism,
and some others) condemned by the Edinburgh Reviewers, who observe—
that these words “are slight innovations upon the English language, which
we cannot give up to the ravages of this thirsty reformer, any more
the English Constitution.” Z£d. Rev. vol. ii. p. 184. ; f
To Happirr, This extraordinary word is sometimes heard from our pulpits ; >
and a clerical friend informs me that he has seen it in some of our printed
sermons: I never met with it in print.
Iuprovemen?, of asermon; the conclusion, Ex. “To make sai jaigoee
_ment of the whole,” This expression, though probably much more com-
mon in this country than in Great Britain, is by no means peculiar to'us. In
an English review of Sermons by the late Rev. John Drysdale, D.D-

in the United States of America. 533

#, R.S, Edin, the following remark is made upon it: “ The copeladan [of
the sermon] is termed, somewhat inaccurately, making an improvement of
the whole. The author, we presume, means, deducing from the whole
what may contribute to the general improvement.” Brit. Crit, vol. i. p.
379. In the review of another publication, the word improvement, used in
the same manner, is noticed by being printed in Italics.- B. Crit. vol. iii.
p- 345.

In for Inro ; and vice versa. Mr, Coleman, in remarking upon the preva-
lence of this inaccuracy in Vewyork, says—* We get in the etage,
and have the rheumatism into our knees.” Newyork Evening Post, Jan.
6,1814. An observing friend in Philadelphia says—“ The preposition
into is almost unknown Aere. They say, when did you come in town? J
met him riding in town.”

InFeRior, “ Inferior and superior (says an English friend), in a positive sense,
are almost universal in New England: A very sufterior mare, a most infe-
rior horse,”’ &c.

To Issur. (See Vocab.) The following is an instance of this use of to issue in
a well-known Engiish author : “ This is our first justification, which, if du-
ly improved, will issze in our full and final justification.”” Teylor on Ro.
mans, as cited in Brit. Crit. vol. iv. p. 30.

To Jeoparvize. This verb is often seen” in the Debates of C ingress, as they
are reported in the newspapers, It is, perhaps, a corruption of the ancient
verb to jeopard,as to defiutize isof to depute. But even the verb ¢o jeop-
ard, which is in all the dictionaries, Dr. Johnson pronounces to be “ obso-
lete ;” Ash says, it is “ not much used,” and Barc/ay, that it is “ used only
om wo Pininity,? It is hardly necessary to remark, that ‘o jeopardize is neither

in Mr. Wedster’s, nor the English dictionaries.

nae 7. This noun, as well as the preceding verb, is sei to be found
in our writers : Dr. Johnson says, it is “ not in use.”

To Lar for to Liz. (See Vocaé.) One of the latest instances, which I have
met with, of this error in an English work, is the following (which is quot-
ed in the British Critic, vol. iii. p. 532, note) from Poems by John Bidlake,
B.A. London, 1794, The Reviewers observe—“ In p. 4, we have the com~

_ mon but vulgar mistake of the verb to day for to tie :
And on the ground to catch each sound would Jay.”

98}

534 Afr. Pickering on the present state of the English language

Maroonine ; used in this expression : “ A marooning party.” <A friend, who
has resided in Charleston (South Carolina) observes—“ The country about
Charleston is not so thickly settled as Massachusetts, and therefore a ma-
rooning party always carry their provisions with them: I think it always
means a farty to the sea-shore.” ve

Movcur; pret.of might, “ Mought for might is heard in most of the States,
but not frequently except ina few towns.” Webster’s Dissertat. p: 111.

Naked. The English reviewers (Christ. Observer, vol. iii. p: 564) notice
the following expression in Dr. Mason’s First Rife Fruits (c— An act
of naked trust,” and they apply to it the remark which they make on the

words Remove and To test ; which see in the preceding Vocabulary.

To Onticare. (See Vocab.) This verb is in the dictionaries, and is sometimes
used by English writers ; but it is not considered as an authorized word.
The British Critic, (vol. ii. p. 212) inthe review ofa Discourse by George
Somers Clarke, of Trinity College, Oxford, makes this remark on it: “ We
object, however, to the use of the word‘ obligated,’ for ‘ obliged,’ alow col-
loquial inaccuracy.”

Packace. A general term comprehending Sales, boxes, &c, of merchandize.
A mercantile friend says, he thinks this was originally an 4merican word,

+t ni :

this sense ; but perhaps it has been considered as merely technicah :

P1ve&-BARRENS. Used in the Southern States. “ The road which I had to travel,
lay through a dreary and extensive forest of pine trees, or, as it is termed
by the Carolinians, a fine-barren, where a habitation is seldom seen, except
at intervals of ten or twelve miles.” Laméert’s Travels, vol. ii. ps 226.

Pore; abag. Ihave heard this old word used by some persons in the com-
pound term Cream-fioke, that is, a small bag, through which cream is
strained. ——

To Prr. “To raise withalever.”” Webst. This signification of the verb is not
in the English dictionaries ; and an English friend has noted it as an mere
ieanism. He also remarks upon the use of a firy, for a lever, which is
common among mechanics in this country. :

Szicz. A kind of fire-shovel. Used in some parts of New England. A
friend has referred me to the Gentleman’s Magazine, yol. \xiii. p. 1084,
where it is said to be used also in Bristol, in England.

in the United States of Ameriea, 535

Spitz. “ A peg or pin to stop a hole inacask.” Webst. This word is mention-
ed by an English friend, who obseryes, that it “ is used here for a sfigot, and
vulgarly for a file.” The dictionaries have not sfile, but sill, under which

Dr. Johnson gives this example: “ Have near-the bung-hole a little vent-hole
stopped with a spill. Mortimer.”

Sprincr. This is often used here by the vulgar, (as an English friend ob-
serves) for active or agile: He is a sfringy man. It is in the dictionaries,
in the sense of elastic. — 5 ;

Srimvtvs. Some of our writers have doubted whether this is an authorized

, Word. It is not in the dictionaries, but is in common use with the English

- Reviewers: “We should expect the voluntary productions of the pen,

without this violent stimulus, to be sufficient,” ke. Brit. Crit. vols ii. p- 362.
“ Will receive from his book a powerful stimulus to their ambition,” &c.
vol. iii. p, 518, I we ies

To Svgszrve. This is sometimes used by English writers ; but perhaps not so
much as by those of this country. The English more commonly say ¢o de sud-
servient to, or to serve, as in the following example : “ We are of opinion,.
that it may serve the interests of society,” &c. Brit. Crit. yol. ili. p. 579.

Superior. See Inferior, in this Supplement.

Tror, Neat, cleanly. Vew England. This colloquial word is in all the diction-
aries; but in the Gentleman’s Magazine (vol. 1xiii. p. 1084) it is classed
among the /oca/ words of the “ West of England.” oh

To for Ar. (See Vocab.) A writer in the Gentleman’s Magazine says, this is
used “ all over Devon,in England.” vol. Ixiii. p. 1084.

Woucp for Sxo ULD, in this expression: It would seem. This is
in America: The Scotch writers also use it: “ But these people, it would
seem, need to be informed,” &c. Campb. Philos. of Riet. B. ii. a 3, sect.
3. (p. 255. Amer. edit.) The English, I believe, uniformly say, it age
seem: “ Irritated, as it should seem, by the exaggerated praises,” Kc. Christ.
Observer, vol. ii. p. 44. “The want of correspondence is to ze Pa
sometimes, it should seem, to inadvertency, and sometimes to design.” ni
view of Dr. Combe’s Horace (written by Dr. Parr join: the Brit. Cri.
vol. iii, p- 53. This use of would has escaped me in two or three instances.

in the preceding Memoir and Vocabulary. See Zrraia.

very common.

536 Mr. Pickering on the present state of the English languaze.

POSTSCRIPT.

I cannot dismiss this work, without making an acknowledgment of the obli-
gations I am under to several English and American friends, some of whom took
the trouble to examine a great part of it, and favoured me with their valuable re-
marks, After the’ Academy directed it to be published, I employed all my leis-
ure in revising it ; and the unavoidable delay which has taken place in the print-
ing, has afforded me an opportunity of correcting many errors, and of making
several additions. It has still, 1 am sensible, many imperfections, of which
my own Americanisms may not be the least. It is now submitted to the can-
dour of the public (as I have observed in the Memoir’) merely “ as the beginning
ef a work, which can be ne ara only by long and accurate observation.”

Salem, Mass. Jen. 23, 1815.

Se ee ee Bee oe i ae oa x .
MERGES ORS Dic aged? he Beh? ee el ies. ye Ye

DONATIONS

Made to the American Academy of Arts and Sciences since the
publication of the 2d volume of their Memoirs.

Transactions of the Petersburgh Acad. vol. 48.
‘Transactions of the Royal Society of London for
1803, Paris I. & II.

Dissertatio Medica de obscessu bursali, Gulielmo
Ingalls Auctore.

Transactions of the American Phil. Society, vol.
vi. part 4

Col. David Humphrey’s Works, 2 vols. 8vo.

The following publications of the Rev. Jedidiah

orse, D. D. VIZ.

American Gazetteer, 4st edition,

Artillery Election Sermon,

Discourse on the death of the Hon. James Rus-
sell, April 1798, i
Discourse delivered before the Humane Society,

une 1804,
Discourse on the death of the Hon. Thomas Rus-

sell, April 1795,
Discourse before the Grand Lodge at Concord,
June 1798

The Academy.

The Society.
The Author.

The Society.
The Author.

The Author.

‘An Address to the people,’ by a minister of Edinburgh

Rev. Dr. Lathrop’s Discourse before the Society
for Propagating the Gospel, Jan. 1804

History of N. England, by Rev. Jedidiah Morse,
D. D. and Rev. Elijah Parish

A grant of a certain interest in several works, the
copy right of which is secured by Noah Web-
ster jun. Esq. viz. ;

On every thousand copies of the American Spel-
ling Book, printed in Massachusetts during
the existence of the present copy right, fifty

cents, :

On every thousand copies of the American Selec-
tions, printed in Massachusetts during the ex-
istence of the copy right, two dollars,

100}

The Author.
Dr. Morse.

640 DONATIONS.

On every thousand copies of the 1st & 2d volumes

of his Elements of Useful Knowledge, which

shall be printed in Massachusetts during the

existence of the copy righ , two dollars N. Webster jun. Esq
Professor Webber’s Eulogy on Pres. Willard
A Sermon by the Rey. Dr. Holmes, occasioned by

the death of Pres. Willard Corp. Har. Coll.
Lecture on the use of tobacco, by Benjamin Wa-

terhouse, m. p. &c. 7 The Author.
The Repertory for one year Dr. Park.
Monthly Anthology, vol. 1, and 3 Nos. of vol. 2 Editors.

A file of the “ Post,” a Calcutta paper, edited by

John Lathrop jun. Esq. Editor.
A set of views of men in India. . John Lathrop jun.
A War club and War whistle, used by the natives

of Surinam—a neck ornament, used by the

same—a centipede of the West Indies—eigh-

teen birds of that country well preserved. Samuel ©. Lathrop.
Nature displayed in her mode of teaching langua-

ges to man, 2 vols. 8vo, by N. G. Dufief. ~~ The Author.
The Mathematical Correspondent, No.5. = FT. & J. Swords.
A table for casting interest, with an.account ofits
construction, and the manner of using it, by ei merwees5 6 |
Benjamin Dearborn. The Inventor.
Four numbers of the Flora Batava, viz. Nos. 13, iz
14, 15, 16. Council of Int. Batay. Repub.
Tabula motuum Solis, &c. by F. De Zach. ‘Phe Author.

The Transactions of the Royal Academy of Scien- Be
ces of Stockholm for 1804 and one quarter of ii
1805 | The Academy.

A Camelion in spirits from Senegal. Capt. John. Craft.
A small piece of granite from the Sarchophagus of
the Great Pyramid near Grand Cairo. James Shaw ™. D.

Two specimens of polished porphyry, broken from

large slabs in the ruins of the temple of Isis or e

Osiris at Memphis. ~The same.
Part of the base of Pompey’s Pillar in Egypt. J. Nesbit.
A number of coins—
A canister perforated by lightning in the house of:

Mr. Sumner of Boston, —- < :
Fossil substances ejected from Vesuvius, scene .
A bill of mortality for Portsmouth. Dr. L. Spaulding.

DONATIONS, SAL

A leg of an datrick from South America. Capt. A. Knowles.
Asiatic Researches, vol. 8. Asiatic Society.
History of Astron. for 1805, by J. De bis Lande. The Author.
A fossil substance from Buffaloe Creek, from which

the Seneca oil is obtained. Rev. H. Channing.
Remarks on the rights of Inventors &c. three copies,
by Benjamin Dearborn. The Author.

A Sermon on suicide, by Joseph Lathrop, D. D. The Author.
‘Fransactions of the Royal Society of London for

1805, Parts I. & IL. The Society.
An account of the State Prison in Charlestown, by
Maj. Daniel Jackson. The Author.

The Practical Navigator, 2d ed. anda Chart of the —

harbour of Salem & Beverly, by N. Bowditch. “The Author.
Sermons on various subjects, by the Rev. Joseph

Lathrop, p. p The Author.
Six numbers’ of the Flora Batava, viz. No. 17,18

» 20. fer= Be t of Holland.
Nova ‘Rete Acad. Scient. Petrop. Tom. 15th. ‘The Society.
New Catalogue of the Phil. City Library. - Lib. Company.

Works of the Rey. Abiel —_— D.D. Viz.
American Annals, 2 vols. 8
Sermons and History of Cambrides; 4 vol. tt

dife of Presidént Stiles, 4 vol. 8vo. sehen 6 The Author.
‘Transactions of the Royal Society of Linton fF
1806, & Part 1. for 4807. The Society.

Archelosia, vol. 44.
Copies of an Tnseription on a stone, brought from

Egypt to England.
Plates of 3 ancient metal — or dishes. Soc. of Antiquaries.
Literary Miscellany, 2 vols. 8v Soc. of @, B. K.
Specimen of white marble from * Middlebury, Vt.
A box, filled with shells of Cyprea Moneta, found

in Dorchester. T . M. Harris.
Facts and observations relative to the graneuiing ne at

the Opossum, by Benjamin S. Barton. pis Tie eee
Pharmacopmia of the Mass. Med. Society. The Society
Several Fossils from the Havannah. ~ c names 1, Lathrop.

ai age ue des environs Landec! thd .

de Buc siq rge Gibbs, Esq.

- h Mes wei
AD ipesaen of the Meteoric stone whic Prof. Silliman.

Connecticut in 1807.

542 DONATIONS,

Publications of the Massachusetts Med. Society. The Society.
A. petrifaction found in Barnstable. Russell Sturgiss, Esq.
Memoirs of the Asiatic Society, vol 9. The Society.
Three Dissertations on Boylston Prize Questions for

the years 1806 & 1807, by George Cheyne

Shattuck Mm. p. The Author.
Experiments and observations on cutaneous absorp- |

tion, by Reuben D. Mussey, m. p. The Author.
Accounts of Literary and Humane Societies, Philo-

sophical Lectures, &c. A. Fothergill, m. b.
Memoirs of the Imperial Academy of Sciences of

St. Petersburgh, new series, vol. 4. The Academy.
Several volumes of the Massachusetts Spy. I. Thomas Esq.
Cases of Organic Diseases of the heart &c. J.C. Warren, M. D.
Transactions of the American Philosophical So-

ciety, vol. 6. The Society. .

Printed Report of a Committee of Congress, on Mr.
ambert’s proposal and calculations fora first

Meridian of the United States. Hon. Josiah Quincy.
A number of natural and artificial curiosities from

South America. Joseph H. Pierce.
Files of the Boston Patriot. David Everett, Esq.
Papers communicated to the Massachusetts Med- :

ical Society, parts I. & TT. of vol. If. Dr. John ©. Warren.
A specimen of Rhode Island Coal. Rey. Dr. Holmes.
History of the Art of Printing, 2 vol. 8vo, by Isaiah

Thomas, Esq. The Author.
The Christian Monitor. Christian Monitor Society.
Two Perpetual Diaries, by Benjamin Dearborn. Inventor.

A curious cane from the coast of the Brazils. Joseph H. Pierce.
A specimen of fine hard wood, from the north coast

of the Brazils. Capt. Smith.
The Botanist 1 vol.42mo, by Benjamin Waterhouse
mM. D. &e. The Author.

A sermon on the opening of a bridge over Connec-
ticut river at Northampton, by the Rev. Samuel

Willard. _ The Author.
A collection of minerals, consisting of 64 specimens
from Russia. Charles Etter.

Memoirs of the Imperial Academy of Sciences of
St. Petersburgh, vol. 1. The Academy.

DONATIONS.
Rapports entre la langue Sanscrit et la langue
Russe.

Principes de Chronologie pour les temps ante-
rieurs aux Olympiades.

Mercator Map of the Starry Heavens accompanied
with a pamphlet, describing its construction and
use, by William Croswell.

A legacy of two hundred dollars.

The General Repository and Review, vol I.

Invitation a la séance publique de la Societé Im-
periale des Naturalistes de Moscou, par le Di-
recteur perpetuel de le Societé, le Professeur,G.
Fischer

Systéme d’ Oryctognosie, par Prof. G. Fischer.
Memoirs of the Royal Academy of Sciences of
Stockholm.

Sermons delivered on various occasions 4 vol. 8vo
by Joseph Lathrop, p. p.

Observations on Hydrophobia, 4 vol. 8vo, by James

acher, M. D.

A Compendious Treatise on the use of Globes and
Maps, by J. Lathrop jun.

A View of the mercurial practice in febrile diseases,
4 vol. 8vo, by John Warren, M.D.

Some curious specimens of a christalization of com-

Jo

Hon. 8S.

54d

The Author.
hn Q. Adams.
The Author.

Dexter, Esq.
The Editor.

The Author.
The Author.

The Society.
The Author.
The Author.
The Author.

_ The Author.

mon salt. Rey. Dr. Holmes.
A specimen of sculpture and inscription upon mar-
ble by means of an acid. v. Dr. Holmes.

Medical Communications and Dissertations of the
Massachusetts Medical Society, vol. 2d. —
Transactions of the Geological Society of London

vols. 4to.
A Gazetteer of the State of New York by Horatio
Gates Spofford. ee
Traité complet sur la Théorie et la Practique du
Nivellement, par M. Faber.
~ 1002

vol. 4.
Traité de Mineralogie, par Comt de Bournon three
Is. 4to.

The society.
The Society.

George Greenough, Esq.

The Author.

542 MEMBERS.

MEMBERS,
elected since the publication of the last volume of Memoirs.

RESIDENT MEMBERS.

* Rev. John Eliot D. D.
Levi Hedge, Prof. Log. Metaph. & Eth. Har. Coll.
Rev. Aaron Bancroft, D.D. :
Hon. Henry Knox.
Benjamin Vaughan, LL.D.
Daniel Kilham, WM. D.
Rev. Thaddeus M. Harris, D. D.
Samuel Eliot, Esq.
Hon. Dudley A. Tyng.
* Rev. Thomas Thacher. —
James Jackson, M. D. Prof. Theor. & Prac. Med. Har. Coll.
John ©. Warren, M. D. Ad. Prof. Anat. § Surg. Har. Coll.
* John ©. Howard, WM. D.
Sidney Willard, Prof. Heb. & other Oriental Lang. Har. Coll.
John Farrar, Prof. Math. & Nat. Phil. Har. Coll.
Rev John S. Popkin.
Rev. John Allyne, D.D.
Rey. Charles Stearns, D. D.
* Rey. Joseph S. Buckminster.
Rev. John Pierce.
Rev. William E. Channing.
Parker Cleaveland, Prof. Math. & Nat. Phil. Bowdoin Coll.
John Gorham, M.D. Ad. Prof. Chem. & Mat. Med. Har. Coll.
Redford Webster, Esq.
Hon. Joseph Story, Esq.

ames Mann, WV. D.
George ©. Shattuck, WM. D.
Hon. Thomas B. Adams,
John Pickering, Esq.
Rey. Jesse Appleton, D. D. Pres, Bowdoin College.
Loammi Baldwin, Esq.
Richard Sullivan, Esq. ,
William S. Shaw, Esq.
Rey. Eliphalet Porter, D. D.
Hon. John Phillips, Esq.

MEMBERS, 543

John L. Sullivan, Esq.

Rev. Samuel ©. Thacher.

Hon. Isaac Parker, LL.D.

Reuben D. Mussey, M.D.

Hon. Josiah Bartlett, M. D.

Hon. James Lloyd, Esq.

Mr. Elisha Clapp, 4. J.

George G. Lee, Esq.

Joseph Tilden, Esq.

Jacob Bigelow, M. D.

Rey. Leonard Woods, D.D.

Peter O. Thacher, Esq. ead

Rey. Ichabod Nichols. ;
ev. Henry Channing. :

Rufus Wyman, M. D.

Benjamin L. Oliver, MW. D.

John D, Treadwell, M. D.

Rey. Horace Holley.

Hon. Daniel A. White, Esq.

Samuel Swett, Esq.

Hon. Asahel Stearns, Esq.

William Sullivan, Esq.
r. Jacob Perkins.

Col. George Gibbs.

Thomas L. Winthrop, Esq.

Mr. William Wells.

HONORARY MEMBERS.

Hon. Rufus King, Esq. New Lather
on. John Treadwell, of Connecticut.

Francis Adrian Van Der Kemp, Oldenbarnaveldt, New York.
Stephen Elliot, Esq. Beaufort, South Carolina.

C.S. Rafinesque Schmaliz of Germany. rt?

8. Godon, late of Paris. 7

8 William Cranch, of Pranpntg gh

/ornelis De Gyzelaer, of Leyden. Jee :
ames Dean, Professor of Math, & Natural Philosophy at Bur-

_Fington College, Vermont.

dik MEMBERS.

G. Fischer, Director of the Imperial. Society of Naturalists of
Moscow. 4

Nicholas Fuss, Secretary of the Imperial Academy of Sciences of
St. Petersburgh.

M. Schubert, Director of the Imperial Academy of St. Petersburgh.

Charles Etter, of St. Petersburgh.

Frederic Hall, Prof. of Math. & Nat. Phil. Middlebury College,

ermont,

Archibald Bruce, M. D. Prof. of Mineralogy, New York.

Ebenezer Adams, Prof. of Math. & Nat. Phil. Dartmouth Col-
lege, New Hampshire. i eho! been 9

Hon. Daniel Chipman, Middlebury, Vermont.

Hon. Elijah Paine, Williamstown, Vermont.

Rev. Abraham Rees, DV. D. F. R. S. London.

John Garnett, Esq. New Brnnswick, New Jersey.

Robert Adrain, Prof. Math. & Nat. Phil. Queen’s Coll..N. J.

Jeremiah Day, Prof. Math. & Nat. Phil. Yale College Conn.

Officers elected May 24, 18414.

Epwarp Aveustus Horyoxe, M.D. President. re
Joun Tuornton Kirxuanp, S. T. D. LL.D. Vice Pres.

COUNSELLORS.

John Lathrop, p. p.

John Warren, m. pv.

Caleb Gannett, Esq.

James Freeman, pb. D.

Aaron Dexter, m. p.

Hon. John Davis, Lu. p.

Hon. Thomas Dawes.

Henry Ware, p. pv.

Charles Bulfinch, Esq.

William D. Peck, Prof. Nat. Hist.

John Farrar, Prof. Math. Rec. Sec.
Hon. Josiah Quincy, Cor..Sec.
Dudley A. Tyng, Esq. Treasurer.
John ©. Warren, m. pv. Vice Treasurer.
“ John Lathrop, v. v. Librarian.
John Gorham, m. p. Cabinet Keeper.

t display at one view

ae

An atten;

Pp

Fig ld,

Hs

Yi”
‘ stata

ali yy

ID

5
<S oan — tal

o

ae

Wig hdrrecane. 3

a

ee fe
WIL AVA IU fae

a

«ee

Fah renherls
Scale

ftg, 20.

E: Fahrenhilsd Reaumurs
" , BY lcadle Seale
-}---+---- Mercury bo /s 266, 66\E5e -997.383
p= O50
eis eats atte Melted Lead frxes 2904, 67) C72 + 257,77
— BO”
ITSO
pa 5 990?
pa £80 ¥ % ad
> Melted Tin pores CEG 44 | 442 |+18 2,92
pee Dy)
Wate i boels IFO 272 “i &O
~ 200
Sp of Wine Aerts | 291.66\ 170 61,28
Weetapic | @ | 48,85
hadaide wean Bee s-wasr rweelts | 20.97) 149 | 48,89
eee | Rilesd hedé- 191.060\ 98 eg,34
*
me Fy? : =
ia Water preezes 100 GE a
bik me oea'd Zero of Fahrenhert 55.5381 Oo a is
,
—— 4y | Mercury freezes} 0 bm ¥o [-$2

Fg 3.

B

SS.

SESS
SSE ESE

Ramee i
SS ee ea Se

a
Ea

eA
Fp
PSS
—

eS

———
= =

se

Fig. 20.

Se

ae
ee

—-
ge
—— ee ae ae
ors

SSS
nme
—

Lge
LEEE
LEBEL
Fee
LE GALL
oe GA
LELTT SL pe ZZ
SSeS ere
oe reer Se
rete
See oa
Bz Pan LILLE:
LE ree:

3
Sere.
Z : Z ecg
lee Ge Zi
: ; —--
oA ee gy
Peer Lee
inten

Ss
see
ere esrre
ees on la:
inp Oe ego oi
EE oreo

SILA AAI
PGE Ge
: Epp LLL
ae z
= 2 J
2 oie ocr J
LEAL LLL
ZZ “tz | |
= g 7
Sponge 2
= :
Ze
<Z

Zs Z Z Lope’: ma - ro z j Z
g EIT Sot ee eg SEZ g ee

Fe a
Fe tn ae oe

Soieeti Lge
Z Fok oo, E
OT ee Sac ge
ZEA ee Se =
oe PLM EE
LIL es

See
So
Lee

ee eet

g a
LH), eee —<s
LEE 2

Sea

i}

on =
nas “+
Caters Fi a =
SO ——
— os bap =
en y
op a
Ls

+

”

SS ee
= ———
SS
SS

wv
y Vi
+
\K)
49,

;
‘
N

4
K
0)
¢

ae nee et
oe

\ \)
YN)

iy)

NY
wet hy

+

a — — pte — —— os aa
Se —— aie — = es Ss. — a
——— — J ~~ = - ——
a r —————- ae :
: a
LLL
———— xo , ,
Se eee
a
= ——e ——- ms E :
—— Z
oo
——— ss —s* ee
——— —4 = peewee

—— = Za
: ss Ae aos
ae a = — : : ESSE oD pone ee
——— Z
—— = = SS Ee
———— : = oo Se
= —————————
Sneme =
SSF
: Z —omen = —— —
ip gee —
SSE =
: a _ Pe
en ——— = =:

Sel
oa a <—
= =< ee i
= a
<< po
- = ee ae
rs ee
my
: en
oe =
= —
* .
SSS
ieee
aes

~~

a

ae
oa ———

== ———- = —=S ———
= a ——— Fo
a
= poe mens ——

= =: = SSS —— i

* _. a

Ne = =

ee roe = = ——t =

—,

Se SS Se
———S ==

= a
— —s

an ==
a gee
== ee
See oe
toe
SSS

== = ee

——S =

= See
2 — a ———

2 — we

=

—_
—,
~~

—— rene
See
SSS
SS =
ae SS
ee ~~

a —

ae
——— SSS
— a | > aaa
ne — —
a pa ea grrr Se
oe Sa

ase

———

i me =
So my <———

- ———— —
—— = anme

= eo ae
> ae
=a 5 eS ; :

tg a aoe ee .
se ee ee em
Ss ae mere z
ae doe gn aS
r ems > ee

- < riage
ct a eg gee
ge ee
Sage ag

Fo
——— a
Cae angen

—
om

ve
ee
<n :
nag ne ge
spite iceman ert
* pmmnggiomebe an
cage re

8 cep teow

ce x = rg =
— = eae AR meena SS
rags ~e ee
——— a =
ee
tn r f — a
+ 2 . ae
= a % [7a ccameerbancagsormeweseations
a : = : -
= Se ee ae oe
so : : rie a
=
= :
ee eat aati

Wraps csc agg